Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Lippard, George, 1822-1854 [1849], Memoirs of a preacher: a revelation of the church and the home ["second edition" on front cover] (Jos. Severns and Company, Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf254].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] (254-001).[end figure description]

-- --

Advertisement

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS' PUBLICATIONS.

The Books on this page will be found to be the very Best and Latest Publications in the world,
and are Published and for Sale by T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS, Philadelphia.

MRS. HENRY WOOD'S BOOKS.

The Earl's Heirs; or Lord Oakburn's Daughters. 75
The Mystery, 75
The Runaway Match, 50
A Life's Secret, 50
Better for Worse, 75
The Lost Bank Note, 75

Above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each one
is also published in one volume, cloth, price $1.00 each.

The Channings. 1 00
Aurora Floyd, 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Fine
editions are also published in one vol., cloth, price $1.50.

Oawald Cray. 1 50
Squire Trevlyn's Heir; or Trevlyn's Hold, 1 50
The Castle's Heir, 1 50
Shadow of Ashlydyat, 1 50
Verner's Pride. 1 50

The above are each in one volume paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume., cloth, price $2.00.

The Haunted Tower, 50
Foggy Night at Offord, 25
The Lawyer's Secret, 25
William Allair, 25

GUSTAVE AIMARD'S WORKS.

The Prairie Flower, 75
The Indian Scout, 75
The Trail Hunter, 75
The Indian Chief, 75
The Red Track, 75
Pirates of the Prairies, 75
Trapper's Daughter, 75
The Tiger Slayer, 75
The Gold Seekers, 75
The Smuggler Chief, 75

MRS. DANIELS' GREAT BOOKS.

Marrying for Money, 75
The Poor Cousin, 50
Kate Walsingham, 50

WILKIE COLLINS' BEST WORKS.

The Crossed Path, 1 50
The Dead Secret, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

Hide and Seek, 75
After Dark, 75
The Dead Secret, 75
The Stolen Mask, 25
The Yellow Mask, 25
Sister Rose, 25
Sights A-Foot, or Travels Beyond Railways, 50

MISS PARDOE'S WORKS.

The Jealous Wife, 50
Confessions of a Pretty Woman, 50
The Wife's Trials, 75
Rival Beauties, 75
Romance of the Harem, 50

The five above books are also bound in one vol. for $3 00

The Adopted Heir. One vol., paper, $1.50; or cloth, $2.00

A Life's Struggle. By Miss Pardoe, cloth, 2 00

G. P. R. JAMES'S BOOKS.

Lord Montagu's Page, 1 50
The Cavalier, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
book is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

The Man in Black, 75
Mary of Burgundy, 75
Arran Neil, 75
Eva St. Clair, 50

GOOD BOOKS FOR EVERYBODY.

Life and Adventures of Don Quixotte. 1 00
Adventures in Africa, 1 00
Adventures of Peregrine Pickle, 2 vols., 1 00
Adventures of Tom Jones, 2 vols., 1 00
Afternoon of Unmarried Life, 1 50
Life and Beauties of Fanny Fern, 1 50
Lola Montez Life, 1 50
Currer Lyle 1 50
Wild Southern Scenes, 1 50
The Quaker Soldier, 1 50
Humors Falconbridge, 1 50
Secession, Coercion, and Civil War, 1 50
What I saw ! and Where I Went, 1 00
Life and Adventures of Wilfred Montressor, 1 50
Lady Maud; or the Wonder of Kingswood Chase, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 each.

HUMOROUS AMERICAN WORKS.
BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED.

Major Jones' Courtship, 75
Major Jones' Travels, 75
Simon Suggs's Adventures and Travels, 75
Major Jones' Chronicles of Pineville, 75
Polly Peablossom's Wedding, 75
Widow Rugby's Husband, 75
Big Bear of Arkansas, 75
Western Scenes, or Life on the Prairie, 75
Streaks Squatter Life, 75
Pickings from Pleayune, 75
Stray Subjects, arrested and Bound Over, 75
Louisiana Swamp Doctor, 75
Charcoal Sketches, 75
Misfortunes Peter Faber, 75
Yankee among the Mermaids, 75
New Orleans Sketch Book, 75
Drama in Pokerville, 75
The Quorndon Hounds, 75
My Shooting Box, 75
Warwick Woodlands, 75
The Deer Stalkers, 75
Peter Ploddy, 75
Adventures of Captain Farrago, 75
Major O'Regan's Adventures, 75
Sol. Smith's Theatrical Apprenticeship, 75
Sol. Smith's Theatrical Journey-Work, 75
The Quarter Race in Kentucky, 75
Life of Col. Vander-bomb, 75
Percival Mayberrv's Adventures and Travels, 75
Yankee Yarus and Yankee Letters, 75
American Joe Miller, 50
Adventures of Fudge Fumble, 75

D'ISRAELI'S WORKS.

Henrietta Temple, 50
Vivian Grey, 50
Venetia, 50
Young Duke, 50
Miriam Alroy, 50
Contarina Fleming, 50

FRANK FAIRLEGH'S WORKS.

Frank Fairlegh, 75
Lewis Arundel, 75
Fortunes of Harry Racket Scapegrace, 75

Fine editions of above are issued in cloth, at $2 00 each.

Harry Coverdale's Courtship, $1.50, or cloth, 2 00
Lorrimer Littlegood, 1 50
or in cloth, 2 00

C. J. PETERSON'S WORKS.

Old Stone Mansion, 1 50
Kate Aylesford, 1 50

The above are each in one vol., paper cover. Each one
is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 each.

Cruising in Last War, 50
Valley Farm, 25
Grace Dudley: or Arnold at Saratoga, 25

MAITLAND'S WORKS.

The Watchman, 1 50
The Wanderer, 1 50
The Lawyer's Story 1 50
Diary of an Old Doctor 1 50
Sartaroe, 1 50
The Three Cousins, 1 50

Above are each in one vol., paper cover. Each one is
also published in one vol. cloth, price $2.00 each.

LANGUAGES WITHOUT MASTER.

French without Master, 25
Spanish without a Master, 25
Latin without a Master. 25
German without a Master, 25
Italian without a Master, 25

The above five works on the French, German, Spanish,
Latin and Italian Languages, without a Master, whereby
any one or all of these Languages can be learned by any
one without a Teacher, with the aid of this great book,
by A. H. Monteith, Esq., is also published in finer style,
complete in one large volume, bound, price, $2.00.

BOOKS OF FUN AND HUMOR.
Each one full of Illustrations, and bound in Cloth.

High Life in New York, by Jonathan Slick, 2 00
Judge Halliburton's Yankee Stories, illustrated, cloth, 2 00
The Swamp Doctor's Adventures in the South-West. 14 illustrated, cloth, 2 00
Major Thorpe's Scenes in Arkansaw, 16 illustrated, cloth, 2 00
The Big Bear's Adventures and Travels. 18 engravings, cloth 2 00
Harry Coverdale's Courtship, cloth, 2 00
American Joe Miller, 50
Piney Woods' Tavern, or, Sam Slick in Texas, cloth, 2 00
Major Jones's Courtship and Travels. Illustrated, cloth, 2 00
Simon Suggs' Adventures and Travels. Illustrated, cloth, 2 00
Major Jones's Scenes in Georgia, cloth, 2 00
Sam Slick, the Clock-maker, cloth, 2 00
The Humors of Falcon-bridge, cloth, 2 00
Frank Forrester's Sporting Scenes and Characters, 2 vols., 4 00

DOW'S PATENT SERMONS.

Dow's Patent Sermons, 1st Series, 1.00 cloth, 1 50
Dow's Patent Sermons, 2d Series, 1.00, cloth, 1 50
Dow's Patent Sermons, 3d Series, 1.00, cloth, 1 50
Dow's Patent Sermons, 4th series, 1.00, cloth, 1 50

HENRY W. HERBERT'S BOOKS.

My Shooting Box, 75
Deer Stalker, 75
Warwick Woodlands, 75
Quorndon Hounds, 75

The Roman Traitor, 1 vol., cl., $2.00, or 1 vol., pap., $1.50.

ELLEN PICKERING'S WORKS.

Orphan Niece, 50
The Grumbler, 75
Ellen Wareham, 38
Who Shall be Heir? 38
Secret Foe, 38
Expectant, 38
Quiet Husband, 38
Nan Darrell, 38
Prince and Pedlar, 38
Merchant's Daughter, 38
The Squire, 38

ETIQUETTE AND USEFUL BOOKS.

The Ladies Guide to True Politeness and Perfect Manners. By Miss Leslie. Cloth, full gilt back, 2 00
The Ladies Complete Guide to Needlework and Embroidery. $$Word$$ illustrations. Cloth, gilt back, 2 00
Ladies Work Table Book, plates, cloth $$Word$$ gilt 1 50
The Gentlemen's Science of Etiquette. 25
The Ladies Science of Etiquette, 25
Creation of the Earth, 2 00
The Laws and Practice of the Game of Euchre, 1 00
Lardner's $$Word$$ Thousand Ten Things Worth Knowing, 50
Knowlson's Complete Farrier, or Horse Doctor 25
Knowlson's Complete Cow or Cattle Doctor, 25
The Complete Kitchen and Fruit Gardener, 25
The Complete Florist and Flower Gardender, 25
Arthur's Receipts for Preserving Fruits, etc., 12

&hand; Copies of any of the above works will be sent by Mail, free of Postage, to any part of the United
States, on receipt of the retail price, by T. B. Peterson & Brothers, Philadelphia.

-- --

[figure description] Title page.[end figure description]

Title Page THE
MEMOIRS OF A PREACHER;
OR,
THE MYSTERIES OF THE PULPIT.

“THE LIFE OF A POPULAR PREACHER, TOLD IN THE PLAINEST SHAPE, WOULD MAKE THE MOST INTERESTING
BOOK OF A CENTURY.”

Confessions of a Minister.
Philadelphia:
T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS,
306 CHESTNUT STREET.

-- --

Acknowledgment

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1864, by
T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, in and for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania.

-- --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Contents page.[end figure description]

CHAPTER

PAGE


I. —The Man without a Name 9

II. —A Look into the Mirror 14

III. —“The First of Seven” 16

IV. —A Glance at the Daily Copper 19

V. —The Third Visitor 20

VI. —“St. Simon” 24

VII. —Slinkum Scissleby and the Unknown 27

VIII. —Bonus Court. The First Scene 29

IX. —Bonus Court. A Leaf from its History 32

X. —Bonus Court. Scene the Second 34

XI. —Bonus Court. A Scene on the First Floor 37

XII. —The Drunkard's Story 39

XIII. —Fanny, Ralph, and Israel 41

XIV. —Israel gets the Gold 42

XV. —The Two Requests of the Dying Woman 44

XVI. —The Mourner's Bench 46

XVII. —Nine Mourners 48

XVIII. —The Tenth Mourner 51

XIX. —Fanny and the Preacher 55

XX. —“To the House of Brother Caleb” 58

XXI. —Brother Caleb's House 59

XXII. —The Midnight Mass in Saint John's 62

XXIII. —“Father John” 64

XXIV. —What became of Ralph 66

XXV. —How Ralph discovered that he was Somebody Else 67

XXVI. —What Ralph Saw and Heard in the Small Chamber 73

XXVII. —Blue-Jay and Humming-Bird 76

XXVIII. —Ralph in the Closet 78

XXIX. —Beyond the Curtain 81

XXX. —“Magnetism!” 83

XXXI. —Revelations of Trance 87

XXXII. —The First Secret of a Life of Twenty Years 88

XXXIII. —The Mask is Lifted from the Soul of the Preacher 91

XXXIV. —A New Revelation 93

XXXV. —The Brother and the Preacher 95

XXXVI. —The Judge between the Living and the Dead 97

-- --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Contents page.[end figure description]

PART SECOND AND LAST.

CHAPTER

PAGE


I. —“Squashahogany” 101

II. —Stewel and Caleb 103

III. —The Burglar and the Guest 106

IV. —“Captain Bradburne, of the Falcon” 108

V. —The Girl and the Preacher 110

VI. —Brother Caleb's Triumph 112

VII. —Ralph once More 114

VIII. —Ralph and the Box 119

IX. —Ralph and the Contents of the Box 120

X. —A Sermon from the Top of Girard College 123

XI. —Ralph at Home 125

XII. —The History told by the Dying Woman 127

XIII. —The History told by the Dying Woman. Part 2. 133

XIV. —The History told by the Dying Woman. Part 3. 135

XV. —The History told by the Dying Woman. Part 4. 138

XVI. —The Death-Room in Bonus Court 144

XVII. —Ralph and Stewel once More 145

XVIII. —“The Converted Monk” 147

XIX. —John Cattermill 152

XX. —“Fi-er!” 154

XXI. —Brother Caleb's Dream 155

XXII. —The Iron Room 159

XXIII. —The Study of the Preacher 161

XXIV. —Magic in the Nineteenth Century 164

XXV. —Magic Explained 166

XXVI. —Peter, Fanny, and the Preacher 168

XXVII. —Brother Caleb reaches the Top of the Stairway 170

XXVIII. —The Inside Spring 173

XXIX. —“A Little Private Conversation” 176

XXX. —The Bravery of the Preacher 178

XXXI. —Stewel has Hopes of the Tin Box 180

XXXII. —A Fireman's Fight 184

XXXIII. —Peter Becomes a Fairy 187

XXXIV. —“A Blue Party” 189

XXXV. —The Last of Israel Bonus 190

XXXVI. —“The End of the World draws Nigh” 194

XXXVII. —“The Camp of the Lord” 196

XXXVIII. —Choktipaw 200

XXXIX. —The Bridal Bed 203

XL. —The End of the Preacher 206

EPILOGUE 207

Main text

-- 009 --

p254-007 THE MEMOIRS OF A PREACHER.

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

CHAPTER FIRST. THE MAN WITHOUT A NAME.

On a clear Sabbath Night, in the depth of
winter, when the roofs and streets are white
with snow, and the sky without a cloud, is
mellowed by the rising moon — On a clear
Sabbath Night, when the chimes of Christ
Church come pealing through the silent air,
and a brooding quiet reigns over the Great
City —

Then the curtain rises, and this Drama
which is too improbable for fiction displays
its varied and crowded scenes.

One side of Chesnut street is wrapt in shadow;
the other rests in the light of the rising
moon. The marble pile, which stands near
Independence Hall, rises grandly into the serene
sky, like a vast palace of ice and snow.
From the hundred windows of yonder edifice,
as many glimpses of fireside light, steal out
upon the snow, and mingle with the rays of
the moon. Suddenly the scene is thronged
by crowds of well-dressed men and women,
who are hurrying to the various Churches of
the Great City, their dark attire strongly contrasted
with the white mantle which overspreads
the street. The Lawyer has forgot
his quibbles for awhile, the Merchant his Daybook,
the sleek Quaker his deeds and groundrents,
the lady of fashion, her last shawl or
lover, and all are hurrying to the worship of
the — Lord! What Lord? The Being who
spread this sky, and set it with countless
worlds, who said long ago, that All men were
alike his children?

Or, the Lord of the Great City, worshipped
alike in Bank and Parlour and Church —
THE Dollar.

Let us, while these well-dressed crowds are
thronging to their Sabbath evening worship —
while the great Bank of the United States,
that sepulchre of dead fortunes, glistens in the
rising moon — while the serene air is filled
with the music of bells, pealing their sad
melody over the silent city — let us, I say,
look into the lighted window of yonder edifice,
and behold the opening scene of the Drama.

It is a brilliantly lighted chamber in a Hotel—
one of those huge buildings, which glare
along Chesnut street, with groups of solemn
dandies before their doors, and a whole world
of passions, hates and fears shut up within
their walls.

A chamber lighted with gas, the walls
adorned with pictures — Henry Clay and
Andrew Jackson, framed side by side with the
last Opera singer — and in the centre, a supper
table, strewn with the fragments of a luxurious
feast, and with some dozen bottles of
“Heidsick,” scattered at irregular interval
over the board.

Around the table, are seated some half dozen
persons, who lounge in their chairs, and elevate
their boots upon the table, and talk incessantly
through a cloud of cigar smoke.

The gentleman at the head of the table,
whose bulky form is illuminated rather than
dressed, by a red waistcoat, attracts one's gaze
by his light blue cravat, his green coat, cut in
jockey style, his plaid pantaloons and neatly
curled hair. He looks like a gay horse jockey,
but he is simply a Dry Goods Merchant, who
has a store somewhere up town, but who is
always to be seen, either at the billiard room
or the opera. Sometimes he may be met, in
the shadows at the corner of Third and Chesnut
streets, whispering his pleasantries into

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

the ear of some poor girl, who is hurrying
from her work to her home. He was knocked
down the other day, for one of these harmless
pleasantries, by the brother of a Milliner —
this indeed is true — but Dicky Bung is a Philosopher.
A hundred knockings down would
not discompose him in the least.

Next to Dicky Bung, the Hero of the dark
corners, and Adonis of the Opera, sits a young
gentleman, with a sickly face, weak eyes, and
reddish brown mustache. He is dressed like
a Market street clerk — as though a rainbow
had been spilled over his head — and all over
his breast and on every finger of his delicate
hand, a violent eruption of jewellery, is visible.
This is Charley — Charley Blink, whose
father is supposed to be very rich indeed, and
who has an aunt in the West, worth a mint of
money.

Then, with boots on the table, and one eye
fixed on the ceiling, we behold a fat little man,
with small eyes, shrill voice, and hair of no
colour at all. This is Ben Timson the politician,
who never makes a speech at a political
meeting, but by way of compensation for the
lack of oratorical powers, he receives every
day, a mysterious letter from some distinguished
personage. The other day Henry Clay
wrote to him; the day before he received a
letter from a second cousin of Louis Napoleon;
and it was only last week, that he was favored
with an epistle from the Secretary of War.
He is deep. Politics is no labyrinth with him.
He can tell you, to a hair, the difference between
any two tariffs, or the name of every
member, who voted against the celebrated
“Misletoe Bough” bill.

And side by side with Ben Timson the politician,
lounges a Medical student with long hair,
badly tied neckerchief, and a most enormous
cigar. He is smoking himself into a diploma.
Stanly Augustus Mount-Fizzleton from the
State of Maryland, Eastern Shore.

Beside Stanly, you may observe George
Washington Widdleton, who holds his cigar in
the centre of his mouth, and puffs away, until
his eyes start from their sockets — a Broker
from Third street, who does good paper for
twenty-five dollars in the hundred, and has
an understanding with a bank or two. His
hair is very short and stiff; his mouth enormous;
his forehead not more than an inch an
a half in width. You will therefore perceive,
that his long nose, hooked like the beak of a
parrot, cannot fail to impart a remarkable finish
to his visage. He looks like a vulture, tamed
by Welsh for his Circus, and dressed by some
fashionable tailor, as a novel sort of “show
card.”

The last person of this company, whose
name we do not know, sits silent yet observant
at the lower end of the table. He, alone,
rests his feet upon the floor. He is a young
man of some seven and twenty years, with a
form rather above the medium height, a prominent
chest and broad shoulders. His forehead
high and pale, and remarkable for its width at
the summit, is shaded by tangled masses of
brown hair. His lips are thin — compressed—
and either sad or scornful in their perpetual
composure. Add to this picture, a nose slightly
aquiline, a chin almost too sharp and prominent,
and eyes deep set under bushy eyebrows,
and you will here have some idea of the last
man, in our company.

His name is unknown to us.

While the others smoke and talk and laugh,
he sits perfectly still, listening very patiently,
but only unclosing his lips to utter monosyllables.

Let us listen to the conversation, in this
gayly-lighted chamber of the great Hotel.

“Tight!” exclaims Widdleton the Broker,
knocking the ashes from his cigar. “Tight is
no word for it! I tell you, gentlemen, money
is perfectly —” he hesitated for a word —
“perfectly enormous. Why do you know,
that only yesterday, father wanted me to do
his paper, at twenty per cent., and says I,
`can't do it old man without the collateral.'
Business is business, says I, and when a man
gets on Third street, he must not allow himself
to think that he ever had a father. But
let's sink the shop. Pass the bottle, Charley,
and Bung my boy, tell us what's new in the
fashionable world.”

Bung arranged his blue cravat, and smoothed
his hair, and unclosed his lips, when Ben Timson
broke in with the exclamation —

“It will not be permanent. Gentlemen, I tell
you, it will not be permanent. (Another cigar
Widdy.) Upon my word, and I don't often

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

give my word, unless I'm certain of a thing,
upon my word, it will not be permanent.”

And Timson hit the table with his clenched
fist, lighted a cigar, and sank back dreamily
in his chair.

“What do you mean? What in the deuce
are you driving at?” cried Charley Blink with
a half frightened look.

“What is it that will not be permanent?”
echoed Bung.

“The Tariff,” said Timson, solemnly as he
closed his eyes and folded his hands.

The gravity of this remark, was not appreciated
by the company. The Medical student
swore between his teeth. Bung shook with
an explosion of laughter, and the Broker
soothed himself with another glass of Heidsick,
exclaiming:

“Sink the shop, Ben, sink the shop. Never
mention `Tariff!' over a bottle of wine.
Bah! It smells of the Custom House. Come,—
let's talk about the women. Bung, you
begin.”

You will remember that the last person,
who sat at the lower end of the table, did not
mingle in this conversation, but sat perfectly
quiet, his eyes glittering under their bushy
brows, as he calmly smoked his cigar.

“A delicious bit o' gossip stirrin' about
town to-day,” began the Dry Goods Merchant,
with a complacent smile. “They do say that—
by the bye, Widdy,” he whispered to
the Broker, “What is the name of your friend
at the end of the table? He may know the
parties, who are concerned in this bit o' news,—
eh?”

“Don't know him, Bung. Introduced to
me to-night, by a friend, who told me to show
him over town. Forgotten his name. A
western merchant I 'spose. Got the `tin.'
Pro-ceed Bung.”

At every stop, Widdleton took a sip of
champagne, and made a false pretence of
reaching for a cigar, while Bung was listening
to his muttered words.

Meanwhile the LAST PERSON, whose name
is unknown to us, or to the company, preserved
his taciturn demeanor, as he attentively surveyed
the faces of the others, from his post at
the end of the table.

“I say my boy,” shouted Widdleton, “Why
don't you shake off the horrors, and help us
to demolish this dozen of Heidsick. 'Tis not
the fair thing my fellow, to set there, as gloomy
as a mezzotint engraving in a Magazine, while
we are doing our best to get our spirits up for
a cruise 'round town. Drink my boy, and
afterwhile, I'll show you, some of the secrets
of the Quaker City. Never seen the inside
o' this village, did you?”

The gentleman at the end of the table, who
was thus abruptly addressed, started in his
chair, as though he had been interrupted in the
midst of a reverie, and then, exclaimed, with a
polite inclination of his head:

“You must excuse my dullness. I am rather
absent this evening;” he raised his glass,
“Here's to our excursion through the Quaker
City — and at midnight, too — we shall see
some rare sights — shall we not?”

And with an evident effort at hilarity, he
tossed off his glass, and tried very hard to look
as “much in liquor” as the rest of the company.

“Mr. Bung, you were about to tell us a
story,” he continued, leaning forward and
lighting a cigar. “Let us have something
good. You favorites of `the sex' have always
a fund of anecdote hid away somewhere at the
bottom of the champagne glass. Go on, my
good fellow.”

Bung smiled all over his face, and proceeded:

“You know old Snawlip the wine merchant,—
don't ye? Last year he was married —
we danced at the wedding, Widdy. A fine
girl that — you remember her, Sophia Barnley,
who was just old enough to be her husband's
grand daughter. Sophy was poor — Snawlip
was rich. Snawlip was as ugly as the d—l—
Sophy was a beauty and a belle. Sophy
had no capital but her beauty — Snawlip was
worth a couple of hundred thousand. They
were married, and we danced at the wedding
And — by the bye — where was I in my
story?”

“A little drunk Bung; that's all. Go on,”
sententiously remarked the Broker.

“Fire ahead!” said the Medical student
with enthusiasm.

“Sophy and Snawlip — go on!” chorussed
Timson.

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

Meanwhile the unknown person, had relapsed
into his former abstracted air. He sat
biting the end of his cigar, with his eyes fixed
on the floor.

“Well, Snawlip knew that he bought his
young wife with his money, and he's always
been as jealous of her, as Forrest is of Shylock,
or — or — as Othello is of Hamlet. Curse
the thing I've got it all wrong. Widdy my
boy, who is it, that's jealous of somebody else,
in Shakspeare's plays?”

Again the Dry Goods Merchant was brought
to a pause. He looked around with a distracted
air, his eyes full of champagne and
sleep.

“It's Othello, I believe,” said the Broker.
“You're dull to-night Bung.”

“And he — that is Snawlip, not Othello —
has always been on the watch, in regard to his
handsome and fashionable wife. She is a love
of a woman! But lately — do you hear me—
lately a change has come over the gay lady.
She used to worry the old man by giving
splendid parties — now she drives him mad
by going to — Church! Ha, ha, ha! Just
think of it!”

He laughed with hysterical violence, and all
his friends shared in his merriment — all save
the absent gentleman at the end of the table.

“But I'm a little too fast in my story,” resumed
Bung, holding his glass between his
eyes and the gas light; “You know that about
a month ago, HE came to town.”

As he pronounced the emphaized word he
applied his finger to his nose, and in trying to
look very knowing, expanded his eyebrows
and distended his nostrils, until he gave you
the idea of a sick man who is horror-stricken
by the approach of a galvanic battery.

He?” exclaimed the others in chorus, by
way of interrogation.

“The man of men, who has given all the
women in town love powders, and who frightens
our most respectable merchants into fits,
with his sermons. The Popular Preacher,
my boys, here's to him anyhow, though he
does preach brimstone and turpentine!”

Bung drained his glass, while his companions
were wrapt in drunken wonder.

“And what has the Popular Preacher to do
with your story?” asked Timson. “You
was speaking of Snawlip and his wife, and
now you ramble off into the Popular Preacher.
Bah! Bung you're gettin' silly!”

“May I ask the name of the Popular
Preacher?” exclaimed the unknown from the
end of the table, and Bung as he was about to
answer his question, could not but remark that
the young man had changed color. His eyes
were deeper sunken under the down-drawn
brows, his lips trembled after he had spoken,
and his whole appearance was changed and
agitated.

“Eh! what do you say, my good fellow?”
said Bung with a stupid stare.

“The name of the Preacher” — and the
voice of the unknown, hoarse as with suppressed
emotion, sounded strangely upon the
ears of the boon companions. “Why do you
not answer me? You know the Preacher.
You perchance have his life at your finger's
ends. Answer me — is his name —”

And bending over the table, until his agitated
face was disclosed in every lineament by the
flaring gas light, he repeated a name.

— It was a name familiar to the press and
the people of every city, town and almost every
hamlet in the Union—

A dead stillness prevailed as the young man
awaited an answer.

Timson moved his chair back from the table,
Widdy opened his eyes with a look of vague
surprise, while the Medical student began to
feel for his bowie knife. He did not like the
looks of the stranger, and being somewhat
troubled with a buzzing in his ears, combined
with a mistiness of vision, he fell into the
pleasing thought that the scene was to end in
a fight — a real Medical student's fight, with
revolvers and carving knives.

As for Bung he regarded the young man
steadily for a few moments and then replied —

“That's the name. You know him then?”

“I know him,” and the young man dropped
into his chair.

“You have met him? Eh! Out somewhere
in the West?”

“I never saw him,” answered the young
man, as he leaned forward, and buried his face
in his hands, “And yet I know him well.”

There was a sadness — a kind of latent
meaning in his tone which penetrated even the

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

heart of these Sabbath evening boon-companions.
For a few moments a breathless
stillness prevailed, while every eye was fixed
upon the stranger, who sat with his face concealed
by his hands.

“You see my good fellow, there's a terrible
time in town just now. Father Miller — the
dear old boy — has predicted the End of the
World. It comes off on the twenty-third of
April next, and `no postponement on account
of the weather.'

“Well — do you hear my fellow? This
has kicked up a great excitement all over town,
and the respectable churches, although they
denounce this Millerism, take advantage of it,
to fill their churches, just as we good Democrats
take advantage of a Bank excitement, to
get charters for a dozen new Banks. Do you
take?”

The stranger did not raise his head.

“And — d'ye see? The Popular Preacher”—
he repeated the name again as he tossed off
a brimming glass of champagne — “The
Popular Preacher arrives in town just in time
to reap a golden harvest of converts and —”

“He is in town, then,” cried the stranger;
“Where is he to be seen?”

“He preaches to-night at St. Simon's — up
town;” replied Bung, startled by the manner of
the young man.

“At St. Simon's —” repeated the stranger,
as he rose from his seat, and then without
another word he moved abruptly to the door.
The astonishment of the company may be
imagined. Bung started from his chair, and
in an instant was at the stranger's side.

“You want to see — — very much.
Do you?” he whispered. “There's no use
in going to the church. You can't get in. It's
seven o'clock, and by this time the aisles are
packed, and the vestibule runs over with heads.
Particular business — eh?”

The stranger uttered an exclamation, and
laid his hand upon the door, when Bung
pulled a card from his pocket, whispering —
“Take that, my good fellow. Be there at
twelve to-night. You shall see him. Now
then, as I've done the fair thing with you, I
want you to `show your hand.' What's your
business with him?

“Why the fact is —” said the stranger,
with a mournful attempt at a smile — “It's
about a marriage certificate. But can I indeed
see him at this place? You do not deceive
me?” he continued hurriedly, as he
read the letters on the card. “Come — be
frank — this is no hoax —”

“On the honor of a Bung,” replied the
Dry Goods man with a drunken gravity, and
a profound bow.

The bow was made to the panels of the
door, for the stranger had glided from the
room while Bung was speaking.

“Cool, dev'lish cool,” said that gentleman,
returning to the table. “Boys what do you
make o' that chap, anyhow?”

No words can picture the blank amazement
of the drinking party. The Broker said that
he always had a low opinion of this man
without a name, and as for himself, he did not
believe that his name was good on paper
anywhere, or for anything. The Medical
Student, making a desperate effort to light a
cigar, whispered something about calling up
the waiter, in order to see whether their hats
and cloaks were safe. At this crisis he came
to a pause, for he had inserted the wrong end
of the cigar in his mouth, and soon subsided
into a spell of subdued swearing.

“Mysterious!” ejaculated Blink.

“Ahead of Harry Clay's last letter!” was
the remark of Timson.

“I say what I think, gentlemen,” exclaimed
Widdleton, quietly filling his glass, “and I
think that this fellow who left us so abruptly,
is a suspicious character. Very likely a —
Forger. Yes, a Forger. You need not stare
so. A Forger! I repeat it. Capital Heidsick.
Hand me a cigar, Blink!

As for Bung, he sat like a block of marble,
his thumbs inserted in the arm-holes of his
vest, while a strange cloud of perplexity
twisted his brow into wrinkles.

Leaving this refined company — whose conversation
we have pictured with great reluctance,
and only on account of its vital connection
with the thread of our history — let us
follow the footsteps of the unknown.

-- 014 --

p254-012 CHAPTER SECOND. A LOOK INTO THE MIRROR.

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

We now follow the steps of the young man
whose singular demeanor has excited the wonder
of the boon companions.

Leaving the scene of the Sabbath evening
revel, he traversed the dimly lighted corridor
of the Hotel, ascended a stairway, and after
the lapse of a few moments, entered a small
chamber, in which a lamp was burning. The
lamp stood on a table in front of a mirror, between
the bed and the fire-place, and near it
appeared a large trunk, fastened with intricately
arranged cords, and bearing on its front the
initials, “C. D. L.”

The Unknown entered the room, and closing
the door, stood near the fire-place, gazing intently
upon the trunk, his arms folded and his
visage thoughtful and lowering. Not a word
betrayed the cause or source of the emotion
which seemed to convulse his whole being, but
standing perfectly motionless and silent for a
long time, he fixed his eyes upon the trunk or
chest, while his lips moved, and his breast sank
and fell under his clasped arms.

After a long pause, he knelt beside the trunk
and removed the cords; his hand, which was
at once muscular and delicately formed, trembling
nervously in the action. Then, with his
face turned to the light, he remained for some
moments with the lid of the trunk half raised,
in an attitude of hesitation or suspense.

He caught a glimpse of his countenance as
it was reflected in the mirror, and seemed to
start at the sight of the corrugated brow and
deep sunken eyes. His entire manner betrayed
the most powerful emotion, mingled
with doubt and uncertainty.

Still no word indicated the nature of these
thoughts, which impressed their stern shadows
upon his face. We behold him kneeling in
the centre of the silent room, the lid of the
trunk half raised by one hand, as the other
rests clenched and rigid upon his breast.

Again he caught a view of the mirror, and
now it might be seen that a change had come
over his face. Beneath each eye appeared a
circle of livid blue — a distinct blackness,
which increased the intensity of his eyes,
while it gave a deathly pallor to his cheeks
and forehead.

Again the young man started, as if appalled
by the sight of his face, or by some thought
connected with that face whose eyes were
environed by that dark circle. He started,
and a shudder crept through his veins. The
lid of the trunk fell with a harsh echo. He
buried his face in his hands.

We may not guess the thought or the association
which made this strong man start and
shudder at the reflection of his visage.

When he raised his face to the light again,
his eyes were wet with tears, his face distorted
with agony. Such agony as distorts the face
of him who sees his `best beloved' lowered
slowly into the grave — sees the sunbeam linger
for a moment on the coffin-lid — and then,
as the shadows gather before his eyes, feels
that a part of his soul is laid to rest in that unsightly
cavity.

At length the Unknown, or Man without a
Name, call him as you will, lifted the lid of the
trunk with a rapid movement, and its contents
were soon laid bare to the light. It seemed a
kind of world in miniature, that dingy old
chest, inscribed with the letters “C. D. L.,”
for it was divided into many compartments,
separated from each other by all manner of
locks and strings and lids, and hidden, one
within the other, like the last Tariff under a
bundle of Congressional speeches.

After strewing the carpet with the contents
of the trunk, the `Man without a Name,' drew
forth a box of dark mahogany, the sight of
which seemed to renew his emotion, and darken
his face with a wilder agitation.

A spring was pressed and the lid of the box
flew open. The young man turned his face
away; it was a long while ere he could recover
his firmness and gaze steadily upon the contents
of the casket. You will remember that
his agony was still silent — dumb — although
it visibly writhed for utterance.

The contents of the casket were brought
forth, one by one, and with a quivering hand.
There was a package of letters — a massive
paper or letter, secured by a large seal — and
a single lock of hair, tied by a faded ribbon.
These were all which the casket contained.

The Unknown took them one by one, and

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

passed them before the rays of the lamp, his
features quivering in every lineament.

The document with the dark brown cover
was endorsed with these words—

To Annie and Harry * * * *; the Last
Will and Testament of C. D. L.

When his gaze rested upon the lock of hair—
it was soft and silky, and had a faint gloss
about it still, although the ribbon which fastened
it was faded, as if by the touch of years—
his eyes filled once more with tears, and
his whole frame bowed under the burden of
his agony.

Then his look was arrested by the package
of letters, which bore in a delicately traced
character, the name “Ellen.” At sight of
that word his nether lip was pressed between
his teeth until it was stained with blood, and
the veins began to swell upon his forehead.
He seemed to pant for breath. Gazing upon
the name “Ellen,” with a strained and vacant
eye, he murmured for the first time, an audible
word —

“Ellen!” it was the Name — perchance the
Name of some one sacred to Memory — a wife,
a sister, or a mother.

The package of letters fell from his grasp.
He fell, like a fainting man, against the trunk,
and remained for several minutes with his forehead
buried in his hands. Meanwhile his
muscular frame was agitated in every fibre; he
shook like an epileptic.

Rising at last, his face bedewed with tears, the
livid circles marked darker and wider around
his eyes, he took another casket from the
trunk, and opening it, drew forth a slender
phial, which was filled with a colorless liquid.
Then, with the manner of one who has nerved
his mind to some decisive Resolve, he took the
letters, the Will and the tress of hair, and burying
them in his bosom, approached the bed,
with the light in one hand, the phial in the
other. The bed was encircled by drooping
curtains, adorned with long and snow-white
fringes.

He placed the phial to his lips, and inserted
the cork between his teeth, at the same moment
holding the flame of the lamp near the bedcurtain.
It would have wrung your heart to
mark the expression of his face at this moment.
There was doubt, horror, despair, impressed
upon every line; the lips, colorless as the phial
which they clasped; the cheek like marble;
the eyes leaden and glassy, as with the resolve
of — Suicide.

But a better thought stole over his face —

Still grasping the light and the phial, he
approached the mirror and gazed long and
silently upon the reflection of his visage. His
face was written there, upon the glittering
surface with all its blanched cheeks and deepset
eyes rendered more wildly brilliant by the
circles of livid blue. There was nothing like
personal vanity in this singular regard, which
the young man cast upon the counterpart of his
face.

“Death in the battle-field;” he murmured,
“I could bear that. But to slowly anticipate
the hour, to know that my sentence is written,
and that I must die with all my work undone
ah! It is much better to die now — at
once — and by the poison phial!”

Once more he drew near the bed and calmly
arranged the manner of his fate.

“My name must not go home coupled with
the stigma of suicide” — these words uttered
faintly may serve to indicate the current of his
thoughts — “It will be said of me, that I died
in the midst of a conflagration. And these
precious trusts will die with me.” He placed
his hand upon his breast where he had concealed
the Will, the Package and the tress of
hair: “Annie and Harry — fifteen thousand
dollars! They do not exist or they have long
ago been torn away from the City, by the hand
of poverty. As for the package of her letters,
can I, dare I leave that last and most sacred
trust unfulfilled?”

His countenance was softened in every
lineament; while his eyes were wet with
tears.

“Poor child! Even yet I feel the clasp of
your death-chilled hand upon my wrist.”

Then placing the lamp upon the coverlet he
took the tress from his breast and pressed it to
his lips, his face assuming a marble-like
calmness. There was a kind of latent rapture
in his gaze, as he resumed the lamp again and
seated himself upon the bed, with the neck of
the phial between his teeth. It was that
peculiar expression which may be termed the
Insanity of Suicide.

“Why should I live?” he said, as he surveyed

-- 016 --

p254-014 [figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

the deadly contents of the phial by the light of
the lamp — “If I live I must avenge. Better
to sleep at once, and be at rest than to be
hunted from place to place like a second Cain
by this deathless Memory. It is the work of
an instant — a drop from the phial — a spark
from the lamp — and I will feel no more.”

But even as he spoke an icy feeling crept
through his veins, and his gaze which had
been calm and serene, flashed with the energy
of a fearful Thought.

The Hereafter of the Suicide — this was
the Thought.

It is a brave thing to die in battle amid the
crash of carnage, when the heart is drunk with
the fever of bloodshed? Then what manner
of bravery is this, which in a solitary room,
takes Death silently by the hand, and looks
into the abyss of Eternity, shuddering but resolved?

“Ellen!” he pronounced the name slowly,
dwelling upon each musical syllable, as though
the word was his farewell to earth — “Ellen!”
and the phial was inserted between his clenched
teeth. His extended hand held the light
near the curtains of the bed. “In a moment all
will be over —”

But in that fearful moment a knock was
heard at the door, startling the death-like stillness
with its harsh echo.

“I am come,” said a mild voice which
penetrated the panels of the door.

Starting from the bed, the young man placed
the light upon the table, and hurriedly concealed
the phial within his breast, while his
face was reddened by a sudden glow. Should
he unlock the door, or should he remain silent,
until the questioner departed? For a moment
he hesitated, trembling all the while, but again
he voice was heard —

“I am come!”

CHAPTER THIRD. “THE FIRST OF SEVEN. ”

The young man placed his hand against the
panels of the door, and exclaimed in a broken
voice — “Whom do you seek?” There was
a pause, and the answer was heard distinctly:

“I received a letter to-day signed C. D. L.,
which requested my presence this evening at
room No. 92, of this Hotel.”

No sooner had these words penetrated his
ears, than the Unknown hastily arranged his
hair, so as to hide the emotions written on his
forehead, and endeavored to look calm and unconcerned.
The attempt was made with all
the energy of a desperate resolve, and was in
a great degree successful. When he unclosed
the door he looked for all the world like a
gentleman who has been interrupted in the
midst of some accustomed task; all traces of
Suicide were banished from his face.

The person who entered was a man of
middle age, rather below the medium stature,
with a pallid face, worn in every lineament by
grief more than years. He was attired in a
black frock coat, buttoned to the neck, and exhibiting
some indications of poverty or negligence
in its thread-bare seams. He lifted the
broad-rimmed hat from his forehead, and the
young man discovered that his brown hair,
worn short and cut closely about the temples,
was streaked with silver.

“This is your letter, I believe?” and the
intruder fixed his large grey eyes upon the face
of the Unknown, with a look which was at
once kind and vacant. Taking the letter the
young man read these words:—

To the Rev. William Marvin —

You are said to devote your time to the
relief of the poor and distressed. A stranger
who has heard of you, and who has a claim
upon your sympathy — for he has suffered
much — desires to see you to-night, at the —
Hotel, Room 92. It is a matter of life and
death.

C. D. L.

“This is indeed my letter,” said the Unknown,
handing a chair to Mr. Marvin, “You
have conferred a very great favor, by your
presence here to-night. Be seated, sir — I
have much to say to you.”

And presently seated near the table, with his
pale cheek resting on his hand, Mr. Marvin
gazed intently into the remarkable face of the
young man, as he listened to his hurried words.
It was an incredible Revelation which trembled
in emphatic sentences from his lips, and the
Preacher, who had seen much of the world
and made his home amid the homes of the
suffering, could not restrain his tears.

“And it is to you, Sir, that I wish to entrust
this last charge, confided to me by the dying.”

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

His statement concluded with these words, as
he laid his hand upon the arm of the Preacher:
“You traverse the wide city in your mission
of love. There is no place, no court, no avenue,
no den of poverty nor haunt of shame forbidden
to your feet. You may discover these
children — possibly in some miserable hovel,
buried under the burden of necessity and
want. Take this packet — if you discover
Annie and Harry, use it for their support and
education — and —”

He tore the seal and envelope from the
packet, and the Preacher to his astonishment
saw fifteen bank notes, each marked with the
figures 1000, spread forth upon the table.

“And in case your search is made in vain,
and you do not discover these children after a
year, I authorize you to use this money as
your heart suggests.”

And without another word the young man
pressed fifteen thousand dollars in the hands of
the listener, who seemed to be entirely confounded
by the action. He sat gazing vacantly
into the face of the Unknown — a breathless
stillness ensued.

“This is madness,” he murmured at last,
“to entrust an entire stranger with an amount
like this. No — young man — I cannot receive
the money. I will search for the children,
but as for the money —”

“Do I not tell you — must I confirm it by
an oath? — That I am forced to leave the city
without delay,” — the Unknown seized his
arm, and looked earnestly into his face —
“You alone can fulfil the trust of the dead.
Do not refuse my request — do not, I beseech
you in the name of the dead”—

Mr. Marvin placed his hand upon his forehead,
and seemed absorbed in thought, while
the young man, with suspense painted on his
visage, anxiously awaited his answer.

“Young man,” he whispered in a changed
voice — “It is wrong to place temptation in
the way of a man who wishes to do well.
How know you that I will not use this money
for my own purposes?” he continued, gazing
upward from the shadow of his hand —
“Fifteen thousand dollars! It is a world of
money —”

“Use it as your heart suggests,” exclaimed
the Unknown. “That is all I ask of you. I
am satisfied to trust you. That is enough. If
you do not discover Harry or Annie after a
year is gone, then the money is yours.”

“But what induced you to send for me?
cried the Preacher in an agitated voice. “I
have no Church; am known to but few of the
wealthy or distinguished of our citizens. My
name and my labors are alike obscure. I am a
man subject to the same temptations as other
men and of all temptations, that of money. No,
no — the idea of such a trust committed to me,
is preposterous. I cannot think of it.”

He rose from his chair and took his hat,
and moved toward the door. It was evident
that his mind was resolved. But the Unknown
also rose, and grasped his hand, looking intently
into his care-worn face.

“William Marvin,” said he, bending down
so that every word pierced the listener's ear,
“Do you remember the Fifth of March,
1842?”

“The Fifth of March? What mean you?”

“On that day, a Stranger who had been
taken ill in Philadelphia, while on his homeward
journey, was about being carried from
the great Hotel to the Hospital — his disease
was small pox, and of the most pestilential
character — when William Marvin
appeared and conveyed him to his own home,
and waited upon him till he died.”

“Ah — I remember,” cried the Preacher.
“It was some months ago, but —”

“What has this Stranger's death to do with
my request?” interrupted the Unknown. “He
was my brother. You perilled the lives of
those most dear to you, in order to serve him.
That is enough — take the money — do with
it as your heart dictates.”

Marvin was confounded.

“Then your name is —” he began.

“Never mind my name, dear sir. I have
come to this city for one purpose — for one
purpose only — and do not desire to be known
by the friends of my family residing in Philadelphia.”

Still Marvin hesitated.

“Where shall I direct a letter in case my
search is successful?” he asked.

“To-morrow you will know,” replied the
young man with a smile — a smile which did
not altogether please the humble Preacher.

He stood hesitating, his eyes dilating, as he
surveyed the countenance of the young man

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

It may be well to remark that the face of the
Preacher, calm and placid in its outlines,
sometimes was ruffled by an expression of
singular meaning, which corrugated his brow,
and gave a nervous restlessness to his gaze.
This expression now agitated his features as
he exclaimed:

“I am not worthy of this trust, young man.
Nay — do not start and look incredulous. I
am not worthy — I am not worthy —”

His tone was imbued with an accent of inexpressible
sorrow, or — Remorse.

“You are not worthy,” said the Unknown.
Who then is worthy? Go to — you carry
your modesty into extravagance. You were
a brother to my brother in his dying hour, and
I would entrust you with the price of a
world.”

“But there are many good men in this great
city who would be much worthier of your
trust than myself, even had I not —” he
paused abruptly, and his pale cheek flushed
with sudden warmth. “Even had I not many
years ago committed a crime for which my
present life is but a continued penance.”

His voice changed, and he turned his face
away, while the `Man without a Name' gazed
upon him in silent amazement.

“You commit a crime — You!” he cried —
“I cannot believe it. No — no! Take the
money. Do not force me to repeat my request.
Take the money, and after the lapse of
a year do with it as your heart dictates. Yet
stay — in your search after these children,
you will encounter many scenes of distress —
scenes of heart-rending misery. I'm a wayward
fellow — not one whit better than any
young man of my age and tastes — but still I
have some kind of feeling for those poor devils
who have no crust for their table; not even a
rag to cover them from the winter's cold.
Here are a hundred dollars, in gold too; take
it and give it away.”

The poor Preacher was too much astounded
to reject the purse which the young man forced
into his hands. These kind of things are by
no means customary in this lower world, save
in a melo-drama, or the Arabian Nights, and
we may therefore account for Mr. Marvin's
dumb amazement. He looked at the Unknown
as you might survey a lunatic whose
disease has assumed a mild and melancholy
form, and clinked the gold in his hand in an
absent way.

“I will humor him;” the thought crossed
his mind, as he hesitated near the door. “By
the bye, my young friend, I will cheerfully
consent to become your agent for the distribution
of the hundred dollars — although this, to
be sure, is an amazing sum — but, as to the
other matter, you must excuse me.”

“Well — well — on one condition. That
you will come here to-morrow at eight o'clock—
remember the hour” — his face was illuminated
by a faint smile — “and then I will give
you a reason for my request, which you cannot
possibly surmount
.”

The last words were spoken with peculiar
emphasis.

“There are many Clergymen who would
be happy to undertake this fearful responsibility,”
said William Marvin, as he laid his
hand upon the door — “Good men, beloved by
all who know them, There is —,” he
named a celebrated Divine, renowned for his
palace and five thousand a year — “or there is
a zealous and eloquent man, the very Apostle
of the age —”

He named the Popular Preacher, but the
words died on his lips, as he saw the countenance
of the young man, which had changed
in every feature; the lips lost their hues of life,
while the eyes sunken deeper in their sockets,
assumed an ominous and sinister glare.

“The Popular Preacher! he would indeed
be the very man for a trust like this! A quiet
and a godly man I believe, who devotes his
days to thought, his evenings to the revival
room, and his nights to — by the bye, I
have forgotten, how does he spend his
nights?

The sneer which distorted his face impressed
the poorly-clad Marvin with a feeling
akin to fear. He retreated to the door, when
he was arrested by the voice of the Unknown,
changed once more to its accustomed tone —

“You have not told me the name of your
Church, my good Marvin,” he said, putting
his hand upon his shoulder in a careless way.
“And your belief — what is it!”

“My church is almost without a name,”
answered Marvin, as the light which had
illumined the young man's eyes seemed transferred
to his own, only it was sad in its in

-- 019 --

p254-017 [figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

tensity, while the gaze of the other had been
malignant. “Once I was a member of the— —
Church, but I have received
the truth of Prophecy and listened to the voice
uttered by the Revelations. Do not smile, my
young friend — I beseech you do not follow
the example of all the world, and mock me,
for my heart is strongly inclined to you. I am a
believer in the approaching end of all things.
A little while and lo! the world which now is
slumbering in its sin and shame, will be
awakened by the doom of Sodom and Gomorrah.
The End draws near — yea — before
three months have gone their way, this
world shall expire in the flames which issue
from its own bosom —” his voice rose, his
features brightened with an inexplieable rapture,
and his eyes gathered new fire as he concluded—
“When the Old World hath passed
away, then will the Lord come to dwell in the
new Heaven and the new Earth, then indeed
will the captives of misery and want `return
to Zion with songs and with gladness on their
heads.”'

“In plain words you are — a Millerite,”
interrupted the young man with a laugh.
“Well — well — every one has a right to be
mad in his own way. Come in the morning—
eight o'clock, you remember — good
night.”

Thus abruptly dismissed, the poor Preacher
turned to the door, raising the gold pieces towards
the light, and murmuring as he saw them
glitter in his hand — “An hundred dollars;
that is an hundred lives. I will have no rest
until —”

He closed the door after him and was gone,
leaving the Unknown in the centre of the room.
After a while we will follow the humble Millerite
on his way, and see how he dispenses
the hundred dollars — for the present let us
watch the movements of the Unknown. Did
the purpose so calmly entertained again visit
the heart of the young man?

“St. Simon's,” he muttered, “I may see
him there. It is better, much better, to close
the account with him, before my `end of the
world' draws nigh. It was her last request.”

Taking his cloak from a chair, he assumed
an otter-skin cap, which shaded his features
from observation, and stood ready to depart.

“Now for St. Simon's!” he moved to the
door and started back as suddenly; “Another
knock! Who can it be? I am favored with
visiters this evening. Come in!”

CHAPTER FOURTH. A GLANCE AT THE DAILY COPPER.

In answer to the last words the door was
opened, and a tall individual stepped over the
threshold with a shambling gait. How he
was dressed does not concern us, but he was
a man of awkward figure, with lean and long
limbs, loosely put together, and as for his face,
it was altogether destitute of character — such
a face as you might see a thousand times and
forget the next moment, without the least difficulty.

“This No. 92, I believe? You wrote a
letter to the Daily Copper, desiring an interview
with one of the Editors?”

“You are right, sir. I desire to converse
a little while with one of the Editors of that
paper on a matter of much importance. You
bear a note for me I presume?”

“I am the Editor,” said the lank personage,
with considerable dignity. “That is,” he continued
by way of qualification — “the first
Sub-Editor.”

And the gentleman dropped into a chair, depositing
his “lengthy” limits somewhere between
the bed and the fire-place.

“Now, Sir, I am waiting on you,” said the
Sub-Editor. “I have just five minutes, and
then I must go, for we expect a steamer in, and
Europe's very unsettled. Very unsettled.”

The Unknown gazed with a quiet wonderment
upon this singular phantom of the press,
who looked for all the world like the decayed
Ghost of some dead paragraph on the state of
the money market.

Shall we, for a moment, take a quiet glance
at the Daily Copper, while its Sub-Editor sits
waiting for the young man to commence the
conversation?

The Daily Copper was one of those Moral
Monsters, which are as necessary to the Great
City, as malaria to a swamp, or poison to a
druggist's shelves. Every night it was whirled
from the steam-press, and sent reeking by the
hands of an hundred carriers through the
streets of the Great City, so that the good

-- 020 --

p254-018 [figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

people might devour it with their morning
muffin.

It was an independent sheet — as those who
had not bought it, discovered to their cost —
an impartial paper — as those who did buy its
columns knew to their serene satisfaction. It
knew no party, but the party which brought it
pennies. It was simple in its religion, for from
the press room under ground to the editor's
garret in the sky, it worshipped the Dollar
with all its soul. As its press kept thundering
on, through the silence of the night, it seemed —
so the lonely wayfarer thought — to be a kind
of infernal organ, doomed to make demoniac
discord under ground, and groan in a prolonged
anthem, dollar, DOLLAR, DOLLAR.

And the columns of the Daily Paper displayed
a variety of literary matter, such indeed as
made it suitable for families. In one column
it was moral, in another atheistical, and its
moral articles oftentime stood cheek by jowl
with a Restell advertisement, or the announcement
of some infamous poisoner, whose loathsome
profession looked quite holy at — fifty
cents per square.

It had libelled every body and praised everybody
in its turn, and taken all sides of all questions.
For Phrenology to-day and against it
to-morrow. Now Magnetism was a science —
again a humbug. One day the Irish shot the
Natives in Kensington; but to-morrow it was
the Natives who shot the Irish, and the day
after — both Irish and Natives dropping the
Daily Copper — it was discovered that nobody
was shot at all. A paper among papers was
THE Daily Copper. For Multicaulis when it
was up and against it when it was down.
Copper Stock found favor in its columns when
its native brass failed to keep the Sheriff from
the door, but always, and through all its difficulties
it was true to the Copper Cent, and
fervent in its worship of the Silver Dollar.

How it was edited no one knew, although
a daily leader in one corner, written with ability
smacked strongly of New York, while the
paragraphs by its side, gave a reminiscence of
the Sub-Editor who in his garret, away up in
the sky, kept churning all day long the crank
of his pulseless brain, alternating between
severe attacks of Dyspepsia and heroic devotion
to his Scissors. Like a spider in his hole,
he sat there gloomily, shut out from all the
charms of life, and condemned to spin his imbecility
into the web of next morning's paper.

He was not alone, however, in his task.
There were other purveyors of the Daily Copper
who prowled about the community, gathering
venom and pennies for its columns, and
stabbing at characters in the dark. These
were not paid for their work; they merely
used the Daily Copper to puff up the last
speculation; it was the safety valve of their
pockets and their spleen.

“Your name, sir, is —” began the Unknown,
surveying the lank Sub-Editor with a wondering
stare.

“Slinkum Scissleby. Sub-Editor of the
Daily Copper. There's ten of us.”

The conversation which then took place has
a vital connection with the secrets of our narrative,
and — who knows? —but that it
touched upon those mysteries of the Daily
Copper, which never yet have reached the
public gaze.

At the proper place we shall describe the
scene which occurred between the Unknown
and Slinkum Scissleby. For the present we
drop the mantle of silence over its words and
deeds; it was a half an hour in progress,
which the reader will imagine passed and
gone, when we resume the thread of our history
again. After the Sub-Editor had departed,
and the Unknown was alone once more, there
was another knock at his door.

CHAPTER FIFTH. THE THIRD VISITER.

“Come in!”

The door did not open slowly on this occasion,
but rather sprung open with a sudden
crash. If the Unknown had manifested surprise
at the appearance of his previous visitors,
he now displayed something so much deeper
in its nature that we cannot give it a name.

He stood — not like a statue as all the Romancers
have it — but like a living man
stricken suddenly in every vein with an overwhelming
wonder, mingled, it may be, with a
deeper feeling.

“How do Charley. Cold ev'nin”' said a
gruff voice — very gruff in fact, resembling the
sound produced by an indefinite number of
pebbles rolling over a plate of sheet iron.

-- --

[figure description] (254-019).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

The intruder advanced and stood face to face
with the Unknown. Imagine a form at least
six feet one inch in stature, with broad shoulders,
bulky chest, and iron limbs, with sinews
like whip-cords. This form is enveloped in a
huge great coat, blazing red in color, with two
rows of white buttons down the front, each
the size of a dollar. Beneath the coat, reaching
to the knees, appear trousers of the roughest
corduroy, inserted in the tops of boots
which have been innocent of brush or blacking
for at least a score of years. Above it, or
rather above a neckerchief of some indescribable
plaid, you catch a substantial vision of a
sun-burnt face, with whiskers like flakes of
snow, and eyes flashing like hickory coals
from underneath the front of a cap of coarse
grey fur.

This personage — who reminds you of the
Belgian Giant in his leisure moments, when
he drops his graver duties, and pays a quiet
visit to a friend — stands with his hands in the
pockets of his fire-brand coat, and his cap
drawn over his ears, almost over his eyes,
while a gruff expression, something between a
smile and a scowl, stamps his mouth and
cheeks.

“Peter my good fellow — P-e-e-ter!” cried
the Unknown in ludicrous amazement, “where
did you drop from? You here? You of all
men! A minute ago I'd a-sworn you were a
thousand miles away. Why Pe-ter.

The gentleman with the white whiskers and
fire-brand coat dropped—emphatically dropped—
into a chair, still keeping his bony hands
in his capacious pockets.

“Old friend of the family. Thought you
wanted looking arter. Concluded to come.
Am here. That's the sum-total.”

Peter seemed to utter these condensed sentences
by a ventriloquial effort, for his lips,
scarcely unclosed, while his harsh voice might
have been heard in the next room.

“And you are here, the very man I wanted
to see! I'm half wild with joy. Do give me
a shake of your hand.”

The young man made a well-intentioned effort
to discover a hand in one of those roomy
recesses in the red coat, but Peter shrugged his
shoulders, with the exclamation —

“Nonsense — gammon! Sit down and behave
'self. What you arter in Fildelfy? Run
off from home — you did. What caper
now?”

At these words the expression of hilarity,
which had enlivened the young man's face
passed away, and was succeeded by a look of
apathetic gloom. He did not answer, but fixed
his eyes upon the floor.

“What's up?” asked Peter, lighting a huge
cigar with his bony fingers, by the light of the
lamp. “Anything uncommon?”

“Indeed, Peter, I thought you were in Illinois,”
answered the Unknown, keeping his
eyes on the floor — “At all events, no nearer
than Cincinnati. And now you are here —
here, just in the nick of time. You can help
me, Peter, and I know you will.”

In answer to this, Peter puffed away like a
locomotive, filling the room with a thick and,
by no means fragrant cloud.

“Know'd your daddy. Your mammy, also.
All your folks,” he exclaimed, in his ventriloquial
way. “Know'd Ellen.”

There was a change in his gruff tone, and a
singular twitching of his features, as he uttered
the two last words. He took the cigar from
his mouth, and raised his bony knuckles to
his eyes.

“Sixty years old next March, but I'll never
forget her. I know'd Ellen when she was a
baby. I know'd her when she was this high”—
patting his knee with his hand, and then
his harsh voice sunk again — “Know'd her
when she was a gal o' sixteen — bloomin',
bloomin' like a garden full o' roses. Know'd
her when she was a corpse. By thun-der!
Guess I did.”

As Peter continued his remarks, uttered in
his peculiar manner, the head of the young
man dropped slowly, and he gathered his arms
tightly over his breast.

“What's up?” exclaimed Peter, shutting
one eye, and laying his hand on his shoulder,
as he looked sideways into the face of the
young man.

“You have your pistols with you, Peter?”

“Never travels without 'em.”

“Take this card. You know the street,
maybe the house?”

“Well, it aint a-goin' to injure my character
if I say I do. Go ahead.”

“Be there at twelve to-night. Have a cab
or coach with you. Don't fail me Peter.”

-- 024 --

p254-022

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

“Did I ever?”

“And Peter, do you hear, you may bring
something with you that will serve to tie somebody's
hands.”

“Of course. It's best to be quiet. Might
disturb some sick person,” said Peter, closing
his eyes, as be emitted an enormous cloud
from his lips.

“And a kerchief Peter, or something to keep
an unwilling person very still. You understand?”

Peter uttered a sound, intended for an answer
in the affirmative; it was something between
a groan and a growl.

“You will understand all this at the proper
time. And now I must be going. Stay here,
or where you please until it is time for you to
meet me, but don't follow me. Till then, good
night, my old friend.”

The young man had drawn his cap over
his eyes and hurried from the room, leaving
Peter alone, with the delicate card between his
clumsy fingers. It was of course the card
which Bung had given to the Unknown an
hour before. The conversation which we
have briefly written occupied but a few moments,
and it was evident from the manner of
the parties, that they thoroughly understood
each other.

Peter puffed away at his cigar, holding the
card turned to the light and endeavouring to
read the inscription with one eye closed.
Altogether he presented a singular subject for
a pencil sketch. His red coat with white buttons,
his sun-burnt face half concealed by his
fur cap, his corduroy trousers inserted in the
tops of his clumsy boots; all furnished the details
for a striking picture. Surround this
gruff portrait with wreaths of cigar smoke,
which make it resemble the picture of some
good Genie of the Arabian Nights, and your
sketch is complete.

“Fine room, this. Do things up nice this
a way Hey? What's that?”

Reaching forth his hand, Peter grasped the
phial which the Unknown had left on the table.
You might see a change pass over his bluff
face as he held this phial between his eyes and
the light.

“An' its come to this; has it! Thought so.
Must be wretched.”

After he had uttered these words, Peter
placed his limbs upon a chair, and tilted the
one on which he sat against the wall, resigning
himself to the charms of his chair, and — perchance—
to a dreamy fit of meditation. For
a quarter of an hour a breathless stillness prevailed.
After this time, as the State House was
striking Nine! Peter broke the silence with
these words:

“Know'd her when a corpse, I did.

That was all, but as Peter uttered them, a
great tear rolled down his sunburnt cheek.

CHAPTER SIXTH. “ST. SIMON. ”

“You cant get in,” said an angry voice, “so
there's no use of your pushin' in that way.
Don't stick your elbows in my sides. My sides
are my own and they're paid for, which is more
than you can say of your coat.”

These words were uttered in the centre of a
dense crowd which spread from the doors of
the Church to the railing which separates the
area in front of the building from the public
street. The moon was shining brightly over
the opposite side of the street, and upon the
roofs of the houses, which extended in striking
perspective to the north and to the south. The
front of the Church was in shadow, and therefore
the crowd pushed and jostled and surged
to and fro like a drunken man, but all in twilight
gloom. There was an indistinct outline
of hats and caps, with here and there a bonnet,
but the faces of the throng were lost to view.

From whence the voice proceeded that uttered
the aforesaid words, we cannot tell, at
least, we cannot speak definitely. It was
somewhere in the crowd. Now it was near
the railing, again it was heard from the very
portal of the Church, and once or twice it
squeaked faintly far down, as though it was
trodden under foot and scraped against the
pavement.

We are very glad that the moonlight does
not shine upon the Church, or we might be
forced to describe its exterior. As it is our business
is with the interior not the outside. Nor
do we feel ourselves under an obligation to tell
in what part of the Quaker City the Church
was situated. That would expose our motives
to misconstruction, and we should be charged —
especially by people who never go to church

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

at all — with personal reflections upon a particular
Church. We prefer to leave the question
of the locality of the Church open for discussion,
satisfied that the gossips of the town will
locate it to their own satisfaction, and at least
in twenty different places. Lest we should be
accused of a contrary fault — to wit, of `telling
too little' — we will state for the information
of the curious, that it was not in Camden, nor
was it west of Broad Street. Further, that it
was not south of Market Street, much less was
it north of Poplar Street. To return, however,
to the crowd whom we left struggling in front
of the doors —

“Punch your elbow in my side agin, and
I'll have the law on you,” said the shrill voice,
which we have heard before; “Jist do it if you
dare. O-o-o!”

This long drawn sound was produced by a
singular catastrophe. The owner of the voice
found himself buried in his own hat, which
some person to him unknown, had more suddenly
than kindly knocked over his eyes.

This person unknown, was none other than
the young man, “C. D. L.” who in his bear-skin
overcoat and fur cap was making desperate
efforts to reach the door. He used his
elbow with great power, striking right and left
and maintaining every inch of ground which
he had won, while his progress was greeted
by a chorus of groans and — we had almost
said — curses.

“Them's my feet.”

“Get out will you? Don't you see there's
a lady all mashed to death in that corner —

“O-o-o-o! I never saw sich people. You
really ought to behave better”—

“Where did you get them elbows? D'you
sharpen 'em with a hone? — Do that agin, and
I'll —”

“My good-ness! If I ever! What scramblin'
and pushin'. No respect for age.”

“Young man you'd better knock a-body
down at once — you had —”

“Where's my hat? Stop kickin' that hat—
a-a-h! If I could only ketch you my feller!”

But in defiance of these exclamations, our
Unknown fought steadily onward, until at last
he gained the door of the Church — it was
only one step above the pavement — when
bracing his back against the door-post, he sur
veyed the crowd through whose angry waves
he had won his way.

“My good friends,” he said blandly, and
yet in a voice which rose above their murmurs—
“I am a stranger in the city. Can you tell
me what is going on?”

This was decidedly insulting. The crowd
received his question with a strange commingling
of murmurs. One man who stood nearer the
door than the others, answered in a hoarse
voice —

“It's the Popular Preacher!” he pronounced
the Name for which we have substituted these
two words — “All the town's mad to hear
him. We are, too, but we can't get in.”

“You'll have to fight your way up stairs,
after all,” said another voice — “The meeting's
up stairs, and I know the stairs and the
the vestibule are as full as a barrel of molasses.”

It was an undertaking of great difficulty, but
the Unknown braced himself for the effort.
Into the lower vestibule and up the crowded
stairs, until he stood in the upper vestibule,
where a mass of heads were illumined by a
burst of light pouring through an unclosed door
of the Church itself. It was a work of great
difficulty, but he won his way. Every step
that he advanced he could not but remark that
the crowd grew more composed, and when he
reached the upper vestibule he saw an hundred
silent faces bathed in tears. Men and women
were there, rich and poor together, all hushed
as death, their eyes fixed and their lips parted,
while a dense heat made the place oppressive
and — almost — pestilential.

Toward the door which opened into the
body of the Church, the Unknown silently but
steadily pursued his difficult way. He could
not yet look in upon the vast Congregation,
much less see the Preacher, whose eloquence
produced this awful stillness, but suddenly he
heard the low accents of the Preacher's voice.

At that moment, he stood within a yard of
the great door, opening from the vestibule into
the Church — nay, he caught a side glance of
a part of the congregation, and saw a portion
of the gallery, packed with innumerable faces.

He heard the Preacher's voice very low,
scarcely above a whisper, and yet that voice
was heard above the beatings of a thousand

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

hearts. At the sound he ceased to advance;
he seemed to be stricken into stone, as the low
accent of the Preacher came to his ears.

It is he,” he said, and bit his lip, and
drew his cap deeper over his brow, and stood
amid the dense crowd with folded arms. You
will remember that he had never heard the
voice before — was it an instinct of the Soul
that now persuaded him that it was the voice
of the Preacher whom he sought? And
through the awful stillness of Church and vestibule
the voice of the Preacher was distinctly
heard, clear and musical as a silver bell, and
yet taking hold of every pulse with its quivering
accents.

He was speaking of the fast approaching
End of the World. True, he did not admit
the truth of Father Miller's calculation, but he
said Suppose the End of the world was to come
on the Twenty-third of April — and on this
supposition he slowly began to build a terrible
awe in every heart. There was in truth an
awful power in this Man's voice. His words
perhaps on paper might not bear criticism, but
his voice was an instrument of supernatural
might. He was speaking of the fast approaching
End of the World, and with that
subdued tone, went on to picture the World
sleeping in the night before its destruction, until
every detail was printed on the hearts of
thousands. Then his voice suddenly rung
like a thunder clap — quivering as with sympathy
for a world in flames — it was answered
by a thousand other voices, shrieking, wailing,
groaning — pealing with joy or maddening
with horror — and over all the tone of the
Preacher pronounced the words —

Then the Angel shall stand upon the sea
and the earth, and lift up his hand to heaven,
and swear by him that liveth for ever and for
ever, that there shall be time no longer
.”

Words are vain to describe the effect of
these words. There was a sound as though
the throbs of a thousand hearts had found a
voice — a loud, prolonged, and wailing sound,
as though a multitude were tossing in the
ocean waves, and uttering their last cry ere
they sank forever.

The young man, standing in the shadow,
caught the common fear, and shuddered he
knew not why. The awful influence which
pervaded the vast throng crept through his
veins, his soul went tossing to and fro on the
wave of that indefinable excitement.

“Can it be the same man?” he groaned —
“Would I might see his face, if only for a
moment!” He had never seen the face of the
Preacher whom he sought, and yet — such
was his thought — he would know it at the
first glance.

He dashed madly forward, and reached the
door — yes, stood upon its very threshold —
but a black wall rose before him, and over that
wall of human forms, packed along the aisles,
he caught a glimpse of the galleries, tapestried
with faces. But he obtained not even a glimpse
of the Preacher or the pulpit, although his
voice penetrated his soul.

That voice was low again — and silvery as
a bell — and it was picturing the joys of Heaven
to the Redeemed.

“There the wicked cease from troubling
and the weary are at rest. * * * * And there
shall be no night there: and they need no candle,
neither light of the sun, for the Lord God
giveth them light. * * * * * And the Spirit
and the Bride say come: And let him that
heareth say Come, and let him that is athirst
Come.”

Sentences such as these selected from the
most beautiful and affecting pages of Scripture
fell from his lips, and were answered by sobs,
by shrieks, and here and there some woman's
voice pealing a shout of joy — joy that seemed
kindled at the very altar of eternity.

And the young man, buried in the crowd
which filled both Church and vestibule with a
mass of palpitating life, felt his heart melt
within him at these indescribably beautiful
pictures of freed Spirits wandering by still
waters in the light of Eternity — of weary
heads pillowed in eternal rest, upon the breast
of the Redeemer — of a calm bright world beyond
the grave, where there is no more sorrow
nor sighing nor tears, but youth and immortality
in the presence of God. He felt
his heart melt within him, and sighed from
the depths of his heart, as the tears rolled
down his cheeks.

“It cannot be the same man,” he murmured—
“The picture is true by whomever painted—
true — but the Preacher is not the same.

-- 027 --

p254-025 [figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

No! no! But then the name is the same,
and have I not heard of his wondrous powers
of voice before?”

The calm joys of the Blessed in another
World — a world of love and light — this
thought it was that touched the Unknown to
tears.

“It cannot be the same. No — No. And
yet I' d give the best year of my life for a
glimpse at his face.”

Struck by a sudden thought the young man
hurriedly left the vestibule, and made his way
down stairs. Before a moment elapsed he
stood upon the threshold of the church, and
through the shadows saw the noisy crowd
tossing like a wave, of hats and bonnets, from
the door to the street. But now the noise and
uproar grated harshly on his feelings. Possessed
by the thought which had impelled his
sudden retreat from the church, the young man
forced his way through the mass and struck
into a narrow alley, which divided the edifice
from the adjoining buildings. He pursued his
way along the dark avenue, until emerging in
the moonlight, he saw the rear wall of the
Church—a blank wall, whose uniformity was
only broken by four large windows — illuminated
brightly by the silver light.

“My idea was not so far from right after all,”
he murmured, as he lifted his eyes to the lower
windows — “The air is very warm within, and
they have raised a window. Hark!”

The sound of the Preacher's voice came
through the opened window, mingled with
cries and sobs, and shouts of joy or anguish.
The light from within shone through the blinds,
and struggled with the rays of the moon.

“I may pass into the Church through that
window,” he soliloquized — “At last I may
obtain a glimpse of the Preacher's face.”

But a difficulty presented itself which at first
view seemed insurmountable. The lower
windows of the Church were at least ten feet
above his head. Casting his eyes around the
narrow yard — there was a grave and a solitary
tombstone in a dusky corner — the young
man discovered a plank leaning against the
fence. It did not require much effort to place
this plank against the window sill. This accomplished,
the Unknown began his ascent
with something like a smile upon his lips.

“This looks like burglary,” he laughed,
“certainly like Church-breaking”—

The laugh soon died away, for reaching the
sill of the window, he heard the Preacher's
voice. Raising the blinds as gently as possible,
he looked within — he saw the Preacher's
face.

For a moment he hesitated and then quietly
slipped under the blinds, and found himself in
the Church, not ten paces from the Pulpit
where the Preacher stood —

— Before we picture the scenes which he
beheld, let us revert to the conversation which
took place between him and the Sub-Editor at
the Hotel, about an hour ago.

CHAPTER SEVENTH. SLINKUM SCISSLEBY AND THE UNKNOWN.

“The Sub-Editor of the Daily Copper,”
exclaimed the young man, “I am glad to see
you, sir. Your name sir is —”

“Slinkum Scissleby,” said the Sub-Editor
quickly.

“My business with you may be stated in a
few words,” continued the Unknown, as he
stood with his arms folded and leaned against
the mantle—“Do you remember a letter which
appeared in your paper about sixteen months
ago?”

Scissleby moved quickly in his chair, and
elevated his eyebrows.

“Remember a letter which appeared in our
paper sixteen months ago? Not a bit of it.
As well ask me if I remember all the advertisements
which have appeared in our columns,
from the marriages and deaths, down to the
quack notices in one corner.”

Having thus relieved his mind, Scissleby
relapsed into a sort of leaden stupor, with his
eyes fixed upon the cap of his knee.

“There appeared a letter in your paper,
signed with the initials P. X., and bearing the
name of a town in a western state at its head.
It was written from that town by some able
correspondent of yours, and inserted doubtless
in your paper, as a choice piece of news.
This you will say was all in the usual routine.
Your paper was printed, everybody read it in
this city, and a hundred copies found their way
to the town which I have mentioned. Be patient,
sir — in a moment I will have done.

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

There was a young girl in that town, who,
beautiful and gifted, and just starting into
womanhood, was the angel of a household. A
father, a mother, and two brothers, regarded
the daughter and sister with an affection boundless
to idolatry. This seems rather a dull
story — does it not?”

Scissleby shifted in his chair, nodding his
head very violently.

“This girl then;”— there was a distortion
of the young man's features, and he paused as
if to gather command over his feelings—“This
young girl, living in the light of her father's
fireside, was a very happy thing; full of life
and hope, and having such a light and smile
about her face, that the very beggars who
wandered through the town — perchance they
were emigrants from other lands, who sick at
heart and very, very poor, had journeyed to
our country in search of the mere means of
life — were won by her cheerful look, and after
receiving bread from her hands, spoke of her
in their prayers in all their future life, as the
good angel, who had once upon a time lightened
the darkness of their desolate way. But,
Pshaw! This is all romance — is it not?”

Scissleby nodded, and arranged one of his
limbs upon two chairs.

“Well — well — this girl whose very innocence
was the seed of her undoing — this
child who every night knelt to receive her
father's blessing after the evening prayer —
was deceived by a wretch who came to that
happy home clad in all the externals of virtue
and honor. For a while the shame was
locked within her bosom; at last it was known
to father and brother, and the seducer on his
knees, begged for permission to seal his repentance
by a marriage. They were married —
lived very happily for two weeks when your
paper came to this far-off town”—

He paused and buried his face between his
hands which rested on the mantle; Scissleby
growing impatient, carefully removed his limb
from the chairs, and replaced it by the other
limb, which it may be proper to remark was
of the same length.

“Your paper came to town,” resumed the
young man, as he advanced a step, his brow
corrugated and his hands clenched, “and this
young wife — my sister sir — saw her own
name written there coupled with every epithet
of dishonor. `She had been a common thing
before her marriage — a precocious profligate
whose favors were bestowed upon libertines
more base than herself.' This was the story
of your paper, sir — my sister read it. The
whole town flung it in her face, by hints and
whispers. In the very Church of God she was
pointed at as the foul creature whose infamy
had been proclaimed in the `Daily Copper.' Do
you understand me, sir —”

“Don't hit me. You'd better not,” cried
Scissleby, bouncing from his chair and assuming
an attitude of lank dignity, as the young
man approached him with his hands clenched
and his brow darkened by emotion — “Observe,
sir, that when you strike me you strike
the Daily Copper.”

“This letter in your paper, written by a person
without a name, and published by you to
all the world, did its work in a very short time.
Two months after the paper reached our town
there was a funeral — people talked in whispers
round the grave, and those who had
sneered now began to pity, for she looked so
very sad and beautiful as she lay in her coffin.
I had been absent six months — a tour to
Europe took me from home — the whole story
of my sister's marriage and her broken heart—
was utterly unknown to me. I came home,
and sought my sister, and found her in the
graveyard. Her husband too was not there —
he too was away from his `home' — he had
left his dying wife on account of the charges
contained in your paper, that is, in your correspondent's
letter. Now, sir, this you will
say is a very pretty story —”

His voice fell, and he pressed his hand
against his throat, as though his agitation had
choked his utterance. Advancing toward
Scissleby he laid his hand upon his shoulder,
and bent down until his breath fanned the cheek
of the Sub-Editor—

“Now, Sir, I have sent for you in order to ask
you a simple question. Answer it or not, just
as you please. How much did your correspondent
pay you for the insertion of his
letter?

“S-i-r-r!” ejaculated Scissleby horrified in
all his lengthy limbs at the idea of the Daily
Copper being a purchasable commodity.

-- 029 --

p254-027

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

“In other words,” continued the Unknown,
how much did the Husband pay you for
destroying his wife
.”

“Sir! You — you —” faltered Scissleby.

“Do you know that letter sir?” said the
young man, with a bland voice as he drew the
Package from his bosom, and took a single
neatly folded paper from its centre: “Well
written — a good hand — eh? And a good
name
at the bottom?”

The Sub-Editor's legs dropped from the
chair — his face elongated with ludicrous
dismay,

“Where did you get that!” he cried, fairly
thrown off his guard.

“I have it. That is enough. It bears the
mark of your paper written in a bold hand —
yes the very print of the compositor's fingers.

And that letter cost the life of a Sister —'tis
worth a Corpse — eh? A valuable letter —
don't you think so?

Scissleby was dumb. Twisting his face into
a terrible kind of net-work, he was endeavoring
to discover, in his own mind, how the
young man had obtained the manuscript which
had been sent to the Daily Copper sixteen
months before.

“Queer!” he muttered. “Odd! Very.
Who has he bought, I wonder?”

“Could I obtain a moment's conversation
with one of your Proprietors?” asked the Unknown,
as his face was subdued by a placid
smile — “I wish to talk with them — not about
this trifling matter — but in relation to a little
copper speculation, which is unknown to any
one in the west save myself.”

These words filled Slinkum with a world of
doubts and hopes:

“One of the Publishers — there's seven of
'em — may be found to-night at —” he named
the place which had been designated on the
card of Bung, the Dry Goods Man.

“Very well,” said the Unknown, “that will
do. I may call down at your office in the
morning. Good evening Mr. Slinkum Scissleby.”

Thus terminated the interview between the
Unknown and the Sub-Editor of the Daily
Copper.

Now our footsteps lie toward the Church
of St. Simon's, where the Unknown is gazing
into the face of the Popular Preacher — yet
hold —

We first must dive into the recesses of Bonus
Court, and behold a series of incidents that
took place during the time which elapsed from
the moment when the Unknown left the drinking
party, until the instant of his departure
from his own room, No. 92, at the great Hotel.
The reader will do well to bear this fact
of time, vividly in mind. Between the hours
of seven and nine o'clock, then, and of course
before the Unknown entered St. Simon's, the
scenes which follow took place in Bonus
Court. Bonus Court? A queer name — aye,
and tenanted by queer people.

CHAPTER EIGHTH. BONUS COURT. THE FIRST SCENE.

“You see the old woman is dyin' and she
keeps mumblin' about somebody to pray with
her,” said a voice which was heard distinctly
above the moaning of the winter wind: “I
heer'd your father was a kind of a Preacher,
an' I thought he might'nt object to say a
prayer or two. But you must'nt think we can
pay him for it. We're as poor as Job's turkies;
we are.”

The speaker was a boy of nineteen years,
dressed in a round-jacket and trowsers of
coarse cloth, which exhibited, by the candle-light,
the marks of much wear and rough usage.
He was rather above than below the middle
height, his form displaying decided indications
of muscular power, in the broad chest and
bony hands. A cap of dingy cloth, drawn
over his eyes, concealed the upper part of his
face, while the candle-light shone fully over his
strongly marked jaw, wide mouth, and uncovered
throat. He was standing on the
threshold of a narrow door, whose posts supplied
the place of a frame for a very impressive
picture. A young woman, attired in a
dress of faded muslin, with a shawl thrown
loosely over her prominent breast, was standing
there, lifting a candle above her head with
one hand, while the other grasped the knob of
the door. You would not have called her face
beautiful; it was so deathly pale, but the very
palor gava a new charm to her eyes, and her
white forehead, which was relieved by soft
brown hair. The eyes were large, and very

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

bright, but while the glaring light illumines her
face, you cannot distinguish their color.

The wind howls dismally through the narrow
Court, as the boy stands on the step,
awaiting an answer from the young girl's lips.
Yonder, far through this dreary avenue, where
it joins the street, a gas lamp is faintly glimmering,
but here, where the speaker and the
listener are standing, a thick darkness prevails,
scarcely broken by the light which flares above
the face of the young girl. The moon is shining
in the clear heaven, but her rays do not penetrate
the gloom of the Court.

“Your mother is dying?” asked the young
girl, shading her eyes with her hand, as she
gazed steadily — and with something like
sympathy in her eyes — upon the rude form
which stood upon the wooden step below her.

The sound of her voice seemed to touch the
callous feelings of the listener.

“Dyin' — to be sure she is,” he blurted out,
pulling his cap over his eyes —“I left her
alone — she'll be dead I reckon afore I get
back.”

Was it a tear that trickled down his begrimed
cheek?

“I am very sorry —” said the young girl
with a kind of absent look, “very sorry that
my father is not at home. How far do you
live from here?”

“Live? Don't live at all! We `hold out'
in this here very Court — Number Two — up
three pair o' stairs and old Bonus as owns the
court warned us out a month ago to-morrow.
Guess you know old Bonus, don't ye? Wears
fair-top boots and a broad-rim; an' comes afore
breakfus' for his rent?”

“I know Israel Bonus,” said the young girl,
smiling; “He owns this Court. But your
mother — can I do anything to aid her? I
expect my father home every minute, but she
may die before he returns, If I could be of
any service —”

She hesitated. The boy rubbed his bony
knuckles over his face, and hung his head.

“Do anythin' —” he muttered, “She's past
doin' fur. She is. And I spose you're as
poor as we ar'?” he continued looking up into
the thoughtful face of the girl.

“Wait a moment, and I'll get my bonnet,”
was the only answer which the young woman
returned. With these words she disppeared
and closed the door, leaving the boy in the
dark and cold.

“Perlite,” he muttered, “But I spose she
means well. What kin she do. It's cold, and
that's a fact. I pities the little niggers as has
to go out sweepin' chimnies this kind o'
weather. Very poor people is little niggers”
he added with a sound that could not be properly
described as a laugh, for there was too
much of bitterness in his voice for that —
“Wonder when Fanny will come? A purty
girl she is to go and leave her mother to die—
though I'm a cussed wretch for sayin it. Has
not Fanny kep' us all this six weeks, and
with her needle by —”

He added a very profane oath, which we
have no desire to copy, lest we might offend
those good people who never swear, but who
merely raise their rents, when the winter bites
hard and sharp at the doors of poverty.

“Wonder why she don't come, this here
Preacher's daughter?” soliloquized the boy as
he stood rubbing his hands together in order to
preserve the circulation of the blood, for but
thinly clad, he was keenly sensible to the
cold. “Hello? Who's that out yonder, under
the gas lamp? A gal and a man talking together—
she turns her face this way! It's Fanny's
hood — and by — its Fanny's face too.”

Without another moment for thought, the
boy crept cautiously along the Court until he
stood in the shadows on the very verge of the
street, where the moon was dimly shining over
a waste of snow. Not ten paces from his position
stood the lamp, its light glimmering
through the shadows, which lay upon the side
of the street, that was unenlivened by the
moonlight.

The boy crept closer to the wall, and listened
to the conversation of the persons who were
standing beneath the lamp. One was a girl
poorly clad, with a hood drawn over her face,
and a bundle under her arm; the other a man
whose form was encircled by the folds of a
Spanish mantle, while a glazed cap shaded his
visage.

“Come sis,” he said, in a very thick voice—
such a voice in fact as gives you an involuntary
reminiscence of champagne and cigars—
“There's no use of your denying it my

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

g-a-l! You live somewhere hereabouts; I
know it, for I've followed you here a dozen
times. Come — your poor — maybe want a
little money —”

“Leave me, leave me” — the voice of the
girl trembled as she spoke — “I do not live
here — that is —” she paused abruptly and
sprang away from the lamp-post, when the
cloaked individual rudely delayed her flight by
laying his hand on her arm.

“Come, come, my little bird o' Paradise,
there's no use o' your tryin' to get off in that
way. I'm rich — I am — can set you up in
a style o' splendour. Pshaw! I know you.
Have I not tracked you from the tailor store
near Third and Chesnut?”

As the girl struggled in his grasp, the boy —
protected by the shadows, with his heart beating
rudely under his ragged jacket — began to
clench his hands, listening all the while, with
an intensity that set his teeth and lips together.

“Let me go,” cried the girl — had she been
a real heroine of a tragedy or a novel, she
would have said Unhand me, villain! But as
it is, we are bound to record the fact that she
merely said, “Let me go!” and tried to release
her arm from the gentleman's grasp.

The boy did not stir.

“I'll tell you what it is,” cried the gentleman,
“There's no use of a young lady in your
situation being particularly nice, and I'll be— —”
he swore like a real gentleman —
“if I'm a-goin' to be trifled with any longer.
I like your face, and you can make a good
friend out of me if you choose.”

“For God's sake let me go,” again cried the
girl, struggling violently — “While you delay
me, there is one waiting for me —”

“Don't doubt it, don't doubt it,” laughed the
voice within the Spanish mantle, as its owner
grasped the girl's wrist with one hand, and at
the same moment flung his other arm around
her waist. “Somebody waitin' for you — eh,
honey? I knew it; you're one of 'em — aint
you?”

The girl was powerless in the gentleman's
grasp; her bundle fell upon the ice-covered
pavement, and her shawl, torn from her shoulders
in the struggle, was trodden beneath her
feet.

Again she cried, in a voice which might have
been heard above the roaring of the wind,
“For God's sake let me go!” and again she was
answered by the gentleman's good-humored
laughter.

At this crisis, however, the Boy sprang
noiselessly from the shadows, and tapped the
gentleman's glazed cap with his hand. When
we remember that his hand was clenched, and
that the tap was administered with a sincere
good-will, we will be prepared to understand
why it was that the gentleman released his hold
of the girl, and reeled to and fro — from cellardoor
to gutter — like a thoroughly drunken
man.

“Who are you?” exclaimed the gentleman
at last, steadying himself against the lamp-post—

Before him rose that distinct image of a
rather muscular youth, clad in a ragged jacket
and trowsers, with his wrists peeping from his
sleeves, and his cap drawn over his eyes.

“Get in the house, Fanny — get o-u-t, I
say,” grumbled the young man, and the form of
the young girl was presently seen hurrying
along the Court. “You want to know who I
am, do you?” exclaimed the Boy, turning toward
the gentleman, “I kin tell you in short
order. (Clear out, Fanny; I'll be there directly.)
I was bound 'prentice by the name o' Ralph
Jones, but the boys calls me Jonesey the B'iler,
'cause I runs with the `Fairy,' and am high on
a bust. There's my card —”

With the last word he placed his fist very
neatly in the centre of the gentleman's face, at
the same time applying his torn shoe, with his
foot in it, to the gentleman's legs. As a matter
of course the gentleman sprawled on the pavement.
As he fell, his cap was torn from his
head, his cloak went sailing grandly over the
street, and we discover in the prostrate indi
vidual who struggles on the ice-covered bricks,
our old friend, Mr. Richard Bung, Dry Goods
Merchant, and Man-about-town.

It was a terrible thing to witness the punishment
which the uncouth Boy, calling himself
Jonesey the B'iler, administered to the elegant
and fashionable Bung.

“If I was a mind to, I could raise the boys
on you — they're at the Injine House, and that's
not fur off — but as it is, I think I'll maul you
some meself. My name is Jonesey,” he continued,
dropping on Bung's shoulder as he attempted
to rise. “And them's my fists as is

-- 032 --

p254-030 [figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

playin Julius Cee-sur about your eyes. Sass
my sister, did you?”

It was we say a terrible thing to see the
commentary which B'iler with his fists made on
the face of Bung. There he struggled, green
coat, red vest, blue cravat and all, rolling over
the pavement, slipping in the icy gutter, while
the Boy, like the Demon of a melo-drama,
mounted on a demon-horse, kept his hold and
solved the problem of perpetual motion with
his fists and boots, all over the face and form
of Bung.

Bung swore bitterly, and made creditable
efforts to get on his feet again, saying something
between whiles about the — Law.

“Sass my sister, did ye?” cried Ralph as he
shook the Dry Goods Man as you would shake
a coat that has been hanging for a long while
in a dusty closet; “and talk of Law — do you?
There's law — and there's law — and there's
law!”

Every time he repeated the word, his fist
descended upon some part of Bung's handsome
visage, now skirmishing about the cheeks, now
mounting to the forehead, and last of all, thundering
upon the Roman nose.

“Let me up,” screamed Bung, as the blood
from his tortured proboscis streamed over his
blue cravat —“Don't crowd a feller when he's
down — don't —”

But ere the last word had passed his lips the
hand was taken from his cravat, the fist had
ceased its perpetual motion, and Bung struggling
slowly into an erect position, looked around
with eyes like saucers. The Boy had disappeared.
Very much disheartened, and sore
in every nerve, his green coat covered with a
something that was not snow, and was not mud
but seemed like a composition of both, Bung
with many curses began to gather up his cap
and cloak, which were scattered over a great
expanse of street and pavement.

Then Bung looked up the street and down,
but could not gain a glimpse of the form of his
enemy. He gazed into the Court but all was
dark and silent there. In truth the Boy had
vanished like an Apparition.

“If I ever” — growled Bung as he wound
his mantle about his shattered frame, and
wiped the blood from his face with a “linen
cambric” which he had bought at his own
store — “If I ever —”

The sentence was not completed, for drawing
his cap over his eyes, Bung went down
the street — keeping in the shadow of the
houses, and as far from the moonlight as possible—
and muttering low words between his
teeth, as the brass heels of his boots made a
kind of intermittent music on the pavement.

When Ralph released his hold of the Dry
Goods man, he darted into the shadows of the
Court, as though animated by a sudden
thought.

“Wonder what's become o' th' Preacher's
gal? Guess she's forgot all about us,“ he
stood for a moment gazing through the gloom
of Bonus Court, and then plunged through the
doorway of a house which stood near the public
street.

All is very still and breathless now in Bonus
Court. The place at all times has an air of
desolation. The houses, it is true, are very
new, so far as brick and plaster are concerned,
but this miserable nook of dwellings, erected
on a scanty piece of ground, which is hidden
away among large edifices, and blocked in on
every side — save that which opens on the
street — by solid walls — seems very aged, at
least with rags and want and hopeless wretchedness.

Three lights above, glimmering from narrow
windows, break the thick gloom, with faint
and wondering rays.

One shines from the home of the Millerite
Preacher, where Ralph stood a few moments
past begging for somebody to pray with a
dying woman.

The other gleams from a second story window—
gleams perchance upon a comfortable
group of family joy — or it may be, upon a
scene of wretchedness or death.

The other — and the last of all — you can
see it over your head, flickering from the third
story of the second house in Bonus Court.

CHAPTER NINTH. BONUS COURT. A LEAF FROM ITS HISTORY.

Bonus Court?

Let me give you a leaf from the History of
Bonus Court. It is written in the Chronicles
of conveyancing; you may find it beside the
record of the last Mortgage; it is inscribed
perchance, in the same page that bears the

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

epitaph of a broken heart. This, then, is the page
from the history of Bonus Court.

Last summer there was a respectable gentleman,
who went about town with fair top-boots
and a broad-rimmed hat, and a large stick with
an enormous head of some white bone or other.
He was a Conveyancer, or rather a man of
Property, for there was nothing that he would
not make an honest penny by, from shaving a
note at twenty-five per cent. up to selling the
bed from under a dying man, and tossing his
wife and children into the streets.

This gentleman — whose person we may
behold after a while — owned a piece of ground
just large enough for the erection of a comfortable
two-storied dwelling.

But did he build a two-storied house on his
lot of ground, and rent it to some quiet family
for the paltry sum of one hundred and twenty
dollars? Not he. He knew a trick worth
two of that. For he was an exceedingly
shrewd man; there was wisdom in every
wrinkle of his fair top-boots, and a world of
money-making in his bone-headed cane, or in
the way that he carried it, when passing along
Third street in full sail, his nostrils expanding
as he scented a Mortgage in the wind.

So, locking himself up in his office, this
grave gentleman sat for an hour with his fingers
on his double chin — as you see in the portraits
of Franklin — and concluded his meditation
by the single word, Bonus! pronounced
with all the emphasis of his wholesome lungs.
He had resolved to build ten houses, where
there was only room for one. Instead of a
paltry hundred and twenty dollars in the way
of rent, he would receive at least ten times
sixty dollars, making a total of six hundred
dollars.

But how should he build these ten houses,
without drawing upon his bank account?
“Bonus” was the magic word that solved this
problem. Taking up his broad-rimmed hat,
and brandishing his cane, the grave gentleman
sallied forth, and soon his fair top-boots terminated
their journey at a carpenter shop,
where a hardy young man was industriously
working.

“Buy this lot of ground of me, and I will
advance thee six hundred dollars to aid thee in
building ten houses for theeself.”

But the young carpenter had no money —
no wealth but the strength of his arms, the
blessing of God, and the smiles of a young
wife and a little child.

“Never thee mind. I'll let thee have the
ground on credit — a twelve months' credit if
thee pleases — and thee can give me a mortgage
on the lot until it is paid.”

He was a very seducing gentleman; there
was persuasion in his double chin; witchcraft
in every toss of his cane.

The young carpenter consented. With the
six hundred dollars he began to build the ten
houses. The cellars were dug, bricks, stone
and lumber brought — for the credit of the
mechanic was very good — and after working
for the days and nights of three months, the
carpenter saw his Court rise into palpable
shape; yes, the brick walls were almost ready
to receive their roof. True, he was behind
hand a little; he owed this man for lumber,
that for bricks, another for mason work, a
fourth for shingles. “but,” said he to his young
wife, “the houses will soon be done, and we
will live very comfortably in one of them.
while we receive five hundred and forty dollars
rent for the others.”

'Twas a glorious prospect. The carpenter
kissed his wife and did not forget the baby,
and next day went to work with a lighter
heart, paying his “hands” out of the last remnant
of the six hundred dollars.

Soon, however, his labours were brought to
a close, by a singular circumstance. The
lumber-man presented his bill. So did the
brickmaker, and the shingle-man, and the
hardware-man. Everybody seemed to be infected
by the same mania, for everybody
brought in their bill.

And worst of all, Saturday night came, and
no money to pay the hands. Masons, carpenters
and hod-carriers, all went home without
a penny, after their week's work.

Our young carpenter, standing towards dusk,
in the centre of the unfinished “Court,” with a
saw in one hand, and a bundle of bills in the
other, looked very black and desolate. Another
week — two weeks at the farthest — and he
might finish the houses, and rent or sell them,
and pay all claims, from “Bonus” and his
mortgage, up to the hod-carrier.

-- 034 --

p254-032

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

In this extremity he applied to the grave
Conveyancer who had loaned him the money,
and asked for a further loan — or, at least —
for the services of the good gentleman, in securing
two weeks' delay from the claims of all
the carpenter's creditors.

“Thee is foolish to think it,” was the answer.
“Thee has began with thee eyes open.
Thee must finish.”

And the young Carpenter did “finish,” or
rather the Sheriff finished for him, for next
week there was a tempting display of handbills
all over the unfinished houses, and the
week after they were sold under the hammer.
To whom, and for whose benefit? They sold
for sixteen hundred dollars. The claim of the
mortgage, of course, took precedence of all
other claims, and the grave old gentleman killed
two fine birds with one stone. He bought the
houses by paying six hundred dollars, and at
the same time, obtained for the delight of his
own pocket, the six hundred dollars which he
had loaned. What the lumber-man, the brickmaker
and the hod-carrier received, is not recorded,
but certain it is that the grave gentleman
finished the houses for a very moderate
sum, exclaiming oftentimes:

“Never was a row of houses so cheaply
built. Out of nothing I have honestly made a
very pretty Property, which is worth the interest
of ten thousand dollars. Bonus is a
good thing.”

What became of the young carpenter?
Bankrupt and disgraced, his self-respect gone,
and his home made a hell, by the thoughts of
his days and nights of worse than useless labor,
the young carpenter resorted to the Bottle, and
drank deeper every day, while the grave gentleman
was finishing the ten houses of Bonus
Court.

This Court, which looks so gloomy now,
while the moon is shining yonder on the public
street, is tenanted by at least twenty families,
who live in one room on a floor — rooms with
chimneys that do nothing but smoke, and ceilings
that are good for nothing but to leak and
crack — rooms, in short, that are good to rent,
but good for very little else.

In yonder house the Millerite dwells; there,
a little farther on, where a dim light glimmers,
a man is starving to death, and right above us,
on the third story, the mother of Ralph is
dying.

An interesting place is Bonus Court, and a
good gentleman is the owner thereof. Let us
at once ascend into the third story and look
upon the scene which awaits us there.

CHAPTER TENTH. BONUS COURT. SCENE THE SECOND.

Up two pair of stairs, into the third story,
where a tallow candle, burning fast toward the
socket, reveals an interesting scene. The
room — the only room in the third story — has
two windows, one looking out into the court,
and the other affording a view of a yard about
ten feet square, and a blank wall, whose dreary
bricks rising above the roofs of the Court, fill
its chambers with half-twilight even at noonday.
The furniture of the room is very simple.
A chair with three legs, a table of unpainted
pine, on which the light is placed, a
bed with a ragged coverlet, and a small sheet-iron
stove, without a spark of fire.

Resting one hand upon the table, the young
girl whom we beheld some few moments since
in the street, gazes steadily from the shadow
of her hood, upon the wretched bed. The
place is very cold and damp, and you can see
the tremor which agitates her limbs. Although
you cannot look upon her face, the whiteness
of her neck and hands seem to accord but illy
with her dress, whose every fold speaks of
poverty and endurance.

And as she looks upon the bed, her bosom
swells and falls, even beneath the poverty-stricken
dress, and a sigh disturbs the dead
stillness.

“Mother!” she whispers — but there is no
answer. The occupant of the bed, whose
form you may dimly trace beneath the folds
of the coverlet, is asleep or — dead. The
young girl shudders as the latter thought
crosses her mind. And yet she is afraid to
cross the narrow room, and lift the quilt which
conceals the face of the sick woman.

After some moments of hesitation, she bends
to the floor, and with her hands trembling all
the while from the cold, unties the bundle,
which she carried in the street, when we first
beheld her. The faded apron which envelopes
this bundle, falls aside, and we can discover its

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

precious contents — four sticks of oak wood,
mingled with a piece or two of lath. That is
all.

“They were bought with the last penny,”
murmurs the girl, as she proceeds to build a
fire in the sheet-iron stove — “But where
bread for us, or medicine for my mother, are
to come from, God alone can tell.”

She has built the fire; and a ruddy light
streams from the mouth of the little stove.
The candle is by her side as she crouches on
the floor, spreading forth her hands to catch
the sudden warmth. Thus, you will observe,
her form alone is illuminated, while all the
rest of the narrow room is wrapped in twilight.
And the ray of the candle, mingling with the
light from the stove, steal beneath her faded
hood, and give us a glimpse of her face.

It is a young face, which we can but imperfectly
describe. There were eyes dark and
lustrous, glimmering between half closed lids,
whose long fringes only increased their brightness.
There were lips, red and pouting, as
with the warmth of maidenhood, and cheeks
pale as marble or death, yet with a single
glimpse of color glowing from the very centre
of their pallour. Eyebrows too, distinctly lined,
and black as the hair, which lay in glossy
masses beneath the hood, and around the white
forehead. Altogether, that young face, encircled
by the hood and the black hair, wins
you with its dazzling loveliness — loveliness
which even poverty has not completely chilled.

She is kneeling there, and spreading her
hands in the light of the sheet-iron stove, while
her lip begins to quiver, and her eyes, brightening
every instant, suddenly flash with tears.

“Why not?” she says, in a low voice —
“Why not? I am no better than anybody
else, and it is very hard to support oneself and
a sick mother, on sixteen cents a day. It is
indeed.”

We cannot guess the meaning of these words,
but the face of the girl grows paler as she
speaks them, and her bosom heaves and falls
with a wilder motion.

You will observe once for all, that we have
set out in our task with the intention to paint
human beings. We have nothing to do with
heroes or heroines. We have not time for that
kind of thing. So much Reality lies along
our path — Reality, vivid and appalling — Re
ality as palpable as is the corpse whose very
touch chills you from the hand to the heart —
that we have no time and not much inclination
for Fiction. The young girl is no heroine;
only a poor weak woman, whose divinest instincts
have been battling for some ten years
or more — from very childhood — with the
dread realities of poverty.

“Why not?” she murmurs once again —
and from the very accent, you can gather a
vast deal of meaning. In the very flame of
the sheet-iron stove, her eye is drawing a picture
of a most tempting future. No more
cold, no more hunger, no more miserable attire;
but a life of rich garments, luxurious rooms,
and endless enjoyment.

You will bear in mind that the young girl
has just expended the last Two Cents of the
store of Sixteen, which she made yesterday,
by working from daybreak until candle-light, on
“a fashionable shirt.”

So deeply is she absorbed in the train of
thought which follows her muttered “Why
not?” that she does not hear the stealthy opening
of the door, nor heed the stealthier footstep.

It is Ralph who stands near her, in his miserable
attire — stands with his finger on his lip—
gazing in dumb wonder at his sister's face.
The candle, flashing upward, reveals his visage,
and gives it a sinister expression. The mouth
is wide, the nose firm and aquiline, the forehead,
more remarkable for its marked outline
than for its height, is surmounted by masses
of tangled hair, and the eyes have a vacant
leaden glare, which imparts to the whole countenance
an aspect of precocious misery — altogether
that face, as the light flits over it, makes
a dark and uncomfortable impression on your
fancy.

And yet the rude fellow seems spell-bound
by the singular expression of his sister's face.

“Fanny, don't you look that ar way, fur
cuss me if it don't make my blood get cold all
through my body. Don't — I say — don't!”
he exclaims, sinking by her side, and taking
one of her little hands in his bony fingers —
“Keep a stout heart, Fan, and I'll get work tomorrow,
or go an' drown'd meself. There
now —”

While a rude sympathy pervades his harsh
features, he keeps his sister's hands within his
own, and continues:

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

“It's hard — I know it! Mother sick these
seven weeks, and I doin' nothin' and you
workin' your fingers into sticks for all of us.
It's cussed hard — it is. But you know Fan,
that I left my Boss-six weeks to-morrow, 'cause
he didn't give me narey money, wittles nor
clothes, and since then — why since then —”

He stopped abruptly, rubbing his hand
among the mazes of his tangled hair — “I don't
know 'xactly what I have been doin' and what
I haint. Worked a week in a printin' offis
where they pay boys half-price for doin' the
work o' grown up men. But my fingers was
too stiff fur that — besides I can't narey read
nor write, which makes it bad. Don't it Fan?
By Julius Cee-ser if you go on a-cryin' this
here way, if I don't drown'd meself afore you
can say Jack Robinson” —

Fanny's cheeks were bathed in tears. Grasping
her brother's hand, she said in a very low
voice —

“Never mind, Ralph. I've been thinking
of something that will bring bread and shelter
to all of us. You couldn't help it if there was
no work to be had — could you?”

She looked into his face, with her eyes
flashing through their tears.

“Yes, but I needn't a run so much with
the Injine,” muttered Ralph, adding with a
glance toward the bed — “How's mother?
Any better Fan?”

At this question, all the remaining firmness
and self-possession of the girl, gave way.

“I haven't the heart to look in her face,”
she said — “Maybe she's asleep, and may be
she's dead. If she's asleep, I am only afraid
that she will awake too soon, and ask for bread
and medicine, when we have none to give her.
And if she's dead — and if she's dead” — a fit
of sobbing choked the words.

Then we haint got money enough to bury
her. That's it, Fan? Never you mind, I've
got somethin' in my head too, as 'ill bring
us lots of money.”

He rose, went to the bed, and in a moment
was back again, kneeling by Fanny's side.

“Sleep, Fan. There aint as much fever on
her hand, as there was a while ago, when she
asked me to go and git a Preacher.”

Fanny did not reply, but gazed vacantly into
the fire, while her brother looked with a kind
of rugged interest into her face.

And silence prevailed in that home of poverty
and disease, while they crouched together on
the floor, the Sister looking into the fire, as a
singular thought increased the brightness of
her gaze, and the Brother gazing into her face,
a purpose as singular, began to flash in his
leaden eyes.

“Why not?” murmured Fanny, as if speaking
to herself.

“An' to-morrow whether anybody's dead
or alive, we'll all be pitched into the street,”
was the murmur of Ralph.

Look at the picture for yourselves, as silence
gathers deeper over this desolate home. A boy
hardened by years of suffering and a girl battling
for the last time, with temptation, crouching
together, before a miserable fire, while the
low breathing of the dying mother is heard
through the stillness. If it does you any good,
cherish the thought that this picture is only
imaginary — cherish the thought, and go to
Church, and thank God that you are not as
bad as other people — especially writers of
Novels. But if there is one pulse of humanity,
yet moving in your veins, go out into the City
of Philadelphia, and survey thousand scenes
like this; and ten thousand worse than this.

A footstep broke the stillness, and a mild
face was gazing upon the Brother and Sister.

“The Millerite's daughter,” ejaculated
Ralph — “You ain't a-goin' to pray yourself,
are you? Mother want's a rale Preacher, and
no mistake —”

Fanny looked up, and saw the form of
Hannah Marvin, and felt the sympathy which
flowed from her eyes.

“My friends,” she said, coming to the stove—
“I cannot tell what delays my father, but —”
she cast a glance around the desolate room;
“Can I do anything for you? I — I — am
poor like — like —” she hesitated — “like
yourselves, but —”

Fanny rose and put forth her hand —

“Thank you,” she said quietly, her eyes
saying more than her words.

She placed the candle on the table, and in a
moment, Ralph, Fanny and Hannah formed a
circle about the stove. It was an interesting
contrast — the pale mild features of
the Millerite's daughter shaded by neatly
parted brown hair, the younger and blooming
face of Fanny, looking altogether lovely amid

-- 037 --

p254-035 [figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

her raven tresses — the hard visage of Ralph,
with great masses of tangled hair, hiding his
forehead, even to the eyes.

For a few moments they looked in silence
into each other's faces.

“This is very good in you,” said Fanny,
“You're poor as we are, and yet you would
help us if you could.”

“Takes three to raise a muss, and four to
make a crowd,” muttered Ralph: “Wonders
how many poor people it takes to make a
poor-house?”

“Your mother has been sick very long?”
said Hannah, still looking around the room —
“I do wish that Father would come home! I
left word on his slate, and the moment he arrives
he will come up here.”

“The Doctor told us this afternoon that
there was no use of his coming any longer,”
said Fanny, surprised at the evident uneasiness
of the Millerite's daughter.

“What's this? Hello! Do you always
travel with your baggage with you?” cried
Ralph, as he beheld a huge basket, standing on
the floor, behind Hannah, with its contents,
whatever they were, concealed by a check
apron.

A blush stole over Hannah's pallid face.

“Why I thought — you know —” she
hesitated — “that you might —” she came to
a sudden pause, and ended by lifting the basket
on the table, while Fanny and her brother
stood spell-bound by surprise.

“There,” cried the Millerite's daughter,
“You may blame me if you please, but —”
she uncovered the basket and burst into tears.
Ralph uttered an oath, coupled with a rude
ejaculation of joy, while Fanny drawing near
the table, contemplated the contents of this
mysterious basket.

“May God bless you, our only friend,” said
the poor girl solemnly, her heart beating wildly
and her eyes filling with tears, when —

When a low knock resounded at the door.

“It's father!” cried Hannah. “I am so
glad —”

“No it aint nayther,” said Ralph, clenching
his fists, “I know who it is, and on a Sunday
night too, when the very devil hisself goes to
sleep.”

Who the visiter was will be made known,
after we have witnessed a scene which took
place a few moments previous, in another room
of the house.

CHAPTER ELEVENTH. BONUS COURT. A SCENE ON THE FIRST FLOOR.

We will descend to the first floor.

A man dressed shabbily, and with a three days'
beard on his face, was stretched at length before
the embers of a fire, which glimmered
from the hearth. There was no carpet on the
floor; a rude couch stood in one corner, and
beside it a solitary chair.

On the chair was seated a woman of some
twenty-five years, who had wound a ragged
quilt about her form, and gathering her babe
under its folds, gazed in silence at the prostrate
form of her husband. Her hair hung loosely
on her shoulders, and on her pallid face the
last extreme of poverty — the want of bread,
of fire, of sleep — was painted but too vividly.

“Curse it, there goes the last cheer, and not
a drop left in the bottle,” growled the man,
gazing gloomily into the embers, as he raised
himself upon his elbows.

“If you'd only leave the bottle alone, John,”
said the wife, endeavoring to drown the faint
cry of the babe — “I would not care if all the
cheers in the world were burnt to pieces — no
more I wouldn't. Nor if all the houses —
h-u-s-h a-b-a-b-y — nor if all the houses was
burned to death a'top o' th' cheers. An' the
rum-shops, too, John, they would make a good
fire, wouldn't they, with their owners inside o'
'em?”

“Come Nancy, don't twit upon facts,” returned
John, as he stirred the embers with the
empty bottle; “I've got a touch of the tremens
on me, girl, and that's enough without twittin
on facts.'

“I wish to Heaven,” said the wife, rather
spitefully “that all the bottles in the world, and
all the liquor in 'em, and all the men as sells
it, was at the Devil, for from the Devil they
come, and to the Devil, them and all as meddles
with 'em is sure to go. Sure to go,” she repeated,
rocking in her chair, as the cry of the
boy drowned her voice.

“Did I tech liquor this time a year ago?”
John raised himself with one hand and gazed

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

fiercely toward his wife; “S-a-y? This time a
year ago did I tech the cursed stuff?”

The voice of the wife was milder when she
replied —

“No you didn't, John — I'll give you justice
there. A year ago our baby was just born,
and we were living so comfortably in Poplar
street — our home was small, but we had a
house to ourselves — and every Saturday night
you came home like a man and with your
airnins in your hand —”

“Then I must set up shop for myself,” interrupted
John, as his large grey eyes, caught
the glow of the fire “and then —”

The wife did not reply. Burying his face
against the babe which nestled to her breast,
she burst into tears.

John's chin began to quiver. He rubbed
his hand over the tattered sleeve, which only
half concealed the outline of his muscular arm,
and then ran his fingers through his short brown
hair, gazing all the while into the embers on the
narrow hearth.

“Isr'el Bonus,” he said to himself, “What
a comfortable thing it would be to see you
roastin' there — wouldn't it, Nancy?”

He burst into a fit of nervous laughter,
which effectually silenced the sobbing of his
wife and the moans of his child.

“Why John, thee is sitting idle here, when
everybody else is gone to meeting. I am
ashamed of thee, John.”

“Isr'el Bonus,” fairly shouted John, as he
turned his head over his shoulder, and gazed
at the intruder.

Yes, it was Israel Bonus, fair top boots,
bone-headed cane, broad-rimmed hat and all.
Beneath the broad-rim appear a ruddy face, all
sprinkled over with smiles, and under the double
chin, glared a white cravat, which flowered
into ruffles over his capacious chest. Israel
Bonus may have been forty years of age, and
he may have been sixty; at all events he was
exceedingly well-preserved; from his small
eyes, hidden in wrinkles, down to the wrinkles
of his top-boot, there was an air of jocund good
humor about the man. He stood in the open
doorway, applying his heavy cane to his nose,
while his double chin kept waggling like a
saucer of “floating island,” a condiment well
known to confectioners and small evening
parties. A suit of drab, with spacious pockets,
clothed Israel's somewhat bulky form, and his
enemies — every good man has enemies —
were wont to murmur certain ridiculous words
about a Wolf of Traffic being hidden under
the sheep's clothing of William Penn. At
what meeting he worshipped we cannot say,
but know for a verity, that his creed was Orthodox,
and that he held in equal contempt
tenants who could not pay their rent, and Infidels
who went about talking of the miseries of
the Poor.

Horse-racing, gambling, going to theatres —
none of these vices belonged to him. Much
less could he be charged with the sin of encouraging
idleness by giving a stray copper to the
vagrants along the street; he was free from any
such gross wickedness. People spoke of
certain singular matters which transpired at
his bachelor home, where he was continually
changing his housekeepers, and getting new
ones; but People tell falsehoods, and Israel
Bonus was a just man. Rumors there also
were about a Big Bottle, which stood on his
side-board, and which often consoled the good
man after a hard day's work in Mortgages or
an unusual stress of Sheriff's sales. But the
Bottle only contained a weak mixture of rum
and water for his rheumatism; he was afflieted
often with the rheumatism, was the good Israel
Bonus.

“Thee is a pretty fellow, to be idling in
thee home, when every body is gone to meeting,”
said Israel — who, by the bye, used the
word “thee” in all places, and with a refreshing
contempt for Lindley Murray.

“Isr'el,” said John, in a very meaning way,
as he looked over his shoulder at the good
Bonus, “It's Sunday night, but how'd you like
to make an honest penny?”

Israel's small eyes twinkled amid their wrinkles,
and drawing near, he laid the head of his
cane against his nose, exclaiming in a whisper —

“W-e-l-l! How thee does talk, John Cattermill—
a penny did thee say? How?”

John then commenced a narrative, which
the good Bonus listened to, with all his ears
and soul.

-- 039 --

p254-037 CHAPTER TWELFTH. THE DRUNKARD'S STORY.

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

But the narrative was prefaced by a somewhat
vague and rambling conversation. John
was full of a great secret — Israel could see
that with a glance, but John was not disposed
to unburden himself without a little persuasion.
“You have come for your rent, I 'spose?” said
John. “Odd time to collect rent — hey? Sunday
night, Isr'el I thought you was a better
Quaker than that comes to.”

“Thee is mistaken. I never collect my
rents on First Day evening,” said Israel, “But
since thee has spoken of it, I must call to
mind the fact that thee is in a month's arrears.
As for the Widow Jones, who occupies the
upper part of the house, she must be gone by
nine o'clock to-morrow. She must. It is
terrible, this way some tenants have of robbing
a kind and unsuspecting Landlord. Two
months she owes me — just ten dollars. Ten
dollars is a great deal of money, John Cattermill.”

Israel looked around for a chair, but being
unable to find one, for the very good reason
that the next to the last of six was burning on
the hearth, while the wife, Nancy, occupied
the very last, Israel quietly assumed a position
near the fire, gazing with peculiar interest
upon the prostrate Drunkard.

“Ten dollars is a good deal of money,”
murmured John, shutting his eyes in a dreamy
way, “But six hundred dollars is a good deal
more — aint it, Nancy?”

“Yes, it is, John. (Do go to sleep, that's a
dear, good, blessed, heavenly baby!) Israel
ought to know that himself, for he bought this
whole Court with six hundred dollars.”

The good Israel arranged the ruffles on his
chest, and said — “A very good bargain it was.
Ah, John, John, if thee would only keep away
from the bottle!”

It was a singular shadow which passed over
the swollen and unshaven features of the prostrate
man. Half closing his eyes, and looking
vaguely into the fire, he supported his form on
his elbow, and remained perfectly silent for a
long pause, to the great chagrin of the good
Bonus.

“Thee had a story to tell me? Thee had
better be quick about it, John, for I've no time
to lose. I had it in my mind to tell thee that
thee had better look out for a new residence,
as I shall want this house for a friend, who is
about moving from the country.”

These words were delivered very briskly, by
the good man, and with a rapid rising and
falling of his voice, not to mention the emphatic
movements of his cane.

“That is, you are a-goin' to pitch me into
the street, in the dead of winter? Me and my
wife, and the baby?” said John, in a subdued
voice.

“God help us!” was the low ejaculation of
the wife, who clasped her hands over the form
of her chilled babe, as she sat in the shadow,
behind the good Quaker.

“Thee can easily get another house,” said
Israel. “Houses are very plenty. There is
a number in the market,” he continued, speaking
in the language of trade.

“Isr'el, the Widow Jones, up stairs, is goin'
to leave you to-night,” said John.

“To-night! This looks like foul play, John.”

“Foul play?” John asked, passing his
brawny hand over the sleeve of his check
shirt, and gaping terribly.

“Foul play — I repeat it. The Widow has
obtained money by some means or other. She
has property — property, John,” he polished
the side of his nose with the head of his cane,
and shutting one eye, directed the other toward
a spot in the ceiling. “I think that I
remember her under another name, some years
back. Tut! Tut! Truly she must pay me
these ten dollars.”

“She has property,” whispered John, “and
she is a-goin' to leave you to-night.”

“She may leave me, but I will follow her
A summons or a landlord's warrant will bring
her to her senses, at any time or place within
thirty days.”

Israel grew warm, while John, looking
sleepily, with his face toward the fire, seemed
occupied with some important secret.

“I'll tell you what it is, Isr'el, there's no use
of a man of your character being swindled by
a woman like this. I'll jist up and tell you
all about it. She has money — six hundred
dollars in gold —”

“In gold!” sighed Israel.

“In gold — hid away under her pillow.
They're afraid you'll find it out, and so she's

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

shammin' sick, up stairs, while that big lubber
of a boy, and that trollop of a gal, are makin'
believe to weep and moan alongside her bed.
They're all in the third story —”

Israel's eyes twinkled vividly, and his upper
chin sank into the folds of the lower one,
while his mouth was impressed with an expression
quite oracular.

“In the third story? Hey? Six hundred
dollars? Hum — hum. 'Tis a good deal of
money for such poor folks. Let me see — let
me see. I may obtain a situation for this boy,
and the Mother and her daughter would make
a couple of excellent housekeepers for me.
Then, the six hundred dollars might be invested
in my hands, to their advantage. Thee knows,
John, that we were put into the world for a
wise purpose — to do good to one another?
Hey?”

Certainly it was a pleasure to remark the
benevolent look of Israel's honest face. Picture
that face, with the eyebrows elevated until
only a single wrinkle is left to mark the place
of the forehead, the small eyes buried amid
the lids; the lips pressed together, and the
upper-chin quite hidden in the folds of the
lower one. 'Twas a very oracular face, although
different from the swollen and sleepy
face of the Drunkard.

“I know'd you were a good man,” said
John, in a coaxing tone, “Didn't I always say
so. Nancy? Now, you need not be under any
trouble about the Widow's leavin' you to-night,
for even if she does get away, I know where
she's goin'. Out near Francisville — there's
where she's goin'. Found it out to-day. Aint
she, Nancy?”

Looking over the Quaker's shoulder, John
caught the eye of his wife, making a strange
grimace, which Israel did not see.

“Why — John” — the wife began, in a tone
of extreme wonder, but a glimpse of the face of
her husband, reddened by a sudden glow from
the fire, arrested her words: “Of course she is—
going to move out into a place near Francisville,”
she added meekly.

“But she must not go. I will see her forthwith.
Up in the third story did you say?”
cried Israel in a brisk tone — “Hum — hum!
I can easily satisfy myself of the truth of your
story, John — very easily!”

How?” asked the drunkard.

“By putting one hand under her pillow,
while I examine the state of her pulse by applying
my other hand to her wrist. Does thee
understand?”

“But will this rowdy — I mean Ralph who
runs with the injines, let you?”

“Poh — poh! Do I not feel an interest in
the family? I will persuade him — I will
persuade him —”

Grasping his cane by the middle, Israel made
his way, without an instant's delay, to the door
which led into the upper stories. It was in
the shadows of the room, near the place where
the wife was seated, but Israel passed her without
a word, opened the door of the stairway,
and presently his footsteps were heard on the
stairs.

Rising from her chair, Nancy crossed the
room, and approached her hushand, her pallid
face manifesting a mingled wonder and anxiety
as she said —

“Why John! How could you! To make
me tell such a barefaced falsehood?”

“She is a-goin' to move out to Francisville,”
answered the husband, as a queer smile played
over his face — “By jing, Nancy, but you are
too stupid!”

“Francisville! Where will she get a house
near Francisville?”

“Don't you know, my girl, that not fur
off from Francisville, there is a very `rural
situation' as the Auctioneers say, called — Potter's
Field?

The wife did not answer with a word. An
idea seemed to flash over her brain and deprive
her of the power of speech. She became
paler, even as she swept aside the dishevelled
hair, which straggled along her cheeks, and
she looked upon her drunkard-husband with a
wild and frightened stare.

John all the while shook with a fit of suppressed
laughter.

“Good idea — ain't it, Nance? Isr'el will
feel her wrist, and —” he laughed all over
his face, making desperate efforts at the same
time, to restrain his mysterious merriment.

“John,” whispered the wife — “Israel is a
bad man. He has made you what you are.
I know it, John. Yet still this scheme of
your's is too horrible — it is unchristian —”

But John put his thumb to his nose, and
described imaginary figures in the air, with the

-- 041 --

p254-039 [figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

outspread fingers, laughing to himself meanwhile,
from his eyes to the soles of his boots.

CHAPTER THIRTEENTH. FANNY, RALPH AND ISRAEL.

Once more we will ascend to the third story.

“On a Sunday night,” growled Ralph, as
the knock was heard at the door — “Stand
aside g-a-ls and let me settle him. Come
in!”

While Fanny and Hannah stood wondering,
the door was opened, and Israel Bonus entered,
his face smiling in every wrinkle, while
his double-chin was agitated by a kind of perpetual
motion. Still grasping the cane by the
middle, he came into the room with a peculiar
see-saw motion, and with a rapid glance surveyed
the details of the scene. The face of
Ralph, who confronted him with clenched
hands, and sullen eyes — the mild visage of
Hannah — the beautiful countenance of Fanny—
the bed whose coverlet concealed the form
of the dying woman — the basket on the table,
and the little stove which was roaring away in
one corner — not a single detail of the scene,
escaped the quick glance of Israel Bonus.

“Ralph, my fine fellow, how does thee do?
Thee must have a better jacket, boy, to keep
out the winter's cold. Fanny, my dear child”—
he chucked the young girl under the chin,
and patted her velvet cheek — “So thee poor
mother is sick, very, very sick. Ah, Hannah,
is thee here too — how does thee father come
on? Rent due to-morrow — thee knows?
What, a basket of good things, cold ham, a
sausage, a loaf of bread, and a piece of turkey!
A gift from some friend in the country — hey?
And how does thee get along, Fanny, nursin'
thee poor sick mother?”

Had the floor opened, and one of the Genii
of the Arabian Nights poked his head through
the aperture, the occupants of the room could
not have manifested a deeper surprise, than
was at this moment impressed upon their faces,
as they beheld Israel Bonus see-saw-ing about
the place, glancing with his sharp eyes into every
corner, and greeting every one in his gruff
voice with a good-humored word.

“May I be knock'd into the middle of next
week, if I can take you, old codger,” said the
irreverent Ralph — “What do you mean by
pitchin' on upon us, in this style, an' smilin'
an' grinnin' like a basket o' chips?”

“Hush!” whispered Fanny, laying her little
hand upon her brother's clenched fist —
“He means us good — hush, brother.”

“And how would thee like to come and be
my housekeeper — that is when thee Mother
gets well?” cried Israel, as he planted himself
before the young girl, rubbing his nose with
his cane, as he tapped her cheek, and pinched
her chin — “Thee is a good girl — and thee
and thee Mother can live with me, and keep
house for me, and we will make a nice family—
won't we, my good child?”

Had the honest Bonus solicited Fanny to
accompany him in a pleasure trip to China, in
an air balloon, she would undoubtedly have
been taken by surprise; but this proposition,
so smilingly made by the fatherly Israel, was
some leagues ahead of China and air balloons,
both as regards novelty and astonishment.

Fanny was dumb.

Ralph looked as though a Paixhan cannon
had burst within hearing — he was, if we may
use a bold expression, appalled by the coolness
of Israel Bonus.

Meanwhile Hannah, whose pallid face manifested
a sort of ludicrous perplexity, commenced
removing the contents of the wellladened
basket, looking from one face to another,
in pure and unmingled amazement.

“I say — I s-a-y, old Bonus, but you go
ahead of the injine, this time you do. You
kin take the horn, you kin,” cried Ralph, borrowing
a bold metaphor from the natural history
of an Engine Company — “You burn my
time, and lay me flat — you do — or my name
is not Jonesey the B'iler!”

And Ralph surveyed the broad-brim, bone-headed
cane, fair-top boots and double-chin, as
a stranger from the interior, visiting the city for
the first time would examine the skeleton of
the Mermaid, so carefully preserved among the
curiosities of Peale's Museum.

“That's the reason I'm here this evening,”
smiled Bonus, as he playfully attempted to
take Fanny's hand — “We old folks are rather
queer in our notions. Now I've taken a great
liking to thee and thee family.”

“Thank you, Sir —” faltered Fanny, making
a courtesy in her confusion, “This is very

-- 042 --

p254-040 [figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

kind —” and her face, beautiful even amid
poverty and want, was lighted up by a perfect
rosebud on each cheek, while her white teeth,
began to glimpse out from her pouting lips.

“Ralph, what kind of work would thee like
to do?”

And at the question, the ragged boy, was
confronted by the kind Israel, who tapped him
playfully on the shoulder, chuckling internally
all the time. The contrast between the two,
is worth a glance. Here Bonus, very respectable
and imposing, arrayed in all the plenitude
of drab, ruffles and fair-top boots, to say nothing
of the cane which was as much a part of
him as his arm — there, with matted hair, and
dingy jacket and trowsers, the outcast 'prentice,
whose scowling face, looked blacker and more
repulsive, as the light shone upon the smiling
visage of Israel, whose very wrinkles spoke of
comfortable dinners, and fatness constantly increasing
at the ratio of Compound Interest.

“What 'ud I like to do?” growled the
B'iler —” I do'no whether I'd like to put you
out o' th' winder, or give you a h'ist down the
stairs.”

“Pooh, poh! Thee is butting thee head
against thee bread and butter. What kind of
work would thee like to do, for good wages?”

A very insinuating man was Bonus. Ralph
pulled awkwardly at his tangled hair, muttering—
“Why of you do mean a fellow a kindness,
there's no denyin' but I'd like to get work,
an' get paid for it, for this runnin' with the injine
gets a fellow more bricks a-side o' his
head than it puts coppers in his pocket. But
I aint a-goin' to work for any man as—”

Ralph was arrested by a groan which resounded
from beneath the tattered coverlet.

“Mother is waking from her sleep,” said
Fanny hastening to the bed, but she was gently
thrust aside by Israel, who placed his cane
under his arm, and thrust one hand beneath
the coverlet, at the same time fumbling with
the other about the pillow, which supported
the sleeper's head. You will remember, that
the face of the sick woman, was altogether
concealed by the quilt; her black hair, streaked
with grey, alone was visible.

“What ar' you 'bout?” said Ralph, remarking
the action of Israel. “You aint a doctor,
are you? Do you foller medicin' and mortgages
together?”

Bonus turned his face to the ceiling, shutting
his eyes and pursing his mouth, until he looked
like a capital copy of an old-fashioned family
doctor.

“Thee Mother's pulse is very languid —
no! It is terribly rapid. It is —” and the
hand under the pillow kept fumbling away, as
if the pillow also had a pulse and a circulation.

CHAPTER FOURTEENH. ISRAEL GETS THE GOLD.

Ralph advanced, and lifted the coverlet from
the face of the sick woman.

And Bonus, disturbed in his medical reverie,
dropped his eyes from the ceiling, and looked
into the uncovered face of the woman.

These two paragraphs doubtless look very
meaningless, and yet they describe an action
which was followed by wonderful results.

For no sooner did the gaze of Israel rest
upon the uncovered face, than his own face, so
ruddy and well-preserved, assumed an unhealthy
and chalky color. The hand of the
sick woman slid from his stiffening fingers. He
did not start backward, for he had not the
power to move. His cane rattled to the floor.
His lips gave utterance to a faint ejaculation.
And his small eye — perhaps for the first time
in his life — dilated from their wrinkled lids,
until the white of each eyeball was visible.

And the sedate man of property, who made
his pastime among Sheriff's sales, and hunted
down a tenant, by way of relaxation, now
shook from head to foot — shook in his ruffles,
drab coat, broad rim — shook from his white
cravat, down to his fair-tops.

“What's the matter, old hoss!” said Ralph,
frightened by the very fright of the Conveyancer.

Israel did not answer, but stood gazing with
lack-lustre eyes upon the face of the sleeper.

Fanny came to the bed, exclaiming, “Bless
me, Mr. Bonus, how pale you are!” but still
he had not a word. Hannah, too, who had
never seen the face of the sick woman, drew
nigh on tip-toe, and saw that face, and fell back
with a shudder.

“Have mercy upon us,” she cried, with uplifted
eyes, and with the accent of involuntary
prayer, “good Father, have mercy upon us!”

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

As for Israel, he remained in that statue-like
position for at least two minutes, gazing alternately
at the face of the sick woman, and at
the hand which he had clasped. Then he
looked at his own hand — the hand which had
been in contact with the hand of the sleeper —
and began to rub it, in an absent way, against
the sleeve of his coat, trembling all the time,
and white as chalk.

After a moment, he turned to the door with
tottering steps, and left the room, leaving his
cane upon the floor. Never in thirty years
had Israel Bonus forgotten his cane. He did
not close the door behind him, but made the
best of his way down stairs, rubbing his hand
against his sleeve, and muttering to himself.

And down stairs, with his head against the
door, crouched John Cattermill, listening intently
for the sound of Israel's steps, and holding
back his wife, who wished to ascend to the
third story, and warn Israel of his danger.

“Stand back, Nance, I say; you sha'nt go
up, you sha'nt,” he grumbled, as he held her
back by the wrist. “He'll get more than he
bargains for; I know that! Gold — gold —
lots of it! Hush your noise, will you, an'
keep that brat still, or I'll dash it through the
winder! Hush! he's comin' — he's comin'—”

“John, you are not yourself,” whispered
the wife, in a tone whose instinctive horror is
beyond the power of description, “let me go
up stairs. Do, John — oh! you have hurt
my wrist!”

The baby began to cry within the tattered
covering which bound it to the mother's breast,
and Nancy muttered, as she caught a glimpse
of her husband's fiery eyes and distorted face,
“It is the delirious tremens —” poor Nancy!
her knowledge of words was not altogether
perfect — “or, it's the manny-poker!”

These exclamations will no doubt provoke
laughter, but had you seen the terrified face of
the wife — or heard the accent in which she
spoke — laughter would be the last thing in
your thoughts. It was in some measure true;
her husband exhausted and diseased by a boundless
indulgence in poisons of various names,
was now attacked by that fearful avenger of
violated nature — the delirium tremens.

“He's comin,' he's comin',” growled John,
“and here he is!”

From the opened doorway, appeared Israel
Bonus, still rubbing his hand against his sleeve,
his face still chalky white, his step irregular
and tottering.

He did not speak, but endeavored to gain the
door, leading into the street, without a moment's
delay,

But John arrested his progress — seized
him by the arm — and began a kind of mad
dance before the face of the bewildered man.

“You wanted money, did you? Hello!
You're pale, my old boy, you're pale — bah!
you look like a corpse! Did you find the
money” — his voice dropped to a whisper, as
he made a low bow — “Did you find it, I say?”
his voice rose into an unearthly yell. “You're
a nice Quaker, to go and sell a man out
by the Sheriff, and mad him so, that he only
lives, when he drinks fire and brimstone! Aint
you now?” (another bow!) “You kin build
your Court, and heap the poor into narrow
rooms, and grind the blood out of their hearts,
to make up your rent. You kin stow 'em
away, in the damp and cold — and treat 'em
worse than you would a mad dog. You're
jist the man for that! Who keers how the
poor man lives, so long as he pays his rent?
You don't, I guess. Nobody does. Away
with 'em all, the poor devils — let 'em live in
a room, not big enough for a grave — don't let
'em have sunshine, or air, or comfort — they
are poor. That's enough. But sometimes,
Isr'el, these poor devils, livin' in dirt and damp,
are swept off by a disease, that's born and
bred in your very Court, among its filth and
rottenness — you don't keer, do you? Who
does? This pestilence takes wife, and children,
and rots a livin' bein' afore death, so that
his own mother wouldn't know him. Who
keers? But, Isr'el, 'spose this disease gets hold
o' th' one as planted it — get's hold o' you,
and settles up old scores with you, and digs
into your heart, as it has dug into the hearts of
these miserable vagabones in your Court —
what then? 'Spose it's called Small-pox, the
worst kind, too — black, and foul, and horrible—
what then? Small-pox, I say — d'ye hear?”
The wretched man, as he whispered and
screamed and howled, kept his hold on the
bewildered Israel, dancing and bowing before
him, while he prevented him from reaching the
front door.

Israel said never a word. He looked like a

-- 044 --

p254-042 [figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

man who has been overtaken by some overwhelming
calamity. Still rubbing his hands,
he tried to pass the raving man, while his face,
yet white and apathetic in its very terror, received
a kind of spectral radiance, now and
then, from the embers on the hearth.

“Let him go, John, let him go,” cried
Nancy, seizing her husband's arm. “Don't
you see that he is frightened to death?”

John, however, kept his hold, grinning until
his set teeth were visible, between his distorted
lips.

“Small-pox, Isr'el, small-pox! You hear
me! The poor man's pestilence they call it—
now it's yours! You can't get rid of it—
it won't be shuk off —” he burst into a wild
fit of laughter — “Now go! And the poor
man's pestilence, go with you!”

Israel released from the grasp of the madman,
went straight to the door, and disappeared
without a word.

“Nance,” said John with a grotesque grin,
as he pulled his wife near the hearth — “Don't
you remember last summer, how old Isr'el told
us there was only one disease as he was afraid
of? He'd never been waksinated — you mind,
gal? And his high livin' and his wines, and
his rich old Bonus blood, jist fits him for that
disease, and now he's got it.”

Let us draw a veil over this scene.

The maddened drunkard sank down upon
the hearth, like a beast on its haunches, and
began to pitch the coals from the fire, tossing
them from one hand to another, until they
burn huge blisters on each palm, while his
features distorted from all natural shape, caught
glimpses of red light from the smouldering
embers.

The poor wife stood gazing upon this miserable
wreck — gazing without a tear — her
eyes surrounded by a red circle, and her lips
parched and blistered.

“There goes Bonus,” whined the Drunkard
fixing his lack-lustre eyes upon the fire — “see
how he jumps! Mortgages at his heels, and
Sheriff's sales around his neck — look! look!
How they hunt him down, and choke him as
he runs! And” — his voice sank — “did not
he tell us last summer that it was the only
disease he was afraid of?”

Again we enter the room on the third story,
and take up the scene, which was enacted in
that miserable chamber, as Bonus was hurrying
from the house.

“Why do you stand there, starin' like a
stuck pig?” cried Ralph with a ruffianly scowl,
as Hannah shrunk back from the sight of the
sick woman's face — “Did you never see a
sick woman afore? A purty Preacher's daughter
you are to be sure!”

Fanny was by his side, whispering in his
ear. “Ralph don't behave like a brute. Hannah
has been very kind to us. And then you
must remember that she never saw anything
so bad as —” she could not say as my
mother's face
— “as this before.”

Hannah mastering her fears — or rather that
instinctive horror which impresses persons of
a peculiar temperament at the sight of a loathsome
and infectious disorder — drew near the
bed, and gazed steadily, although shuddering,
into the face of the sick woman.

Do not ask us to describe that face. It is
encircled by dark hair, amid whose masses
appear threads of silver, but we dare not picture
that visage, on whose linaments Pestilence
had set its loathsome seal. The hand too —
it may have once been white and delicate, but
now —

There are some sights which are beyond
the compass of description. Before us, on this
wretched bed, is stretched a miserable and
wasted wreck of humanity. We dare not
picture the features of the dying woman —
let us draw a veil over that face. Well might
Hannah start back appalled, and Hannah in
her father's home, has seen every shape of
disease and wretchedness, come begging to the
Poor Preacher for relief.

While these spectators of the dying woman
were grouped about the bed, a faint moan from
those disfigured lips, pierced every heart with
pity and with fear.

And then starting up in the bed, like a horrible
embodiment of Poverty and Pestilence,
the dying woman, flung her loosened hair back
from her face, and the coverlet fell from her
gaunt and wasted form. Once perchance she

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

was beautiful, but now, even Ralph, rude and
callous as a life of hardship had made him,
shrank back and turned his eyes away from
the sight of his Mother's Face.

Fanny alone, brave with the instinct of moral
courage, such as is oftentime embodied in the
most fragile forms — Fanny alone came to the
bed — took the pestilence-stricken hand within
her own, and whispered a word of hope in the
ear of the dying one.

“Mother, I am here. Fanny — your child.
Don't you know me?”

Around the whole room, from window to
window, and from ceiling to floor, roved the
strange, unnatural gaze of the Mother. It was
very bright, that wandering look, but its brightness
was of the charnel. This time Fanny hid
her face in one hand, (the other still clinging
to her Mother's) while her lips murmured
faintly, “God have mercy upon us all!”

Hannah kneeling by the bed, was praying
in a low voice, her mild eyes upturned, as with
her hands clasped she framed those trembling
syllables of supplication.

“Mother — who calls me Mother?” the
voice of the dying woman now was heard,
every accent thick and husky, yet strong with
the very nerve of Death — “I have no right to
the name. Go — go — bring me a Priest. I
cannot die with this — this — upon my soul.”

The emphasized words, were accompanied
with a sullen look, and a hand pressed hard
and sternly against her heart.

“Go, or my curse shall blight you forever,”
whispered the dying woman, “I know you
Fanny — know that my time is short. I must
speak with a Minister — you won't refuse me
this request. Go!”

She flung the hand of her daughter from her,
and fixed her maddened eye upon her face,
with a look half imploring, half defiant.

“You had better obey your mother,” whispered
the Millerite's daughter, “You may find
my father at St. Simon's. You can see him
before Church begins. It is but a step from
here, and — 'tis strange that I have forgotten
it until now — he told me that he would stop
there on his way home.”

Not another word was spoken. Winding
her faded shawl about her shoulders, and
placing her hood upon her dark hair, Fanny
cast one glance toward the face of her Mother,
and hurried from the room.

Shall she ever behold that face in life again?

As for Ralph, cold, hungry and stricken with
stupor, he sank down near the bed, placing his
bony hands upon his knees, and fixing his eyes
blankly upon the floor. He did not seem to
have the power of speech or motion. And the
eyes of the dying woman, wandering about the
room, rested at last upon the ragged Outcast,
who crouched near her bed, with the upper
part of his face hidden by his matted hair.

“You are crying, Ralph —” there was
something less of harshness in her voice —
“Crying for me. Don't deny it. I see your
tears. Don't you know that I've been your
worst enemy?”

“I haint a cryin' — growled Ralph — “I'm
jist a thinkin' how we've all scraped on together,
and how that it 'ud be a cussed sight
better if we would all kick the bucket together,
and be done up in one coffin. That's all.
You don't think old woman, I'm sich a
spooney as to cry a-cause my Mother's a-dyin'—
do you?”

And he hung his head, and the tears from
his shadowed face dropped one by one upon
his knee.

“Where's Fanny?” cried the Mother with
a changed voice, as she looked vaguely at
Hannah — “You aint Fanny. No you aint.
You have not her purty black hair. Where's
Fanny I say?”

She stretched forth her pestilence-smitten
arm, and made a fierce gesture as though she
was about to start from the bed, and spring at
the throat of the frightened girl.

“She has gone for a Minister —” faltered
Hannah.

“A Minister — ha, ha,” cried the Mother.
“What have I to do with your Ministers? A
Priest, a real Priest — of the Church — of the
Church — d'ye hear? Ralph, Ralph, I say —
here —”

The son started up, alarmed by the quick
tones of his mother's voice. She laid her hand
upon his shoulder and whispered in his ear.

“A Catholic Priest,” he muttered, “Yes,
I'll go and be back in a minnit. I know where
he lives.”

The Mother followed him with her eye,

-- 046 --

p254-044 [figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

until he found his cap and rested a gaze of unutterable
yearning upon him, until his ragged
form disappeared through the doorway.

Shall he ever behold that face in life again?

“He'll not be long, he'll not be long. Then
I can die in peace. So much to say, so much
to say, and — take away that curtain from the
window. I can't see the sun any more. Go—
go — a Priest I say — a real Priest, of the
Church; the Church you mind! Do you
think I'd tell a thing like that to any of your
beggarly impostors?”

With incoherent sentences like these, uttered
slowly and with painful distinctness, although
in a very low voice, the wretched woman sank
back in her pillow, picking at the tattered quilt
with her wasted hands. Her memory soon
wandered into the scenes of a long past day;
she talked, she sang, she uttered frightful blasphemies.
At last, in a voice low and tremulous,
she uttered a broken prayer from the
ritual of the Catholic Church —

Mea culpa! Mea maxima culpa!” These
words were often repeated —“Through my
fault, through my most grievous fault!”

And in that dreary room, where a Soul was
trembling in a body terribly changed by Pestilence—
trembling ere it went forth into Eternity—
Hannah on her knees, poured from the
fountains of her heart, a simple, child-like
prayer, whose accents ascended with the moans
of the dying.

—It was now about eight o'clock — and at
the moment, you will remember, when the
Unknown is in his room, No. 92 at the great
Hotel.—

“The poor woman is indeed very sick,”
said a voice remarkably mild and musical.
Hannah raised her eye, and beheld the intruder,
who had entered unperceived.

It was a Quaker woman, attired very neatly
in the garb of the sect, and with extremely
brilliant eyes, glancing from the shadow of her
white bonnet. A Quaker woman of some
forty years, or more, who carried a basket on
her arm, and riveted the gaze of Hannah by
the peculiar expression of her face. The forehead
was bold — bold, almost to masculinity—
the lips at once sad and winning in their smile,
and the eyes, intensely black, shone with dazzling
brightness under the arching brow. In a
word, it was such a face as you might see only
for an instant, and yet wear in your memory
for a life-time.

“Martha Lott!” cried Hannah, with something
of distrust clouding her face. For in the
Quaker woman she recognized a terrible Personage
of whom she had heard a great deal —
whose very name, in fact, was coupled with
many scoffs and scorns, and uttered with a
shudder by the Orthodox Friends. She was
an Infidel — maybe an Atheist — her daily
walks of life, it is true, defied, even sanctified
scandal, but her belief, O! the belief of Martha
Lott was terrible. It was even whispered
she had said, that it was much better to feed
the bodies of the Poor, before you attempted
to save their souls.

And still, as she stood on the threshold, basket
in hand, Hannah, the Millerite's daughter,
was won in spite of herself, by the expression
of that Quaker woman's face; and, trembling
forward, she took that Infidel by the hand,
saying at the same time, “God bless you, Martha
Lott!”

Before we gaze upon the sequel of this
scene, we must return to St. Simon's.

CHAPTER SIXTEENTH. THE MOURNER'S BENCH.

The Unknown beheld at last the face of the
Preacher.

Yet it was only after some moments that he
could gather self-possession to look calmly upon
that face, for the scene before his eyes confused
and blinded him.

“It is like a dream,” he muttered, and
looked around the Church, whose galleries, and
aisles, and windows were lined and packed
with human faces. The air was dense and
stifling. The lamps above the pulpit burned
dimly, and the great chandelier hanging from
the ceiling, afforded only a sort of twilight
lustre. And the stillness, like the grave, was
only broken by sighs and sobs, and low words,
uttered with all the emphasis of despair.

From the door to the pulpit steps, the place
was packed with human forms. Young and
old, rich and poor, the fashionable and the rude
laborer, the poor woman who sold vegetables
in market, and the rich one who merely squandered
her husband's money — all were there,
presenting contrasts vivid and innumerable.
Bankers and their clerks, merchants and their

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

porters, mechanics and their employers, the
ragamuffin from Baker street, and the millionaire
from Walnut, were mingled in the dense throng,
packed side by side, sighing, groaning, weeping
together. Every soul hung on the Preacher's
voice. When his accents fell, you were appalied
by the awful stillness of the place.
When his voice arose in thunder tones, it was
answered by an hundred others. Some uttered
heart-rending shrieks, others incoherent
moans, and there were those who, with clasped
hands and streaming eyes, looked upward without
a word.

No wonder that the Unknown was for a moment
confused and blinded by the scene. A
dense crowd intervened between him and the
pulpit. Over their heads he caught a glimpse
of the Preacher's face, for an instant only, and
then all was blank again. He heard his voice,
but could not see his face.

“It is the face of a man of forty years —
nay thirty — and seems softened by an expression
that might well be called holy” — thus
the Unknown murmured, as he stood walled
in by the crowd.

Presently a new phase of this remarkable
scene took place. The Preacher had finished
his prayer — he was coming down the pulpit
steps — the crowd gave way, and the Unknown
caught a clear view of his face and form.

The Unknown took in this picture at a
glance.

A man of the medium size, clad in a black
frock coat, which fitted him like a glove; a
white cravat, and a shirt bosom whiter than
snow; pantaloons elegantly made, fitting closely
around small and neatly shaped boots; one
hand extended as if in the act of a blessing, the
other grasping a handkerchief which looked
like a snow-flake; altogether a fine looking,
yes, a handsome man. Was he thirty, forty,
or fifty years of age? The Unknown could
not tell. His brown hair, worn close to the
head, fell in a graceful wave over the centre of
his forehead; his eyes small but brilliant,
shone with inexpressible animation; there was
an enticing smile about his mouth, whose lips
were rather full and warm.

He stepped gracefully, lightly, down the
pulpit steps, waving his kerchief gently in one
hand. The crowd gave way, and many persons
sank before him in a half kneeling posi
tion. His apparel exhaled a delicious perfume,
which reached the nostrils of the Unknown, as
he stood ten paces from the pulpit. In a word,
as the Preacher descended the steps, his eyes
roving over the throng who bowed or knelt
before him, he seemed to swell in every pulse
with an emotion which was either religion or
gratified vanity.

Now it was that the Unkown bent forward
with parted lips and flashing eyes — perusing
the Preacher's face with an intense gaze, and
awaiting the first word from his lips, with
every faculty of his soul.

“Ellen!” he whispered the name, and
pressed forward through the crowd until he
stood at the foot of the pulpit steps.

“O, dear brother, how eloquent you were
to-night!” said a woman's voice, and a lady
very richly attired, brushed past the Unknown,
and sought the Preacher's hand. “You were
more than eloquent. Indeed it seemed to
me —”

The Preacher took her hand and whispered
a word, as he bent the force of his gaze upon
the animated and glowing face before him.

“To-morrow night, my dear sister Sophia,
I will take tea at your house. Is brother Snawlip
well?”

She was a woman something above the common
stature, with a proud bust, enveloped in
a rich shawl, and a voluptuous face framed in a
bonnet, which, with its plume of snowy feathers,
gave a warm relief to her features.

“To-morrow night, Brother,” began the
beautiful woman, Mrs. Sophia Snawlip, (of
whom we have heard something ere this) when
she was thrust aside by an eager throng, who
rushed forward, eager to speak a word with
the Popular Preacher.

“Brother, Brother, what shall I do to save
my soul?” cried an aged man, whose voice
and features bespoke the very extremity of
terror — or despair — “Do you think — do
you believe that the world will come to an end
on that day”—

“Pray for me,” said a rudely clad man,
whose under features were corrugated by an
agony, at once physical and mental — “Pray
for me, Brother —”

Then three women, bent forward with one
impulse and seized the Preacher by the arms,
their faces bathed in tears. They could not

-- 048 --

p254-046 [figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

speak, for their hearts seemed too full for
utterance, but with disordered apparel and
frightened looks, looked imploringly into the
Preacher's visage.

He had a word for all. A word spoken
very low, and with inexpressible sweetness.
A word imbued with the very spirit of Religion,
and which was received with awe, with
gratitude, with tears.

He came down the steps — his arm touched
the Unknown, who trembled visibly, biting his
lips, and growing suddenly pale.

“It cannot be the same!” he murmured,
gazing upon that Face, which was softened in
every line by the impulse of deep religious
feeling. “No! I am mistaken!”

And with straining eyes, he followed the
Preacher, who now had left the Pulpit steps
and was slowly making his way toward the
Mourner's Bench.

The Mourner's Bench?

It stood before the railing in front of the
Pulpit, and was simply a long bench of unpainted
pine, which extended for some three
yards, in the thickest of the throng. Here
they came, whose hearts had been terror-stricken
by the Preacher's words; here, with
heads bent and hands clasped, of all sexes and
conditions, they raised their voices together,
and besought Hope — Mercy — at the hands
of God.

The Unknown silently followed the Preacher
to the Mourner's Bench.

Not only here, but within the railing and
around the Communion Table, crowds of
despair-stricken supplicants were on their
knees, mingling their voices with the common
prayer.

The hearts of thousand people were stirred
by the same fear. It was not so much a fear
of Death, as a fear of a world in flames, and
an Avenging God enthroned in judgment clouds,
while one-half at least of the innumerable millions
of earth — his creatures — souls born of
his brightness — were doomed by his Voice, to
misery without a limit, and despair that was to
grow blacker and deeper through the unfathomable
ages of Eternity.

The World was to come to an end on the
Twenty-Third of April. All the millions now
living, all the millions who have lived, will be
gathered together, in the fields of infinite
Space, before the judgment bar of Omnipotence.
The elements will melt with fervent
heat; the heavens roll away like a parched
scroll; the sun will expire amid the agonies
of all created things; darkness will descend at
once, upon the faces and the hearts of all the
inhabitants of earth. It will not be light again,
until from the bosom of Eternity, the Son of
Man appears, encircled by his angels, with the
blessed looking up in rapture, as they see His
face, and the lost gnashing their teeth, and
beating their foreheads against the cindered
earth, at the sound of HIS coming. Then will
occur the scene, to which all the scenes of the
world's history are as nothing. The mysteries
of science, the pomp of armies, the power of
kings, the words of prophets, even the mysterious
might which moved the universe of stars into
action, are in no wise comparable to this scene,
which ends the history of an Old Creation,
and amid the howls of sinners and the songs
of saints, opens the first leaf of a New Heaven
and a New Earth. Even the Power
which created a world from Nothing, was to
be immeasurably surpassed by the Omnipotent
Love and Vengeance, which would part the
great family of humanity into the Saved and
Lost, on the Judgment Day.

Such had been the purport of the Preacher's
sermon, and it was the Thought of the Judgment
Day, which crushed the hearts of a thousand
human beings into dead awe, or maddened
every pulse into the last extremity of despair.
This will come, the Preacher had said; it is
near at hand. The voice of God recorded in
Daniel, the terrible drama embodied in the
Book of Revelations, all point to the Nineteenth
Century, as the last Century of the World.
Even if this event does not occur on the
Twenty-Third of April, it is certain to occur
to all of us before many years are gone — to
many of us even before the Appointed Day.

You may imagine the emotion of a thousand
people, who actually believed words like
these — were as vividly impressed with their
truth, as they were with their own bodily
existence.

CHAPTER SEVENTEENTH. NINE MOURNERS.

And now the Preacher approached the
Mourner's Bench, where some ten persons

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

men and women were kneeling, their agony,
by its very intensity, separating them from the
rest of the Congregation.

The Unknown followed at his heels, his
pulse beating in irregular throbs, his blood icy
and fevered by sudden alternations.

“I will watch him in every action,” he
muttered, “I will test his sincerity by a last
experiment. When he has gone from one end
of the Mourner's Bench to the other, and conversed
with every one of the mourners, I will
confront him, and speak only a Word. If he
is not the man whom I seek, that Word will
only excite his wonder. If he is guilty, that
Word will strike him as the hand of Death.”

The Preacher began his work at the
Mourner's Bench. He bent in a half-kneeling
position, and conversed in a low voice
with the first Mourner.

“Brother, Brother my sins weigh me down,
they crush me to the very depths of despair”—
mourned the first Mourner, who was a man of
mature years, respectably clad, and with a
hard, bilious contenance — “I have sinned! I
have sinned! Pray for me! Many years ago,
in the course of trade, Brother, I sold the bed
from under a dying woman. I hurled her
children houseless into the streets. It was all
right then — so I thought — perfectly fair and
in due course of law. But now — now, I see
it in another light. Those children made homeless
by my hands, may have since been
plunged into crime. That widow may have
since died in the harlot's ditch. This —” his
hard features were grotesquely distorted with
the violence of his emotion — “this is not
all, for —”

The words which he whispered in the ear
of the Preacher, were not audible to the Unknown,
but he bent down, even behind the
Preacher's back, and awaited his answer.

“Your crimes indeed are fearful,” said the
Preacher, as he applied his kerchief to his
nostrils — “But there is Mercy, even for you.
Make restitution — make restitution. Give
back to the widow and the orphan that which
you have stolen from their hearth. Repent,
restore and hope!”

No words can describe the sweetness of the
Preacher's voice, and while he spoke, at every
period he placed the kerchief to his nostrils.
In the action, a diamond ring glittered on the
second finger of his delicate hand.

“It is not the same,” muttered the Unknown,
with a mingled feeling of doubt and satisfaction,
and he listened as the Preacher conversed
with the second mourner.

An aged woman, whose gray hairs, struggling
from beneath a faded bonnet, fell over features
sharp and withered, and wandered down,
even to the cloak which enveloped her attenuated
frame.

“What shall I do to be saved?” she mumbled—
for her teeth were gone, and her voice
was thick and indistinct — “My sins are so
heavy, so very heavy. I am very poor now,
and want a crust of bread, but once I was rich,—
do you mind me, Brother, rich? How did
I make my money? That's what troubles
me. Do you think there is any mercy for
me?” she raised her sharp and wrinkled features
to the light, until her large gray eyes
shone like bits of glass, set in a waxen face—
“Do you think there is any mercy for me?”

“How did you make your money?” whispered
the Preacher, resting one knee upon the
carpet, as he touched his nostrils with the kerchief
at every other word.

The Unknown did not hear the answer, but
saw a latent smile play about the Preacher's
lips, as he shaded his brow with the hand glittering
with the diamond ring.

“Your crime in truth is fearful. You have
made riches on the ruins of female innocence.
But even for you, erring Sister, there is mercy.”

And the Preacher passed on to the third
mourner.

A cloud came over the face of the Unknown;
he did not like that smile; but, following the
Preacher closely — unnoticed by the crowd,
who were praying, weeping, shouting, on every
hand — he again bent down and listened to
his words.

“I am lost!” moaned the third mourner,
in a voice which made the blood run cold, “I
have committed the Unpardonable Sin. There
is no hope. No! no! no! You need not
think it! There is no hope for me!”

It was a woman of some thirty five years,
whose pallid features were encircled by a dark
bonnet, and whose eyes of clear light hazel,
were wild and feverish in their glance.

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

The Preacher took her white hand within
his own, and gazed intently into her eyes.

“Sister, there is no reason for despair,” he
whispered, “Though your sins be as scarlet,
they shall be white as snow.”

“We were very poor — that is my daughter
and myself. We had not a penny to bless
us,” the woman thus incoherently murmured
her confession in the hearing of the Preacher
and the Unknown: “There was a wealthy
man who made love to my daughter, and
though she could not love him, for he was
ugly, and withered, and old, I forced my child
to accept the marriage. And now, what will
become of me? My child is dead with her
dead baby on her breast — what will all my
money do for me on that day?”

The Unknown was much affected by this
picture of immovable despair. Bending down
until his face almost rested on the Preacher's
shoulder, he drank in his reply. It was given
in that sweet, calm — almost effeminate voice—
and with a constant application of the kerchief
to the nostrils.

“Have faith, Sister — there is no reason for
despair,” he murmured, pressing her hand
kindly, and passed on.

The fourth mourner was a father, whose
harshness had driven his son to sea, where he
had died under the lash of an American Ship
of War. The sixth, a brother who had robbed
his brother of his patrimony, hurled him
from his door, and refused to visit him on his
dying bed. The seventh, a Banker who had
retired with a fortune on the failure of his
corporation, and lived luxuriantly, while the
doors of the closed Bank were surrounded
day and night by crowds of impoverished and
helpless creditors. The eighth, a poor man,
whose knotted hands betrayed a life of hard
labor, and whose soul was stained with no
enormous crime, but who had been horror-stricken
by the Preacher's picture of the last
day. The ninth, a rude sailor, with sun-burnt
face and bushy whiskers — a form of iron encased
in a sailor's jacket and trowsers —
whose heart, untouched by the terrors of battle
was melted into very womanhood, by the
Preacher's words.

And to all of these the Preacher spoke in a
low voice, whose very sweetness made it distinct
and emphatic, even amid the uproar of
the crowded church. To every one some
word of comfort, while the ring glittered on
his finger, and the perfumed kerchief was incessantly
applied to his nostrils.

The face of the Unknown became clouded
by a deeper doubt. He stood still, in the
midst of the scene, while the Preacher hurried
to the tenth and last mourner at the
Mourner's Bench.

Pressing his hand against his forehead,
his heart wandered away from that scene
of religious enthusiasm and despair, to a
quiet western town, hidden away far beyond
the mountains, in a nook of hills crowned
with golden harvests and emerald forest trees.
A rustic church, a grave-yard encircled by a
stone wall, overgrown with briers, a new-made
grave, and a circle of mourners gathering round
a coffin, whose silver plate shone brightly in
the afternoon sun — this picture was stamped
upon the heart of the Unknown, as he stood
silent and motionless in the midst of that scene
of frenzy and despair.

“It was a strange dream,” he murmured
aloud — his words unheeded amid the uproar—
“As I was journeying home, fresh from the
scenes of the old world, and most anxious to
behold the scenes of my native fireside, I slept
one night in a rude hovel near the mountain
top. We were crossing the Alleghenies, and
the stage coach had been overturned — I remember
it well! I sank to sleep, thinking of
Home, of Ellen, when I beheld a scene which
I shall never forget, while there is a throb in
my veins —”

He started suddenly, like a man waking
from a sound slumber, as he found himself
thinking aloud; and with a half muttered
ejaculation, turned his eyes to the window,
which had afforded him entrance to the Church.

“This is no place for me,” said he. “It is
evident that I have been mistaken. This
Preacher is not the man whom I seek. There
is no longer any need of my remaining here.
And that Dream upon the mountain summit —
ah! I believe I am going mad!”

He turned toward the window, making his
way with difficulty, through the confused
groups, his countenance stamped with apathy,
his eye cold and vacant, when a new phase of
the scene wrung an exclamation from his lips,
and held him motionless.

-- 051 --

p254-049

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

In his effort to reach the window, he had
almost trodden upon the Preacher, who was
kneeling at the Mourner's Bench.

The Preacher, as he knelt, conversed in
low tones, with the Tenth Mourner.

CHAPTER EIGHTEENTH. THE TENTH MOURNER.

It was a picture which the Unknown beheld,
never to forget, until his last hour.

The Tenth Mourner was a young girl, poorly
clad, with a faded shawl thrown back from her
shoulders. The masses of her jet-black hair,
were surmounted by a hood — altogether mean
and poverty-stricken in appearance — which
hung upon the back of her head. And, encircled
by that dark hair, which half loosened,
lay in disordered waves about her neck and
shoulders, appeared a face whose remarkable
beauty rivetted at once the gaze of the Unknown.
Her dark eyes were wet with tears.
Her nether lip moved tremulously; and the
full breast, revealed in its coarse garmenture,
by the falling aside of the shawl, heaved and
sank with an irregular pulsation. And notwithstanding
the tears which trembled on the
fringes of her eyelids, the emotion which made
her face grow pale, and her bosom beat with
irregular throbs, this young girl was very beautiful.
The very disorder of her hair, only
gave a new charm to her face. The shawl
hanging loosely on her arms, revealed a neck
and shoulder dazzling in their whiteness.

She was kneeling the Tenth Mourner at
the Mourner's Bench; her small hand clasped
by the Preacher, who conversed with her in
low, almost inaudible tones.

As the Unknown stood behind the Preacher,
he could not see his face. But he caught a
word, now and then, of a conversation which
he held with the young girl — nay — was it a
vain fancy? He perceived the Preacher's
hand press rather forcibly the delicate hand of
the young girl.

What was the nature of the conversation
which they held together?

The Unknown formed a sudden resolution.
There was a vacant place beside the beautiful
girl. He resolved to kneel there, to bury his
face in his hands, and listen to the low-toned
conversation of the girl and the Preacher.

And at the same time he would test the
character of the Preacher, by an experiment
of a strange and desperate nature, which
had been in his mind ever since he saw the
Preacher's face
.

With these thoughts, he silently approached
the Mourner's Bench, and taking a kerchief
from the breast of his overcoat, was about
sinking on his knees beside the girl, when his
attention was attracted by a third person, who
stood at the end of the bench, also a spectator
of the scene.

As this person may play no un important
part in the histories of all the characters of this
narrative, we will hazard a brief description
of his appearance.

He was very tall, very thin, and his large head
was placed upon narrow and uneven shoulders.
He wore a bang-up of fine grey cloth, which,
thrown open, disclosed a dress of dark blue cloth
underneath. A heavy watch-seal glittered below
his waistcoat. His garments were not altogether
fashionable in their style; but were
marked by a certain singularity, which would
have made the wearer an object of notice in
any company. They were fine in texture;
were as glossy as though they had but passed,
a moment before, from the hands of the tailor;
and yet their “cut,” to speak in the rhetoric of
the trade, was by no means of the latest fashion.
The face of this individual was in marked
contrast with his form. The head was large,
but from the forehead, which was scattered
thinly with brown hairs, to the chin, his face,
viewed directly from the front, resembled an
inverted pyramid. The cheeks hollow and
sunken; the mouth large, with imperceptible
lips; the chin heavy and square; the nose
bold and Roman; the large blue eyes looking
cold as ice, from lids which protruded until
they were on a line with the brow; the brow
itself increasing in width from the temple to
the crown, and at the crown as flat as the surface
of a dollar: a face like this would rivet the
gaze at any time, and even now, amid the
ever-changing excitement of the Church, it
held the eyes of the Unknown enchained, as
by an irresistible magnetism.

“This is not the first time that I have seen
your face,” half murmured the Unknown, as
he stood hesitating, ere he knelt, beside the
beautiful girl. While the murmur was on his
tongue, he saw the gaze of this personage

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

centre attentively upon the girl and the
Preacher, while a smile moved his almost
imperceptible lips.

That gaze, so cold, so icy, and yet so full of
latent scorn — or was it merely compassion? —
filled the Unknown with a sensation of uneasiness
and suspicion.

However, he sank on his knees beside the
girl, burying his face in his kerchief, and resting
his elbows on the Mourner's Bench.

“After a little while I will try the experiment,”
the thought half escaped his lips, when
the low tones of the Preacher, and the agitated
whispers of the girl, came distinctly to his ear.

“Your name is —” began the Preacher.

“Fanny,” replied the girl, “Fanny Jones.”

“And you entered this Church in order to
solicit my prayers at the bedside of a dying
woman?”

The Unknown became interested; still covering
his face, he inclined his head toward the
girl.

“No — no — not yours, not yours,” replied
the girl, hurriedly; “I came after Mr. Marvin,
the Millerite, but was entangled in the crowd,
and could not get out again. O, sir, I beseech
you, come with me, let us leave the Church,
or — or —” her voice grew fainter and fainter —
“my mother may be dead before I return.”

“Presently I will go with you,” whispered
the Preacher. “But tell me, my young and
beautiful Sister, is your heart in no wise affected
by the words which you have heard this
night?”

The Unknown stole a glance over the edge
of his kerchief, and saw at once the face of
the Preacher, and the countenance of the girl.
She was deathly pale, but very beautiful; he,
pressing her hand, was looking intently in her
countenance, while his small eyes dilated, and
shone with peculiar lustre.

The young girl seemed puzzled by the question
of the Preacher. It was a moment ere
she replied.

“I heard very much to-night, about the last
day and the end of the world, but — but —”

“Your heart was affected, then? Answer
frankly, my dear sister?”

“But all the time the face of my mother was
in my mind and while you were preaching —
I know it's wicked but I could not help it — I
only heard the last words of my mother.”

“Then why do I find you at the Mourner's
Bench?” asked the Preacher.

“Why the noise frightened me, and I was
hurried here by the crowd. And when I saw
so many people weeping and praying, I began
also to weep and pray — I don't know why —
and —” she paused.

Again over the edge of his kerchief the Unknown
looked stealthily. Her dark eyes had
brightened into an irresistible earnestness.
There was a glimpse of a rose-bud on her
cheek. The Preacher was bending forward,
his lips parted and his eye dilating, while his
hand with the diamond ring still pressed the
hand of the girl.

“Do come — do come, and pray with mother!”
ejaculated the girl. “They will make
way for you, and we can go out of Church
together. Do not refuse me, because I am so
poor, so wicked. Come —”

“Where do you reside?”

The girl hesitated, as if ashamed to name
her residence:

“In Bonus Court,” she said, after a moment's
pause; “a very poor place, and eight
squares off, but I'm sure you will come.”

You may imagine the intense interest with
which the Unknown awaited the reply of the
Preacher.

“Have you no fear for your own soul?” —
the Preacher's voice was lower, deeper than
ever, and took the senses by storm.

“My soul! Indeed, good sir, we are so poor
that we don't like to go to Church, and I have
to work so hard all the week, that on Sunday
I am too tired to do anything but take a look
now and then at our Bible. And — and — it
seems to me that if all this that you were sayin'
about the soul was true, that these people with
so much money would be kinder to those who
have none. And I've often thought, as I sate
alone at home, that with all our wretchedness,
we poor people are the very kind of people
whom our Saviour came to make happier. I
have indeed. And when I sit alone at my
sowin', I often find myself prayin' without
words — you know what I mean? — and I feel
a warm feelin' here — here — as if the good
Lord had spoken in his own way, even to me,
and as if he had taken pity on me, and came to
me, and made my heart feel happy — though I
was all the time too poor to go to Church.”

-- --

[figure description] (254-051).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 055 --

p254-053

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

We have reported this simple declaration in
its own simple way.

The Unknown could not restrain the tears
which started to his eyes. He stole another
glimpse from behind the kerchief. The face
of the poor girl was radiant, glowing; her
breast heaved with a violent movement; her
hair escaping in one mass from beneath her
hood, fell freely over her uncovered shoulder.

Meanwhile the intent look of the Preacher,
began to assume a fixed and intelligible meaning.

“His face is flushed,” thought the Unknown,
“He looks ten years younger.”

That small eye dilating until the white of the
eyeball was visible — that nether lip gently projecting,
and assuming a deep red hue — that hand
pressing the fingers of the girl, and absently displaying
the diamond ring, until it shone like a
star — what was the meaning of all this?

CHAPTER NINETEENTH. FANNY AND THE PREACHER.

“Did you ever go to any Church before?”
asked the Preacher.

“Oh, yes, to a grand Church, where there
were pews, and people's names in silver, on
their doors,” replied the girl — “And I often
used to sit away up in the gallery, next to the
wall, on the benches which are set aside for
poor folks, and look down over the great crowd
of rich folks, in their elegant dresses, and wonder
whether they were made of the same flesh
and blood as me? It seemed so queer. There,
right below me, in his pew, with his wife and
children by his side, was the gentleman who
used to pay me sixteen cents a-piece for makin'
a shirt. And I often and often wondered,
whether his children would ever be forced to
live in a dark court, and make shirts for sixteen
cents a-piece. I really cried at the thought,
for his daughter looked so beautiful and happy.
And there, was a sweet young lady, all dressed
so grand in a shawl — such a shawl!— who
had once paid me to make her a dress, and
given me a whole dollar for three days' work.
Mother and me made it together — a whole
dollar, you know? And I'd wonder and wonder
as I sat in the gallery, whether it would
be so in Heaven; that is, you understand,
whether poor folks would have to sit on benches
against the wall, while the rich ones had the
grand pews to themselves! Do you think it
will be so up there?”

The Unknown could scarcely believe his
ears. So strange a mingling of good sense
and extreme simplicity he had never encountered
before. Looking from behind his kerchief
he saw that beautiful face, glowing from lip to
eye, with an expression of child-like simplicity,
while the Preacher, still keeping her hand,
opened his eyes, with very wonder — or maybe—
very horror, at the discourse of this young
girl.

“But we have no pews in our Church,”
whispered the Preacher. “The seats are
free.”

“Are they?” and the eyes of the young
girl, roved vacantly around, with a glance of
almost ludicrous amazement. “Still one does
not like when one's so poor, to walk up a
broad aisle, and sit down among so many
nicely dressed people. One does not indeed.”

The Preacher was silent. Stealing a covert
glance, the Unknown beheld the face of the
poor girl; it was pale once more and the eyes
were obscured by tears. The hand of the
Preacher still clasped her hand, but his unoccupied
hand, was pressed against his brow.
He seemed agitated by a deep emotion; of
what character the Unknown could not determine.

Meanwhile, at the end of the Mourner's
Bench, lean and erect, stood the gentleman in
the grey bang-up, his cold gaze fixed upon the
countenance of the girl, with an earnestness
that excited the curiosity of the Unknown.

“Come — let us leave this place!” said
Fanny, with a flood of tears — “My mother is
dying — you will not refuse me.”

The Unknown held his breath, as he listened
impatiently for the Preacher's reply.
But the Preacher seemed buried in profound
thought; he did not answer the prayer of the
poor girl.

“I know we are very poor, but you will
not refuse us on that account—” the voice of
Fanny, was heard once more.

“No, my dear Sister, I will not refuse you.
I will go with you, and pray with your dying
mother. Yet first I must return for a few
moments to the residence of a dear Brother,
whose guest I am at present. You can go

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

with this Brother to his house, and wait for
me?”

The Unknown inclined his head near and
nearer to the girl who was weeping by his
side.

“Yes, I will go — willingly. But you will
not be long?” was the eager response. “How
far is it from here?”

In a low voice the Preacher stated the street
and the number of the good Brother's house.

It was with great difficulty that the Unknown
could repress a loud cry of astonishment.

It is the house, whose name and number
are inscribed upon the card which was given
to me by the Dry Goods' Merchant
,” he
muttered, and trembling all over, with a nervous
excitement, he awaited the sequel of the
scene.

“Brother Caleb —” said the Preacher.

The Unknown looked once more from the shadow
of his kerchief, and saw the personage in the
grey bang-up, bend down toward the Preacher,
while a smile agitated his lips.

“Well, Brother —” answered Brother
Caleb.

“Will you take the arm of our young Sister,
and leave the Church by the stairs which
descend to the basement story? For you cannot
possibly get through the crowd which lines
the aisles. In a few moments I will join you
at your House.”

“With pleasure, dear Brother,” answered
Brother Caleb, as his glassy look rested upon
Fanny's face. “Come, Sister. Ah — allow
me to arrange your shawl. Now we can
depart. This way, my child.”

Fanny rising from her knees, took the arm
of Brother Caleb, looking up into his singular
countenance, with a glance of wondering curiosity.

“You will not be long, good Sir?” she
turned her eloquent eyes toward the Preacher.

“In a few moments I will be with you,”
answered the Preacher, still on his knees.

And the Unknown saw the tall form of
Brother Caleb, moving through the crowd, toward
the stairway at the back of the Church.
For a moment he caught a glimpse of Fanny's
face, and then she was gone. Yet he gazed
toward the place, where he last beheld the
twain, with a look of apathetic wonder, while
two or three minutes elapsed. The singular
termination of this scene, for the time, deprived
him of all presence of mind.

“Now I will attempt the final experiment,”
he thought, and removing the kerchief looked
into the face of the kneeling Preacher; but the
Preacher had disappeared; his place by the
Mourner's Bench was vacant. “Ah — there
he is,” muttered the young man, “making excuses
for his untimely withdrawal, to the
regular Minister of the Church. In a moment
he will pass this way, and then —”

The moment arrived ere the murmured
word had passed his lips. The Preacher, hat
in hand and cloak on his arm, was making his
way toward the staircase — his eye flashing
with peculiar animation, and his lips wreathing
with a smile — when the Unknown, bent over
the Mourner's Bench, and seized his wrist
with both hands, exclaiming in a broken
voice —

“Brother pray for me!”

The Preacher thus suddenly brought to a
pause, was naturally stricken with some degree
of astonishment. His cloak — it was a
splendid mantle, lined with velvet — dropped
across the Mourner's Bench, and his hat fell
from his hand. He regarded this young man,
dressed in the bear-skin overcoat, and kneeling
at his feet, with a violent emotion writhing
over his face, with a vague and wondering
stare.

“Excuse me, Brother,” he said in a sweet
voice, and with a winning smile; “I am summoned
from the Church by the request of a
dying woman. There are many Brethren
here who will willingly aid you with their
prayers. Hold! my good Brother, you may
not be aware of it, but you hurt my wrist —”

“You — and you only — can aid me with
your prayers!” whispered the Unknown, and
looking eagerly into the Preacher's face, he
clutched his wrist with an iron grasp; “I am
a miserable sinner. Your words have opened
the very fountains of my soul. O, tell me,
tell me, how shall I escape from this burden
which sinks me down — down — to the nethermost
pit of despair. Nay — you must hear
me — you, alone can lift the curse from my
soul!”

The Preacher was fairly wrung to his
knees, by the frenzied grasp of the Unknown.

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

“Brother,” he whispered, amid his astonishment,
“be calm —”

“Calm! Look into my face,” and the Unknown
bent over the Bench until his breath
was felt on the Preacher's cheek. “Look into
my face, I say. Look! Can you read the
record that is written here!”

No wonder that the Preacher was surprised.
For this face, with its eyes deep sunken beneath
the bushy brows, its forehead half shaded by
disordered hair, and corrugated by deep lines,
its mouth quivering with agony, resembled the
visage of a Madman. The Preacher changed
color; he was pallid and flushed by turns; his
small eyes expanded with surprise and fear.

“Indeed, dear Brother, you hurt my wrist,”
he faltered.

The face of the Unknown was calm as marble
in an instant. His eyes shone with clear
lustre; his lips were animated by a calm smile.
But strange to say, this sudden calmness disturbed
the Preacher more than the frenzied
agony.

“Truly, my good sir —” he did not say my
good Brother
on this occasion — “you detain
me — indeed —”

Now, I will see whether he can trace a
family likeness in my face
,” was the singular
thought of the Unknown, as he gazed calmly
into the eyes of the Preacher.

To tell the truth, that eloquent man was agitated
beyond measure. Was it because he
fancied that the Unknown was a Madman,
or — did some memory of the Past gleam
terribly upon him from that smiling visage?

`Have I ever met you before?” he asked
hesitatingly.

“Never, my dear sir, never. Do you remember
my face?” answered the Unknown.

The Preacher dropped his eyes, and seemed
buried in thought. When he raised his gaze
once more, his face was altogether calm.

“I never saw you before,” he exclaimed,
and gazed steadily upon the face of the young
man: “Never. Will you have the goodness
to release my wrist, and permit me to depart.
Or, if you have any communication to make
to me, let me beseech you to make it as briefly
as possible —”

Why was the face of the Unknown shadowed
by a sudden cloud?

Can it be the man whom I seek?” he
asked himself, and then exclaimed aloud —
“Pardon my want of courtesy, Reverend Sir.
But my busines is urgent. Behold in me the
most abject wretch now living on the face of
the earth. Yes, behold in me the seducer of
an innocent and beautiful maiden. I wronged
her — married her — and then left her to a
broken heart and an untimely grave. This is
my crime. I am devoured by the agonies of
the damned. Her image haunts me wherever
I go. I hear her voice wherever I turn. In
the haunts of daily life — in the thronged
streets — in the silence of my sleepless nights —
nay in this very Church — she is with me,
whispering in my ear, gliding by my side, confronting
me with her pale, withered face, and
eyes radiant with the fires of Death. Nay —
there —” his voice sank; he bent forward,
while his eyes expanded in their sockets —
“There at your shoulder she stands. Look!
Do you not see her?'

The Preacher turned abruptly, and looked
around as though the Dead Girl stood living
by his side.

“Your words chill me to the heart,” he said,
in a low voice. “They make the clammy
moisture start in beads upon my forehead —”
he passed his scented kerchief over his face
with a tremulous hand. “Indeed your crime
is terrible, and your Remorse almost beyond
belief. But you must not despair — hope, my
brother, hope —”

The sentence was never completed. For
seizing his hat and cloak, the Preacher tore his
wrist from the grasp of the Unknown, and
glided into the crowd who encircled the
Mourner's Bench. It was done in a moment.
While the young man was gazing in doubt and
curiosity upon his face, listening to his broken
words, he started up, and ere the Unknown
could frame a word, was gone.

The singular mingling of surprise and dismay
which came over the face of the Unknown,
as he gazed around with vacant eyes,
was almost ludicrous to witness.

He arose to his feet without a word. His
glance traversed the thousand faces of St.
Simon's, but in vain. There were Preachers
conversing with the mourners, there were grave
matrons bending beside weeping girls, there

-- 058 --

p254-056 [figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

were old men on their knees, with little children
by their side, but the Preacher — the
Popular Preacher — had disappeared.

CHAPTER TWENTIETH. “TO THE HOUSE OF BROTHER CALEB. ”

Sick at heart, confused by a world of doubts
and fears, the Unknown leaned against the
pulpit railing, and shading his eyes with his
cap — which he took from a side pocket — endeavoured
to think calmly, even amid the
boundless excitement of the scene.

And as he endeavoured to collect his thoughts,
three faces were incessantly before him: —

First, the face of Fanny the poor girl,
shaded by raven hair, and beautiful even amid
the mists of poverty which encircled it, came
to him, like an actual thing, and moved incessantly
before his eyes.

Then the face of the Popular Preacher,
which now was young, and suddenly was old,
which one moment shone with emotion, almost
divine, and the next instant was pale, haggard
and convulsed, as with sympathy or Remorse—
this face came with the face of the Poor
Girl, and floated before the mental eye of the
Unknown.

Then Brother Caleb's visage, with protruding
eyeballs, sunken cheeks and massy forehead —
flat as a dollar at the crown — agitated his
fancy, with a sensation of involuntary loathing.

And last of all a country churchyard, with a
new-made grave in its centre, yawning amid
its drifts of snow, and a coffin, encircled by a
silent crowd, with its silver plate shining in the
afternoon sun.

These three faces, combined with the last
picture, for a long time agitated the mind of the
Unknown.

“Can he be the same man?” he murmured
to himself. “Is it possible that a man can
stand up and from the pulpit proclaim the
damnation of the sinner, while his own life is
tainted to the core by perjury, seduction, and
slow, cool, calculating Murder? No — no.
He trembled as I spoke; 'twas because he
thought me mad. I was about to pronounce
the Name of Ellen, to produce that lock of her
nair, to repeat the words which she uttered in
my dream — when he disappeared. And Fanny—
why is my heart so deeply interested in that
poor girl? What have I to do with Brother
Caleb? Ah — dolt that I am! I had forgotten;
his house was the rendezvous for a
singular meeting. At twelve to-night — at
twelve to-night —”

The last words were uttered aloud, as the
young man raised his eyes, and from his place
at the foot of the pulpit, looked over the scenes
of St. Simon's.

“There are many men who would only find
food for mirth and derision in this scene.
These mourners, beseeching Mercy at the
hands of God — these old men, aroused for the
first time into the consciousness of a life of
crimes — these matrons, who pray beside the
weeping girls — these Preachers, who thread
the aisles, proclaiming at once the vengeance
and the mercy of God — these women, stretched
before me as if in a Trance, their limbs stiffened
and their faces cold as death — all this would
afford but food for mirth and derision to the
minds of a certain class, and to none more so,
than those who worship by mechanism, and
say their prayers as they would play a game
of chess. Their derision would be turned to
utter scepticism, were they told that the
Preacher who has been the Agent of all this
excitement, was nothing but a hollow-hearted
Sensualist. But for myself, as I stand here by
the pulpit steps and judge it with my own
eyes, what shall I say? Admitting that the
Preacher is a sensualist, and these manifestations
of Religion are extravagant to the last degree,
shall I therefore call this Religion a falsehood,
the mode of worship an idle play, a hollow
mockery? Not so — not so. Standing as I
do now, on the very crisis of my fate, assured
that the morrow can only bring me the memory
of my murdered Sister, or the task of avenging
her murder, I feel most vividly that that Form
of Religion only is false which teaches one
sect to deride another, and with its dogmas
buries and confounds that principle of Universal
Brotherhood which flowed from the
life of Christ himself
.”

Strange thoughts these, you will say, for a
mere worldling like our Unknown?

And do you think that thoughts like these,
are only to be found in the breasts of people
who wear the garb of Religion? Think you,
good brethren of the Synagogue, that the Divine
Spirit never moves, save within your narrow

-- 059 --

p254-057 [figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

walls, and by your sectarian altar? In the heart
of many a Worldling, stirs a diviner impulse than
ever throbbed within the breast of many a cloaked
Minister or mitred Bishop. Don't you think
so? And even the Writer of Novels, who now
sends these words to you, from his isolated
room, may sometimes feel some impulses born
of Eternity stirring within his bosom. Can
you believe it? The pen which now writes,
may do a braver, better work for Humanity,
than the pen which merely writes a Sermon in
defence of a mere creed, or turns ink to gall
again, by putting down on pure white paper,
some horrible Dogma of Theology, stolen from
the cells of Heathen barbarity. Will you
admit it?

Does it not seem preposterous to you that a
Writer of Novels, shall dare to speak of Religion?

Why, you exclaim, does he not write us
books on Chivalry, full of the Middle Ages,
their romance and crimes, like Walter Scott;
or why does he not tell us some funny story,
that will make our sides shake and our buttons
crack again? Why?

Because he is “eccentric.” O lamentable
and, eccentric! He thinks that the Novel
which goes every where, and speaks to all
hearts — speaks perchance to fifty thousand
people at the same moment — may be made
the instrument of that kind of Christianity
which has only one word in its vocabulary —
Brotherhood.

He thinks — this profane Writer of Novels,
mark you — that he, even he, has a work to
do in the world, and that his work is to speak
the wrongs and the hopes of Humanity in the
parables of Fiction.

And sometimes there comes a thought to
him, that he is doing a better work by writing
Novels, than he would be doing were he to
put himself to making Sermons and tinkering
Creeds. That the talent which is given him,
is not given to be crushed. That when his
pen no longer moves, and when the hand that
grasps it now is gone to dust — when his place
in your streets is vacant, and his room no
longer witnesses his lonely vigil — that even
then the words which he has written may do a
good work in some heart yet unborn; and that
some humble soul, sitting down by the wayside
of the world, may bless his memory —
even his, the Writer of Novels.

And thus it is, my respectable scorner of
Novel Writers, that the Novel Writer has
something good in his heart, and something
Divine in the impulse which guides his pen.

But we must return to the thread of our
history.

The Unknown, after a long pause of absorbing
thought, drew forth his watch —

“It is nearly twelve,” he murmured —“Now
for the House of Brother Caleb!”

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIRST. BROTHER CALEB'S HOUSE.

Leaving the Church of St. Simon, the Unknown
made the best of his way to the house
of Brother Caleb.

As he left the door of the Church, the State
House Clock was striking twelve, and presently
the Bell of St. Augustine's took up the
story, and made the silence of midnight ring
with its deep and sonorous tones.

In the course of a quarter of an hour, the
Unknown arrived at the House of Brother
Caleb. Gliding into the shadow of a tree-box,
he pulled his cap over his forehead, raised the
collar of his bearskin coat over his cheeks,
and quietly surveyed the scene. The broad
street in which the house was situated was
quiet as a grave-yard. The tall edifices on the
opposite side, rested in shadow, and over the
roofs, sailing in a serene sky, the moon shone
with clear and unchanging lustre. The House
of Brother Caleb, therefore, was bathed in all
the brightness of winter moonlight.

It stood in one of the largest streets of the
Quaker City — a street running from the Delaware
to the Schuylkill — and was the most
imposing structure of an entire square. It was
none of your miserable huts, skulking from
the light, in the darkness of a Court. Nor
was it a neat two story house, situated in a
quiet street, with the trees before the door,
rising above its roof. No. It was a four
story edifice; aristocratic in its exterior, from
the lofty range of marble steps, along the
whole extent of its red bricks, varied by green
blinds, even to the garret windows, somewhere
in the sky. It stood in a square occupied
by Merchant Princes — aristocrats of Trade,
whose fortunes (or whose credit) were stated

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

at various incredible amounts, from fifty thousand
to half a million dollars.

The houses of this square were remarkable
for their clean pavements, their silver doorplates
and their massive window panes, polished
to a charm — in a word, for their extreme
neatness, polished by the glare of wealth.

But the house of Brother Caleb was distinguished
from all the others, by several details,
which, trifling as they may appear, were yet
calculated to excite the suspicion, at least the
wonder, of his neighbors.

From the day on which he first entered this
house, only six months ago, the green window-shutters
had never once been unclosed. The
other houses displayed their bright window
panes and silken curtains, in every range of
stories from the pavement to the roof. The
House of Brother Caleb presented only a dull
brick surface, and closed window-shutters of a
dusty green.

Then, Brother Caleb was guilty of an important
offence, which, in some neighborhoods
of the Quaker City, is accounted as something
worse than highway robbery, at all events as
an equivalent of forgery.

He never had his pavement washed.

Let not the reader who is ignorant of the
customs of Philadelphia, smile at the mysterious
sentence. The washing of pavements
is the daily care of all the matrons of the
Quaker City, and the daily occupation of at
least one-third of its female population. The
house within may be dirty, but the pavement
without must be clean. This is the Twelfth
Commandment in the Quaker City. Woe to
the unlucky wight, who, fresh from New York,
or from the country, saunters along the streets
of Philadelphia on a Saturday morning! He
lifts his eyes to Heaven, and a housemaid's
broom takes him off his feet. He surveys the
windows of these elegant houses, and a bucket
of the best Fairmount water souses him from
head to foot. He incautiously ascends a range
of marble steps, and a hose, grasped by a
dripping damsel, whose very dress has an amphibious
air, squirts freely into his face, and
converts his new beaver into something very
limp and soppy, before he can say a word.
The very city itself looks to the deluded
stranger, like an occidental Cairo, with the
Nile on the rise — and spouting too, from
every hose pipe, and overflowing in every
water bucket. Seriously, the mania for pavement
washing, as it rages all the year round
in Philadelphia, is something worse than the
Yellow Fever. It affects all classes, from the
poor female slave, who does all the drudgery
of `a large and respectable family,' for seventy-five
cents per week, up to the fashionable lady,
who spends her thousands on her dress, and
shines at the Opera, or sails grandly up the
broad aisle of the Church. Even the sedate
country dame — lately removed from a rural
village — who gazes at this mania with unfeigned
wonder, is taken with it herself before
many days, and seizing bucket and broom,
washes and slops away, like a native to the
soil. The results of this mania are wet feet
and slippery pavements, terminating sometimes
in broken necks, and, in nine cases out of ten,
in the gallopping Consumption.

This wonder, great as it was, and much as
it was calculated to excite the suspicions of
Brother Caleb's neighbours, was only a part of
the mystery that encircled Brother Caleb.

He was rich, for he had paid some twenty
thousand dollars for his house in “Drab Row.”
But was he married or was he single, or had
he been divorced, or was he a widower, and
where did he come from, and what was his
business — such were the queries, which incessantly
disturbed the “genteel” quiet of
Drab Row.

To these you may add at pleasure, a series
of inquiries like these: What Church does he
belong to? Why does such a throng of visitors—
male and female — pass through his door
every night? Why do the men wear their
hats over their eyes, and why are the women
veiled? In a word, who is this Mister Caleb
Goodleigh?

So, it is plainly to be seen that Brother Caleb
was a mystery, and Brother Caleb's house
a Haunted House. Haunted by whom? Ah,
it was that which puzzled the millionaires of
Drab Row.

“I have met this Brother Caleb before,”
murmured the Unknown, as he skulked behind
the tree-box in front of Brother Caleb's door.
“Met him in scenes far different from the present,
but I cannot remember where. Was it
in Paris?”

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

The Unknown was about to ascend the
steps, and ring the bell, when his attention was
attracted by approaching footsteps.

“It is Fanny and the Preacher,” he exclaimed,
“or Caleb and Fanny. I have gained
the house quicker than they, notwithstanding I
was delayed by the crowd of the Church.”

Shadowing his form behind the tree-box, he
impatiently awaited the approach of the newcomers.
They drew near — he heard their
footsteps on the icy pavement — they ascended
the marble steps, and entered without ringing
the bell.

It was neither Fanny nor the Preacher, nor
even Brother Caleb, but a man and woman —
cloaked to the eyes — he tall and portly, she
also tall, and somewhat luxurious in the ample
development of her proportions. They stood
for a moment with their faces to the light, ere
they silently entered the house of Brother Caleb,
and the winter wind blew his cloak and
her veil aside, so that the Unknown caught a
glimpse of their features.

That solitary glimpse revealed a woman's
face, beautiful and voluptuous — and the visage
of a man, whose linaments were stamped with
a singular mingling of “business tact” and
coarse appetite.

I know you both,” muttered the Unknown,
laughing to himself as they disappeared.

Nine times he was about to enter the house
of Brother Caleb, and nine times he was
arrested by the sound of approaching footsteps.

He saw — from his hiding place — nine
persons enter the House, with an interval of
a few moments between the arrival of each
visitor.

Dicky Bung, flushed with liquor, and manifesting
a strange inclination to wrench the bellhandle
from its socket.

A short fat man, dressed in a dark overcoat,
with a woolen comforter over the tip of
his nose.

A bulky citizen with a gold-headed cane,
and an asthmatic cough.

A trim little gentleman, attired in the very
extreme of fashion, with a loose sack floating
around his spare, form, and white kid gloves
on his delicate hands.

A slender person, in Quaker gear — overcoat
of drab, with a straight collar, and hat of
beaver, with a broad brim.

A pair of gentlemen, arm in arm, with their
hats far down upon their foreheads, and with
a certain vagueness about their gait, which gave
remote ideas of an oyster supper, followed by
a half dozen bottles of champagne.

A calm and composed citizen, dressed not
so much in the fashion, as with that sleek
neatness which indicates good credit, and a
sound reputation on 'change.

And last of all, a bulky fellow, with a waddling
gait and a knotted stick, and a face resembling
a full moon on a foggy night.

“A police officer,” muttered the Unknown,
as the Ninth person disappeared — like all the
rest, without ringing the bell — “This looks
something like a mystery! Where is Brother
Caleb? Where the Preacher? And Fanny,
is she also among the mysterious guests of this
most mysterious mansion?”

These questions seemed to defy the scrutiny
of any one but a Prophet, or a Scotchman
gifted with second sight.

“I will enter and set my doubts at rest,” exclaimed
the young man, and sprang toward
the steps, when the rolling of carriage wheels
struck his ear.

Gazing down the broad street, he saw a dark
carriage, drawn by two white horses, and with
a stalwart driver on the box. It approached
with a speed unknown before in the history of
hackney coaches. The driver was a huge man,
dressed in glaring red, with buttons big as dollars,
sprinkled all over his sanguineous attire.

“It's Peter!” cried the Unknown.

And the carriage stopped before the tree-box,
in front of Brother Caleb's door. Above the
collar of the red coat appeared a rubicund face,
sprinkled with grey whiskers on either cheek.

“I'm come,” said a gruff voice — “are you
there, Charley?”

“Peter, have you the pistols?” whispered
the Unknown, as he approached the carriage.

“Aye — aye. All right in this 'ere quarter,”
was the reply.

“And the gag?”

Peter growled a harsh assent.

“Move the carriage toward the opposite side
of the street, out of the moonlight,” whispered
the Unknown, laying his hand upon the neck
of the nearest horse. “Wait there, until I
come. Do not go away on any account. You
understand?”

-- 062 --

p254-060

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

“Aye — aye. All right I say in this 'ere
quarter.”

The carriage wheeled, went down the street,
and presently came up again, and halted in the
shadows opposite Drab Row.

And Peter, gazing from the eminence of his
box, saw the Unknown pass up the marble
steps and enter the house of Brother Caleb.

“I guess I'll have to wait a considerable bit”
he said, as he deliberately surveyed the front
of the “mysterious house.”

And where in the meantime is Ralph?

He left his home in Bonus Court, some hours
ago, a few moment's after Fanny's departure,
and on a similar errand.

Shall we relate the history of Ralph's adventures
while in search of a Priest, between
the hours of nine and one o'clock?

CHAPTER TWENTY-SECOND. THE MIDNIGHT MASS IN SAINT JOHN'S.

They were saying the Midnight Mass for the
dead, within the Church of Saint John.

The moon was shining, cold and beautiful
upon the white towers of the Church, and before
its Gothic door gathered a silent crowd,
whose faces were reddened by a stray gleam
from the very altar of the temple.

The organ was moaning solemnly, and the
voices of men and women, rising in a fervent
chaunt, broke on the stillness of the winter air.

Without, the scene was impressive. The
same ray which bathed the tall towers of the
Church, shone upon a gloomy edifice directly
opposite — a huge mishapen thing, built of
brick, and standing in a dreary yard, fenced
from the public street by unsightly walls. This
was the Arsenal. Beyond, arose an edifice of
marble, with its pure white walls and faultless
pillars, gleaming coldly in the wintry moon.
This was the Mint.

And Church and Mint and Arsenal, standing
within a circle whose diameter was scarce two
hundred yards — standing very near each other—
bathed by the same ray — seemed to present
three impressive types of the great impulses
of human life, War, Money and Religion.

Within the Arsenal the swords rested in
their scabbards, and the cannon slept snugly
in dark and musty vaults. Within the Arsenal
were muskets in heaps, and bullets and cannon
balls by the ton; all idle and useless as so
much lumber.

Within the Mint was great store of copper
cents and silver dollars and golden eagles. The
copper by bushels' full, the dollars in neat
square boxes; the eagles, mellow and beautiful,
hidden away from the light in precious caskets.
So many days' work of countless thousands
of the poor, stowed neatly away within
the still and the dark of the Marble Mint.

And as these three buildings stood so near
each other, enlivened by the same moonbeam,
the thought stole over you, that you beheld, not
merely a Temple, a Mint and an Arsenal, but
in sober truth Three Churches, ever at war
with each other, and battling for the mastery
along all the ways of life, from the cradle to
the grave, the Church of Gold, the Church of
Carnage and the Church of God.

And while the idle arms of bloodshed rusted
within the Church of Carnage — unconscious
that their rust was to be erased one day in the
scenes of a murderous Riot — while the golden
eagles slept in the Church of Gold, as quietly
as though they were never to go forth at all,
never to stir men's hearts with the fires of
traffie or the lust of avarice — let us enter the
Church of God, where the Midnight Mass is
sounding over the funeral pall which hides the
dead.

Shall we enter the Church?

It is a Catholic Church. We know that.
A Roman Catholic Church. You are right.
And you and I, as good Protestants, are
bound to hate the Catholic Church, from its
poorest Priest, its humblest Sister of Charity,
up to the Pope himself, who, we all know, is
the veritable Anti-Christ. Are we not? They
tell us so in the Churches, those good Protestants
who manifest their love of God, by
hating heartily their neighbors. They tell us
so in their pamphlets, those amiable Clergymen,
who, having nothing to do at home, take
up their minds altogether with the terrible Pope,
and hurl their “No Popery” anathemas from
a thousand presses, well oiled with orthodoxy,
and baptized with fervent hate of Rome, and
all that appertains to Rome. They tell us so,
from the Pulpit, where we have heard some
wretched Apostate drivel forth his obscenities

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

by the hour, for the edification of pure maidens
and chaste matrons, while reverend Divines
sit in the background, chuckling at the
exposure of the deformities of Rome.

Yes, it is our duty, first of all, to hate the
Catholics, hate them heartily, with all our might,
hate them in our Papers, in our Churches, in
our Prayers. Hate them in our streets and
homes, hate them before God and man, insult
them at every turn of life, and thrust incessantly
into their faces, Tracts and Pamphlets,
rich with the gathered venom of three
centuries of religious war.

And next to hating the Catholics, it is our
duty to hate every Protestant sect which may
differ from our own, either in the fashion of its
steeple or its creed. As Presbyterians, we
hate the Methodists; as Methodists, we hate
the Presbyterians. As Episcopalians we hate
them both. As Orthodox we hate the Heterodox;
as men who go to steepled churches, we
hate those poor deluded souls who frequent
flat-roofed meetings. Baptizing by immersion,
we hate all those who merely sprinkle, or trace
the cross upon the brow of infant hope; or,
having faith in sprinkling, we heartily despise
all those who read immerse for baptize, and
who, in their churches, have not merely a font
for the head, but a fountain for the entire body.
Let us hate with all our might. As Quakers,
in plain clothes, we will hate all those who
turn their collars down, or wear short rims to
their hats; as believers in ministerial gowns,
we will despise the Quakers, whose straight
coats, wide rims, and barn-like meeting houses
afflict our very souls. And thus getting rich
in hate, we will end by calling every man an
Infidel who may happen to tell us something
of that Gospel of Humanity whose first
word, and whose last is, Brotherhood. Will
we not? Something there is so religious in
all this religion of hatred, that it ends at last,
by calling Infidel! through its set teeth, and
making terrible faces at everybody, with its cadaverous
jaws.

But let us go to the Catholic Church.

Through the crowd which blocks up the Gothic
doorway, through the broad aisle, where
living forms, wedged into one compact mass,
are thrilled by one sensation — to the very altar.
We stand, at last, breathless and wondering,
amid the very mysteries of the scene.

It is altogether different from the Church in
which we knelt some few moments ago.
There we saw a pulpit, a wide gallery, square
windows, and white glaring walls, in fact, a
huge square room, tenanted by a thousand
faces. There was a Popular Preacher, and a
dense mass of hearers, and nothing more.

Here the scene is widely different. There
is one bright space amid the awful gloom of
the Church. Tall waxen candles are burning
dimly around a coffin, covered with a black
pall, from whose dead folds a white cross
glares into view. Behind the funeral altar, an
Image of the Crucified gleams on the eye, and
there, among the deepest shadows, smiles
Mother Mary, that Woman whose very memory
has made the cares of Maternity divine.
Around the veiled coffin are grouped the forms
of children, clad in snowy garments, and swinging
censers to and fro. There stands the
Priest, whose slender form is buried in a gorgeous
robe — gorgeous with the symbols of
his Church, whose traditions are compressed
in those enigmas of lace and tinsel.

And looking from that coffin, covered with
black drapery, the Priest pierces the twilight,
and beholds over the silent faces of the congregation,
the pointed arches of the Church,
rich and gloomy with the distinctive traits of
Gothic Architecture. Arches that resemble
the entwined branches of a grove of forest
oaks; arches that are solemn and beautiful by
daylight, when the sunshine steals through the
pointed windows, with their diamond panes,
stained with the hues of the rainbow; arches
that now shadow with a voiceless gloom, these
countless faces of Saint John's.

Low, faint, tremulous, the Organ sighs.
Faint and fainter the voices of the chaunters
die away. Soft and fleecy the smoke of the
censers steals up into the darkness. White
and spectre-like the candles rise around the
coffin, and each candle is crowned by a circle
of pale, ghostly light. The Midnight Mass
for the Dead is sounding, and every heart beats
faint with awe. The soul of the dead is in
Eternity, while the corpse rests by the Altar;
rests under a pall of velvet and a white cross,
with the faces of the Crucified and his Virgin
Mother not far away.

You cannot distinctly see the faces of the
congregation, but those which are near the

-- 064 --

p254-062 [figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

light are deadened with an almost painful awe—
and tears are glittering on every cheek.

What means the scene?

Who is it that is buried with all this sombre
glory? Whose corse is it, that rests beneath
the pall?

A rich man, renowned for wealth, and the
virtue of wealth, and gone to Heaven over
heaps of hoarded gold? A warrior rich in
glory, and fragrant with blood? A Priest,
high in the ranks of the Papal hierarchy, and
venerable with eighty years of good deeds and
grey hairs? No. It is none of these.

It is simply the corse of an unknown man,
who has not a relative on the continent of
America. Neither sister nor brother is there
to weep by his grave. He was a man without
money and without friends. He was drowned
the other night, at the foot of Walnut street, in
the Delaware. The Coroner gave him a grave
in Potter's Field; and the Catholic Church of
Saint John has taken the friendless stranger
from his miserable grave, and given him a
burial place among her graves. The priests
of Saint John's are saying now a Midnight
Mass over his corpse.

That is the mystery of this scene.

The congregation — gaze upon it well, and
learn something of the power of the ceremonial
of the Catholic Church. Here are men
who, under the impulse of a No-Popery Riot,
would fire a Church, or trail a Cross in the
gutter. Now, they listen in silence, their
faces wet with tears. Here are rude Irishmen,
who, exiled from their native soil, by the curse
of British Rule, find a home and freedom for
their hearts and church, on the shores of the
New World. They weep also, at the sight of
the friendless dead man; that coffin clad in
black, with a white Cross, gleaming from its
very darkness, seems to speak of their Native
Land, dead with British oppression, but with
a hope gleaming on her dead bosom. Here,
ranged along the aisles, are soldiers, whose gay
apparel contrasts strangely with the gloom and
solemnity of the scene. The dead man was a
soldier, and he is buried with all the honors of
a soldier's funeral.

And the Mass goes on, and the Organ rises
as with the glad shout of a soul, which bursting
the walls of earth, catches the first glimpse
of Heaven; and the voices of men and wo
men peal forth one of those solemn hymns
with which the Catholic Church has buried its
dead for sixteen hundred years.

It is a sad, an awful, and yet a beautiful
scene.

CHAPTER TWENTY-THIRD. “FATHER JOHN. ”

Let us at this moment, amid the thousand
faces of the Church, select a solitary one, as
the object of a careful and searching glance.

Near the altar, with head gently bowed
stands a slender figure, dressed in a single-breasted
frock coat, of dark cloth, and reaching
from the throat, enveloped in a white cravat,
to the knees. The man may have endured
some thirty years of life. A black silken cap,
fits to the crown of his head, like a second
skin, and throws his features boldly into the
light. As he stands like a statue near the
coffin, holding his hat in his joined hands, you
may discern his features. The forehead is
neither remarkable for height nor breadth; the
the eyes are small, and sunken deep beneath
the brows; the mouth is large, with thick lips,
and the chin, pointed and prominent, terminates
a lower jaw remarkable for its heavy outline.
The ears of his head lay straight and ruddy
against the black cap, and a few straggling hairs
steal down upon the temples. As for the nose,
it is neither snub nor aquiline; but seems a
compound of both; aquiline as far as the bridge
and snub at the end, with wide nostrils.

As you gaze upon this person, he looks like
a Brother of the Society of the Jesuits; there
is something in his dress and manner which
indicates the Roman Priest. Yet why does he
stand aloof — between the crowd and the altar—
while his Brethren are ministering over the
Dead? Meekly bowing his head, and clasping
his hands, he listens with all his soul to the
impressive ceremonial, while his eyes gradually
sink deeper into their sockets.

“Friend, you tread on my toes,” he says
mildly — starting from a reverie, and placing
his hand upon the shoulder of a person who
has made his way along the aisle, and now
stands puffing and blowing near the altar.

It is a boy, rudely clad, with matted hair
straggling over his face, and with tattered jacket
and trowsers upon his bony form. He held

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

a cap in his red hand, and looked around the
Church, his mouth wide open, and his eyes
like saucers. It was Ralph, who in his search
for a Priest had entered Saint John's.

“I didn't go to do it,”— Ralph, looked
around him at Priests — boys clad in white —
white candles around the coffin — and gloomy
church tapestried with faces — while his face
became grotesque from the very intensity of
his amazement — “I didn't go to do it. No
more I didn't.”

“H-u-s-h! You will disturb the services of
the Church,” whispers the person in the Skull-cap,
with an admonitory inclination of his
head: “Be quiet, my child.”

The gaze of Ralph was now transferred from
the Church to the solitary individual. He
surveyed him by the light of the wax candles,
and from his skull-cap to his boots.

“You're one o' them priest-chaps — I
guess,” he whispered slowly, “aint you?”

“H-u-s-h! Do not make a noise,” said the
person in the Skull-cap, elevating his eyebrows,
“Be quiet, my child.”

Ralph, already awed by this scene — the
Coffin draped in black — the children in white,
swinging silver censers to and fro — the Organ
wailing through the dead stillness — was hushed
into silence by the authoritative manner of the
reverend personage.

For some moments he stood perfectly still,
scratching his head, and looking vacantly from
side to side.

“I s-a-y,” he whispered, drawing close to
the gentleman in black, “If you're a Priest
may be you know a man they call Father
John?”

“What do you want with him?” was the
answer, uttered in a low voice, and without a
perceptible movement of the lips.

“To come an' pray with my mother, she's
a dyin' and wants a rale Priest,” replied
Ralph, in one breath, without pausing for a
single stop.

The person in the Skull-cap surveyed Ralph
from head to foot.

“What is the name of your mother?”

“Jones, Mrs. Jones, an' she lives in Bonus
Court, Number Two, up stairs.”

“Bonus Court,” echoed the gentleman,
“how far is that from here?”

In a hurried whisper, Ralph described the
location of his mother's residence. The gentleman
in dark attire bent nearer and nearer to
the ragged boy, while his face assumed a saddened
and painful look.

“I will come,” he whispered — “go out of
the Church. I will join you at the door.
Quick! Your mother may die without confession
or sacrament.”

“You?” whispered Ralph, “You — you
don't mean to say —”

“My name is John Augustin. They call
me Father John. I am a Priest of this Church.
Go, my child.”

Ralph, with a wondering stare, parted from
the Priest, and crumbling his cap in his bony
hands, began to force his way through the
crowded aisle. He encountered many frowns,
some hard words, and a harder tap from the
hand of a Soldier, as he pushed along.

“You kin strike a feller as has come to git
a priest to pray with his mother — kin you?”
and urged his way towards the door. Once,
or twice, he looked back and saw the children
in white garments around the coffin; and the
light of the waxen candles streamed over his
hard, rugged face, and showed the tears which
dimmed his eyes.

Presently he stood in the moonlight in front
of the Church, leaning against the railing, as
he impatientiy awaited the appearance of the
Priest. The night was bitter cold, and Ralph,
in his thin attire, had a hard time of it to keep
his blood in circulation. He stamped his feet
upon the ice which covered the pavement, and
beat his chest with his hands, and at last —
although the heart of the young ruffian was
full, and his eyes wet with tears — began to
dance up and down, from the gutter to the railing,
and back again.

The moon shone from the cloudless sky over
the lofty towers of Saint John's, while the Organ
wailed its funeral chaunt through the unclosed
door.

“I wonder why he don't come,” said Ralph,
dancing away with more power than grace:
“To keep a feller a'waitin' here in this cold,
when his mother's a-dyin.' But them Preacher
chaps don't keer I guess for sich as us. No
they don't. I wonders how I could get to be a
Priest or Preacher, or somthin' o' that sort?”

Ralph did not utter another word in front of
Saint John's. His mouth was suddenly closed,

-- 066 --

p254-064 [figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

his eyes were darkened, he was dragged rudely
along the pavement; he heard a sharp sound
like the closing of a carriage door, and then the
rolling of wheels over the rough stones of the
public street.

His eyes were closed, but not his ears—

“Got him?” said a voice, which evidently
came through a window from the driver's box.

“Safe enough,” replied a voice very near
Ralph, a voice deep and hurried, “no mistake
about it. Drive on, and don't stop till I tap at
the window. I'll tell you when we get there.”

And the carriage rattled over the street.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FOURTH. WHAT BECAME OF RALPH.

As the carriage rattled along the street,
Ralph with his mouth closed and his eyes
darkened, attempted to move his arms, while he
began to recover slowly from the stupor with
which this incident had benumbed his faculties.
He attempted to move his arms, but discovered
to his cost, that they were tied behind his
back. He next tried to speak, but his mouth
was effectually closed. As for his eyes, they
were wrapt in impenetrable darkness; the
bandage which encircled his head, pressed upon
the eye-balls with a tight and painful sensation.

The thoughts of the kidnapped boy, became
vague and almost delirious. He could not
persuade himself that he was awake. He
heard the rattling of the carriage wheels, and
at the same time, even with his bandaged eyes,
saw his Mother's face starting up from the
ragged coverlet of her dying bed, and gazing
upon him with eyes blighted by the pestilence.
The rattling of the carriage wheels, and that
vision of his Mother's face, were but portions
of some frightful dream — so Ralph thought to
himself — and he would soon awake and find
himself sleeping on his ragged bed, in Bonus
Court.

However, he resolved to put his doubts to
rest, by a trifling but satisfactory experiment.
His legs were free, and he began to kick freely
about him, on every side.

“You little cuss!” growled an angry voice,
“Do that agin, and ther'll be some chokin'
done in this 'ere cab. You'd better mind who
you kick, you young jail-bird.”

Ralph quite delighted to discover that he
was awake, and was not in a dream, continued
to apply his feet on either side, with great rapidity.
He was answered by an “Ouch!”
and a curse, accompanied by an energetic application
of an unknown hand to the side of
his head.

“I'll make you see stars, jail-bird, I will,”
said the voice: “There's a bandage 'round
your eyes, and a plaster on your mouth, and a
bit of rope fastened by a stick, about your
wrists. Do you hear?” the voice bellowed in
his ear, in tones which were audible above the
rattling of the carriage wheels. “Now kick
me agin and I'll make you wish a hoss had
kicked you.”

This was at once complimentary and consoling.
Ralph held — not his tongue, for that
was useless — but his feet and kicked no more.
The carriage rattled on. It seemed to turn a
great many corners, go over a great many
gutters, and once or twice stopped suddenly,
and turned directly round. Ralph could form
no idea of the part of the city, or the names of
the streets, which the carriage traversed.

After fifteen minutes — which seemed an
eternity to the kidnapped boy — the carriage
halted for the last time, and the voices of the
man on the box and the man inside, mingled
in a hurried conversation.

“Shill we take him out?” said the man on
the box.

“We shill,” emphatically remarked the
man inside. The carriage door was thrown
open. Ralph heard the crash of its opening,
and a tremor — was it cold or terror? — pervaded
his limbs. There was not much time
for thought, however, for a pair of hands
grasped him by the feet, and another pair by
the shoulders, and he was rapidly borne
through the carriage door. He felt the cold
air of the winter night upon his cheeks for a
moment, and then was hurried into an atmosphere
dense and stifling with many smells —
all far from pleasant — and all imbued with
tobacco smoke.

“Ar' they a-goin' to murder me?” thought
Ralph as he was hurried along.

There came a blast of cold air again, and
Ralph felt that his invisible captors were descending
a stairway. In short, after many
changes in the temperature of the atmosphers

-- 067 --

p254-065 [figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

— after traversing three level passages or rooms,
and descending three stairways, Ralph was
forced into a chair, the bandage taken from his
eves, and the plaster torn from his mouth.

“Now what do you think o' yourself to go
and break your father's heart in this 'ere way?”
said a voice — the same voice which Ralph
had heard in the cab.

The captured boy looked about him with a
wild and wondering glance.

He was seated in an arm chair, before a large
table, in the centre of which a candlestick was
placed. The light of the candle shone dimly
for a yard or more, around the table, while the
rest of the place — room or cavern — was enveloped
in darkness. Ralph saw the cracked
ceiling above him, but the walls of the room
were hidden from his view. Near the table
stood a coal stove, blazing hot, which filled the
place with an intolerable heat.

And opposite Ralph — on the other side of
the table — sat a portly man very neatly attired
in black, with a flaring red neckerchief around
his apopletic throat. His spotless shirt bosom
glittered with a diamond breast-pin. His face,
or rather that portion of his face which was
visible, displayed a vast amount of lower jaw,
and a wide expanse of cheeks, red as the neckerchief
or the blazing stove. His forehead
was concealed by a black silk handkerchief,
bound tightly around the head, from the crown
to the brows, and over one eye he wore an
enormous patch, whose bright green was rather
picturesquely contrasted with the scarlet of his
cheeks.

And the hands of this gentleman, resting
upon the table, presented two pistols toward
the breast of Ralph, their polished barrels glistening
brightly in the candle-light.

“You needn't trouble yourself to stir,” said
the portly gentleman, bending over the table:
“The door is fast, and there's help on 'tother
side. We're quite alone, and them critters is
rewolwers.”

Ralph did not utter a word.

His face, with the tangled hair hanging over
the brows, was very pale, but its lineaments
were hard and rigid, as with the impulse of a
sudden thought, or the apathy of settled despair.
His grey eyes roved incessantly from the green
patch to the pistols, from the pistols to the
cracked ceiling, and from the ceiling toward the
coal stove, and the thick darkness which lay
beyond it. Yet he did not utter a word. He
rubbed his wrists — which exhibited still the red
marks of the cord, and wiped away the traces
of the plaster from his mouth, and then resting
his elbows on the table, and his cheeks between
his hands, gazed steadily into the only visible
eye of the mysterious personage. It was a
great sleepy eye, protruding from heavy lids,
and resembling the visual orb of a broiled fish,
rather than the eye of a human being.

Truth to tell the gentleman was somewhat
discomposed by the steady stare of Ralph.

“You kin look, an' take your fill in lookin'
young gallows-bird,” he remarked. “But that
won't save you from the Pennytensherry.”

Ralph started at the word, `Penitentiary'
but did not unclose his lips

“Pennytensherry, yes I said it,” continued
the gentleman of the Green-Patch, “You'll go
there sartin' shure, before you're an hour older.
Don't ye know me, you scoundrel?”

Ralph did not speak. His stolid silence
seemed to ruffle the equanimity of the portly
gentleman.

“Don't ye know me?” he cried, rattling his
pistols against the table.

Ralph did not answer. He seemed to be
engaged in a sort of metaphysical reverie, in
regard to the Green Patch which covered the
portly gentleman's eye.

“There's my card, young Moyamensin,”
continued Green Patch applying the name of a
popular jail to the Boy: “Now do ye know
me?”

Ralph gazed intently upon the card, which
had been flung across the table, and which now
rested between his elbows, and managed with
great difficulty to “spell out” the following
inscription:

STEWEL PIDGEON, ESQ.

Especial P. O.

“Stewel Pydgeon, Esq-u-i-r-e, es-pecial
Poleese offis-ser!” repeated the portly gentleman
by way of translating the card. Still the
ruffian boy preserved a sullen silence.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIFTH. HOW RALPH DISCOVERED THAT HE WAS SOMEBODY ELSE.

“What d'ye mean a starin' that a-way, and
not sayin' a word, when you've broke the heart

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

of your poor father by your carryin's on?
Say?”

Yet even this appeal, so eloquently expressed
and accompanied by a fierce rattling of
revolvers against the table, did not rouse the
sullen Ralph into speech.

“To go and leave your father's house and
jine yearself to a gang of counterfeiters! Why
it's enough to make a man tear his hair from
his head for the depravity o' human natur' —”
and Stewel lifted one eye to the cracked ceiling,
with a look which was intended for an expression
of pions horror.

“Counterfeiters!” cried Ralph — speaking
for the first time.

“The prope'ty was found on you, young
man. It's a Pennytennshery offense. You'll
go before the Sessions to-morrow, and in a few
days they'll shave your head at Cherry Hill.
Never had your head shaved, had you?”

“Never,” responded Ralph. “How does it
feel?” and then a sign of latent laughter passed
rapidly over his compressed features.

“You needn't grin. There's no jokin' with
an affair like this. Sarch your pockets,
young man
.”

In compliance with this request, Ralph inserted
his hands into the pockets of his ragged
round-a-bout — chuckling to himself at the idea—
and in an instant drew forth from each
pocket a dingy package, which he laid upon
the table.

“Hello! What's this!” he shouted in dismay,
as he unrolled the dingy package: “Bank
Notes, by the livin' Jingo! Tens and twenties
and fifties! I say, Mr. Green, Patch, this is
cuttin' it a leetle too fat! You don't mean to
say that these notes belong to me?”

Bending over the table, he extended his bony
hands, and fluttered in the candle-light a tempting
display of Bank Notes.

“It won't do. You can't come it over me.
You've been connected with the gang of counterfeiters,
and the prope'ty's found on you.
To-night you'll sleep in Moyamensing.”

Stewel Pydgeon, Esq. was emphatic. His
one eye winked knowingly, and at every word
he clanked the pistols on the table. Ralph
gazed on the Notes, and then at the Green
Patch, with a puzzled look —

“What might my name be?” he asked.

“Come — come, that's a little too rich!”
responded Stewel. “You know that you are
the son of one of our most respectable merchants.
You've desarted the family harth, and
run with the Injine, and got into bad company,
and here's the consikence! Charles Augustus
Williken, little did your poor father ever think
you'd ever come to this!”

Ralph dropped the notes, sank back on the
chair, and began to scratch his head, fixing his
eyes upon a particular spot in the ceiling. In
that moment a singular idea flitted over the
brain of the ruffian boy. When he again
rested his elbows upon the table and confronted
the portly Stewel, his face was distorted by an
expression of grief.

“U-oo-oo!” he sobbed. “I'm very sorry, I
am, for what I've done; but I did'nt guess that
I'd be found out, and if you please, good Mister
Pydgeon, don't take me to jail, and break my
poor father's heart!”

The virtuous Stewel was somewhat affected
by the violent grief of the poor boy.

“On won condition,” he exclaimed. “Won
condition, my child.”

“Wot is it?” mumbled Ralph. “I'll do
anythin' to get off” — and covering his face
with his hands, he sobbed bitterly.

“Can you fight?”

“Some,” replied Ralph, extending his fists
toward the light.

“Would be afeard of ten men in a dark
room?”

“Not if there was twenty, and I had a couple
o' th' Fairy boys with me,” said Ralph, wiping
the tears from his eyes: “Hows'ever, one of
the Fairy boys is ekel to twenty fellers, at
any time — in a dark room, or at the corner of
Third and Dock, of a Sunday afternoon. Why
you ought to see us in a regular muss! Get
out! Don't we make the fur fly!”

“And you will do just as I tell you, if I
promise to let you off?”

“Say the word, and I'm your man,” answered
Ralph.

“Suppose I take you from this place, an'
lead you up a dark stairs, an' put you in a dark
room, in a dark closet —” Stewel paused.

`Y-e-s,” murmured Ralph, becoming deeply
interested.

“And suppose while you're a-hidin' in the
dark closet, ten of your cronies, mind ye,

-- --

[figure description] (254-067).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

comes into the room, and begins to rob the
premises —”

“My cronies?” muttered Ralph.

“Your cronies. Part of your gang. You
know what I mean. Don't purtend to gam-mon
me. Don't I know you? Pooh!”

Here Stewel's one eye winked in violent derision
of the idea, that he did not know Ralph
and all his gang.

“Of course you do,” cried Ralph, “If you
did'nt know me you could'nt a-found me out.
My eyes! What a reg'lar old possum you
are! To go and find me out in this style!”

“Well, suppose ten of your cronies comes
into that room, and breaks open a desk, and —”

“Y-e-s —”

“Takes out of that desk a small tin box
filled with valleyable papers —”

“Y-e-e-s —”

“Do you think you have the pluck to raise
a thunderin' hullaboloo just as they are about
to tortle off with that tin box?”

“What shall hinder me? Did you ever
hear me holler!”

And without another word, Ralph filled the
gloomy place with a most unearthly yell, which
bore a vivid resemblance to an Indian war-whoop.
Making an extemporaneous trumpet
with his hands, he commanded an imaginary
engine to give way — to man the rope — to
let her drive — with other expressions of a
similar lively character.

“There,” he said, as he panted for breath,
“that's the way US Fairy fellers does our
work. O-oo-a-h!”

“Do you want to split me ears, ye young
Injin?” expostulated Stewel — “jist stop that
noise, or I'll maul your head, I will. It's very
easy to holler at an injine now, but can you
holler in a dark room, where ten desperate
fellers — of your gang, mind ye — is waitin'
to cut your throat? Have you the pluck?”

“Jist try me,” answered Ralph, and he
murmured to himself, “a small tin box filled
with valleyable papers
.”'

“And you'll do jist as I say,” exclaimed
Stewel, “if I promise to leave you go? You'll
go to the room, hide in the closet, wait for these
friends of your'n and seterey?”

“Won't I?” cried Ralph. “But how fur
off is this house, where the robbery's a-goin'
to be did?”

“That's tellin', my young Moyamensin',”
responded Stewel: “Jist say the word, and
we'll start.”

Ralph cast his eyes toward the pistols, and
his countenance was darkened by a sudden
gloom.

“Never mind the rewolwers,” suggested
Stewel: “they're loaded, but you can't get 'em.
The Poleese always carries the rewolwers — I
prefers slung shot as they have in New York,
by order of the Ma'or — but here they only
allow us rewolwers and maces and darbies.”

“Where am I now,” asked Ralph, rather
disconcerted by the composure of the Police
Officer — “In Southwark or in Kensington?”

“Do you see anythin' green in my eye?
Do you spose I'm a-goin' to tell you that arter
takin' so much trouble to git you here? No
sir-e-e! Blindfold you came here, and blindfold
you'll go away. If you're ready say the
word.”

Ralph was impressed with an involuntary
fear, as he saw the Police Officer rise from the
chair, and approach him with a pistol in one
hand and a black kerchief in the other.

“Blindfold as much as you like, old chap,
but don't put any stickin' plasters over my
mouth — them things is so nasty.”

“If you'll promise to make no whisper of
a noise I'll not fix your mouth; but mind ye —
the first loud word from you and our bargain's
up, and you sleep in Moyamensin' prissen.
D'ye hear?”

Ralph nodded, and Stewel proceeded to tie
the black neckerchief around the head and
over the eyes of the young ruffian. Another
movement, and his wrists were secured by the
cord and the stick, which served instead of a
pair of manacles.

“You seem to have a purty stout set o'
nerves, any how,” exclaimed Stewel. “Many's
the forger and murderer I've tied in this way,
and did n't they shake? Don't mention it!”

“I'm to get off clear if I do as you say?”
muttered the blindfolded Ralph.

“You have the word of Stewel Pydgeon,”
answered the Police Officer, with a gravity, becoming
his station. “Are you ready?”

“Aye, aye,” whispered Ralph, and he was
lead from the Place — room or cavern or cellar,
as you choose to call it — and after many
ascents and descents, and sudden changes of

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

the temperature, he felt himself in the cold
winter atmosphere again, as the sharp closing
of a door resounded at his back.

“Got him?” said a voice — it was the voice
of the cab-driver.

“Aye, aye,” replied Stewel, and Ralph was
gently urged into the cab, or carriage, and
presently the wheels were rattling on their
way once more.

“How d'ye feel?” asked Stewel, who sat
by his side.

“Fine as a fiddle!” laughed Ralph, adding
to himself, in a voice which was drowned by
the uproar of the wheels — “Charles Augustus
Williken, aint you a bad boy to go and
break your poor rich father's heart!

And Ralph chuckled merrily to himself, as
the carriage whirled along, although a tear now
and then stole from beneath his bandage as he
thought of his dying mother.

“Never mind,” he murmured, “Father
John's a-prayin' with her, and Fanny's by
her bed, not mentionin' the Millerite's daughter.”

After traversing at least two miles of the
streets — paved with large and uneven stones —
the carriage entered upon a road smooth and
level as a floor.

“In the country, are we old hoss?” asked
Ralph.

“Never you mind; we'll be there soon
enough was the gruff reply.

Soon however the carriage turned, and
rattled once more over the paving stones, and
as it seemed to Ralph was driven rapidly into
the heart of the city. After some twenty
minutes it stopped suddenly, made an abrupt
turn, and the wheels crushed on, over snow
and ice.

“We are there,” whispered Stewel. “Get
out, and follow me, and don't make a noise if
you valley your brains.”

The carriage door was opened. Ralph felt
the hand of Stewel upon his arm. He was
led from the carriage over ice and snow — he
heard a quick sound like the opening of a gate—
and then was urged onward, by the hand of
Stewel, his chilled feet sinking ankle-deep at
every step.

“Here's three steps — take keer,” whispered
Stewel, and Ralph felt his foot upon a marble
step. He counted three steps and then heard
the grating of a key in a lock.

“Come on,” whispered Stewel. And at
the same instant Ralph led forward, felt a
delightful change from the cold winter air, to
a temperature at once warm and comfortable.
He trod upon a carpet; there was no longer
ice and snow beneath his feet.

“I'm in somebody's entry,” he muttered.

“Take hold of the railin' and come up stairs;
or stay your hands are tied. Tread keerful,
and don't make a noise. That's your sort,
my boy.”

Stewel placing himself behind Ralph was
urging him slowly and cautiously up a carpeted
stairway. Ralph, whose heart began to beat
violently against his chest, counted nineteen
steps, and then was lifted off his feet and
grasped in the arms of the Police Officer.

“Not a word” whispered Stewel; “You're
a purty big load but I kin carry you. Remember
your promise. Make a whisper and you
sleep in Moyamensin'.”

Ralph's teeth began to chatter; his heart
thumbed against his tattered jacket; for the first
time he felt afraid.

He was borne onward by the steady arms
of Stewel, for the space of some two or three
minutes, and then placed on his feet again. A
door opened before him; he was urged over
the threshhold; he heard it close behind him.

“This is the room,” said Stewel in a hoarse
whisper, “I'll leave you now. Don't you remove
the bandage from your eyes until you
count a-hundred. D'ye hear?”

“Y-e-s,” faltered Ralph who trembled from
head to foot.

“Mind what I say, young gallows-bird.
When you've counted a hundred, get into the
closet which is opposite to the desk. Wait
there until them ten cracksmen appear, and
open the desk and get hold of the tin box.
There's a glass door in the closet and you can
see all their operations. When they get the
tin box, do you —”

“Holler like thunder,” interrupted Ralph.

“Percisely,” replied Stewel. “And now
my boy I leave you — the rope and the stick
is off your neck,—them chaps 'ill be here afore
a quarter of an hour. It's most time now.”

Ralph heard a footstep followed by the sound
of a door stealthily closed.

-- 073 --

p254-071 CHAPTER TWENTY-SIXTH. WHAT RALPH SAW AND HEARD IN THE SMALL CHAMBER.

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

With a shudder he listened to another sound—
the noise of a key turning the lock.

Then all was breathlessly still.

“One two three five six ten eleven twenty,”
counted Ralph — with an admirable defiance
not only of punctuation but also of the
commonly received rules of arithmetic—“Forty
forty one fifty sixty a-hund-e-r-d!”

Panting for breath Ralph tore the black
kerchief from his brows and examined the
scene, into which he had been so curiously
ushered, with an eager and hurried look.

“My hands are free anyhow,” he soliloquized—
“That's somethin' for you. Mister
Charles Augustus Williken.” And Ralph
indulged in a quiet fit of laughter.

Yet his laughter soon died away. He stood
enveloped by utter darkness. There was not a
ray of light to reveal a single feature of the
place. The room was warmed by invisible
means, and therefore neither stove nor grate
flung even the faintest glimmer of light, into
the dense gloom.

Ralph began to tremble. The darkness
made him afraid. The sound of the key
turning in the lock, added to his terror. Extending
his hands, he began to feel his way
through the darkness, and thus cautiously
examined the details of the room.

It was a narrow place, not more than twelve
feet square. At one side stood a desk, made
of some smooth wood, which Ralph examined
with hands chilled by cold, or fear. In the
opposite wall stood the closet door; Ralph felt
the glass window, inserted in its panels near
the top.

The floor was covered with a thick carpet.
There was neither chair, table nor any kind of
furniture in this narrow room, or perhaps
closet would be the more appropriate term.

This examination over, Ralph stood trembling
in the darkness, at once confused by the events
of the past hour, and full of doubt and fear for
the events of the future part of the Night.

“A nice little kooby hole to murder a feller
in, or my name is Charles Augustus Williken
and is not Jonesey the B'iler!” he soliloquized:
“And ten of my gang is coming to rob the
house — my gang! Crikey! Never knew I
had a gang afore, 'cept the Fairy boys, and
them's the chaps as don't steel. Now I'd just
give a pewter leven-penny-bit if I was out of
this scrape, and safe home in Bonus Court
again!”

Ralph felt his way through the dark, and
laid his hand upon the knob of the door.

“Locked! Regularly locked!” he exclaimed.
“Hello! This is not the same door which
I felt a moment ago: there must be two doors
to this 'ere room.”

The discovery completed the terror and
wonderment of the young ruffian.

And yet surrounded as he was by darkness
and mystery, the Idea which had entered his
brain an hour before, and induced him to
submit blindly to the commands of Stewel
Pydgeon, did not desert him now.

“I'm a poor devil, and nobody keers for me.
That's a fact. If anybody murders me, or
gives me a knock aside o' the head, why let
'em do it. But if I do get out o' this scrape
I'll make somethin' by it, by the livin' Hoky!”

The Living Hoky was a mythological personage,
often mentioned in the oaths of Ralph's
comrades —“de boys what runs wid de
Fairy
.”

Ralph was suddenly startled from his meditations
by a new wonder. He heard the sound
of a key turning in a lock — a low, scarce perceptible,
yet grating sound — which made the
blood run cold in his veins.

“Them fellers is come,” he muttered, and
searched hurriedly for the closet door. It was
soon encountered by his extended hands. Sliding
into the recess which the door concealed,
Ralph felt a bright light flash through the glass
window into his face.

That light illumined the room, and showed
the rich colors of the carpet, and the polished
mahogany surface of the Desk, within whose
recesses the tin box was concealed. The wall
against which the desk was placed glared with
the vivid colors of a tropical landscape, where
tigers, negroes, and elephants were grouped
together in admirable confusion, and with a
world of bright green leaves and large fresh
flowers all around them.

Ralph had not much time to examine the
landscape, wonderful as it seemed to him, for

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

as the fight flashed over the room, he noticed
with a quick throb under his ragged jacket,
that the keys of the desk dangled beneath its
polished mahogany lids.

“That's somethin',” he muttered to himself.

But the light grew brighter, and a low footstep
was heard. Ralph held his breath and
pressed his face against the glass door of the
closet. In this position he could only see that
portion of the room which lay between the
Closet and the Desk, and this space, not more
than a yard in width, was now enlivened by a
vivid light.

This space soon became the stage on which
was enacted a wonderful, yes, an incredible
scene.

Let us describe it, as it appeared to the eyes
of Ralph.

The sound of the footsteps became more distinct,
and a Man dressed in black came stepping
slowly backward, until he stood between
the gaze of Ralph and the desk. The light
shone over his face, and cast his shadow on
the floor, but it was not carried by him. His
form dilated until he seemed at least six feet in
height, and every sinew seemed to quiver
with powerful emotion. In one hand he
grasped a Golden Cup — the other hand, outstretched,
with the fingers extended, seemed to
beckon to some unknown person to approach.

The face of the Man was calm and smiling.
It was surmounted by curling brown hair,
which rested in wavy masses upon the dead
white forehead. Indeed, this face chilled the
wondering Ralph with fear — a crawling and
indefinable dread. For although the cheeks
were red, and the lips smiling, and the eyebrows
boldly pencilled, yet the face resembled
the visage of a dead man. The features were
fixed; the smile was immovable; the eyes did
not wink nor move from side to side, but were
turned to the light with a cold and glass-like
lustre.

“It's a ghost,” to ought Ralph, and he
pressed his face against the window until his
nose was flattened upon the cold glass.

The Man stood fearfully still. Ralph could
survey him with ease, and from head to foot.
The dark frock coat which he wore was buttoned
to the throat; his attire was fashionable
in its style, and developed the outline of a lithe
and graceful form, which now was swelled
beyond its proportions by an indescribable
emotion.

This fashionable attire was in strange contrast
with the immovable face, with its perpetual
smile and fixed eyes.

And while the Golden Cup was in one hand
the Man waved the other slowly over his head,
and described a circle in the air.

And then Ralph beheld a slighter figure
move slowly forward, with slow and difficult
steps, until it stood face to face with the Man in
the dark attire.

Was it the figure of a man or woman?

Ralph could not determine.”

For there was a cloak — a Spanish mantle—
thrown over the head of the Second Figure,
and its folds concealed the features and the form
from the gaze of the bewildered boy. From
the folds of this cloak a small white hand was
extended. This hand grasped a candlestick
of silver, in which was placed the waxen candle
whose rays illumined both forms — here,
the Man with the dead face and fixed eyes;
there, the slighter Form, buried in the folds of
the Spanish mantle.

“It's another ghost!” muttered Ralph.

And Ralph beheld the Man slowly take off
his Face
, as though it were but an article of
wearing apparel.

In other words, he removed the Mask which
he wore, and stood over the cloaked figure — an
infernal triumph darkening over his countenance.

And then Ralph, with hushed breath and
throbbing heart, witnessed the sequel of the
scene —

And the light extended by the white hand
shone vividly into the Dead Face with its
glaring eyes and perpetual smile, and cast its
shadow upon the Living Face, now agitated by
an almost fiendish joy.

“Will you follow me?” whispered the Man
with the Mask.

Ralph listened eagerly for the voice of the
Cloaked Figure. There was no reply in
words. But a low moan, indicative of mental
suffering, came through the folds of the cloak,
and the Figure, which was veiled by its dark
folds, sank prostrate at the feet of the Man
with the Mask.

“The candlestick don't tremble a bit,” said
Ralph to himself, as he saw the marble-like

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

hand extending the candle without the least
perceptible tremor.

Then the Man buried the mask in his bosom,
and placed the Golden Cup upon the desk,
and after the lapse of a moment, stood over the
Cloaked Figure, his eyes flashing with a dazzling
lustre.

Ralph saw his right hand describe a circle in
the air, while his lips moved, and his eyes dilated
in their sockets.

“Are you willing to obey me?” — again
the low, distinct voice was heard.

And again it was answered by a scarcely
audible moan.

“Do you feel that your will is subject to
mine?”

The head of the Cloaked Figure drooped
slowly, as if in indication of assent.

“Do you feel that you cannot speak, turn,
move, save with my consent?” asked the Man
with the Mask, as he bent over the prostrate
figure. “If your answer is Yes! then raise
the light.”

The candlestick was slowly lifted by the
marble-like hand.

No words can describe the smile which
agitated the lips of the speaker. His cheek
was suddenly flushed, his eyes grew brighter,
and again he described a circle in the air, with
his right hand.

“A di'mond on his finger,” thought Ralph—
“It's a beauty of a hand he has — for a
man — though the hand o' the tother is whiter
by half.”

To the utter horror of Ralph, the Man with
the Mask cast his eyes towards the closet and
advanced a step.

“He sees me! The jig's up!” muttered
Ralph.

He clenched his fists, and nerved to desperation
by his very fears, resolved to spring
upon the Man, at the very moment when he
attempted to open the closet door. The Man
advanced, fixing his eyes upon the very glass
through which Ralph was gazing.

The heart of the boy beat quicker; with
clenched hands and deep-drawn breath, he
stood prepared for the issue of the scene.

“A queer thought struck me,” said the Man
with the Mask, while his features were agitated
by a smile: “some one may be concealed
within this closet. I do not like the looks of
that glass window.”

Another step he advanced; his hand was on
the door.

“All is up,” thought Ralph — “Now for't!”

“But 'tis only an idle fancy after all,” said
the Man — how distinctly his voice came to
the listener's ears! “There is no one concealed
within the closet.”

He turned away, and Ralph saw him pause
once more in the centre of the carpet, and confront
the kneeling figure. Once more the diamond
ring glittered on his finger, as his hand
described a circle over the head of the prostrate
form.

“Come!” said the Man with the Mask.
Ralph saw him step backward, and in an instant
he had passed out of view.

Then the kneeling figure rose. Holding the
light above its head, it passed onward with a
gliding step — that to the excited fancy of
Ralph — did not seem to touch the floor. The
cloak waved in graceful folds around its outlines,
as it glided along, but Ralph could not
discover whether that garment concealed the
form of a man or a woman.

“I think it's a boy 'bout my own age, though
a heap more delicate” — murmured Ralph, as
the Cloaked Figure passed from his sight.

He saw its shadow upon the space of carpet
which extended from the closet to the desk,
but that was all.

He listened while a superstitious awe gathered
in his veins. His blood was chilled.
He could hear the beating of his heart.

They — the Man with the Mask and the
Cloaked Form, whose white hand held the light—
were passing away, like images of a dream.

“Shill I open the closet door?” thought
Ralph, and for a moment he was agitated alternately
by hesitation and resolve: “If I
open it he may see me, If I don't, I'll lose
the chance of knowing what it all means.”

A world of fancies flashed through his brain
in a moment. He heard the opening of a
door, and heard the voice of the Man whispering—
“Come!”

Ralph's hesitation was at an end. Cautiously
unclosing the door, he gazed through the
aperture and beheld — the two Figures passing
over the threshold, into another and larger

-- 076 --

p254-074 [figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

chamber? No. As he unclosed the door all
was darkness again. The figures had passed
away, the door was closed, the light had vanished.
He was once more alone.

Trembling from head to foot, Ralph crept
from the closet, and stood listening, while his
coarse shoes pressed on the thick carpet of the
small chamber. All the Ghost stories he had
ever heard, came suddenly upon him.

“I'll be dogged if it was a livin' man,” he
muttered, in his peculiar phraseology: “It
was a spook and that's a fac'. This here house
is haunted.”

The Idea which had induced the boy to
follow blindly the directions of Stewel Pydgeon,
was completely forgotten in the whirl of his
doubts and fears.

“I'm alone in a haunted house, I am, and
there'll be all sorts of fiery devils rattlin' chains
after me, afore I can say Jack Robinson! Oh,
Stewel Pydgeon — Oh, Stewel! If I on'y
had you in a lot, with a high board fence all
around us, maybe I would'nt maul you some!
I guess I would.” These words were accompanied
by several pugilistic displays, which
were lost to the world, in the gloom of that
chamber.

Ralph advanced in the darkness, spreading
forth his hands. All was deathly still. There
was not the echo of the slightest sound to disturb
the profound stillness.

“Which door did they go out of?” he
muttered — “That is if they went out at all.
Ghosts ginerally takes some underhanded way
o' doin' business, and makes a dive through
the floor or up the chimbley. There aint no
chimbley here. That's won consolation.”

How long Ralph stood wondering and
trembling in that dark room, it is beyond our
power to determine.

If time is properly measured by thoughts
rather than by moments, he stood there, perfectly
motionless for at least an hour. But if
it is possible for a whole year of thinking to
take place in the brain of an “Injine Boy”
within the compass of a few moments, we
must come to the conclusion that only five
minutes o' th' clock passed away, while Ralph
stood like a statue in the centre of the dark
room.

At length he seemed to recover his self-possession.

“If it's a ghost, why then it is. I'd like
to know what a ghost would want to do
with a poor creatur' like me? If it aint a
ghost, why then it aint.”

Having settled his mind with regard to this
interesting question, Ralph was suddenly seized
again with the Idea, which had entered his
brain while listening to the respectable Pydgeon.

“The keys is in the lock,” he said, and felt
and anxiously for the desk: “If my gang don't
come soon, I'm afeer'd they'll come too late.”

The desk met his extended hand. In a
moment the keys were in his fingers. It required
some time to learn the “trick” of the
lock, but Ralph was cool and cautious once
more. He worked away steadily in the darkness,
determined to learn the mystery of that
lock and of those keys, before he left the
chamber. But while he was most deeply absorbed
in this occupation, he was disturbed by
a sound — like the echo of an approaching
step.

“Hello! My gang's comin'—” and Ralph
succeeded in turning the key in the lock, as
the sound of footsteps grew more distinct. “A
tin box with very valleyable papers
—” he
muttered, and the lid of the desk rose with
the impulse of his arm.

The sound of footseps — gliding over thick
carpets, and very dim and stealthy — was now
mingled with the whispers of a subdued voice.

“Now or never,” thought Ralph, and placing
one hand beneath the lid, he searched for the
“tin box,” which had formed such an essential
feature of Stewel's discourse.

It encountered his grasp. He drew it from
a recess something like those which are known
to lawyers under the general name of “pigeon
hole.” He was somewhat astonished at its
weight. But the steps and the whispers grew
more distinct; clasping the box to his side
with one arm, he gently dropped the lid, left
the keys in the lock and retreated to the closet.

CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVENTH. BLUE-JAY AND HUMMING BIRD.

Scarcely had he gained this retreat and
placed his finger against a groove of the closet
door, when a warm light streamed suddenly
around the narrow room — over the desk,
over the rich carpet, over the walls, adorned

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

with African Princes, palm trees, tigers, elephants
and crocodiles.

“Now's the time to try a feller's pluck,”
was the elegant thought of Ralph, as he once
more flattened his nose against the door. It
was indeed the crisis of his fate; a crisis full
as interesting to the young ruffian as that great
crisis which every year dissolves the Union, is
to a celebrated Senator.

You may be certain that Ralph listened
with all his ears.

The steps which disturbed the stillness were
not all like the gentle footsteps of the two
figures who had some moments previous occupied
the soul of Ralph.

“Them's the boots of two heavy fellers,”
said Ralph — “Two o' th' biggest of the gang.”

Nor does the light resemble the waxen candle
which a few moments ago shone clearly around
the place.

“It's a dark lantern! Now it comes, and
now it goes. A-a-h!”

Ralph held his breath. Between the closet
and the desk appeared two huge figures, clad
in a coarse attire, and with their hats drawn
over their brows. One was dressed in a long
overcoat, resembling the fur of some wild animal,
and copiously adorned with large white
buttons. This personage held the dark lantern,
whose rays did not illuminate his face, which
was concealed by the collar of his overcoat,
even to the very eyes.

The second, arrayed from head to foot in
tatters — tattered round-a-bout, tattered trousers,
and shoes and hat altogether venerable with
many a kink and crevice — carried a bundle of
keys in one hand, and grasped a crow-bar in
the other.

The manner of these gentlemen was not
altogether calm and self-possessed. They
looked hurriedly around the room, as the first
suffered the ray of the lantern to fall upon
the desk, and their deep whispers were loud
enough for the ears of Ralph.

“You must be quick about it, Hummin'
Bird,” said the ragged Round-a-bout — “You
know what Stewel said? We must leave eight
o' th' boys in th' basement, and only two of
us go up into the room?”

“Well, Blue-jay my jewel, you needn'
mind tellin' that over jist now,” was the gruff
response of the gentleman in the shaggy over
coat: “Here's our work afore us, and we've
got to do it.”

Ralph thought to himself that he had never
before seen such curious specimens of the feathered
creation, as the Humming Bird and the
Blue-jay, who now stood between his eyesight
and the desk. Let not the uninitiated reader
express any surprise at these poetical designations,
which remind one of the highly imaginative
titles of Indian Chiefs in aboriginal novels,
or of the fanciful names of certain characters
in the Arabian Nights. Anybody at all conversant
with the reports of the Public Courts,
can tell you that the Thief of the Quaker City
delights in names of musical sound and poetical
meaning. To rob under the name of John
Smith, or to commit burglary under the name
of John Jones would be altogether common
and vulgar. Indeed, no one but a Bank Director,
or something of that sort, is allowed to
rob under his own proper name. Your professional
Thief has a “soul above buttons.”
He delights in the poetry of epithet. He calls
himself — not simple John, Isaac, or Timothy—
but “Slippery Elm,” “Easy Jimmy,,”
“Squirrel Bot,” “Bull-head Billy,” or some
name of similar lively and characteristic signification.

Thus the gentlemen before us — who certainly
do not resemble any particular member
or members of the feathered tribe — address
one another by the select names of Humming
Bird and Blue-jay.

“Hello! Keys in the lock,” whispered
Blue-jay; “Kin Stewel have played us false?”

“Sartainly not,” responded Humming Bird,
“It was his plant you know. He set it a-goin'
hisself, and he's to git half the profits —”

“While we stand a chance o' gettin' the
Law without the Prophets — eh? Hum!”
whispered the other, chuckling quietly at this
lamentable piece of wit.

Ralph watching the movements of these
gentlemen through the closet window, saw at
a glance that they were somewhat puzzled by
the sight of the keys in the lock. He regretted
that he had not locked the desk, and placed the
keys in his pocket.

“This is makin' robbin' a leetle too easy —”
he thought, or muttered: “Wonder what
they'll say when they open the desk?”

-- 078 --

p254-076

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

At the word, Humming Bird held the light,
while Blue-jay opened the desk.

“A tin box, in a pigeon hole —” said the
former.

— “Sartin valleyable papers for which a
large reward is sartin to be offered —” added
the Blue-jay.

The lid slowly rose, while the light of the
lantern revealed the interior of the desk. Ralph
beheld a wide range of pigeon-holes filled
with papers and letters, but there was one
which was entirely vacant.

“There's the pigeon-hole, but where's the tin
box?” whispered Blue-jay.

The eyes of Humming Bird lit up with
sudden fire. He growled a blasphemous oath.
His hand ran rapidly along the range of
pigeon-holes.

“Jay,” he muttered, in a voice which Ralph
distinctly heard: “We're sold.”

“Sold!” echoed the other.

“Reg'larly sold! This is a plant of Stewel's,
not to get a tin box, but to get one of us.
D'ye take? As we are creepin' out o' th'
basement winder a whole Sheriff's possy will
light upon us.”

Blue-jay seemed to be much impressed with
this view of the state of the case. He swore
a fearful oath, and invoked all sorts of blindness
upon his eyes, adding —

“It's time to tortle Hum — it is. What d'ye
say? Had we better go down to the basement
and give our boys notice, or git out o' this
house some other way?”

The rays of the lantern flashed over the
white coat of the Humming Bird, and revealed
the small portion of his face which was visible
between the collar of his coat and the rim of
his hat.

He seemed involved in a maze of doubts.
Blue-jay leaning one hand upon the unclosed
desk, looked up into his comrade's eyes, with
a glance that betrayed much anxiety and more
suspense.

Ralph saw them distinctly.

“Now's the time for me to holler,” he
chuckled to himself — “To holler and raise
the neighbors. Why do'nt you do it Jonesy?
Get o-u-t!”

Ralph had an Idea of his own, which was
entirely distinct from the plan laid down by
Stewel Pydgeon, Esq. It differed also, in many
important respects from the plan adopted by
Humming Bird and his friend. And Ralph
with his face pressed against the thick glass,
quietly watched the issue of the scene, while
the tin box was under his left arm, and a finger
of his right hand held fast the closet door.

“Kin they see me?” the thought flashed
over him — “The glass is rather small and yet
they're whisperin' and lookin' this way.”

They were indeed whispering in tones
which Ralph could not hear, and at the same
time directing their attention to the closet, with
glances which Ralph did not like.

“In the closet?”

“Likely. Wonder if it is locked?”

Ralph heard these words, and saw the huge
Humming Bird make a deliberate though stealthy
stride toward the closet. At the same
moment he darkened the lantern. All was
thick Night again. Ralph felt the cold sweat
start from his forehead. To raise an outcry
was to derange all his plans, and destroy his
own Idea. To remain quiet and suffer the
Humming Bird to discover him in the closet,
with the tin box under his arm was to expose
himself to the chances of a scuffle which
might terminate in murder.

Ralph pressed his finger against the groove
of one of the upper panels of the door, and
endeavoured to hold it by this frail fastening.
He heard the step of the Humming
Bird — he felt that a hand was laid against the
other side of the door.

CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHTH. RALPH IN THE CLOSET.

This was indeed the moment of trial.

“I'll raise a hulabaloo,” — the thought
flashed over Ralph's mind, and the yell was on
his lips, when he was arrested by the whispers
of the Humming Bird.

“It's locked Jay. Hand us the crow-bar.”

Ralph heard the foot-steps of the Blue-jay,
as he crossed from the desk to the closet.
And Ralph, very much like the Duke of Wellington
at five o'clock in the evening of the
Battle of Waterloo, wished “that he was somewheres
else.”

“Let's have a little light,” — whispered
Blue-jay.

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

`Bah! What d'ye want with a light
now? Want to 'larm the family? I kin
manage in the dark. Hold the lantern and
gimme your keys.”

“There they are,”—Ralph heard the jingling
of the keys.

It must be borne in mind that there was
neither knob nor latch on the outer side of
the door, and that it fitted into the frame, with
as much nicety as though it were but a portion
of the wall. Therefore the finger of Ralph,
pressed against the groove of a panel of the
inside, supplied sufficient force to resist the
finger of the Humming Bird, applied to the
exterior, which was perfectly smooth.

“They're tryin' the keys,” said Ralph to
himself — “That 'un won't do. Nor that 'un.
Nor that 'un nayther.”

“Cuss the keys,” grumbled Humming Bird—
“Lend us the crow-bar.”

Ralph heard the small iron bar rattle against
the door and gave up the game for lost, when
the voice of Blue-jay caught his ear.

“I hear steps,” he whispered. “There's
some one comin' up stairs. Come over here,
and let's stand behind the door at the head of
the stairs, and —”

“Knock 'em the minit they try to enter the
room?” interrupted Humming Bird. “Nuff
Sed.”

Ralph caught the sound of their footsteps, as
they moved stealthily toward the door which
was on the left of the closet.

The Man with the Mask and the Cloaked
Figure — such at least was the thought of
Ralph — had disappeared through the door
which was on the right of the closet.

These facts passed rapidly over the mind of
Ralph, and his course was determined on the
instant. It was the work of a moment to slip
his tattered shoes from his feet. Then opening
the closet door without a sound, he stole
from the recess, and his bare feet pressed the
thick carpet.

He made his way through the darkness toward
the door on the right. But if that door
should happen to be locked — Ralph shuddered
at the idea.

Or, if the ray of the lantern should happen
to expose his form before he reached the door—
Ralph did not pause, but this thought was
full as terrible as the former.

The door once reached, and he was safe.

Stepping on tip-toe, he passed from the
closet, and directed his steps toward the door,
as best he might in the darkness. Meanwhile
he girded the tin box under his arm, determined
to lose it only with his life.

“Don't you hear some one in the room,
Jay?”

“No, it's outside. Comin' up stairs. Hum?”

“I tell you it's in the room —”

“Gi' us a glim o' th' lantern there —”

Ralph stood spell-bound. A ray from the
lantern, and he was lost.

“The lantern, I say. I swear there's some
'un in the room.”

The ray of the lantern flashed over the
room, over the form of the bare-footed Ralph,
but it revealed the Door on the Right, which
was within reach of his arm.

He did not pause to look back, but sprang
forward, and caught the knob of the door. At
the same moment the curses of the thieves
resounded at his back.

Was the door locked? Ralph tried it, with
a hand nerved by despair. It was not locked,—
and the key was there. To seize the key,
tear it from the lock, open the door and
close it again, was not precisely the work of a
moment. But Ralph accomplished it and
locked the door at the very moment, when
Humming Bird and Blue-jay were wrenching
at the knob on the opposite side.

“Cuss away,” cried Ralph “I goes for my
Idea-r!”

No time was to be lost if he wished to
carry the Idea into action.

Ralph at a glance comprehended his situation.

He had entered an entry or passage which
connected a wing of the mansion with the
main building. It was warmly carpeted, and a
statue stood in a recess, which was opposite a
lofty window.

The moon shone through this window, and
lighted up the cold features of the marble
image.

Ralph distinctly saw the opposite extremity
of the passage. It was altogether not more
than twenty feet in length, and six feet in
width.

Advancing to the window, Ralph saw the
moon shining in a cloudless sky. Her beams

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

revealed the main building of this mysterious
mansion, and enabled Ralph to survey three
ranges of shutters, which were hermetically
closed. At a glance he gathered something of
a definite idea of the details of his situation.

The window looked to the south. On the
left appeared the rear wall of the main building.
Opposite, under the blue sky, the high walls of
neighboring mansions. And below, shadowed
by these walls, appeared a narrow yard, covered
with snow.

“I am in the second story,” soliloquized
Ralph — “How shall I get down into the
yard?”

This question seemed rather difficult to
answer. He heard the rattling of the knob on
the opposite side of the door, but the sound only
made him gird the tin box to his side with a
firmer grasp.

“I'll try my luck this way,” he said and
advanced toward the farther end of the passage.
Here to his surprise, he was met not by
a door but by a curtain which waved to and
fro as though agitated by a gentle air. This
curtain was divided into two parts by a ray of
light which streamed through its centre, and
glittered along the passage, until it was lost by
the rays of the moon.

Ralph gently laid one hand upon the curtain—
pushed it as gently aside — and shrouded
by its folds, looked within or beyond.

The ray streamed over his face and revealed
its every lineament, as the eyes of the boy
expanded in their sockets, while his lips parted
until his teeth were visible.

The scene which he beheld took from him,
for the moment, all power of speech or motion.
His body was concealed by the folds of the
curtain. His face, glaring in the light which
shone through the aperture, was stamped with
a mortal fear.

Presently he crept cautiously away from the
curtain and reached the window again, where
the Statue bathed by the pure moonlight, glared
with its fixed eyeballs, like a Ghost.

Ralph did not pause for a moment's thought.
Completely terror-stricken by the sight beyond
the curtain
, he raised the window, which
happily glided upward without a sound.

Was he about to leap from the window?

His grey eyes shone very large and bright
beneath his tangled hair, and his cheek was as
pale as that of the marble image at his back.

“I'd like to get out o' this her place any
how,” he said, gazing into the yard below:
“Git out I must arter that sight — yes — by
hokey if I break a leg or mash my head a few.”

Still he did not relax his embrace of the tin
box.

A circumstance connected with the walls of
the house, or rather the walls of the passage,
which connected the wing with the main
building, attracted his gaze.

The monotonous uniformity of the red bricks
was relieved by lattice work, which extended
from the pavement to the roof, and was
evidently intended for the support of some
vine — indeed the leafless limbs of a vine, were
clinging to the white strips of the lattice, as
the moonlight fell upon the wall.

These strips were very frail. They did not
seem sufficiently strong to bear the weight of
Ralph. The horizontal strips were in some
cases attached to the upright ones, by a single
nail. The vine itself not more than two inches
in diameter, was seen winding over the lattice,
from the pavement to the very window from
which Ralph was gazing.

“All's quiet,” soliloquized the boy: “I've
got three minutes to get out o' the scrape.
Here goes for my Idea-r or for a broken neck.”

He clutched the tin box under his left arm.
He crept stealthily from the window. Grasping
the topmost strip of the lattice work, he began
his perilous descent. Once he looked upward,
and the moon shone over his face, shadowed to
the eyes by his matted hair. His cheeks
were colorless, his eyes unnaturally bright; the
scene which he had beheld beyond the curtain
impressed him with a creeping terror.

And the frail strips trembled as he grasped
them one by one, and creaked and quivered as
he placed his bare feet upon them. Still nerved
by his terror as much as his hope, he continued
his descent, until the window was at least five
feet above his head

You may be sure that the tin box, under his
left arm, only made his descent more difficult
and perilous. It impeded the movements of
his left hand, and once in the attempt to hold it
more firmly to his side, he was almost precipitated
to the pavement.

-- 081 --

p254-079

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

At last he hung half way between the window
and the pavement. Grasping the lattice with
his right arm, he listened intently and looked
below. A sound like the clanking of a bolt
suddenly withdrawn, struck his ears.

“They're comin' from the basement story,”
was his thought, and at the same moment the
lattice-work crashed from beneath his feet. He
was suspended in the air — his only support
the frail strip which he clutched with his right
hand.

The strip began to shake with the unusual
weight attached to it — there was a quick sound
like the breaking of a nail — Ralph gave
himself up for lost.

“A broken leg or a broken neck,” he cried,
“But still the child does'nt give up his Idea-r
an' his tin box!”

At the instant a light streamed from the door
of the basement story, and illumined the
shadows of the yard.

CHAPTER TWENTY-NINTH. BEYOND THE CURTAIN.

We will leave Ralph to his fate, and look
beyond the curtain, and see the sight which
he beheld.

The silver candle-stick stood on a mantle-piece
of black marble. The light of the
waxen candle struggled with the shadows of a
spacious apartment. The ceiling was lofty,
the walls unbroken by a single window, and
the wide floor, covered with a carpet whose
bright colors glowed warmly in the candle-light.

The magnificence with which this room was
furnished, had stricken Ralph with a speechless
wonder. Chairs of red velvet, whose
backs seemed made of solid gold; tables of
marble, white as alabaster; sofas, cushioned
like the chairs, with scarlet velvet, and like the
chairs, framed in gold; mirrors reaching from
the ceiling to the floor, with rich drapery clinging
to their glittering frames — these were a
part of the wonders which met the gaze of the
astonished Ralph.

Then the lofty walls were hung with paintings,
which, to his eye, did not seem mere
images of paint and canvass, but living forms,
animated by all the passions that can move the
human heart.

And every mirror reflected the form of the
Man with the Mask, who stood with folded
arms near the light — his back to the mantle,
and his face to the Cloaked Figure, who reclined
upon the velvet cushions of a sofa
which was placed in the centre of the room.

The light shone vividly upon that dark form,
reclining upon the scarlet cushion of the sofa.

Ralph could not see the face of this unknown
personage, but a small hand was laid
upon the cloak, and a small foot appeared beneath
its folds.

Was it the figure of a boy, the delicate child
of wealth, or the figure of a young and beautiful
maiden?

The hand and foot, both bared to the light,
were white and beautiful as new-fallen snow.

And the Man with the Mask, folding his
arms, and standing between the light and the
sofa, gazed upon the prostrate form with down-drawn
brows. His face was in shadow, but
Ralph saw clearly the expression of his features.
It was smiling, it was triumphant, it
was full of mocking laughter.

This was the sight which Ralph beheld at
the moment when he gazed beyond the curtain.

But as he gazed, the Man with the Mask
raised his hand in the light, and at the same
moment the hand on the dark cloak was slowly
uplifted. Then the lips of the Man with the
Mask moved slowly, and the Cloaked Figure
slowly rose and stood before him, with the
dark cloak upon its face and limbs. It stood
between him and the luxurious sofa, like a
dumb effigy of Death, summoned from the
grave, to mock with its presence, the voluptuous
glitter of that lofty chamber.

And the Man with the Mask turned his face
to the light. It was the sight of that face
which had penetrated Ralph with a superstitious
terror. As it appeared to him, one side
bathed by the light, the other in deep shadow,
it looked more unnatural and repulsive than
the Mask which had concealed it some moments
previous.

Was it the face of a young or an old man?
Ralph could not determine. But every feature
was in motion. From the lips to the brow
every lineament seemed to struggle and writhe.
The eyes, black, and intensely brilliant, projected
until the white of each was visible.
The brow was corrugated. The chin quivered.
In short, the visage of this Man resembled the

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

face of a Madman, or a person who is seized
with the first indications of an epileptic spasm.

And meanwhile the Cloaked Figure stood like
an inanimate effigy — as motionless as the
mantle on which the candle-stick was placed—
between the Man with the Mask and the
luxurious sofa.

Do you wonder that the scene struck Ralph
with terror? He saw the vast and voluptuous
chamber — he saw that Face writhing as with
a madman's despair — he saw the Cloaked
Figure stand so dumb and immovable — and
his heart died within him.

Turning away, he sought to escape from this
scene in the manner which we have recorded.
We will now take up the scene in the chamber,
at the very moment when Ralph started away
from the curtain.

“Is there a God?”

These words were uttered by the Man with
the Mask, in a voice which scarcely rose above
a whisper. And yet every accent seemed
wrung from his lips against his will — yes, torn
from him by an emotion which he battled with
but could not master.

“Is there a God?” The words sounded
with a strange emphasis, through the silence of
the chamber.

The Man with the Mask laid his hand against
the Mantle — he seemed to grow faint, and
reach forth his arm, as if to prevent a sudden
and violent fall to the floor.

“If there is no God, then why am I at this
moment, seized with the reminiscences of
twenty years? Why do faces that were buried
long ago, stare at me, from the very darkness
of the room? Why do words that were
spoken long ago, by lips that have crumbled
into dust these twenty years, now sound in my
ears again? And at this moment of all others —
when the world shut me out, I have retired to
this quiet nook, determined to throw the Mask
aside, and be altogether myself for an hour?”

The broken soliloquy of the Man, may well
demand our earnest attention.

There are moments, when the best and the
bravest, thus unbosom their hearts, but how
shall we estimate the nature or the amount of
the agony, which induced this singular man, to
speak his involuntary thoughts in words. And
of all words, these broken sentences which
implied a Doubt in the existence of God?

All the while you will remember, the Cloaked
Figure stood motionless before him.

“If there is a God, then my whole life is
false. If there is a hereafter, then for twenty
years, have I only been adding crime to crime,
and heaping up wrath against wrath, against a
Day of Judgment.”'

These words mean more than they seem.
Give them the accent with which they were
spoken, give them the look which accompanied
their utterance, and you will read their meaning—
aye read the volume of Remorse which
forced them from his lips.

After a few moments, however, he assumed
a sudden gaiety. His face, so haggard, was
wreathed in smiles.

“It's only a fit of the blues,” he laughed,
in language as colloquial — we had almost said
vulgar — as his previous words had been elevated.
“A touch of the horrors; that is all.
My mind has been on the stretch too long —
I am excited by too much exertion — I need a
little repose, and” — he smiled — “a little cheerful
relaxation.”

He raised his hand, and, as if in obedience
to the sign, the Cloaked Figure retreated back,
and sank on the sofa.

“My familiar spirit,” said the Man, still
smiling. And he threw back the cloak and
discovered the face of his companion, or victim.

It was the face of a young girl. Her eyes
were closed as if in slumber or a death-like
trance. Her lips were red and warm; her
cheeks without color, save one glowing tint on
each; her dark hair flowed freely around a
pale white forehead.

And surrounded by the folds of the cloak,
as by a monkish cowl, this face glowed in the
light, with a mild and yet voluptuous loveliness.

“The lips are warm and full of life, and the
dark lashes rest lovingly on the pale cheek,”
soliloquized the Man with the Mask, bending
over the prostrate form; “A beautiful hand,
but cold as marble” — he surveyed the face
with an intense gaze — “Now, in the olden
time they would have hung me for a wizard,
and burnt her for a witch. As it is now, we
are only Magnetizer and Clairvoyant.”

With these words he gently parted the folds
of the cloak.

-- 083 --

p254-081 CHAPTER THIRTIETH. “MAGNETISM!”

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

The form of the girl, as she reclined in the
attitude of slumber, with her arms by her
side was revealed. Paint to yourself a form
which has just passed from the bud of maidenhood
into the blossom of early womanhood.
Let every limb, every outline, be moulded with
that delicacy which tells us that the beauty so
warm and blooming, is yet pure from the touch
of dishonor, sacred from the leprosy of one
unchaste desire.

The bust is clothed in a boddice of dark
velvet, — the arms gleam upon you, from
sleeves of lace, which float about their round
outlines, like a thin, fleecy cloud over the soft
red of a dawning sky. The boddice clothes
the full bosom to the very neck. Upon its
dark surface a golden cross glitters with tremnlous
light — glitters and fades again, with each
slight motion of the maiden's heart.

From the waist, whose outline neither too
slender, nor too full, is described by the dark
boddice, flows a skirt of pale azure, sprinkled
with small points of gold, which shine and
gleam on every fold. The feet, clad in slippers
of white satin, and crossed gently over
one another, appear beneath the hem of this
garment.

This form, attired in a costume at once
rich, elegant and somewhat fantastical, is
thrown boldly into view, by the dark cloak on
which it reclines.

“My familiar spirit,” again exclaimed the
Man with the Mask, as he surveyed the reclining
girl. “She is now in the first stage of
the Magnetic slumber — if it can be called a
slumber. Her body is paralyzed, while her
mind enjoys a serenity beyond the power of
words.”

He grasped her hand, while an expression
of singular gladness flitted over his features
and made him look young again.

“My beautiful Clairvoyant!” he whispered,
“with your Will subject to mine, in other
words, with your Soul in close communion
with mine, you will now `prophesy unto me.'
You will gaze upon the Past and the Future —
aye, and the Present shall not be neglected in
the wanderings of your spirit. You will tell
me the plots of my enemies — that is, if I
have enemies —” he displayed his white teeth
in a smile — “and you will reveal the purposes
of my friends. Will you not!”

A smile, almost imperceptible, played around
the lips of the slumbering girl.

“Yes, there are three stages of the Magnetic
life,” soliloquized the Man with the Mask.
“The first is when the body slumbers, while
the Mind enjoys unutterable repose. The
second is when the Mind soars forth from the
body, at the Will of the Magnetizer, and goes
and comes at his very thought. It is a grand
idea! While I am shut out from all the world
by the thick walls of this mansion — alone
with this slumbering girl — I can will her Soul
to wander where I please, and wring the secrets
of the Past and Future from her lips. But
then there is the third state —”

He dropped her hand. An indefinable gloom
fell upon his countenance. He turned away,
and fixed his eyes upon the carpet, pressing
his finger absently against his nether lip. In
an instant his face had grown old again.

“It troubles me! The mystery of the
third state would almost make one believe in a
Hereafter. It has always defied my comprehension,
and is yet dark as midnight. Dark!
Dark! In the third state, which exceeds immeasurably
the wonders of clairvoyance, the
Soul of the Magnetized, separated from the
body, refuses to obey the will of the Magnetizer.
It wanders where its own will dictates,
and traverses past, present and future, with the
rapidity of Thought. It is, in a word, all
thought
— thought, divorced from the gross
organization of the flesh — thought, wandering
through the Universe, as the sun-ray wanders
through the summer air.”

The voice of the Man rose from a whisper,
in a tone characterized by much sweetness of
enunciation. He seemed to forget that he was
alone; he raised his hand with an absent
gesture, while his gleaming eye was fixed upon
the shadows of the room, with a wild and
rhapsodical expression. The wonders of this
science — or this Revelation — known as `Magnetism,
' seem to stir him into a new life.

“And yet I fear this third stage — fear it
much — very much,” he muttered after a pause.
“What if this new Clairvoyant whom I have
never magnetized before to-night, should pass

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

into a higher state, and refuse to obey my will?
Ah — she might tell me things that I would
not like to hear — she might —” his voice sank
low and lower, while his eyes sought the
floor — “repeat in audible words the secrets of
Twenty years
.”

And then pacing along the carpet, between
the sofa and the light, the Man with the Mask
foldetl his arms tightly over his breast, while
his down-drawn brows almost buried his eyes
with their shadow.

And the slumbering girl reclined on the sofa
without speech or motion, her dark lashes
resting on the cheek, which gleamed with a
single tint of red, and her arms dropped stiffly
by her side.

And while the girl slumbers there, and the
the Man paces the floor in absorbing thought—
while the thick shadows of the chamber are
scarcely broken by the rays of the solitary
candle — let us say a word in relation to the
wonderful fact of the Universe, which in the
olden time was called Witchcraft, but which in
this Nineteenth Century is called Magnetism.

What is Magnetism? Is it good or evil?
Is it from God or the Devil? Is it indeed a
Fact, as tangible as our existence, or only a
dream, as idle as a hypocrite's religion?

It would require volumes to answer questions
such as these.

But to strip the subject of all technical verbiage—
of the terms of science and the phrases
of schools — let us endeavour — not to describe
it — but to give a faint idea, in plain words, of
its vast meaning.

Let us premise, once for all, that we are not
writing now, for that large and respectable
class of people, who are always ready to exclaim
“Humbug! Humbug! I will not believe
any thing but that which is as tangible —
as easily grasped — as the Dollar which I get
for a yard of Dry-goods.”

We never write for this worthy and acute
branch of the human family. It is not in our
way. If you talk to them of “twenty per cent
a month, on good paper,” they will understand
you. Speak of the duty of every Man to take
care of Man his Brother — of the Gospel
uttered in Nazareth, which bade Toil to arise
and hope — of the inevitable curse which attends
the present relation of Work and Gold,
or Labor and Capital — speak of themes like
these, and your sagacious gentlemen of Shop
and Green Board, will swear that you are
talking Greek. They cannot understand you.
Of course, everything beyond their comprehension
must be false.

But let us write for another class, who are
willing to look with inquiry and with reverence
upon that world of awful mysteries, with
which God has encircled this world of every-day
Facts.

It may be that Magnetism is the great tie
which binds the great family of Humanity to
its God.

It may be the invisible Ocean of Being
which is evermore breaking upon the shores
of our lower world — its low murmurs repeated
in the songs of Poet and Prophet,
through all time.

But let Magnetism be what it will, it is not
Evil.

Like every good thing it may be perverted.
Quacks have peddled the Gospel — is the Gospel
therefore a lie? Quacks and mountebanks
have exhibited the mysteries of Magnetism, to
gaping audiences at a quarter of a dollar per
head — is Magnetism therefore a delusion?

Magnetism is good. It is of God. It will,
without a doubt, at some future day, be made
the direct agent of incalculable blessing from
God to all the human race.

It seems to us to be divided into three
forms.

The first, called simply the Magnetic Slumber—
the body is perfectly paralysed, while
the Mind is unutterably calm. No words can
depict the complete QUIET of the Soul, while
in this state.

The second is known as the Clairvoyant
state. The Mind of the Magnetized roams
wherever the will of the Magnetizer commands.
It is thoroughly subject to his will. To speak
in plain words — the Soul of the Magnetized
seems for a while to have lost itself in the
Soul of the Magnetizer.

The third state may be called Trance, although
the word does not altogether convey our
meaning. Here, the Soul seem to be altogether
freed from the Body. It soars where it will,
and beyond the power of the Magnetizer. We
all have read well-accredited stories of persons
who have been entranced — whose bodies
have reposed for days and weeks in a state re

-- --

[figure description] (254-083).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 087 --

p254-085 [figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

sembling Death, while their Souls journeyed
to the World of Spirits, and communed with
Angels.

These histories of Entranced persons, are
not peculiar to any age. They are scattered
over the expanse of Eighteen centuries. In
the time of Sir Matthew Hale, a person in a
state of Trance was “bewitched.” In the
day of the Rev. William Tennent of New Jersey,
Trance was only another name for supernatural
communication with the Other World.
And in the present age, Trance is written
down among the wonders of Magnetism.

The reader will bear these broken hints in
mind, while perusing the scene which follows.

Did the slumbering Girl become Clairvoyant,
or did she pass beyond the control of the Magnetizer,
in the higher and more mysterious
world of Trance?

Trance has various outward manifestations.
The body sometimes lies in corpse-like immoveability.
The lips do not unclose; no
word passes the sealed portals of speech.
Again the body stirs with a strange life; the
eyes flash; the cheeks glow; the lips mutter
words which — according to the character of
the listener — are the ravings of incoherent
frenzy, or the revelations of Prophetic Inspiration.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FIRST. REVELATIONS OF TRANCE.

The Man with the Mask approached the
slumbering girl.

Once he started — and looked hurriedly
around the shadows of the apartment. The
profound stillness impressed him with a sensation
of momentary dread.

Then bending over the sofa, he took the
hands of the girl within his own, and gazed
into her face with an intensity which indicated
that his entire Soul was absorbed in some
tremendous exertion of the Will.

The sleeper began to move. Her bosom
heaved violently. Her lips parted, and disclosed
the ivory whiteness of her teeth, but she did
not speak. A profound sigh, which seemed
wrung from the very depths of her heart,
agitated the breathless stillness of the chamber.

The face of the Man became rigid as with
the touch of Death. The veins stood out in
bold relief upon his forehead. His eyes dilated
with an intense glare — he was evidently
nerving his Will for a desperate task.

The agitation of the Sleeper increased.
Once more she sighed — her head sank languidly
upon the cushion of the sofa — her bosom
rose and fell beneath its dark vestment.

The Man with the Mask — thus we must
call him, for we know him by no other name—
broke the silence by a deep whisper:

“Do you love me?”

The girl blushed from her throat to her
forehead. For the first time a word passed
her lips.

“I am in your power,” she whispered,
with another blush, followed by a perceptible
shudder.

“You can serve me, Sister. Listen! and do
not lose a single word. I must know certain
things from your lips. To-night, I have been
haunted by the face of a Man, who resembles
very much the face of one whom I saw a year
and more ago. Search out the purpose of this
man; let me know his thoughts; track his
every step. Do you hear me child?”

The girl did not reply. She sank back
without speech or motion. She would have
resembled an image of Death, had it not been
for the warm red of her lips, and the faint
glow of her cheeks.

“What can it mean?” soliloquized the Man,
with a gesture of impatience; “She does not
heed me. She does not obey my will!”

He remained in silent thought for a moment,
and then sank on one knee beside the sofa.

His eyes once more glared with fixed intensity,
and with his hands he described a
circle in the air above her head.

“Come, my child. We leave this house.
We are in the street. We turn the corner, and
enter the next street. We hurry to the north
of the city. Do you see the Church? Answer
me! The man whom I wish to follow and
know is there — within the Church — do you
see clearly? Speak!”

Not a word passed the lips of the reclining
girl.

The man started abruptly to his feet.

“This is strange indeed! She does not
seem to hear me. What can it mean?”

There was a shade of doubt upon his

-- 088 --

p254-086 [figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

forehead, and then a smile crept from his lips to
his eyes.

“I will awake her,” he murmured — and
smiled again. “We are alone.”

He passed his hands along her hands and
arms and cheeks, to her forehead. He was
engaged in arousing her from the magnetic
slumber.

But to his amazement she remained without
a word or a movement — prostrate and death-like
upon the cushion of the sofa. The slight
agitation of her velvet boddice, showed that her
bosom still throbbed with life, but her hands
lay stiff and marble-like on her robe, and the
soft tint died away on her cheek. Her face so
young and beautiful, began to grow rigid as
with the chill of death.

“Dying! No — No! It cannot be! And
yet there have been instances where magnetism
has ended in death, or in convulsions which
brought on death. A nature frail and impressible
like this, might indeed sink under the experiment—”

With alarm in every feature, he seized her
hands, again endeavoured to restore her from
the magnetic slumber, but this effort was as
futile as the other.

“It would be awkward, very awkward, if
she was to die —” said the Man with the
Mask, falling once more into a free colloquial
dialect.

“What can I do?”

He peered into the shadows of the place —
surveyed his form in the lofty mirrors — and
at last buried his face in his hands, which
rested against the mantel-piece.

And for some minutes the mirror opposite
reflected his motionless form, with the rays of
the light falling upon his brown hair.

While he stands there, pondering and
troubled, let us turn our eyes toward the sofa.

How beautiful she looks, with her dark hair
floating along her pale cheeks, down to her
very shoulders!

Above her the ceiling which glows with
painted images of beauty — beauty without a
blush, while the loveliness of the Sleeper is
softened by an expression of maidenhood in
its very purity of bloom — around her, the lofty
walls, whose mirrors reflect the outlines of her
form — silent, death-like, eyes and lips sealed,
she slumbers in an unnatural or preternatural
Trance.

Yet hold — a slight motion agitates her
limbs. Her hand is lifted; she rises languidly
from her prostrate position. The bloom returns
to her cheeks — throbbing with sudden
life, her bosom beats beneath the velvet boddice.

The Man with the Mask remains by the
mantel, his head bowed in his hands.

Agitated by an emotion whose meaning we
cannot define, she trembles — shudders —
blushes — and at last her eyelids are unclosed
Her eyes, radiant with a light which seems not
so much to flash from the pupils, as to hover
around them, like a separate brightness,
illumine her face with a wild and spiritual
glory.

She speaks in a low voice — a voice slow and
distinct—yet ringing with an accent of unnatural
melody. Her first word startles the Man from
his reverie. He cannot believe his ears. He
remains paralyzed with his head between his
hands. For that word evokes a terrible
memory from the shadows of twenty years.

Mary Mervyn!” said the young girl, with
her eyes fixed on vacancy.

The Man with the Mask heard the name,
and yet could not raise his head from his
hands — had not the power to turn and gaze
upon the speaker's face.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SECOND. THE FIRST SECRET OF A LIFE OF TWENTY YEARS.

And then, sitting erect upon the sofa, with
her hands tightly clasped, and her whole form
with its corpse-like rigidity of outline, presenting
a strong contrast to the face glowing with
blushes, and illumined by eyes of more than
mortal brightness, the Entranced Girl murmured
the first words of a harrowing Revelation.

“The setting sun flames in molten fire upon
the mountain tops, and lingers in flashes of
light upon the tremulous waves of the Hudson.
Near the river, in the hollow between two
hills crowned with locust trees in blossom,
stands the House of the Poor Man. Look at
it, as the last ray flashes upon the window
pane, half shaded by vines and flowers! A

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

broad chesnut branch is over the roof — before
the door a garden, surrounded by a white fence—
not far off a brooklet sings under the leaves
and over the rocks. Is it not a beautiful place,
this house of the Poor Man, nestling in a hollow
of the river shore?

“Hark! There is a step upon the garden
walk — there is a form between my eyes and
the doorway of that humble home. She is
very beautiful, the Daughter of the Poor Man.
Alas! Alas, poor Mary Mervyn!”

At these words, uttered in a tone of unutterable
pity, the Man with the Mask uttered a
groan. Still he could not turn and look upon
the speaker's face. He was conscious that she
had passed into the third phase of the Magnetic
state; that her Soul was beyond the power of
his will. And yet her every word pierced his
heart like a dagger.

“Poor Mary Mervyn! Standing so beautiful
in the garden whose flowers were planted
by your hands, have you no fear for the future?
The setting sun shines brightly on your dark
hair, and plays with your cheek until it gathers
a deep blush — very, very beautiful Mary
Mervyn! I see you stand alone in the garden.
I see you gather the white kerchief around
your whiter neck. All day long I could look
into your face, and drink the gladness of your
eyes!

“Another footstep in the garden! The father,
with white hair and hands cramped with toil,
and sun-burnt face seamed with wrinkles. A
very poor man is old Abel Mervyn, and yet he
is rich in his daughter — rich in his humble
home — rich in his trust in God.

“Another step! It is the aged mother — she
comes forth from her low doorway, and looks
upon the old man and his child, whose faces
are reddened by the same sun-beam.

“Is it not a beautiful scene?

“Three persons in the garden — an old man—
his wife, who had shared his lot these thirty
years — and a beautiful girl, their only child.

“Who is it that comes to plant a curse within
the walls of this happy home? Who —
Alas! Alas! poor Mary Mervyn!”

“Hold!” the Man with the Mask turned,
and with a single stride reached the sofa: “You
shall not go on —”

He seized her by the wrists, but her eyes
gazed upon him as though they saw him not.
She was not conscious of his presence. In
vain he endeavored to awaken her from this
Trance. She continued to speak the Revelation
which was passing before the eyes of her
soul.

Her voice sank into a whisper as she continued:

“It is night, and the fireside taper burns
within that humble Home. The moon is up,
and the Hudson glitters in her light, and the
mountain tops glow with a pale silvery lustre.
Within the cottage of the old man is heard the
voice of prayer. Three forms are kneeling
around the opened Bible, which is placed upon
a chair. Mary, the father and the mother; it
is a beautiful picture. But the door opens, and
another face is revealed by the fireside candle.
Ah! does Satan come so smilingly into Eden?
It is a young man, with a measured step, and
a face impressed with a deep solemnity. Sleek
brown hair around his white forehead — glossy
black attire upon his slender form. He also
kneels; he prays. The Young Preacher
mingles with the devotions of this happy home.
Hark! Do you hear his earnest words — do
you see his outspread hands and uplifted eyes?
Alas, poor Mary Mervyn!”

There was a pause. The Man with the
Mask sank on his knees, and buried his face
against the sofa. And then in a lower, deeper
voice, with a glassy eye and a flushed cheek,
the Entranced girl went on:

“Summer is gone. It is winter. Ice upon
the Hudson; snow upon the hills. The garden
is white with snow. All is still. A single
ray trembles from the closed shutters of Abel
Mervyn's home. Let us enter. Are they
kneeling in their evening prayer? A light
spread a dim radiance through the place. Beside
the fire, his head between his hands, sits
the old man. He is alone. His face is changed.
Sadly, sadly changed. He grasps a bottle with
his trembling hands — the Bible, covered with
dust, lies upon the table. He utters a curse,
and casts his eye to the door of the next room.
Oh, the agony — the despair of that face, now
writhing with the madness of the brain and the
madness of the bottle!

“Yes, it is true. Abel Mervyn has become
a drunkard. A life of hard labor and steady

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

virtue has not preserved him from this curse
in his old age. But where is his wife — where
his child? Where the Young Preacher?

“Listen! A cry comes through the panels of
the door — a groan is heard. It is the cry of
a new-born child. It is the groan of a Mother,
who has no blessing for the fruit of her womb.
A Mother who turns away from her new-born
child, for the print of shame is on its face —
the baptism of contempt upon its young life.

“The old man starts to his feet at the sound
of that cry, mingled with the Mother's groan.
And raising his hands above his face, blackened
by despair, he breathes an awful imprecation
upon the head and upon the life of the
Young Preacher.”

Once more she paused — but the Man with
the Mask did not raise his face from the sofa.

“Poor Mary Mervyn! It is summer again,
and her footsteps thread the winding path which
leads from the cottage to the spring, within the
shadows of the trees. She has left her aged
mother — she has left her father, who sits besotted
and blaspheming, upon the bench in
front of the cottage, his bleared eye-balls
turned to the setting sun.

“She has left that home once so happy, but
now the abode of hopeless wretchedness.
With a languid step she threads the windings
of the path. Her face is very pale — her eyes
swollen. Within her shawl she carries the
fruit of her dishonor. She hides the face of
her babe from the light. It is accursed.

“And down the path, until she reaches the
clear spring, hidden in a hollow of the woods.
See how the water sparkles in its rocky basin!
It is clear and cold and deep, and only one ray
of sunshine trembles upon its sullen bosom.

`Mary is kneeling now. She has taken
her babe from her breast. Look! How it
smiles and reaches forth its tiny hands, and
looks up into the Mother's face! But her eye
is cold and stone-like. `This is thy only
baptism, child of shame!
' you hear her words.
She plunges her child into the spring. She
presses its face beneath the cold wave. She
holds it firmly there until it is dead.”

The Man with the Mask rose to his feet.
His face was old again. Old and haggard,
and seamed with wrinkles.

“What became of her?” he said, and fiercely
grasped the wrists of the Magnetized girl.
“Speak, or I will throttle you! What became
of Mary Mervyn?”

Do you realize the scene?

Do you behold the Entranced girl, sitting
erect on the sofa — her eyes bright with an
unnatural glassy lustre, fixed upon vacancy —
her cheek flushed, her dark hair streaming
over her gay attire, as her lips move slowly
with the accents of a fearful Revelation?

And the Man with the Mask — do you behold
him trembling in every limb, as he grasps
her wrists, and shrieks his question to her
sealed ears?

“What became of Mary Mervyn?”

As though she had not heard these words —
as though she was utterly unconscious of his
presence — the Entranced exclaimed:

“It is a cold winter day. They have tried
the Mother for the Murder of her child. On
the thousand faces of the crowded Court
streams the glad sunshine. They are bringing
her to the Bar. An aged woman, whose
face is half in shadow, supports the Murderess—
and in the back ground, haggard and
swollen, appears the face of an old man who
looks upon the scene with half-shut eyes.

“You hear the voice of the Judge — `Stand
up, Mary Mervyn, and hear the sentence of
the Court.' Mary has sunk back in a chair.
Aided by her mother's hand she staggers to
her feet. She stretches forth her hand and
rests it upon the Bar. Her eyes are downcast—
her cheek, no longer blooming, is sallow
and corpse-like. A thousand eyes behold that
trembling woman, as, half supported by a
Mother's arm, and half clinging to the Judgment
Bar, she waits the sentence of the Law.

“It is a different scene, Mary Mervyn, from
that where we first beheld your face!

“The sun shines on the black hair, which
the white cap only half conceals. A ray warms
that deathly face. The spectators hold their
breath. The very Judge pronounces the sentence
of the Law with tears.

“Listen to his words: `Mary Mervyn, you
have been convicted of the wilful murder of
your own child. It is the sentence of this
Court that you be taken from hence unto your
cell, and from thence on the appointed day, to
the place of execution, where you shall be
hung by the neck until you are dead. God be
merciful to your Soul!”'

-- 091 --

p254-089

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

“But they did not hang her?” cried the Man
with the Mask, staggering backward, as though
stricken by a strong arm — “They did not
hang a woman?

“Where is the Young Preacher while his
victim stands up to receive the sentence of
Death?” continued the Entranced girl. “Ah!
he is far away — far away, and in scenes of
new triumph. Hark! How his voice rings
from the pulpit at the very moment when in
yonder jail-yard the Gallows is waiting for his
victim —”

And as the Man with the Mask sank once
more upon his knees, the golden cross glittered
upon the dark boddice of the Entranced girl.

CHAPTER THIRTY-THIRD. THE MASK IS LIFTED FROM THE SOUL OF THE PREACHER.

“What became of her? Mary Mervyn!
They did not dare to hang a woman?”

The Entranced girl was silent.

The unnatural brightness faded from her
eyes. Her cheeks became marble-like. Her
hands fell stiffly by her side. She sank back
on the sofa, pale and inanimate as the dead.

With his hands clasped, and his eyes cast to
the floor, the Man with the Mask remained
for some moments in an attitude of profound
thought.

“After all there may be a God —” these
words came slowly from his lips: “After all
the words which I have said for twenty years
may be true. Mary Mervyn! Mary Mervyn!
I have not thought of her before to-night for
many a year. How and where did she die?”

Glancing into the shadows of the room, he
shuddered, and grew cold as ice, as a picture
was vividly painted by his agitated fancy, upon
those very shadows. It was no dumb picture
traced upon canvass, but a picture that lived,
moved, and spoke.

A woman ascending the steps of a Gibbet
under a cloudless sky. A woman lifting her
eyes to the clear heaven, as her white neck
was encircled by the Hangman's rope. A
woman looking for the last time upon earth
and sky — upon the sea of faces around the
Gibbet — ere the white cap was drawn over
her face. A woman, lifting that white cap for
a single moment, to take a last look at the face
of her Father, to fling a last word into the
heart of a Mother. Father and Mother were
waiting at the Gibbet's foot. And the last
scene of this living picture, was the form of a
Woman, suspended in the air, hands tied behind
her back, white cap drawn over her face,
the hangman's rope about her neck, and her
limbs quivering with a movement at once grotesque
and horrible.

The Man with the Mask sank, rather than
fell upon his knees. His face was aged, haggard—
moisture glittered on his forehead —
his colorless lips moved, but framed no sound.

The look which he cast to the painted ceiling
was steeped in the last anguish of remorse
and despair.

He tried to utter a word of prayer, but in vain.

The name of God died in his throat.

And then over his soul there came an
apathy which crushed every sense, every
thought, in a vague and dreamy stupor. The
light became dim before his eyes. The sounds
of bells were in his ears. He had only strength
to join his hands in a death-like clasp. The
power to shape a thought, or utter a sound,
was passed from him — it seemed — forever.

Was he entering a state of Trance? Had
the soul of the Entranced Girl obtained an
awful power over his brain? Was he entering
the strange life of Trance, or was he slowly
sinking into that dim valley, whose shadows
are called Death?

The answer to these questions lies beyond
our power.

But it was as though some supernatural
Hand had palsied his heart, his blood, his
brain. It was as though some Judgment from
a higher World had suddenly descended upon
his soul, as the pall descends upon the breast
of the dead.

How long he remained in this state, we
cannot tell, but when his sight again became
clear, he looked around, like one who is suddenly
restored from Death to life.

He tottered to his feet, like one whose
senses are half-bewildered by the spectres of a
dream.

“If my life is spared after this night, I will
hide me in some dark corner of the world. I
will endeavour to make the future atone for
the past. There is yet a hope for me, but
where? In the Church where I have preached

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

for twenty years? Ah — I have been but the
Mountebank behind the scenes. I have moved
the emotions of the crowd at my will. Moved
it with the puppets of my eloquence and —
piety — but it cannot be expected that a
Mountebank should believe in his own puppet
show.”

He strode along the carpet, while a sardonic
sneer came over his haggard face. In a moment,
however, he paused abruptly, and gazed
wildly around him, like a man who sees an
abyss yawn suddenly at his feet.

“The Unpardonable Sin,” he gasped —
“All sins but that may be forgiven! The
Pirate who ascends from some bloody deck,
and stands dripping with crimes, at the Bar of
God — even he may be forgiven. There is
forgiveness even for the Mother who strangles
the child which is the fruit of her womb.
Forgiveness for the son who stains his Father's
grey hairs with blood. But for me —”

He raised his hands above his head, his
voice rung with an emphasis of horror, which
no words may depict — it was a voice which
once heard would have rung in your ears forever.

“For me the blasphemer — for me the profaner
of the Sacrament — for me, that for
twenty years have stood between God and
Man, playing a juggler's tricks with the mysteries
of Eternity — acting a part before the
eyes of man, while my heart with all its hollowness
was known to God — for me, the
Preacher of a creed, which my soul laughs to
very scorn — where is there hope, where
mercy? Where any future but despair and
hell?”

With uneven steps he strode backward and
forward, wringing his hands, and muttering
like a madman.

The voluptuous splendour of that room was
forgotten. The obscene pictures glowing dimly
in the faint light, were all unheeded. Even
the form upon the sofa, was entirely unnoticed,
as the Man with the Mask strode to and fro.

“From the pulpit I have hurried to the very
kennels of debauchery. The same tongue that
has preached of life and death — of heaven and
hell — of the Incarnation of God — and the
sinner lost forever — has within an hour, been
whispering the accents of pollution in the ears
of some poor but innocent woman. Ah, if the
creed which I have preached for twenty years
prove to be truth, then may God have mercy
on my soul!”

A long pause ensued, while the speaker remained
motionless near the sofa, his eyes cast
to the floor.

“These hands have pressed the Sacramental
Cup at the altar, and the next moment
written the letter which blasted an innocent
wife to her death.”

As though his hands were red with blood he
shook them in the air, while his eyes were
turned away from the ring which glittered on
his finger.

Casting his gaze toward the sofa, he seemed
to control his emotion by a violent exertion of
the will. Or, this emotion, deep and maddening
as it was, yielded by an agitation as powerful,
but entirely different in its character.

“Beautiful as a statue of ice, and as cold”—
he murmured, and advancing to the sofa, bent
his keen eyes upon the colorless face of the
girl. The cross was motionless upon her
breast. Not a single pulsation indicated that
life still dwelt within her heart.

“The Man whose face haunts me now —
whose words still ring in my ears! Do you
hear me? Follow this Man. Track him from
the Church. Search his heart, and read his
every thought. I command you. My Will
that never failed me yet, until this night, now
resumes its power, and that power is upon
you girl.”

Taking her hands within his own, he bent
forward and centred his gaze upon her face.
The strained muscles of his countenance
showed that he was making a last and most
desperate effort of the Will.

The stillness of the chamber was appalling—
it was not even broken by his deep-drawn
breath.

The sleeper stirred faintly — the cross upon
her bosom glittered as it rose upon the boddice
of black velvet. Presently she started once
more into a sitting posture, and confronted him,
with eyes obscured by a glassy film.

“Speak,” she murmured — her lips moving
as though her nerves were struggling with
paralysis: “I will obey you.”

“The Man leaves the Church. Follow him,”
said the Man with the Mask, still clasping the

-- 093 --

p254-091 [figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

hands of the girl, while his eyes grew brighter
as they rested upon her face.

Once more the girl unclosed her lips:

“I see him. He leaves the Church. He
hurries down the street toward the south. As
he comes from the shadow into the moonlight,
I can see his face. It is wet with tears. He
murmurs a name —”

“That name is —”

“I cannot hear it. He still hastens to the
south. Ah! he enters a wide street, which
leads westward. He hurries on with quickened
steps. He —” there was a pause — “he does
not stop until he stands —”

“Until he stands —” interrupted the Man
with the Mask: “Go on, go on, until he
stands —”

Again the Magnetized girl resumed:

“Until he stands before the door of a large
house. The walls are bathed in moonlight.”

Again she paused. Her breast expanded
with a deep sigh.

“Describe the house,” whispered the Man
with the Mask.

“It is large. There are four ranges of windows.
The shutters are painted dark green.
They are closed. A silver plate glitters on
the door.”

The Man with the Mask exhibited a deeper
interest at every low word which passed the
slow moving lips of the girl.

“Read the name on the door-plate —”

“A cloud passes over the moon. It is dark.
I cannot see. Yet hold! I can read, now.
The name — the name —”

“The name?” cried the Man with the
Mask.

“Caleb Goodleigh,” exclaimed the girl.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FOURTH. A NEW REVELATION.

A tremor shook his limbs at these words.
Still clasping the hands of the girl, while his
eyes flashed in his ashen face, he exclaimed:

“Go on. I command you. Does this man
enter the house?”

“No. He conceals his form behind a tree-box
in front of the door. Look! He is
watching there while two persons ascend the
steps, and enter the house.”

“Does he, then, enter?”

“Two persons, a man and a woman enter,
but still he is watching there. But look!
Here are others! One — two — three — four—
five — six — seven — eight — nine! Nine
persons enter while he watches behind the
tree-box.”

“And then —”

“Hark! A carriage rolls along the street.
It stops before the door. The Man behind the
tree box and the driver converse together for a
few moments. Then the carriage moves away
into the shadows on the opposite side of the
street —”

“And the Man —”

“He enters the house. He enters without
ringing. Look! He is in the hall, under the
light of the hanging lamp. He seems to hesitate.
The long entry extends before him. On
his left hand are two doors. He is listening
beside the first. He hears the clinking of
glasses, and the sound of voices, which mingle
in loud conversation.”

“And then —” the Man with the Mask
seemed to pant for breath. Wiping the perspiration
from his forehead, he bent nearer to
the girl, and listened intently to her almost inaudible
words.

“He hesitates. He knows not which door
to open. Look! He opens the second door.
O, what a large room, with mirrors reaching
from the floor to the ceiling, and a small lamp
standing upon a white marble table. It is such
a beautiful place!”

“Go on,” muttered the Man with the Mask
between his set teeth: “Tell me his every
word — describe his every look.”

“All is still in that beautiful room. The
Man does not speak. He steals on tip-toe to
ward the folding doors, which lead into the
next chamber. He listens! Voices — glasses
clinking with glasses — shouts — laughter!
He hears it all. His hand is on the knob of
the door —”

“He enters the next room,” interrupted the
Man with the Mask.

“He enters — no, no! He is about to enter,
when he sees a dress which rests upon the
carpet near the marble table. Ah, it is my
dress — mine! The dress which I wore when
I came into that room, before you commanded
me to put on this one, which I now wear. A

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

very, very poor dress; not half so beautiful as
this!”

“He sees this dress —”

“He takes it in his hands, and sinks back
upon the sofa. He lifts his fur cap, and I can
see his face. Ah, it frightens me! It is wet
with tears, but it frowns so darkly, and the
lips grow white as they are set together. Listen!
He is speaking —”

“Tell me what he says. Do not lose a word.
Quick, girl —”

“He repeats two words. Only two. Fanny
and Ellen. Fanny and Ellen — not a word
more.”

“And now — go on —”

“He is moving to the door which leads into
the entry. He is startled by a sound from the
next room. He conceals himself within the
curtains of the window. The folding doors
are thrown open. A very bright light fills the
place. Many people enter. Men and women,
dressed as though for a festival, and talking rapidly
with each other. Yet, stay! There is one
Quaker there. What does he in the gay company?
Ah, and there is the tall dark man, whom
I saw in the Church. The man who led me
from the Church to this house. He stands in
the midst of the company, with a roll of parchment
in his hand. Hark! He is speaking to
his guests in a low voice.”

“And this Man behind the window curtain?
Do they discover him?”

“No. He is concealed from every eye.
He listens to every word. And the guests of
the tall dark man —”

“Never mind the guests. Keep your eyes
upon the man behind the window curtains.
How long does he remain there?”

“Until the tall dark man — Brother Caleb,
I think you called him? Until he has
finished speaking. The company throng back
again into the next room. The folding doors
are closed again. The man steals from behind
the curtains. He leaves the room. He hastens
along the entry — up the stairs —”

“Up the stairs. Go on —”

“He stops before one of the doors at the
head of the stairs.”

The Man with the Mask uttered an oath.

“Well — well — he pauses there. What
then?”

“He listens at the door. He hears your
voice — yours and mine together. You are
asking me to go away with you from the city—
I am telling you of my dying mother. The
man listens, and grates his teeth together.
Then —”

“Then”—the Man with the Mask echoed
the word with a tremulous voice.

“The door opens. You come forth with a
golden cup in your hand. Then a person,
whose face is concealed by a cloak, which falls
from the top of the head to the very feet —
that person holds a silver candle-stick, in which
a large white candle is placed. They pass
along the entry, they cross a threshold, and
stand face to face, in a narrow room. Ah!
there is some one gazing upon them from the
glass door of yonder closet. Hush! It is my
brother. It is Ralph.”

The bosom of the girl heaved with a violent
pulsation. But the Man with the Mask, unheeding
her agitation, and without care of her
deep-whispered words—“It is my brother. It
is Ralph”—continued to press her hands, while
his face was strained and distorted in every
muscle.

“And the Man who listened at the door,
while I was conversing with you — where is
he?”

The girl slowly elevated her right hand.
Her eyes flashed with a brightness that dissolved
their glassy film.

“Look! He creeps in the shadows at your
heels. He follows you into the narrow apartment.
While the figure with the cloak — that
is me — is kneeling — while the man with the
Cup — that is you — waves his hand over my
head — this stranger steals in the shadows,
near the wall. He —”

“Yes — yes,” gasped the Man with the
Mask, fairly wringing his hands with a gesture
of mad impatience.

“He gains the door, which is ajar. He
passes into the darkness. You lead me onward—
after this stranger. Along the entry, into
the room —”

Trembling in every fibre, the Man with the
Mask whispered in a husky tone —

“Where is he now? Speak, or I will tear
the secret from your heart. Where —”

The girl was silent.

As she sate upon the sofa, her face colored
with a roseate flush, but her eyes became

-- 095 --

p254-093 [figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

glassy again. Her lips moved, but no sound
was heard.

Glancing around the chamber, whose gloom
was only revealed by the solitary candle, the
Man with the Mask wrung her hands with a
clutch that was like the grasp of a mortal
hatred.

“Speak!” he said, and his voice had more
power in its husky hollowness of tone than the
most boisterous shout: “Speak, girl! How
did this man escape from the house?”

The girl was still silent.

Then the eye of the Man with the Mask
fairly blazed with the intensity of a powerful
Will, concentrated in one effort; it seemed as
though all the Magnetic power of his brain
was flowing in a steady current from his eyes
into her soul.

“Speak,” he whispered low, and bent nearer
to her: “You must tell me how he escaped.”

Her lips moved:

“All is dark. I cannot see,” she said; and
then, in a voice that made the blood grow cold
in the listener's veins — “there is another Soul
now contending with yours for the mastery
of my being.”

He dropped her hands, and sunk back from
the sofa, as though her words had stabbed him.

“Another Soul,” the words crossed his lips:
“Ah, that accounts for the revelation of this
night! You would not have spoken of Mary
Mervyn had not an antagonist Will been opposed
to mine.”

“He is here,” exclaimed the girl — “Here,
in this room, at your side.”

You may imagine the mingled emotions of
the Man with the Mask. He hesitated for a
moment, as though afraid to believe that she
had in reality uttered the words which pierced
his ears.

“Here? Of whom do you speak?”

Of Charles Denny Lester, the brother of
Ellen your wife
.”

These words were not uttered by the Magnetized
girl.

They were spoken by a manly voice, which
indicated by its very depth and tremor, that
they were the utterance of a heart wrung to its
very core by mortal agony.

Turning, as though he had received his
death-warrant, the Man with the Mask beheld
the Unknown standing at his side.

Yes, the Unknown had stepped from the
shadows of the mantel-piece — which projecting
from the body of the wall, had concealed
his form from view — and now, with his pale
forehead bared to the light, stood face to face
with the Popular Preacher.

He had thrown his fur cap aside. His
brown hair, falling in disordered masses around
the outline of his brow, was glued to that brow
by moisture. His gaze was calm and clear,
and very bright; every lineament of his face,
save his mouth, was fixed and cold as marble.
The mouth alone moved — moved with a slight
smile, whose meaning was more significant
to the Preacher than the most sullen scowl.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FIFTH. THE BROTHER AND THE PREACHER.

And the Preacher in silence surveyed that
face, and suffered his gaze to rest upon that
form, enveloped in the bear-skin overcoat.

Then, as if rooted to the floor, he stood motionless
before the Unknown, his chest swelling
with convulsive respirations, while his
hands clutched at his white cravat with an ahsent
motion.

The Unknown returned his gaze, and his
voice was heard as the smile played about his
lips:

“— —, we have met at last!”
he said, repeating the name of the Popular
Preacher: “Do not wonder that I call you by
that name. The name by which you wedded
Ellen Lester is not much known in this city.
By the bye, Edmund Jervis, do you ever
think of your wife, Mistress Ellen Jervis?
Do you ever think of the quiet village of Prairie
Home, out yonder in the west? But this is
thoughtless in me. You win so many triumphs
under your real name of — —, that
you have no time to think of Edmund Jervis,
much less of Prairie Home and your dead
wife, Ellen Jervis.”

To these words the Preacher made no reply.
The presence of the Unknown, or Charles
Denny Lester, deprived him of all control over
his will. Haggard, almost idiotic in the face,
quivering in every limb, he looked vacantly
upon the Brother of Ellen, without the power
to utter a syllable.

“And she was destined to fill Ellen's bed?”

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

The Unknown pointed to the girl, who sate
upon the sofa, with a bloom like a summer
dawn stealing over her cheeks: “Was she also
destined to share Ellen's grave?”

“You are mistaken,” faltered the Preacher;
“I am not the man. I never saw you before.”

Charles placed his hand within the breast of
his overcoat. The Preacher watched the movement,
and cast his eyes around the room, as if
seeking some mode of escape from this scene
and its consequences.

Charles drew forth a package of letters.
“Did you ever see these before?” he whispered,
and advanced a step and held the package
before the eyes of the Preacher.

And the Preacher, like a man speaking
against his will, murmured the Name which
was traced upon the package in a delicate hand.

“Ellen!” he said, and his small eyes
seemed to retreat and bury themselves within
his wrinkled lids.

Once more Charles placed his hand within
the breast of his overcoat. This time he drew
forth a faded tress, tied by a ribbon. It was
the pale golden lock of hair which he had taken
from his trunk, in the earlier part of the
night.

“Do you remember this?” he whispered —
“Do you remember the cheek which it shaded
two years ago? How often has your hand
toyed with that tress, while your lips whispered
the words of Religion in the ears of the
girl, whom it once adorned! Nay, do not
shrink back, and shudder, as though you were
afraid. Pshaw! Man, you have no fear.
Take these letters — place your hand upon
them —”

He forced the letters in the hand of the
Preacher — the hand which was adorned by a
diamond ring.

“Press your lips to this lock of Ellen's
hair —”

He forced the tress against his lips.

“Now breathe but the words — `I never
knew Ellen Lester! Never married, never
betrayed her! Never blasted her name by an
anonymous letter, never left her to die of a
broken heart, while I went forth into the world
to win new triumphs!' Breathe but these
words, and you are free. Breathe these words,
and I will bless you. Mark you! I do not
ask you for an oath; only an assertion of your
innocence.”

The Preacher clutched the package as a
dying man clutches the hand of some watcher
by his bed. But at the same time, he drew
his lips away from the lock of hair, as though
there had been poison in its touch.

His knees trembled and yielded beneath his
body, shaken by opposing emotions: he sank
on the carpet, still clutching the package in his
grasp.

“Have mercy! I will make any atonement!
Have mercy!”

At these words the smile passed away from
the lips of Charles Lester.

“Mercy! And while the brow which that
tress once shadowed, is food for the graveworm?
Come — you are jesting. Get up,
Edmund. Be a man. Look your fate in the
face like a man.”

He took from the pocket of his coat a pair
of revolving pistols, which he silently laid upon
the mantel.

Then from the side pocket, over his heart,
he drew forth a phial, sparkling with a colorless
liquid, and similar to the one which he
had left at his hotel.

Edmund Jervis — to give the Preacher his
assumed name — watched these movements,
with the same glance which a rabbit entrapped
by a snare, might regard the trapper, who is
about to pass a knife across its throat.

“There are pistols, Edmund Jervis. There
is a phial of prussic acid, Edmund Jervis.
You can take your choice.”

Changed in every feature, the face of Charles
Lester glowed vividly in the light, as he held
the phial toward the kneeling man. His eyes
shone with a sinister glare, while a smile
lingered on his lips.

“But this is murder,” gasped Edmund Jervis.
“Del-i-ber-a-t-e mur-der!”

“Bah! The cowardice of this man fills me
with loathing!” exclaimed Charles, as though
speaking to himself. “When the dishonor of
an innocent woman is in question, he does not
tremble. When his lips blaspheme his God,
he is not afraid. But after twenty years of
crime — whose very vileness might make a
devil ashamed to be outdone by a paltry mortal—
this man shudders and cringes when the

-- 097 --

p254-095 [figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

mere temporal judgment of his sins stares him
in the face.”

And as these words passed the lips of the
Unknown, a strange thought entered his brain.

He turned to the sofa, and surveyed the face
of the Magnetized girl.

“Arrayed for the sacrifice,” he exclaimed—
“and with a cross upon her bosom.
Wretch! Wretch! Is nothing sacred in your
eyes?”

These words were accompanied with a
glance toward the kneeling man.

Charles silently advanced to the sofa. His
eyes became large and intensely bright as he
took the hands of the girl within his own.

And then a breathless stillness fell like a
palpable presence upon that vast and luxurious
chamber.

“This power called Magnetism, has been
used by wretches as base as you, for their
own base deeds. Once this night, have I
turned its awful influence to a good purpose.
The lips of this girl spoke of one dark deed in
your life, and at my Will. Now from her
lips you shall learn the sentence of your crime.
Yes, with the grosser senses sealed in the sleep
of Magnetism, while her Soul soars serenely
beyond the world of matter, this girl — this
child of want and poverty — shall hear the
story of your crimes, and speak your Judgment.”

CHAPTER THIRTY-SIXTH. THE JUDGE BETWEEN THE LIVING AND THE DEAD.

As he spoke, Fanny slowly arose, and stood
before the Unknown, her form dilating in every
inch of its stature.

Her face became unnaturally pale — her
eyes shone with more than mortal light.

And that countenance, pale and beautiful,
was relieved in every marble-like lineament by
her dark hair.

She gently clasped her hands. The cross
upon her bosom rose and fell with the movements
of her bosom.

“I am a woman,” she said, in a voice whose
accents slow and distinct, pierced the heart of
the kneeling man: “And to woman in her
purest moments has God given the power to
judge of her sister's wrongs, and the power to
pronounce the judgment upon the author of
those wrongs. Speak! I will hear and judge
between the living and the dead.”

“No — no — do with me what you will,”
faltered Edmund Jervis, “anything but this
ordeal.”

But Charles Lester, unheeding his words,
sank on his knees before the girl, while his
face was impressed and subdued in every feature
by a strange solemnity.

Yes, he knelt beside the Preacher, and
joined his hands together, and looked up into
the face of the girl, as one would look into the
face of an Angel sent from the other world, to
judge and to avenge.

The scene which ensued was indeed singular
and impressive in its slightest detail.

The Brother and the Preacher kneeling
together — the girl, pale and beautiful, standing
before them, her eyes brilliant with the light
of an Entranced Soul — the candle on the
mantel flinging its rays over these three forms,
while all the rest of the chamber was wrapped
in vague shadow.

And then in a low voice, clear and deep,
and unbroken by a pause, Charles began:

“Two years ago, there were four of us, beside
the fire, in that far-off western home.
My father, my brother, my sister! A man
came to that home clad in the garb of Religion.
Using the very words of Religion as the means
of his purpose, yes, invoking the holiest influences
of Religion to aid him in his task, he
planned and accomplished the seduction of
that sister. She was dishonored. Behold the
letters which he wrote to her — your eye,
gifted with a divine sight, can freely trace these
characters, breathing Religion and Love —
characters traced by the seducer's hand. But
he married my sister. Married her, and when
his brutal appetites were satiated with her
loveliness, this seducer blasted her name by a
printed Lie. Blasted her, and left her, to sink
withered and heart-broken into an untimely
grave, with the fruit of her betrayed love, dying
as she died, and buried with her, when the
coffin-lid closed over her face forever. I accuse
this man, — —, otherwise called
Edmund Jervis, of this wrong. You are a
woman, a virgin. Your unpolluted heart is at
the present moment, soaring in a world unknown
to the gross eyes of flesh. And of this
virgin Soul, now in communion with spirits of

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

a better world, I do demand the sentence of
this Seducer, who has added Dishonor to
Sacrilege, and Perjury to Murder.”

As Charles uttered these words, Edmund
Jervis clutched the package of letters, while
his haggard face betrayed the very apathy of
despair. This power of Magnetism which he
had so often used for the accomplishment of
his evil deeds, was now transformed into the
instrument of Retribution. He was silent; he
had no word with which to answer the accusation;
he could only gaze upon the pale face of
the girl, illumined by eyes transcendently brilliant,
and await the words of Judgment from
her lips.

Only once her lips unclosed:

“Death!” she said, and was silent.

“But this is not all. A little while after the
daughter was buried, her father, who never
spoke one word of gladness after her death,
but kept his sorrow sealed from all eyes —
sacred to the eye of God — her father was
gathered to her grave. Murdered also by the
Seducer — struck by the same shaft which
pierced the heart of his child. They sleep together,
yonder, under the winter snow. You
know the ties which bind a child to the father,
and the father to the child. You can judge of
the agony which rends the father's heart, who
is heart-broken by his daughter's shame.
Again, I ask his Sentence from your lips.”

Once more the lips of the Entranced Girl
unclosed:

“Death,” she murmured.

“There was a brother. My twin-brother,
John Lester. While pursuing this desolator
of our home, — while engaged in tracking him
step by step, over the Union, and searching
for his real name, under the score of false ones
which he bore — my brother was struck with
pestilence. He died not more than three months
after his sister and his father slept in one grave.
He was the third victim of — — otherwise
called Edmund Jervis. You are a sister:
reared in poverty and want, perchance your
heart still clings to your brother. Judge between
me and the murderer of mine!”

“Death!” was for the third time the response
of the Entranced girl.

The Preacher was yet silent. His head began
to droop — the package of letters fell from
his hand.

“This is not all. I, the last of the four —
the only one remaining of the circle which
gathered around the fireside of our far off
western home, two years ago — I bear the
seeds of death within me. I feel within me,
a Prophecy of the grave to which I am silently
hastening. It is not a disease of the body
which gnaws even now at my heart-strings.
Two years ago, strong in every iron sinew,
my veins full of life and my heart beating with
the hopes of usefulness and honorable exertion—
behold me now! Read the prophecy of
death, in these livid prints upon each cheek —
hear it in the ceaseless voice which is sounding
within my heart, telling me, that I am doomed.
That I must die. That no human hand can
stay the hour of my fate. That I must die, inch
by inch, like sister and father of a broken
heart. A heart frozen by the memory that
never leaves me by night or day. And for
my life thus wrecked in its dawn — for my
heart thus palsied in its very morn of hope —
for my mind chafed into madness and my soul
blasted by this Blasphemer's crime — I demand
a Judgment from your lips. Speak! I am
the last of four.”

Once more the slow moving lips uttered the
solitary word “Death!”

And at this word Charles Lester turned toward
the Preacher.

“If you have anything to say, now is the
moment for its utterance. But remember —
the sentences which you are about to speak,
are your last words.”

The look which impressed the livid face of
the Unknown said more than his words. Beneath
his eyes, bright with unnatural lustre,
appeared those circles of livid blue — those
silent Prophecies of his untimely Death.

“Hear me,” cried the Preacher, finding
words at last: “Hear before you condemn.
To-night I have felt as I have not felt before
for twenty years. Place yourself in my condition,
as I began life twenty years ago. Elevate
yourself into a pulpit — see the mass
adore you, not in words, but in fact, as though
you stood in the place of God. You are a
Popular Preacher. At the time when your
mind is ripening into shape, you are intoxicated
by all the odors of popular flattery. Beautiful
women seek life eternal at your hands. Old
men thrust you in the way of temptation —

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

your home is amid the very secrets of their
firesides. Their daughters look up to you, a
young man, with a reverence that amounts to
adoration. Husbands entrust you with the
honor of their wives. The pulpit, the press,
the home ring with your praises. Paint this
position with your own fancy — invest it with
all the temptations that ever glittered before the
eye of man — imagine that you, yourself were
the Preacher, and I the Brother — and then
answer me, whether a life dawning like mine,
could find its ripening in anything but the lust
of the Sensualist, the cold unbelief of the
Atheist.”

He started to his feet, and continued with an
irregular voice and violent gestures:

“No — No! I am not answerable for my
crimes. I am what I am. And what I am,
the religion of society has made me. That
religion fashions `the popular preacher.' It
takes the dreamy boy, whose passions are
just passing into development. It plunges
him into temptation. It elevates him, for a
few sounding words, uttered in a pulpit, at a
Revival or by the Mourner's bench, into a
mock god-head. It rouses all that is base and
sensual in his heart. It brings him into contact
with the wife, the daughter, the sister, and
at the very moment, when their minds, excited
by Religion, (or what passes for Religion) behold
in him, not a man — like the husband,
the father or the brother — but a God, clad
with the powers of Heaven and hell. Is it
strange that this Man thus elevated above his
fellows, should yield to temptation! Is it a
wonder that the occasional temptation should
become a fied habit? Is it beyond your
power of belief, that the wine-cup should sometimes
be needed to restore the energies exhausted
by the work of the pulpit? Or, that
the Popular Preacher, dizzy with the delirium
of religious idolatry, should end at least, in
what I am? No, Sir — you cannot judge me!
I fling back into society my crimes, and demand
that it shall answer for the result of its
own Work!”

Striding wildly up and down the carpet —
his voice rising and falling with all the intonations
of his best moments in the pulpit — Edmund
Jervis uttered these words, while his
face glowed into new youth, and his chest
swelled with strong emotion.

Charles Lester surveyed him in silent wonder.
The very tones of the man, as we have
said before, were invested with an awful power.
In a word his tones were to his words, what
exquisite facility of rhyme is to the Poet.
They melted — they wrung — they terrified —
they conquered you by turns.

And even now the Brother felt his heart
stirred into involuntary compassion by the very
accents of the Preacher.

It cost him an effort to recover his composure:

“Your tones might deceive me, Sir, did I
not remember, that they were the means of my
sister's shame,” he said and confronted the
Preacher in his hurried walk: “Come, Sir,
we lose time. I have tracked you to this
chamber of your secret devotions, for an especial
purpose. That purpose has received a
sacred sanction from the lips of this unpolluted
child. Yes, the very maiden whom you destined
for my sister's bed and for my sister's
grave has pronounced your sentence. That
sentence is Death, at my hands and now.”

He spoke with a terrible calmness. Standing
face to face with the Preacher, he surveyed
him with an unfaltering but by no means malignant
gaze. At the same time he held the
phial to his lips and the pistol to his breast.

The eye of the Preacher rolled wildly about
the room, as though he sought for some avenue
of escape.

The girl was yet standing there, her pale
face and burning eyes reflected in the mirror.

“You cannot escape,” whispered Charles:
“All that remains to me of life, I have dedicated
to this work. I give you choice of the manner
of your death. But die you must and
now. You will never leave this room alive.”

Every word penetrated the heart of Edmund
Jervis, like the pang of a mortal wound.

“Have you no mercy?” he faltered, as he
shrunk back from the phial which glittered in
the light.

“Yes, — such mercy as dictated the letter
which you wrote to the Editor of a Philadelphia
Daily Paper,” returned Charles, with a
smile.

The Preacher was conscious that he was in
the power of a Madman. A Madman who
was sane on all questions save one; and that
his sister's wrongs, her shame, her death.

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

And at that moment, all the scenes of his
own life, seem rising from chaos and passing
in rapid succession before the eyes of the
Preacher. He attempted to frame a prayer,
but the first syllable died in his throat.

His face changed color. Innumerable small
wrinkles encircled his eyes. He looked like
a man who has passed in a moment the space
which divides Youth from old Age.

He took the phial without a word, and
pressed its slender neck to his lips.

The pale silent girl stood near, her eyes
shining with the fathomless brightness of
Trance.

Before him, the Brother, whose eyes, deep
sunken beneath the brows, shone with the fire
of an irrevocable Will.

“Go,” whispered Charles, “Go” — pointing
his hand upward, “and with all your sins
upon your head.”

-- 101 --

p254-099

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

PART SECOND AND LAST. CHAPTER FIRST. “SQUASHAHOGANY. ”

At this moment let us change the scene.
Passing through the thick walls which divide
the rooms of Brother Caleb's house, let us
enter yonder large chamber, on the first floor,
where the light of wax candles falls upon the
faces of Brother Caleb and his midnight
guests.

After a while we will trace the fate of poor
Ralph, whom we left hanging on the lattice,
with the tin box under his arm.

For the present our history calls us to the
large chamber on the first floor — the chamber
which is connected by folding doors, with
the room described by Fanny, in her Magnetic
Revelation.

A single thought should be borne in mind,
while you peruse the scene which follows.
Do not blame us, if you discover that our description
of the personal appearance of these
thirty guests, is vague and sketch-like. We
dare not paint their portraits at full length.
We should be charged with the use of undue
personalities. A hundred gentlemen in Third,
in Chesnut, and in Market streets, would swear
that these thirty guests, so lightly outlined,
were intended as their own personal portraits.

Lift the curtain then, and let us take a hasty
glance at Brother Caleb and his guests.

Brother Caleb sat at the head of the table,
stark and grim in his blue coat and snow-white
vest. One hand grasping a pen, rested upon a
parchment, near an ink-stand. The other held
a long necked glass, glittering with amber-colored
wine.

And Brother Caleb's protruding eyes, lighted
with faint lustre, as he surveyed the faces of
his midnight guests. Twenty or thirty persons
were there, seated in black mahogany
chairs, around a table, covered with a white
cloth. And every hand grasped a glass, and
near every glass — starting blackly from the
white cloth — stood a long-necked bottle,
which bore the magic words “Cordon Bleu.”

The orgie drew near its close. The feast
was over. The plates of massive gold glittered
on the side-board in one corner, amid the
broken fragments of the feast. That midnight
festival, in which the guests ate, drank, and
were merry, without the presence of a single
servant, had now attained the period when
lights become double, and walls go spinning
round.

“What do you think of this plan?” said
Brother Caleb, and his eyes ran along the line
of wax lights, which shone dimly upon the
faces of his guests.

“Capital,” said Dicky Bung, making a desperate
effort to fill his glass.

“Good, very good,” said the lean Quaker.
trying to look steadily at the candle before
him.

“Excels everything of the kind,” said a prim
citizen, with demure face and neatly curled
hair — “The Grand Subterranean Squashahogany
Copper Mining Company! Here's
to the President, Caleb Goodleigh, Esquire,
and here's to the thirty original stockholders!”

And the very respectable gentleman emptied
his glass, and arranged his shirt collar, which
was very high and white and stiff.

“It's good — good I say,” said a pompous
gentleman with red whiskers, and scarlet face:
“It'll go ahead o' Multicaulis!'

Sooth to say, the corpulent gentleman was
very drunk. He made a well-intentioned effort

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

to pour out the candle, and drink from the
silver candle-stick, and then, as if conscious
that something was wrong, gazed sleepily about
him with leaden eyes.

And thus the midnight guests spoke out, one
by one, or in chorus, concerning the Grand
Subterranean Squashahogany Copper Mining
Company, until it was the turn of the last person
at the end of the table. That last person
was a jocund dame, dressed in the heighth of
fashion — with a kind of matronly coquetry
about her — and with a small white hand,
glittering with rings, which kept up a perpetual
motion between her bottle and her glass. Her
eyes grew brighter as she suffered the champagne
to glide over her lips, but her voice was
clear and sweet, and even as a bell.

“What do you think of the plan, Mrs.
North?” asked Brother Caleb, from the head
of the table.

“We have discussed it so long, that I am
really sick of the subject. Our names are
signed; that is sufficient. We will make
money. What those who come into the company
after us will make, is another question.
By the bye, Mr. Goodleigh, I would like to resume
that little argument with you, concerning
a First Cause. Do you really believe in a
First Cause? You remember the remark of
Baron Holbach —”

Mrs. North's white teeth smiled between
her red lips, as the amber-colored liquor glided
down her throat. Mrs. North was a widow,
a lady of property, and a Philosopher. Some
people were so queer as to believe in a God—
as for her own part, she couldn't. Mrs.
North was a learned woman.

“I will not argue with you, my dear
Madam, as to a First Cause,” said Brother
Caleb, while his thin lips were agitated by a
smile — “But you must not deny the existence
of a Devil. Any one conversant with mankind
(for your sake I will not add woman-kind)
must believe in a Devil at all events. By the
bye, where's Scissleby?”

At this query a general clamor rose. The
name of Scissleby was shouted by twenty
voices at once. But no Scissleby appeared.

“He was to puff our copper stock in his
paper,” said Dicky Bung, with a hiccup —
“And now he's cut us! It isn't the fair
thing.”

And twenty other voices said that it was not
the fair thing. The prim gentleman, the lean
Quaker, the rotund gentleman, and seventeen
others.

“Here I am,” said an unearthly voice from
under the table — “What — do — you — want?
Copy, always copy? I say, is the Steamer
in?”

Poor Scissleby! Prostrate beneath the
table, his long limbs entangled somewhere
under Bung's chair, his mind was roaming in
the fairy world of the Daily Copper. Even
amid the delirium of champagne he heard an
imaginary “Devil” crying for copy: with his
head swimming like a humming top, he still
had sense enough to ask the oft-repeated question—
Is the steamer in?

“Good for Slinkum,” remarked Bung, as
he spilled the contents of a glass over his blue
scarf: “Make an item somebody for the Daily
Copper. `Drunk, but still attentive to business.
Who? Slinkum Scissleby.”'

Scissleby groaned beneath the table.

“What do you think of the plan, sir?” said
Brother Caleb, turning to a portly gentleman
by his side — “You are connected with the
police department of this great city. Of course
you have many opportunities of studying human
nature. You can estimate the amount of
interest which the mass of people will take in
this scheme; you can measure the —”

“Amount o' pop'lar gullability,” said the
portly gentleman, whose red neckchief looked
pale beside his scarlet face: “Why s-i-r-r-, in
the course o' ten years exper'ence, I have
come to the conclusion that the Public is an
animal remarkable for the size of its throat,
and the magnitude of its swallow. Stands to
reason, sir, that a Public as swallows our Poleese
system, must have a throat like Mount
Wesooveus in the polar regions, or my name
ain't Stewel Pydgeon, Esquire, 'Special P.
O.!”

Stewel was slightly affected with the bottle;
very slightly. In his sober moments his geography
was not of the most accurate character:
you might measure his phases of his inebriety
by that word “Mount Vesuvius.” When
quite sober he located it in the gulf of Mexico;
slightly elevated he placed it in the Polar Regions;
pretty far gone, and he spoke of it as a

-- 103 --

p254-101 [figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

celebrated volcano somewhere in “Asia, or
Rooshe-a.”

“Here is the plan,” murmured Brother
Caleb fixing his large blue eyes on the sheet
of parchment: “And here are thirty names
each signed opposite from fifty to a hundred
shares. This will give us thirty thousand dollars
to begin upon. We can commence working
the mines with that. Can we friend?”

The question was addressed to the prim
Quaker gentleman.

“Even so,” was the reply: “Twenty-seven
of the present company will give thee their
checks for a $1000 each, to-morrow morning.”

“I'm to have a $1000 worth in it, as `Borer
General' 'afore the Legislature,” interrupted
Bung: “Stewel have the same for his services
as “Puffer along the streets” in Fildelfy; and
Slinkum, (now under the table,) ditto for his
services in the Daily Copper. Mind that. Us
three are on the free list.”

“Next week” resumed the Quaker, “thee
will buy the farm in New Jersey, where this
copper ore is located?”

“I am now in treaty for it,” replied Brother
Caleb. “The ground once bought, we can
issue Certificates of stock and —”

“There are plenty of workmen, servant
girls and such like, who will invest their little
earnings in the `stock' of the grand Squashahogany
Copper Mining Company. If the Company
fails they will loose of course. If it sueceeds,
we gain. Capital always does.”

“Really you are a philosopher,” smiled
Brother Caleb — smiled all over his pyramidal
face, from his square chin to his flat crown —
“But there is no danger of failure. The ore
yields ninety per cent. Should you like to
see it?”

A chorus of twenty voices, said Yes! and
Brother Caleb rose from his seat. His tall
lean form, attired in the blue coat and white vest,
was strongly relieved by the dark mahogany
of the folding doors at his back.

His singular face, with its hollow cheeks
and great blue eyes, protruding from their
sockets, attracted even the drunken gaze of the
midnight guests.

For a moment he surveyed the company,
who were gathered in that spacious and luxurious
chamber. His thin lips were agitated by
a peculiar smile. The dull surface of his blue
eyes flashed with momentary light.

“Indeed, my dear Goodleigh,” laughed Mrs.
North from the end of the table: “A poetical
mind would compare you at the present moment,
to Milton's Satan surveying his dupes
in Pandemonium” — the lady seemed to lose
the thread of her thought, for without a moment's
pause she continued: “Ar'nt they so
very drunk.”

Brother Caleb smiled pleasantly, uttered
some colloquial compliment, and then exclaimed
in a voice that reached every ear:

“That specimen of the Squashahogany Copper
ore is up-stairs. I will bring it to you.
Excuse me for a single moment.”

Twenty voices and more excused him, and
Brother Caleb opened the folding doors and
disappeared into the next room.

“Copy! Steamer in,” cried Scissleby from
beneath the table.

No sooner had the door closed behind the
tall form of Brother Caleb, than the thirty
original stockholders of the Squashahogany
Copper Mining Company commenced an irregular
and whispering conversation, concerning
their mysterious President.

“Rich as Cræsus or Astor!” said the prim
gentleman.

“Where did he reside before he bought this
house?” asked the Quaker.

“A singular man,” exclaimed the peculiarly
corpulent person near Mrs. North: “Has rich
connections in Europe. Duke of Wellington
his second cousin.”

“Keeps good champagne,” was the emphatic
remark of Bung.

“Tell the foreman to send up proof of the
leader,” groaned Scissleby under the table.

“What does thee think of friend Goodleigh,
friend Stewel?” asked the Quaker, looking
across the table toward the Police Officer.

But the Police Officer had disappeared.

And as the champagne made the circuit of
the table the talented Mrs. North commenced
a general discussion upon some abstruse point
in Baron Holbach's “System of Nature.”

CHAPTER SECOND. STEWEL AND CALEB.

Stepping across the threshold, Brother Caleb
closed the folding doors behind him, and

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

approached a table on which a small lamp was
burning.

It was the large room, described in the revelations
of the Entranced Girl.

The lamp emitted but a faint light, and the
apartment furnished with all the appointments
of wealth and luxury, looked vast and cheerless
as the dim ray, flickered amid its splendid
gloom.

As Brother Caleb extended his hand to grasp
the lamp, his singular face was displayed in
strong light and deep shadow. What was the
nature of the thought which gave such a
marked expression to his lips and eyes?

“I will get the copper ore,” he soliloquized,
“and they will bring me the gold dust.”

“Mister Goodleigh, I'm a Poleese Officer,”
said a voice, and a hand was laid on Brother
Caleb's arm.

You may well imagine that this voice, breaking
abruptly from the dead stillness, startled
even the firm nerves of Brother Caleb into a
tremor.

“Hey? what! what! You here?” he said,
as he turned and saw the full-moon face of
Stewel Pydgeon at his shoulder.

“I'm a poleese offisser, I am,” said Stewel
with emphasis: “Don't you remember something
about a tin box?

Brother Caleb fairly started with surprise.
“A tin box?” he echoed — and then recovering
his composure, as his lean form was elevated
with an air of dignity; “I am at a loss to understand
your allusions, Mr. Pydgeon.”

“Bah! Wasn't I present at the office of
Is'rel Bonus Bonus when he drew up your Deed for
this very house? An' did not you put the
deed in a tin box with other valleyable papers.
An' did not you say that you kept that box in
a small room at the head of the stairs?”

“W-e-l-l!” ejaculated Brother Caleb. “You
have an astonishing memory, Mr. Pydgeon —
And what then?”

Stewel inserted his thumbs in the arm-holes
of his waistcoat:

“Why, I'm a poleese offisser. I aint easily
fooled. Now, to cut a long story short, do
you remember a ragged devil, as came to pay
his rent while you and old Bonus was in
confab?”

“I do not,” said Brother Caleb, opening his
is eyes to the utmost tension of their lids.

“S-i-r,” Stewel drew a step nearer, “That
ragged devil was a burglar. An imported furrin
burglar, commonly known as Persimmon
Jake.”

“A-h!” ejaculated Stewel, and the light
slipped from his hand and fell upon the table

“Persimmon Jake and ten others planned
the robbery of your house this very night. I'm
a poleese offisser, Mr. Goodleigh, I am.”

“And you have arrested the burglars?” said
Brother Caleb eagerly.

“No, s-i-r! Not so green as that! Want
to ketch 'em in the act, I do. At this minnut,
sir, there's ten burglars in your basement
story —”

“Ten burglars in my basement story!”

“Two of 'em in the small room up
stairs —”

“What do you say?” — Caleb grasped the
lamp, while his face betrayed violent agitation.

“And there's ten of my 'special poleese in
the next room. In the next room, awaitin' the
signal to pounce upon the cracksmen.”

“And who is it that will give the signal?
Zounds, sir! this looks like a very stupid piece
of work on your part —”

“There's a closet in that room, a closet
with a glass winder —”

“Y-e-s—”

“Suppose I was to buy over one of the
burglars, and put him in the closet, and tell
him to holler out the minnit his cronies laid
hands on the box?”

“Well? You have done this? Ah, I see
your idea. Excellent, Mr. Pydgeon.”

“And yit he called me stoopid!” exclaimed
Stewel, with a proper sense of wounded merit—
“Mr. Goodleigh, you'll jist please to take
that light, and walk up stairs and see them
cracksmen, or two of 'em at least, in the hands
of the poleese. My poleese.”

At once, Brother Caleb, light in hand, led
the way from the room.

In a second, he was passing along the wide
entry, with Stewel following at his heels.

Brother Caleb's face displayed considerable
anxiety, while Stewel's was agitated by a succession
of singular contortions.

“You'll find your tin box as safe as a bug
in a rug, and the thieves in the hands of my
poleese.”

Brother Caleb ascended the wide stairway

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

without a word. At the head of the stairway
was the passage leading to the room, and at the
commencement of the passage appeared the
door of another room.

“My poleese is here!” whispered Stewel.
“Don't you hear 'em whisperin'? Push on!”

Brother Caleb led the way along the passage,
whose floor was covered with a thick carpet.
In a moment, he stood at the door of the small
chamber. It was closed. Stewel remarked
that his hand trembled, as it encountered the
silver knob.

“I hear no sound,” whispered Caleb — “all
is still. Do you think your police have secured
the thieves?”

“Push open the door. In a minute all will
be `self evident,' as Tom Jefferson remarks in
one o' his epistolatory letters.”

Brother Caleb opened the door, and his
light flashed over the walls of the small chamber.
At a glance the whole scene was revealed.
The closet door was open; the lid of
the desk was raised; the closet was vacant;
the tin box had disappeared from its appropriate
pigeon-hole.

Stewel caught a glimpse of Brother Caleb's
face. It was white as a shroud. The eyes
rolled wildly in their sockets.

“Ruined!” he ejaculated, “ruined, by —!”
and would have fallen to the floor, had it not
been for the extended arm of Stewel.

“Keep a stiff upper lip, man,” suggested
the police officer. “You forgit that my poleese
is on hand. What'll you bet that they
aint got the thieves and the tin box in yonder
room?”

“Go — on!” cried Brother Caleb, wildly
waving his right hand: “Do not lose a minute!
Quick! quick!” He pointed toward the door.

Leaving him alone, Stewel left the small
apartment, and hurried toward the room at the
head of the stairs. The short time which
elapsed during his absence seemed an age to
Brother Caleb.

“Ruined! ruined!” he ejaculated, his blue
eyes flashing with a maniac's glance; “Ah!
This is some infernal plot! Where is Jervis
all this while? Can he have anything to do
with the disappearance of the tin box? Why
does this Police Officer delay?”

Stewel crossed the threshold as the last word
fell from his lips. Stewel's visage was per
fectly blank. He approached Brother Caleb
without speaking, his hands in his pockets and
and his nether lip between his teeth. There
was a singular vacancy in his glance; he looked
very much like a man who is just one minute
too late for the steamboat.

“Well, w-e-l-l!” gasped Caleb.

“W-e-l—l!” echoed Stewel, in a prolonged
tone, which terminated in a low whistle.

“Speak! You are not dumb! Your officers—
where are they?”

“Sold,” responded Stewel, “Reg'larly sold.
That's the sum total. My poleese aint there.
Mister Goodleigh. Nor the thieves, nor the
tin box. I'm reg'larly sold, I tell you.”

“Scoundrel!” shouted Brother Caleb, making
a dash at Stewel's red cravat: “What
have you done? This is your plan to entrap
the robbers, is it? Do you know that that tin
box is worth more than life to me? By —
I could brain you as willingly as I evercrushed
a snake with the heel of my boot.”

“Don't swear,” responded Stewel, cautiously
retreating from the enraged man, as he put himself
into a pugilistic attitude. “And don't lay
hands on me. Tech me, and you tech the
L-a-w! Could I help it, if my poleese did
not come accordin' to 'p'intment? Th' amount
o' th' thing is jest this. The thieves has been
here. They have murdered the boy whom I
placed in that closet. They have made off
with the tin box. I tell you we're sold all
round.”

“And so you did not assure yourself of the
presence of your police, at the time when you
placed your spy in the closet?” exclaimed
Goodleigh with suppressed rage.

“Course not. 'Spose I'm green? Among
my poleese was one or two o' th' cracksmen,
who'd 'ave been sure to cut my throat if they
suspected I was at the head o' th' business.
You see the thieves hate me like p'ison.”

“If I understand you right,” slowly remarked
Brother Caleb, “your police came
here in company with the two robbers, as
robbers? This is a mysterious affair, Mr.
Pydgeon. It may cost you your situation.
Do you comprehend me?”

This threat, made with due emphasis, did
not seem to frighten Stewel quite out of his
senses.

“Can't say as I do. You wouldn't go to

-- 106 --

p254-104 [figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

make a complaint to the City authorities?
Gammon! Emphatically gam-mon! You
want your tin box, I eale'late. Question is —
how shill you git it?”

These words seemed to have made an impression
on Brother Caleb. Shaking in every
gaunt limb with agitation, he passed his hand
over his brow, and for a moment, seemed
buried in thought.

“Bring me that box before to-morrow
night,” he said, raising his head, “and I will
give all the money which it contains. The
papers — private papers relating to my family—
are all that I care about.”

“How much money did you say was in the
box?”

“Fifteen thousand dollars, more or less.”

Stewel started back as though he had been
shot.

“Fif-te-e-n thousand!” he echoed, and then
relapsing into thought, muttered to himself —
Mister Charles Augustus Milliken, I do
wonder where you air about this time!

“Speak, do you think you can recover the
box?” asked Brother Caleb with great eagerness.

“Who knows? There's no harm in tryin'—”

“Hush! Do you hear that?” exclaimed
Caleb, elevating his hand with a gesture of caution—
“Voices in the entry yonder — footsteps
too! H-u-s-h! The thieves are in the
house yet.”

The noise proceeded from the passage leading
from the small chamber toward the wing
of the mansion.

It was now Stewel's turn to be surprised.
This noise did not enter into his calculations.

“Wonder what it can be?” he muttered —
“It can't be young Milliken a-tryin' to get out
o' th' house? He's had a half an hour and
more already.”

“What are you saying?” whispered Brother
Caleb: “Do you hear that?”

The sound of a key turning in the lock,
broke harshly on the stillness.

Shading the light with one hand, Brother
Caleb motioned with the other to Stewel, and
Stewel accordingly crept quietly behind Brother
Caleb.

The door was opened, and a beautiful girl,
clad in a dark cloak, crossed the threshold.
Her eyes flashed with spectral radiance from
a face white as snow.

By the hand she led a blindfolded man,
who exclaimed as he crossed the threshold, and
entered the small chamber —

“Remember your promise! Don't harm me!
I'll be quiet and obey.”

You may imagine the surprise which dilated
Brother Caleb's eyes, as he saw his friend, the
Preacher, led blindfolded across the floor, by
the hand of the very girl whom he had led
from Church.

Stewel, peeping over the shoulder of Brother
Caleb, beheld the face of the girl, and cried
with an oath — “A ghost, or my name's not
Stewel Pydgeon!”

Advancing with a hurried step, Caleb laid
his hand on the Preacher's arm; the girl did
not seem to behold him. Her eyes, dazzlingly
bright, were fixed on vacancy.

“Don't harm me,” whispered the Preacher,
trembling all over: “You know your promise.
At her request you spared my life. I'm to
go with you, from the house, and to go out
west, to Ellen's grave. Don't harm me.”

“Why Jervis!” cried Brother Caleb,
“What's this? A little melo-drama of your
own getting up?”

As he spoke, a form advanced from the
background, a young man clad in a bearskin
over-coat, with a fur cap drawn over his eyes.

“Let us pass. This matter does not concern
you,” said the young man, confronting
Brother Caleb.

And at the same moment, the young man's
arms were pinioned from behind, and the voice
of Stewel was heard, as his round face appeared
over the young man's shoulder:

“Got him, Goodleigh! The thief! Hurray
for the tin-box, I say!”

CHAPTER THIRD. THE BURGLAR AND THE GUESTS.

“What! am I free?” cried the Preacher,
tearing the bandage from his eyes, and at one
glance surveying the face of the girl — the
gloomy visage of Goodleigh — and the form of
Charles Lester, pinioned by the arms of Stewel
Pydgeon:

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

`Yes, that's right. Seize him! A thief!
a robber! He was about to murder me!”

And in his delight the Preacher fairly
danced over the carpet. Poor Fanny, still in
the Magnetic state, stood like a statue, covered
with a drooping cloak, her face glowing in the
faint light.

“Now, sir,” said Caleb, “will you have the
goodness to name your accomplices, and to
restore the tin box which you took from this
desk?”

“Where's your gang?” added Stewel.

“A moment, and you would have been too
late,” exclaimed the Preacher: “With this
girl as his accomplice, he was about to lead me
from this house to some haunt of robbery and
murder.”

“If it is not an imperlite quest'on,” said,
Stewel, who in a moment had seized Charles
and pinioned his hands behind his back:
“Which of you two brought the gal up stairs,
the thief or the Preacher?”

“The Preacher!” echoed that gentleman:
“Sir, you are mistaken. I am no Preacher.
My name is Jervis.”

Charles Lester, with his hands pinioned behind
his back, saw the tall form of Caleb Goodleigh
glide between his eyes and the form of
Fanny Jones. Charles was somewhat pale;
his eyes however shone with unchanging lustre.

“Will you release me, sir?” he said; “why
am I pinioned like a thief?”

“Down stairs with him,” said Goodleigh
fiercely: “let us confront him with my guests.
Perhaps some of them may know this burglar.”

Brother Caleb held the light, while Stewel
urged the captive from the room, along the
passage, and down the stairway. Charles
was perfectly still. He suffered them to lead
and urge him at their pleasure.

They entered the room adjoining the scene
of the midnight festival. Charles was placed
upon the sofa. Brother Caleb held the light
near his face, and whispered —

“Restore the tin box, and you are free!
Hesitate, and I will proclaim you a burglar in
the presence of my guests.”

Ere Charles had time to reply, Stewel broke
in with the words —

“Where's the gal and the Preacher? Say?
They'll be needed as witnesses.”

Brother Caleb answered him with an oath.
“Do not breathe a word about them before my
guests,” he whispered: “they do not concern
us, neither Jervis or the girl. Now sir,” turning
once more to the captive, “your answer,
if you please?”

“Release me,” exclaimed Charles; “I know
nothing of your tin box. Release me, and permit
me to go my way.”

The answer of Brother Caleb was soon
given. Turning away, he flung open the folding
doors, exclaiming, in loud and angry tones:

“I have been robbed! Yes, my house has
been entered by burglars. This way, gentlemen,
this way, and tell me what you think of
this fellow.”

The folding doors were thrown open, and
across the threshold thronged the thirty guests;
that is, as many of them as were able to keep
their feet. Some carried wax candles in their
hands, as they surveyed the culprit, and the
brow of the pinioned man was soon revealed
in ruddy light.

“Look at him, gentlemen,” cried Brother
Caleb, who seemed beside himself with rage:
“This fellow in the bearskin overcoat and fur
cap, has entered my house at the head of a
gang of burglars. He has robbed me of a tin
box, containing the title deeds of all my
property. Do you know him — examine his
features — there!”

He tore the fur cap away, and the face of
Charles was disclosed. The young man, sitting
on the sofa, his arms pinioned behind his back,
and his visage, the object of the united gaze of
some twenty-five pairs of half drunken eyes,
seemed to have been seized with a leaden stupor.
His face pale, his lips apart, he gazed
around with large grey eyes, dilating with an
apathetic stare. Indeed, the events of the past
five minutes seemed to have completely deprived
him of the powers of thought and sensation.

Not a word passed his lips while he was
subjected to this ignominious survey.

“A bad face,” said the little fat man; “do
you see that eye!”

“Desperate villian!” said the large fat man;
“looks like a pirate.”

“Has thee pistols under thee overcoat?” politely
asked the small Quaker: “If thee has,
are they loaded? and if loaded, does thee intend
to fire them off?”

-- 108 --

p254-106

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

Here the buxom Mrs. North took up the
story. Swelling through the crowd, like a
billow of satin and velvet, she regarded the
pale face of Charles through an eye-glass:

“Rather an interesting face. Should not
wonder if he had been a pirate. U-g-h! It
quite makes one shudder.”

Staggering through the throng, Slinkum
Scissleby, lean and drunken, rested one hand
upon the plump arm of Mrs. North, as he
surveyed the visage of the culprit with a leaden
stare:

“Item for the Copper,” he muttered: “Melancholy
effect of the perusal of French Novels.
Young man caught robbin's house — volume
of Eugene Sue found in his pocket. W-h-a-t!”
he ejaculated, as he bent nearer to the accused:
“It's the same! I can swear to him! Threatened
me to-night at the — Hotel, Room
No. 92. What an escape I've had!—” with
a profound sigh — “Yes, gentlemen, yes, Mrs.
North, the Daily Copper this very night has
been within an ace of losing its Sub. Steamer
in, did you say?”

Mrs. North quietly pushed Scissleby aside,
for his inebriation had reached the Mezzotinto
state, and he did not seem to know the difference
between her hand and a roll of copy, as
he pressed her plump fingers in his grasp.

Bung came forward. Bung, with flushed
face, curled hair, scarlet vest, blue cravat and
plaid pantaloons. At a glance he recognized
his friend of the evening party, in the person
of Charles Lester. But with a truly Philadelphian
instinct, Bung had no idea of acknowledging
a friend in difficulty; he never
knew a friend whose hands were tied behind
his back.

“A b-a-d face. Quite Jack Sheppard-ish.
Send him to the Station House, Goodleigh,
and let's have a look at that copper ore.”

Caleb's lean form, arrayed in the spotless
white vest and faultless azure coat, with yellow
buttons, towered over the heads of all his
guests, as he advanced once more and confronted
his prisoner. The light which Bung
held disclosed Caleb's face in strong relief.
Ghastly at the best of times, it was now pale,
repulsive, cadaverous. His blue eyes, bulging
until they were on a line with the brow, and
flashing with cold light over the hollows of
his cheeks, gave a marked individuality to his
countenance.

“Stewel,” said Caleb, turning his head over
his shoulder, and seeking with his glance the
face of the Police officer; “Take him to the
Station House.”

Stewel waddled through the crowd

“Come, my lark, you'll have to mosey,”
he began —

When the door was thrown open, and a
stranger who puffed and blowed as with violent
exercise, pushed through the crowd of guests,
and stood face to face with the culprit.

CHAPTER FOURTH. “CAPTAIN BRADBURNE, OF THE FALCON. ”

“Lester!” he cried, panting for breath, as
he lifted his broad-rimmed hat from his head,
“I've found 'em, I've found 'em!”

The stranger was below the middle stature—
attired in a shabby frock coat buttoned to
the neck — and his pallid face was surmounted
by short brown hair streaked with silver.

“Mr. Mervyn!” ejaculated Charles.

“I've found 'em, I've found 'em,” continued
the intruder, still panting and blowing:
“You see I noticed you in the crowd at St.
Simon's. Saw your eye fixed upon our friend
(he named the Popular Preacher,) and therefore
I concluded that I might find you at
Brother Caleb's house, notwithstanding the
lateness of the hour. — — puts up
here, doesn't he, Brother Goodleigh?”

“I do not know you, sir,” was the stern response—
“Nor do I know this Preacher of
whom you speak. Who are you?”

“One of th' accomplices,” whispered Stewel,
and his whisper was echoed by the thirty
guests.

The good Mr. Mervyn was abashed. Holding
his hat in both hands, he exclaimed —

“I never had an introduction to you, but as
I saw you so frequently at St. Simon's, I —”

“Found whom?” cried Charles, like one
waking from a dream.

“Harry and Annie!” and Mr. Mervyn
turned suddenly and confronted the pinioned
man: “What's this? Your hands bound?
This is indeed extraordinary —'

“Harry and Annie!” exclaimed Charles —
and the words roused him from his stupor

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

He started to his feet, bound as he was. His
face flushed in an instant; he was in possession
of all his powers once more. As he spoke,
his voice firm and deep-toned, thrilled the
spectators with involuntary respect — we do
not say — fear.

“Where have you discovered these children?”
he said. Mr. Mervyn, who seemed half
crazed with joy, replied as he panted for
breath:

“You remember what you told me to-night,
at your room in the — Hotel? Well, that
rested on my mind as I went home — followed
me to church — I was haunted by the idea
that I could identify the woman of your story,
with some woman whom I had lately met, in
a narrow court of this city.”

“Profligate old man,” interrupted Scissleby,
from his chair: “Met a woman — at his age.
Reads French Novels. Steamer in?”

“And going home from St. Simon's the
truth burst upon me all at once. I turned back—
went to your hotel — hunted you all over
the city — and at last, by a lucky thought,
called at this house. The door was open. I
am here, and that's enough, but the idea which
has been working in my brain all might, is out
at last. The woman of your story,” his voice
fell, and he whispered in the ear of Lester,
“The woman Ann Clarke, is none other than
Ann Jones of Bonus Court, where I live —”

Lester did not suffer him to proceed:

“And the children?” he said, his voice
tremulous with agitation.

“Are Ralph and Fanny Jones, otherwise
called Harry and Annie Baldwin,” was the
response of the Home Missionary.

“Fanny Jones,” repeated Charles Lester,
very slowly, but in an emphatic tone, as he
felt the blood bound and grow chill by turns,
from his heart to his finger ends: “Fanny
Jones!” his eye with a lightning glare traversed
the faces of the company. “The
Preacher and the girl — where are they?” he
shouted in a voice of thunder: “Caleb Goodleigh
you must answer for this. Let but the
finger of harm be laid upon her, and you shall
answer with your blood.”

The surprise of the guests, at these words,
was equal in every respect to the wonder of
the Home Missionary, when he surveyed the
young man “in bonds.” Brother Caleb alone
was calm and smiling.

“Stewel,” he whispered — whispered in a
tone audible to every ear: “Remove these
persons, the robber and his accomplice, to the
nearest Station House. In the morning I will
appear against them.”

Turning to his guests, he continued:

“Come, my friends; let us withdraw into
the front room. It grows late, and my nerves
are somewhat ruffled. We had better postpone
all further conversation about the `Squashahogany'
until to-morrow.”

The guests were turning away; Stewel laid
his hand upon the arm of the Home Missionary,
whispering, “Ain't you ashamed o' yourself,
to go about robbin' in the name o' th'
Clergy? You're the pious burglar, are you?”

As for Charles, all the blood in his body
seemed to mount at once, and in a torrent, to
his head. He did not struggle with the cords
which bound his hands, but grated his teeth,
as he stood motionless with despair.

“No way of escape! None — none! And
Fanny is here, in this house, in the power of
Ellen's murderer. To-morrow will release me,
but to-morrow will be too late. Mr. Goodleigh—
Mr. Goodleigh hear me — only for a
moment, I beseech you.”

But Mr. Goodleigh, already on the threshold
of the front room, only replied by inviting his
guests to follow him.

“Leave the culprits in the hands of the Police,”
he said: “This way my friends.”

“Fanny in this house!” ejaculated Mervyn,
who had been thunderstruck by the vague
words of Lester.

Charles again besought Brother Caleb to
hear him — only for a moment — but Brother
Caleb treated him with silent contempt. At
this moment, a singular idea, which had been
working slowly through the brain of the young
man for hours, suddenly resolved itself into a
distinct shape.

Pinioned as he was, Charles Lester advanced
a single step:

“If Mr. Caleb Goodleigh will not hear me,”
he said in a loud voice, “perchance Captain
Bradburne
of the Falcon, will grant me the
favor of a private interview.”

Why was it that Brother Caleb turned suddenly
on his heel? Why was it that with a

-- 110 --

p254-108 [figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

changed voice, and altered countenance, he besought
the guests to excuse him for a moment?

“Perhaps the fellow will confess,” he said
smiling: “I don't want the trouble of a public
trial. If he restores me this tin box, I will let
him off. Walk this way, sir.”

And Charles Lester, with his hands tied behind
his back, walked through the throng, and
passed into the first apartment.

And Caleb Goodleigh closed the folding
doors, and thus, was entirely alone with the
burglar; engaged in a private and confidential
interview with the man who had robbed him
of his title-deeds.

And the guests stood looking into each
other's faces, as though a steam engine had exploded
in the cellar beneath their feet.

And Stewel Pydgeon, Esq., made various
remarks to himself, to the effect, that he was
struck stupid; his time was burnt; he was
knocked into the middle of next week.

Amid all this, poor Mr. Mervyn stood thunderstruck,
pinching himself slyly to discover
whether he was awake, or only dreaming. He
made a trifling mistake in his confusion, and
pinched Stewel, who looked at him with his
large bulging eyes, as though he could have
eaten him alive.

“Well,” exclaimed Mrs. North, breaking
the dead stillness.

And the four-and-twenty guests (six were
under the table in the front room, we believe,)
also exclaimed “Well!” each one modulating
the emphatic monosyllable to his own taste.

Scissleby alone, swaying to and fro on his
chair, asked in a tone of piteous entreaty —

“What they meant by looking like stuck
pigs? Was the steamer in?”

Five minutes elapsed, while Brother Caleb
and Charles Lester were closeted in close conversation
in the front room.

Five minutes were over at last, and the folding
doors were thrown open. With one impulse
the guests started forward. Brother Caleb
appeared on the threshold, very pale, but
with a smile upon his face.

And Brother Caleb, by his right hand, held
the hand of Charles Lester. Advancing into
the back room, and leading the young man by
the hand, he said in a distinct voice:

“My friends I have made a very sad mistake.
This young gentleman is the son of an
old friend of mine, and I may add, of a very
rich friend. He is incapable of a mean action.
Mrs. North, allow me to make you acquainted
with Mr. Charles Lester — gentlemen, Mr.
Charles Lester.”

The guests had not time to get fairly through
one surprise, before another took their breath,
and held them dumb.

“Wait a few moments,” whispered Charles
to the Home Missionary, and then turning to
Brother Caleb, he uttered two very simple but
emphatic words:

Now, sir.”

Brother Caleb without a word took a silver
candlestick from the hands of Bung, and
passed through the door-way leading into the
hall, followed by Charles Lester.

“This way friend Charles,” he said, as he
closed the door. The guests were alone once
more.

CHAPTER FIFTH. THE GIRL AND THE PREACHER.

Along the entry, and up the stairs, passed
Brother Caleb, light in hand, followed by
Charles Lester.

“Remember your promise,” said Charles,
“Produce the girl, or I will hold you answerable.”

And as they stood at the door of the small
chamber, in which, as you doubtless remember,
stands the desk, Brother Caleb turned his
face over his shoulder, and replied:

“I only cultivated the acquaintance of this
Preacher in order to throw a gloss of sanctity
over my life,” he said with a laugh, in which
there was also a tremor: “But we will find
him and the girl in the Painted Room. Come
on.”

The Painted Room was the apartment beyond
the curtain.

“Find them, and we will talk about the
Preacher afterward,” replied Charles, as they
entered the small chamber.

It was empty. The lid of the desk was
still raised, and the closet door yet open. Brother
Caleb uttered an oath as he beheld the
desk by the light of his candle.

“Do not delay,” whispered Charles; “move
on, Captain Bradburne.”

Brother Caleb led the way into the passage
which, lighted by a single window and adorned

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

by a statue, connected the wing of the mansion
with the main edifice. At the extremity
of this passage appeared the curtain which covered
the entrance to the Painted Chamber.

“Move on,” whispered Charles, “no time
is to be lost.”

In a moment they stood before the curtain;
Charles listened with his ears and soul. All
was still.

“Go on,” he said fiercely: “I will not lose
sight of you, until you bring me into the
presence of the girl and the Preacher.”

And, obedient as a school-boy at the command
of his master, Brother Caleb parted the
curtain and led the way into the Painted
Chamber. There was a scowl upon his face,
which he endeavored to cloak with a smile, as
he held the candle above his head.

“The Chamber is empty,” said Charles, in
a tone of inexpressible despair. “They are
gone. Whither? Answer me, Captain; you
must know. How many rooms, with pictures
such as these on the walls, have you in this
pious haunt?”

“There are four rooms on the third floor —
two on the second, beside this; and then there
is the garret,” answered Brother Caleb, casting
his eyes to the floor. His face was very submissive,
and yet there was a curl about his lip,
very much like a sneer.

“Lead me through every room, and without
a moment's delay,” exclaimed Charles: “And
mark you, at the slightest sign of treachery, I
will take care of myself and of you, without
a word.”

He drew a pistol from the breast of his coat.

Brother Caleb calmly arranged a button on
his white vest. “Pshaw, Lester, there is no
need of any thing like this, I am your friend.
Why do I care for the Preacher? Only because
there's such a vein of wickedness about
him when he's half drunk. Come, Lester, I
will aid you in every way in my power.”

Brother Caleb smiled again and reached
forth his hand, but Charles did not seem to
remark the action. Certainly he did not take
the proffered hand. He placed his own hand
in the pocket of his overcoat, and did not for
an instant, release his grasp of the pistol.

“Go on, Captain, I'll follow.”

They retraced their steps, and returned to
the main building. Caleb leading and Charles
following — of course — they traversed all the
chambers on the second floor. Then ascended
to the third floor. The light which Caleb
held disclosed a range of apartments, furnished
with every thing that wealth could buy, or a
taste for luxury in its gaudiest extreme desire.
We will not stain our page with a full description
of all the secrets of that voluptuous haunt.
Room after room was traversed. High ceilings,
painted walls, beds of down, floors covered
with `Wilton' carpet, flashed in the light at
every turn.

“You seem to live in fine style,” remarked
Charles, as they entered the last room on the
third floor. “It must take a vast deal of
money — eh!”

“When one is rich and a bachelor, one
does not care for money,” was the answer of
Brother Caleb. “Now, Lester, you must be
satisfied. We have searched the whole house—
every part, save the garret and the cellar.
The Preacher has left the house, and taken
the girl with him. Have I not complied with
request of yours? Can I do more?

Charles did not reply until after a long pause.
Glancing around the chamber, furnished like
all the others, in a style of extreme splendor,
modified by taste, he discovered a small door,
half hidden by a curtain which drooped from
the ceiling. This door, unlike the one which
communicated with the entry, was low and
narrow, looking like an entrance to a closet.

“Where does that door lead?” said Charles,
closely surveying Caleb's visage as he awaited
his reply.

“To a closet sunken in the walls,” said
Caleb quickly. “The old gentleman who
owned this house a few months back, used that
closet as the depository of his title deeds. He
was a great man for real estate. Come — are
you satisfied? Let us go below — my guests
will become uneasy at my absence —”

He moved toward the door of the chamber,
but Charles gently laid a hand upon his arm:

“Not so fast,” he whispered. “Caleb, I do
not doubt your word, but I should like to examine
the contents of that closet. This way
if you please —”

Brother Caleb's face was contracted with an
expression of doubt and hesitation. He seemed
to be very much engaged in brushing away as
imaginary speck from the surface of his

-- 112 --

p254-110 [figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

spotless vest. As he held the candle above his
head, the light fell strong upon his forehead,
revealing its marked outline, and giving a sinister
glare to his protruding eyeballs.

“There is nothing there,” he said — “At
least nothing worthy of your attention. Come,
Lester; return with me to my guests. They
will begin to wonder and make remarks
about my long continued absence. We have
been engaged in this search for at least a half
an hour —”

“A half an hour, or a half a century, I care
not,” answered Lester fiercely, and a scowl
darkened over his face: “Give me the light.
I will learn the contents of that closet before I
quit this room.”

Caleb with an air of deep mortification
yielded the candlestick, and followed Charles
toward the narrow door.

“The key,” cried Lester, as he parted the
curtains aside, and examined the surface of the
door with a hurried glance. It consisted of a
single panel, and was painted in imitation of
the rich paper which covered the walls of the
chamber.

“There is no key. Press your thumb
against the panel, in the right corner, near the
top” — as Brother Caleb whispered these
words, he stood behind Lester, who of course
did not remark the expression of Brother Caleb's
countenance.

“We will examine your closet,” said
Charles, smiling, as he obeyed the directions
of Goodleigh: “Very likely we may discover
something worthy of notice behind this mysterious
panel.”

The door yielded, and receded from its
frame. Charles eagerly crossed the threshold,
light in hand, anxious to explore the closet.
The light for a moment streamed over Brother
Caleb's face, through the narrow door, as he
stood near the threshold, and then all was dark
as midnight. The door had closed as suddenly
and as soundlessly as it had yielded to
the hand of Charles.

Brother Caleb was alone in the darkness of
the chamber.

CHAPTER SIXTH. BROTHER CALEB'S TRIUMPH.

“This trifling door is six inches thick,” he
exclaimed with a laugh which resounded
harshly through the stillness: “Four inches
of iron, woven and welded together, and two
inches wood. It opens and shuts by a spring.
My Friend has discovered the spring which
gives admittance to the closet — how long before
he will discover the spring which gives
him egress? A half an hour or a half a century—
ho, ho, Charles, Charles, it is bad to
play cards with Caleb Goodleigh when Caleb
Goodleigh has all the trumps in his own hand.”

With this philosophical remark Caleb left
the Chamber, and familiar with the windings
of his mansion, descended toward the first
floor.

“Ah, curses upon the stupidity of the Police
Officer,” he muttered, as he reached the head
of the first stairway, from which branched the
passage leading to the wing of the main building—
“Lester indeed is cared for. He cannot
harm any one. But the tin box, the tin box,—
I must regain it at every hazard.”

Descending the stairs he hurried along the
entry, and in a moment, stood in the midst of
his guests again.

“Pardon friends, pardon this apparent neglect.
But this Lester is a wild fellow — son
of an old friend of mine — came into my house
by mistake — a little affair of gallantry you
understand. I took some pains to soothe his
feelings, which, as you may suppose, were a
little ruffled by the charge of burglary.”

The guests were gathered in a circle around
the buxom Mrs. North. They were whispering
together in a low tone, and with every appearance
of a confidential conversation, as Caleb
Goodleigh entered the room.

There was an universal start as the voice of
Caleb resounded suddenly, drowning the low
tones of the good lady,

“La, Mr. Goodleigh, you quite take one's
breath, with your melo-dramatic surprises,”
said she with a mock-heroic gesture of terms—
“But where did you leave the young man.”

“Gone home — was a little ashamed of his
lark — did not like to face this formidable company
again. I saw him out of the first door a
moment ago. Bless me, how late! After two
o'clock, I vow!”

This was all said in an off-hand conversational
way, and at the last words he drew forth
a massive gold watch from his vest pocket.

The guests stood gazing at Goodleigh and

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

then into each other's faces, with a look of
wonder that was quite grotesque.

“Gone home,” said a voice from the sofa,
and Mr. Mervyn, the Millerite Preacher, started
up like a ghost —“Gone home did you say?
And without a word for me? This is rather
strange —”

The good man looked up inquiringly into
Caleb's face, as he stood holding his broad-rimmed
hat in both hands

“Ah, you here yet?” cried Brother Caleb
with a good humored chuckle — “Mr. Tomkins
I believe?”

“Mervyn is my name.”

“Mervyn — oh, yes I remember now. Said
Lester at the door, `Tell Mervyn to call round
at my hotel after dinner to-morrow.' If I do
not mistake he has something of great importance
to communicate. Will you bear his request
in mind?”

He laid his hand on Mr. Mervyn's shoulder
in a friendly way, regarding him, at the same
time, with a face that smiled in every feature.

“I will certainly bear his request in mind,”
said Mr. Mervyn, whose pallid face was undisturbed
by a single shade of doubt — “Good
evening gentlemen and —” ladies, he was
about to say, but observing only Mrs. North,
he concluded — “and lady.”

He left the room. Brother Caleb kindly
saw him to the door, observing as he was about
to cross the, threshold — “Keep an eye on
Charles. He needs a friend — he does indeed,
a friend like you — good night, my dear Mr.
Mervyn.”

Mr. Mervyn did not reply, but hurried down
the marble steps without another word. This
midnight supper party had not impressed him
with the very highest notions of Brother Caleb's
decorum or morality.

When Goodleigh once more entered the
scene of the festival, he found his guests in that
peculiar stage of commotion, which indicates
that the hour of retirement has arrived.

Various parties of half-tipsy convivialists
were hunting for hats and cloaks all along the
room, under sofas, chairs, and tables. Bung
was sternly endeavoring to bring Scissleby to
his feet, if not to his senses. Mrs. North, all
cloaked and muffled, had taken the arm of the
fat man — the tallest of the fat men — who
although very sleepy about the eyes, an
nounced his intention of seeing her safe through
the streets, even to the door of her residence.

And Mr. Goodleigh, bowing and smiling,
was so sorry to see them depart so early, and
`hoped to have the pleasure of all their companies
once more, at one of his little recherche
bachelor suppers, before a week went over
their heads.'

“Steamer in?” interrupted Scissleby, as lean
and very limp, in his melancholy inebriation
he staggered to his feet. “What, the foreign
news? Cotton easy — corn moderate — money
tight — Queen Victoria in daily expectation of
another —.”

“By the bye where's Mr. Pydgeon?” exclaimed
Brother Caleb, noticing the absence
of that distinguished personage for the first
time.

“Said 'twas getten' rayther late,” answered
Bung — “and the female Pydgeon and the five
little Pydgeons would be uneasy if he staid
away much longer. He went half an hour
ago.”

A sudden cloud came over Caleb's visage.

“Gone?” he cried in a tone of impatience.
“And I wished to see him very much before he
left — in relation to the robbery too. Very
provoking. Isn't it my dear Mrs. North?”

But Mrs. North was already making her
adieux, and Brother Caleb presently followed
all his guests to the door, where he wished
them “good night, good night!” until they
were out of hearing.

Bung and Scissleby, last of all, toiled down
the marble steps, Scissleby leaning all his
weight upon his friend, and asking incessantly
for the Steamer while the Dry Goods Man
with a crushed hat and an aching shoulder,
heartly wished Scissleby, the steamer and the
Daily Copper to the — dogs.

“That farce is over any how,” was the remark
of Brother Caleb, as he gazed from his
doorway, down the wide street after the retreating
forms of his guests. “How brightly
the moon shines to-night! The street is almost
as light as at noonday.”

He closed the door, and was alone in that
great mansion. His steps awoke no echo as
he traversed the hall, and yet the very sound
of his shoes upon the carpet impressed him
with a sensation of loneliness akin to awe.

He entered the room of the midnight supper.

-- 114 --

p254-112 [figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

The candles were burning low; the plate on
the sideboard glimmered with a faint dull lustre;
the mirrors reflected the ungainly form of
Brother Caleb, as he stood in the centre of the
scene, his bright blue coat and white vest, only
throwing his repulsive features into bolder relief.

“I am alone,” he said, while his thick lips
imparted in a smile: “There is no spy in the
shape of a servant to listen at the keyholes of
my house. No — no! On ship board and
on shore it's a grand thing to be alone! These
folks to-night, doubtless wondered at this
splendid supper spread before them, without
the presence of a single menial. Their surprise
amused me. And yet it was very easy.
While they were talking in the back room, the
people of a neighboring Hotel, took care of
the table, and arranged the champage. Yes,—
y-e-s! 'Tis a good thing to eat yourself into
the good opinion of society.”

Talking aloud — a habit acquired by persons
who are much alone — he strode up and down
the splendid rooms, while the candles were
burning fast toward their sockets.

“I have a large mansion, furnished in `exquisite
style,' (as the auctioneers have it) —
with gold plate — a cellar stored with the best
wines — chambers adorned with rare pictures—
blooded horses at a livery stable not far off—
have all these, and plenty of funds, and am
not so very old a man!”

He surveyed his face in a mirror by the light
of an expiring candle.

“Better than all, there is no one to spy out
my thoughts, or to listen to my half muttered
words. If I want company, why I can buy
the best with a good dinner. Do I want friends,
they can be had for money. In fact, I consider
myself as an individual remarkably comfortable
and as well-to-do as any man in America.”

He paused in his meditative walk.

“Only two men can cross my path. The
Preacher, but he is bound to me by the purest
friendship. I feed him, and feed his appetites.
This Lester — ah! wonder what he's thinking
about just now?”

Brother Caleb smiled. It was a peculiar
smile, something between a grimace and a
scowl. His wide mouth made a gash in his
sunken cheeks — his eyes retreated within the
protruding lids.

“The tin box! The tin box! By Jove, it
is curious! How slight a thing may change a
man's fate! That box must be in my possession
before to-morrow night, if it costs me the
price of — this house.”

Turning suddenly in his walk, he continued:
“Where's the Preacher? What has become
of the Girl?”

These questions seemed to involve a great
deal of reflection. For Brother Caleb, pacing
the length of both rooms, hands behind his
back, and head sunken on his breast, was
silent for a long time.

A newspaper spread open on a chair, at last
attracted him from his reverie. He took it up,
and at a glance, saw that it was the Daily
Copper
of the previous day.

The first paragraph that caught his eye was
headed

“ANOTHER MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCE.”

Brother Caleb sank languidly in a chair,
and perused the paragraph with great satisfaction,
remarking to himself:

“It is singular how many of these `mysterious
disappearances
' occur in this quiet City.
A man with well filled pockets comes to
Philadelphia, and is heard of no more. An
item in the daily papers, is at once his obituary
and his epitaph. How does he disappear?
Where?”

“Really this subject admits of infinite reflection—
furnishes matter for hours of quiet musing.
But it's late and I must get to bed.”

Accordingly Brother Caleb laid down the
paper and went leisurely up stairs to his bed
chamber, in the second story of the splendid,
but still desolate mansion.

In the meantime, while he is sleeping
soundly, let us ask, what has became of the
Preacher and the Orphan Girl?

Where is Charles Lester, who disappeared
through the closet door in the third story?

And Ralph — what has been the fate of this
barefoot and half naked ruffian boy?

CHAPTER SEVENTH. RALPH ONCE MORE.

Once more we return to Ralph.

We left him hanging in the air, one hand
grasping the lattice, the other clutching the Tin
Box against his side. It was a perilous

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

moment. Ten feet at least were between the
young ruffian and the pavement, the lattice
was breaking in his grasp, a ruddy light
streamed from the basement story and illumined
the shadows of the yard.

Ralph raised his grey eyes to the moonlight,
muttering between his teeth, that all was lost,
and then cast a glance beneath him. It was
not a pleasant prospect. The light gleaming
in a flood from the opened door of the basement
story, showed the surface of the yard,
one mass of ice and frozen snow, with here
and there the dark face of a brick, by way of
contrast.

In a moment a world of hopes and fears
flashed through his brain. Fanny, his dying
mother, the Penitentiary, a scuffle with the
robbers in the gloomy yard, terminating in a
murder — thoughts which we express in these
broken words, hurried through his brain like
a flood through the unclosed lock of a canal.

“Here's the last o' Jonesey,” he cried, and
shut his eyes. He fell. Was he dashed against
the pavement covered with ice and snow? Did
he lay there, a stunned and death-like mass of
wretchedness, clad in rags, insensible to the cold
or to the clutch of angry hands?

He shut his eyes and fell. For a moment
all was dark, a sound like Fairmount Dam
roared in his ears, and then —

He unclosed his eyes, and found himself
hanging in the air within a foot of the pavement.
In his fall he had madly clutched the
trunk of the vine. And now, as it swayed and
and creaked with his weight, he held it firmly
with the grasp of a drowning man, looking
about him with bewildered eyes.

The light from the basement door described
a belt of brightness on the snow and ice beneath
his feet. Voices, too, grumbling in halfsuppressed
tones, met his ear, but no face nor
form appeared in the frame of the basement
door.

“Aint all over yit,” muttered Ralph, recovering
his presence of mind: “Brass is trumps
always, an' legs does when brass falls short.
Fust for brass and then for legs.”

He dropped upon the ice and snow. His
blood boiling with excitement, he did not seem
to feel the cold, and stood as firmly with his
bare feet on the ice-covered bricks, as though
he trod upon a floor covered with a double
thickness of Wilton carpet.

“This way,” — a hoarse low voice came
through the basement door.

Ralph did not pause to think, but made the
best of his way toward the back of the yard.
He saw the fence which separated it from the
alley, glowing whitely in the moon. And then,
turning the corner of the wing of the mansion,
he saw the door which had given him entrance,
and the marble steps coated with ice and snow.

“This way, this way” — the voice grew
louder.

“Save your necks — the jig's up,” cried
another voice.

“They don't track me by the nails in my
shoes, nor by my coat nayther,” said a third
voice, and then there was the sound of a dozen
pair of feet, trampling over ice and snow.

Ralph, still girding the tin box to his side,
glanced cautiously around the corner of the
house, and with that glance commanded a full
view of the narrow strip of yard which lay
between him and the basement door.

A crowd of men, dressed variously, but with
their hats brought down upon their eyes, were
hurrying from the basement door, up the steps
which ascended to the level of the yard. The
foremost of the band dashed a lantern against
the wall. Ralph knew him by his tattered
round-a-bout, and muttered between his teeth,
“Blue-jay!” The second person stood for a
moment in full moonlight, and, to the great
surprise of Ralph, pulled off his overcoat
spotted with great white buttons.

“Stewel kin take his coat agin,” — Ralph
heard the muttered exclamation. And then,
still peeping round the corner, he saw the personage
deliberately strip his boots from his feet.

“You shan't swear to me by them boots,
nayther, Stewel,” exclaimed Humming Bird—
for it was he — “No doubt you meant it
well, when you lent 'em to me, but it won't
do, old boy.”

But Ralph had not much time to spend in a
longer survey of this scene. Scarcely had
Humming Bird dashed the great coat and huge
boots aside, (both worn over another coat and
pair of boots) than Blue-jay pushed him forward
over the snow, exclaiming — “Go in
Bird! Now's your time to spread your
wings.”

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

They were rushing rapidly toward Ralph.
Seized with a panic, believing that they had
fallen into a trap prepared by Stewel, they
were making the best of their way toward the
gate. As Ralph stood at the corner of the
house, half-way between the basement door
and the gate, it must be plain to the most obtuse
comprehension, that Ralph and his tin box
will encounter the gaze of the fugitives, before
another instant passes over his head.

And Blue-jay and Humming Bird were
followed by a crowd of other forms, dark,
ragged, disguised in all sorts of caps, and hats,
and cloaks, and overcoats.

“Brass or legs? Which is it?” said Ralph
to himself, clenching his right hand: “If I make
a push for the gate they'll see me: if I stay
here they'll be sure to maul me, and as for the
tin box — O hokey! Won't they make a rush
for it?”

One glance toward the approaching thieves,
one toward the gate which was at least ten
yards off, and then Ralph clenching his hand,
turned abruptly resolving to bury himself
against the marble steps of the back door.

At this moment his foot touched a dead
body, which was extended stiffly on the snow,
the blood oozing slowly from its severed throat.

It was the dead body of a Newfoundland
dog — a noble animal, whose black fur lay
sleek and glossy, in the shadows, against the
cold white snow.

And right before the eyes of Ralph, rose a
small structure, placed near the foot of the
marble steps, and bearing over its gaping entrance
the significant words — “BEWARE THE
DOG.”

To fling himself through the narrow entrance,
into the residence of “the dead dog,”
was the work of an instant. And crounching
there, his knees touching his chin, and the tin
box resting by his side, Ralph surveyed the
yard, as a man in a light house might take observations
along a line of rough and craggy
coast.

“This is the end of all o' Stewel's plans,”
said a voice, well known to the ears of Ralph,
and Blue-jay paused for a moment to contemplate
the carcase of the dead animal.

“He p'isens dogs, plants a nice leetle house
breakin' and arter all gits a dozen o' us into a
cussed trap. Oh Stewel Pydgeon!”

And the voice of Humming Bird by his side
echoed with a curse, “Oh Stewel Pydgeon!”
Nor did the name of this respectable dignitary
die on the air, with the last accent of Humming
Bird. For ten other figures came round
the corner of the house — stood between
Ralph's eyes and the moonlight — and gazed
from beneath their downdrawn hats and caps,
upon the dead body of the Newfoundland
dog.

“Stewel Pydgeon!” they groaned in chorus.

And Ralph shrinking within his rude retreat,
beheld these distinguished faces and stout
forms, clad in the very livery of vulgar theft,
while the broken sentences of a low muttered
conversation came distinctly to his ear

“Shill we go back?” whispered Blue-jay.

“Stewel may mean the fair thing, arter all,”
was the remark of Humming Bird.

“Else why did he p'isen that ar' dog?”
muttered a third.

There was a pause — the gang of burglars
seemed to battle with the panic which had impelled
their flight — while Ralph, afraid to
breathe, set his teeth together, and began to
feel cold for the first time.

A sound was heard, breaking horribly upon
the stillness. Was it only the crash of an
icicle falling from the roof, or the creak of an
unclosing door?

“They're comin',” shouted Blue-jay, “Stewel
and his poleese! Run for it, every chap as
wishes to save his bacon!”

And away over the frozen snow they scampered,
until their footsteps resounded from the
back part of the yard. Ralph heard the gate
creak on its hinges, and the noise of their foot-steps
echoed from the alley. Echoed, grew
faint and fainter, and then died away. Once
more all was the unbroken stillness of a clear,
cold winter night, with a bright moon shining
in a sky without a cloud.

But Ralph still lay quiet and snug in his
place of concealment.

“When a-body's well off, a-body had better
keep dark,” he muttered, and extending a
hand felt the tin box, which lay in the straw
by his side.

For a long time Ralph lay there, listening
with all his ears for the slightest echo of a
sound.

-- --

[figure description] (254-115).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 119 --

p254-117

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

“One, two!” the bell of the old State House
Clock rolled over the silent city.

Like a tortoise peeping from its shell, Ralph
stealthily projected his head from the entrance
of the dog-house. The moon was shining
down among the dark walls, revealing every
nook and crevice of the yard.

Not a sound disturbed the dead stillness.

CHAPTER EIGHTH. RALPH AND THE BOX.

“Now for brass and then for legs,” he exclaimed,
and taking up the tin box crept from
the dog-house. Stealthily around the corner,
Ralph; with bare feet crushing the frozen
snow, toward the door of the basement, Ralph.
It is the work of a moment, but the heart of
the young outcast beats wildly. One glance
toward the window from which you lately
made your perilous descent; all is still above,
and all is still around you.

Your sister is there, above you, Ralph, but
you do not know it. No, ragged savage, or
else you would hurl the tin box to the ground,
and mount to the window by the vine, and
fight for the deliverance of your sister from
Brother Caleb's house, against all the Stewels
and all the Masked Preachers in the world.
But stealthily over the frozen snow, Ralph,
until you stand at the head of the basement
steps. Sit you down there, Ralph, and quietly
endue your chilled feet, with the comfortable
boots, so carelessly thrown aside by the Humming
Bird. It is done. Now the coat; a
warm coat, Ralph, though somewhat large; a
comfortable garment, though all too conspicuous,
with its buttons of white bone, every one
the size of a dollar.

“Brass has done her duty, now legs must
do theirs!”

Boots on his feet, great coat on his back,
and tin box under his arm, Ralph made the
best of his way toward the gate, without once
turning round his rude face, with shaggy hair,
and large grey eyes.

Arrived at the gate, which wide open seems
to favor his retreat, Ralph stands still and
hesitates —

“Two ends to the alley,” he murmurs —
“Wonder at which end the poleese is waitin'?
Likely at both. Howsomever Jonesey my
boy, there's no time to go back now. Now
then for a long pull and a strong pull an' a
pull all together, as they say on 'lection
day!”

He passed through the gate into the alley,
and along the alley in a western direction, toward
the next wide street, running from north
to south. As he approached this street he took
a firmer hold of the tin box, and endeavoured
to suppress the sound of his heavy boots,
which at every step sank in the ice and snow
with a distinct crash.

The street was reached — Ralph stood at
the corner of the alley, and looked eagerly
around him. The moon was shining brightly
over the roofs of the lofty houses, and over the
wide pavements, which were alike white and
glittering with snow. But no one, not even
the phantom of a police officer, was in sight.
The street as far as Ralph could see and hear,
was silent and deserted

Whither should he direct his footsteps?

Home to Bonus Court? Ralph shook his
head.

“The tin box and my idea-r won't allow
that. It's my opinion that legs had better carry
me out o' this 'ere town as quick as greased
lightnin'.”

He hurried northward without another word.
Clad in the great coat which flapped and draggled
about the heels of his cumbrous boots,
being only three sizes too large for him, Ralph
followed the street, until it crossed the Ridge
Road. The Ridge Road, as every body ought
to know, is an eccentric street. Instead of
running north or south like any well-behaved
Quaker City street, it worms and twists as
though seeking for something which it had lost.
Starting from Ninth and Vine, it winds and
zig-zags away, until it becomes “a pike,” somewhere
on the outskirts of the city. It is perfectly
New York in all its features. Cutting
sharp angles, shaving the corners of houses —
it would be entirely alone in crookedness, were
it not for Old York Road, Dock Street, and
one or two others of these eccentric streets,
which run pretty much as they please, not
having the fear of `due north and south' or
`due east and west' before their eyes

Ralph entered the Ridge Road, about two
squares above the house of the Fairmount Engine.
He had no time to think of “De Fairy”

-- 120 --

p254-118 [figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

now, but pushed rapidly onward, following the
windings of the Ridge Road.

“Once out o' this village, and I'll begin to
talk,” muttered Ralph, when lo! a figure turned
a corner, and came toward him with its hands
in its pockets. Was it a watchman?

Ralph felt his heart beat quicker, with thump
upon thump as the figure came from the shadow
into the moonlight.

“It's one of the boys! Y-a-a-s! He wears
his hat over his eyes, an' has his hair cut short
behind, and wears soap-locks over his ears.
Y-a-a-s it's one of 'em. Hello, Bokey, is that
you?”

“Why Jonesey!” cried the new-comer halting
suddenly and surveying Ralph with one
eye closed, in order to give the other a keener
vision, “Whar did you gid dat ar wommus,”
continued Bokey, speaking in a dialect peculiar
to the more enlightened districts of Philadelphia.
“You look like Matty Van Buren in
Gineral Jackson's trowse's; if you don't”—
et cetera.

“Never you mind Bokey; I knows what I
knows,” answered Ralph. “I say Bokey did
you go to see Woodside about paintin' the
frontis-piece of the Injine?”

“Didn't we? I guess we did hoss. Them
other boys of the Committee stood like stuckpigs—
couldn't say a word for their lives.
But I spoke up to him. Didn't I? Well if I
didn't, may I be”— et cetera.

“What did you say, Bokey?” asked Ralph,
anxious to divert attention from the tin box,
which he hid behind his back.

“Says I, says I, Woodside, and says he,
says he, w-ha-a-t? Says I we want a frontis-piece
for de Fairy. What'll you have? says
he. Then I told him, `Paint us de Genius o'
Liberty chained to a rock in de middle of the
Atlantic Ocean'— says I. An' he's a-goin' to
it. Hello! What you got dar under yer arm?”

He saw the tin box.

“G-e-t o-u-t! Don't you see I'm 'ployed
by the 'Nited States to carry the mail twixt
Fildelfy and Manayunk?”

With these words, he passed “Bokey” and
hurried on, at a pace between a walk and a
run. He soon came in sight of Broad street,
where a gloomy edifice, one story in height,
rose like an evil thing, in the moonlit air. A
gloomy edifice, covering a large space of ground,
and looking something like a State Prison in
its 'teens.

“The House o' Refuge,” cried Ralph as he
passed on. “Don't git this child in that ar'
place I guess”—and as though the building
awoke unpleasant reflections, he turned his
gaze another way, and increased his speed.

“Where shall I go? Can't go out into the
woods this cold night. An' I can't loaf about
forever with this 'ere tin box under my arm?
What shall I do? I should like to take a peep
into it, but I can't jist now.”

The box was very heavy and weighed like
lead upon his arm.

He did not hesitate, however, but pursued
his journey until he stood in front of a high
board fence, which extended along the Ridge
Road, on the extreme outskirts of the city.

A board was loose. Ralph kicked it violently;
it gave way, and he passed through the
crevice.

Before him rose an edifice of pale blueish
marble, which was surrounded by piles of stone
and building timber. The roof of the edifice
was white with snow.

Ralph stole around, turned this building and
soon came in sight of another edifice, compared
to which the first was but a hut standing beside
a palace.

CHAPTER NINTH. RALPH AND THE CONTENTS OF THE BOX.

Do you see that vast structure, rising in the
moonlight and looking like a vast edifice of
snow? Do you behold the massive pillars
which support its marble roof? Is it not
beautiful — nay — is it not sublime? Around
it are scattered piles of timber and stone; the
framework over its windows — half shadowed
by the columns — shows that it is yet unfinished,
and still it towers into the cold blue sky,
filling the soul at once with grandeur and awe.

And do you see the outcast boy, who
stealthily climbs the broad staircase, leading
from the ground to the foot of its columns?
Beside that great pillar he is dwindled into a
very speck. You cannot appreciate the vastness
of these columns, until you see them contrasted
with a human being.

And the moon plays upon the marble roof,
and upon the marble flowers which wreathe

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

the summit of each column. And a silence
deeper than the grave reigns throughout the
marble mountain, with its rooms like vaults and
its passages like caverns.

Ralph enters the great door of the marble
edifice — the door which faces to the south.

A chill like death fastens on his veins. For
the place is colder than a subterranean vault.
He crosses the passage, from whose marble
floor a stairway ascends, and pauses in a moment
in the centre of a vaulted chamber.

The ceiling arches above his head. The
floor is marble beneath his feet. A silence,
whose very intensity appals him, encloses him
as a coffin encloses the dead. And through a
window, which is only half covered by unplaned
boards, trembles a broad ray from the
midnight moon.

And in the ray, upon the floor of Girard
College, kneels the Outcast Orphan who has
ben made a thief by a Police Officer of the
great city, to which Girard bequeathed his
millions.

Hark! A footstep sounds without. Ralph
trembles, starts to his feet, looks around, and
kneels again.

“It's only my fancy,” he soliloquizes, “the
watchman's sound asleep in his box, and Girard
College is the last place where the 'spect
to find a fellow with a tin box at this time o'
night.”

The box is fastened by a small padlock,
dangling from the side. Ralph has no key, and
in fact is without the means to break the lock.
A lucky thought seizes him.

“This is Stewel's coat, and it 'ud be queer
if there wasn't nothin' like a knife in its
pockets.”

Plunging his hand into the capacious pockets
of the coat, Ralph presently drew forth a bunch
of keys, a jack-knife and a file. With the file
he forces the lock: the lid of the box opens at
his touch. Then quietly he empties the contents
of the box upon the marble floor.

Do you see him in the moonlight, with his
grey eyes growing larger every moment, and
his ruffian face stamped in every line with
dumb amazement?

Before him lie outspread the contents of the
box. Papers, bank notes, and gold in handsful.
Never a more delicious banquet was
spread upon a Banker's table.

Ralph was fairly frightened by this display
of Bank notes and gold.

“Wonder if they haint pennies artor all?”
he soliloquized, as he caught at a handful of
the glittering pile, and suffered it to glide between
his fingers. “Gold, rale gold — why,
there must be a thousand dollars here!”

A thousand dollars was the utmost limit of
Ralph's idea of immense wealth. With a
thousand dollars he imagined a man might buy
the State House and the United States Bank
together.

“What shill I do with it? Where shill I
put it? Cuss it, but I'm in a purty scrape!”

Ralph rose and paced the floor; every step
was answered by an echo, which growled
through the vast building like distant thunder.

Ralph, scratching his tangled locks and
“cracking” his fingers, wandered up and down—
alone — while the golden pile shone brightly
on the floor.

“I have it, I have it,” he cried at last, “there
is many a dark corner under the marble roof,
in the cock-loft of this college. I'll fix the
business in five minutes, or my name's not
Jonesey.”

He gathered up the gold. Not a single piece
was forgotten. He gathered up the parchment
and bank notes. He placed gold and parchments
and bank notes within the tin box again.
Then crossing the vaulted hall, he entered
another hall as vacant and gloomy, with a tiny
thread of moonlight playing through its darkness.
This hall was soon traversed. Ralph
stood in the passage, or corridor, on the northern
end of the building, at the foot of the
stairway which, suspended — as it seemed —
in air, led to the upper chamber, and to the roof
of the College. This slight staircase, built of
marble, was covered with rough boards. Ralph
clutched the tin box, and hurried upward. It
was very dark. A single misplaced step, and
he would have been dashed to pieces. At last
he reached the topmost step, and stood upon
the marble floor in the story of the College immediately
beneath the roof.

“Dark as the very mischief; but somewhere
here there's a wooden stairs, which hangs on
the end o' th' college like a martin box.”

He found the temporary stairway after much
difficulty, and ascended the creaking steps. He
was in utter darkness. His mind became

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

confused; he was afraid, and would have retraced
his steps, had he known which way to tread.

He reached forth his hand, and it encountered
one of those massive piles of brick which support
(or seem to support) the immense roof
of the College.

And there, in one of those nooks which at
noonday are dark as midnight, he placed the
Tin Box, covering it with a mass of loose sand,
dry mortar, and other rubbish which overspread
the solid floor.

“That's done. Now I'll make tracks for
home, and have a talk with Fanny. Somehow
or 'nother, Fanny has idees which I can never
get hold of.”

But how should he retrace his steps in the
thick darkness?

While searching for the wooden stairway by
which he ascended, he was attracted by a dim
light, shining only a few paces beyond him.

“The stairs that lead to the roof of the College,”
exclaimed Ralph; “b'lieve I'll go up
and take a look at the moonlight.”

Up the narrow stairs, between the huge walls,
or masses of brick and mortar, which touched
him on either side, he ascended. It was not
long before he stood upon that pavement of
marble blocks, which forms the roof of the
College. That roof, covered with snow, was
darkened suddenly by a long belt of blackness—
the shadow of Ralph the Outcast, standing
under the canopy of Heaven, on the summit
of the marble pile.

The sight which met his eyes for some moments
held him dumb. The Great City, a
wilderness of roofs, white with snow, extending
far away in the clear cold light of the wintry
moon!

On the east, the broad Delaware shone with
a tremulous lustre on every wave; on the west
the mound of Fairmount, clothed in a mantle
of snow, rose boldly into the cloudless air.
Steeples, roofs, towers, on the one hand, and on
the other, the country side, whose woods and
fields and farm houses looked pure and beautiful
in their garment of spotless white. The
hills of Jersey, a bleak uneven line, broke abruptly
into the eastern sky, while to the west
extended a vague prospect of villages amid
woods, of mansions on the verge of tranquil
waves, and in the far distance rose a glimpse
of the hills of Brandywine.

Philadelphia was beneath the feet of the
Outcast Boy. Embraced by her rivers — the
Delaware, flashing broad and deep; the Schuylkill,
gleaming like a silver thread — she slept
beneath her countless roofs, a vast wilderness
of wealth and misery, with the eyes of one of
her ten thousand Heathen surveying her every
feature by the rays of a cloudless moon.

Oh, you may talk of the savage grandeur of
the desert, untrodden by the foot of man, of
the awful solitude which invests the traveller,
who looks upon the world from the topmost
peak of Chimborazo; but here, beneath your
feet, is a desert, a solitude, whose desolation
and whose loneliness are made up — not of
rocks and stones — but of the misery of human
hearts, scourged and lacerated by the fangs of
a barbarous Civilization.

Look at Philadephia, as she sleeps beneath
the moon, snow upon every roof — is she not
pure and beautiful in her white robes?

The outside of the Sepulchre!

Without a garment of stainless purity —
within `rottenness and dead men's bones!'

Pierce their countless roofs; dive into the
caverns, which spread beneath that mantle
which looks white as an angel's wing; descend
into the Sepulchre — What then?

Look at Ralph the Outcast, as he stands
upon the roof of Girard College. Yonder in
the Penitentiary, which rises to your right —
a Bastile that intervenes between your sight
and the white ground of Fairmount — there are
hundreds of convicts, who one day were
Ralphs, and who now, having ripened from
friendless childhood into felon manhood, are
counting the slow moments of the night, by
the irregular beatings of their hearts.

Shall this young Ralph, ever ripen into the
Dead Sea fruit of the Penitentiary?

The young ruffian in his uncouth dress,
raised his large eyes to the sky, and saw the
moon shining there above, with a single star
not far away, and then a chaos of half formed
thoughts began to break in waves, upon the
beach of his barren soul.

Was there a God? Did HE love the Rich
better than the Poor? Does HE care for me,
poor outcast that I am — outcast baptized in
want and hardship, and about to be admitted
into full Communion with the terrible church
of crime?

-- 123 --

p254-121

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

Thought's like these — of course not expressed
in these words — came half muttered
from the lips of Ralph as he stood alone on
the roof of Girard College.

“I'll go home to Bonus Court, and take advice
of Fanny,” said Ralph.

Clad in his white coat, he descended from the
College, left the grounds, and after passing along
Franklin Avenue, for a half a mile, entered
a southern street, which led toward Bonus
Court.

At the entrance of Bonus Court he stood at
last. The darkness of that den, was only
broken by a faint ray. A light glimmered
from the window of the lower room. Ralph
hesitated.

“Wonder if mother's dead?” he said as he
entered the Court — “Rayther think Fanny 'll
be surprised when she hears I'm so rich.
Did'nt I do that Stewel Pydgeon — G-e-t
o-u-t! Charles Augustus Millikin you're a
precious cuss, you are.”

Ralph laughed to himself as he looked
through the window, into the room occupied
by John Cattermill the Drunkard.

While Ralph hesitates before the window,
let us return for a few moments to the summit
of Girard College. Let us place the young
outcast once more upon the marble roof, and
listen to a Sermon preached by “a writer of
immoral books.” You, that wish to pursue
only the plot of this narrative, may skip the
ensuing chapter. But you that wish to hear
a Sermon, with Girard College for a pulpit,
will do well to read the words which follow.

CHAPTER TENTH. A SERMON FROM THE TOP OF GIRARD COLLEGE,

By “A Writer of Immoral Books.”

Doth not a curse rest upon the Great City?
Is it not better to abide in the shadow of the
mountain top, where the air of God is free,
where the child learns Religion at the mother's
breast, where the calm scenes of unpolluted
nature — the valley dotted with houses, the
mountain rising above into the sky, the Susquehanna
singing on among its mountain
shores — lift the heart to Heaven at once,
without the medium of the Preacher's prayer
or the church's psalm?

It is good to dwell in the free country.
It is good to abide on the mountain side,
where the sunlight bathes your face, just
after it has left the gate of Heaven. It
is good to abide in the vast deep woods,
where every flower is a character of Lord's
handwriting, and where the summer air and
the winter blast are ever singing one great
anthem of praise.

But there is a Curse upon the great city.
A curse that takes many forms and speaks in
many voices, but is, ever — to-day, yesterday
and to-morrow — the same. At noonday, in
front of the Old State House, it stalks abroad,
in the form of the Unjust Judge, who has
learned his Religion from the bitter waters of
Hatred, and who only speaks in accents of
damnation. The Curse is in the streets in
these shapes of misery and want, these Lepers
of Civilization. It is in the Courts, where the
dock swarms with criminals, while the bench
is solemn with that Justice, whose sword is
sharp only for the poor man's throat.

There is a Curse upon the great city. With
the lowly poor in their dens of want, in the
narrow alleys where squallid crime drowns
the fever of despair in draughts of liquid fire,
and in the great mansion, where the revel,
bought with the poor man's labor, roars on
from midnight until break of day.

It walks into the office of the Editor, the
Curse of the great city. It pours vitriol into
his heart, and points with vitroil his pen. To
stab private character for pay — to pollute the
mind of youth with advertisements that give
immunity to lust, and for a price, offer to
poison the fruit of the Mother's womb — to
meet the cry of the poor man's agony with a
sneer — to crush with a pious lie, every hope
of reform, every throb of progress — to sell
the rights of Humanity for a Dollar, as Iscariot
for thirty pieces of silver, sold his God —
behold the life of an editor who is swayed by
the Curse of the Great City.

Sometimes it is found in the office of the
Lawyer. It turns him into a sower of crime,
and he plants dishonor so that he may reap
gold. With a brain palsied to all sense of
right or wrong, with a conscience seared
alike to the wail of Humanity or the still
small voice of God, with a hand always grasping,
always itching for the wages of pollution,
beheld the Lawyer, infected by the Curse of

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

the Great City. Gold! That word overspreads
the horizon of his life. Gold however
gotten, gold however won — wrung
from the widow's palm, or torn from the orphan's
heritage, or coined in the damnation of
the virgin's heart — always gold.

Whence comes the universal Curse?
Whence this universal fever for the fruits of
labor, without labour's honest work? Why
this eternal combat, between man and man,
between weak and strong, and all for the
wages of the poor man's toil?

It is because there is no such thing as
Justice for YOU, while YOUR NEIGHBOR has
one more dollar than yourself?

Does the Curse result from the unnatural
association of all classes of the human tribe
in a large city? Sad and pitiful spectacle!
Is there only one loaf of bread in the
world, that you and your neighbor, must take
knife in hand, and fight for the right to live?

Does this eternal warfare, engender a spirit
of avarice in its last extreme of lust, a morality
of selfishness, that can descend into no lower
depth of baseness, a Religion that has no more
heart than the stone on which you tread, a
Justice that, like the Hindoo Car, only moves
to crush the weak and rend the poor?

Jefferson, whose memory we will forever
wear in our hearts, thanking God who gave
us our apostle of Humanity, to say iron truth
in the face of brazen wrong, once uttered a
volume in this line —

A great city is the sore of the body
politic
.”

What an ulcer for the knife of the Great
Physician of souls. What a canker for Satan
to cure with his vast fund of quackery! With
Preachers that talk theology while man lies
bleeding in the last ditch of sufferance; with
lawyers that prate of Blackstone, while the
Law of Christ is trampled under their feet;
with Judges who whine forth words of smoothest
sound, while they pour the miserable and
the wronged, into the Alembic of the Penitentiary.

Sweep the roofs from this large City at
midnight. Look down upon the scenes: here
a murder — there a seduction — yonder a
forgery — then a midnight outrage that cannot
be named but in a whisper — all crowded together,
enacting at the same moment, going
on under this moonlit Heaven, while law and
judge and priest, are slumbering sound.

Gaze from the summit of Girard College,
upon the great city — the house-tops are uncovered.
The Anatomy of civilization lies
open to your gaze. Summon the fiends of
darkness to your side. How they chuckle as
these scenes unclose before their gaze! Then
with a voiceless prayer, beseech the Angels,
who watch yonder by the Throne, to turn their
gaze for a moment only, upon this dumb tragedy,
which only manifests its agony, in broken
throbs. Look! The tears are falling from the
Angels' eyes. Tears of blood?

Yonder at the lonely hearth the widow
starves, with her babe lying dead upon her
breast. Yonder the bank directors hold their
orgie, and plan a new and legal robbery of the
common people. Yonder the White Slave
toils at her needle, sewing the garments of
luxury with tears, and bartering her lungs for
a crust of bread.

Yonder glides the Priest, under the quiet
mantle of the night — he has just finished
some potent sermon — something against “the
Pope,” or maybe something flavorous with
sulphur, upon “Eugene Sue” and “French
Novels.” Ho! Sir Priest whither tends your
steps at dead of night? Shall you take wine
with the Deacon, or join the orgie of these
smooth robbers, who speculate upon the gain's
of the poor man's blood? Shall you, with the
odor of pulpit and sermon fresh upon your
garments, steal to these Homes of Baker
Street, and tell the Lepers there, that the Lord
Christ died for them? No — home to your
study. The wine is good, and the pen is
sharp. Before you spreads the Rent-Roll of
Trinity Church. Come — we are waiting.
Write straightway a good sermon, in favor of
Trinity Church and her Forty Millions of
Dollars. But while you are writing, look
yonder for a moment, to that lake of Galilee —
look firmly, though your gaze traverses the
mists of eighteen hundred years — and tell us
what do you behold?

“The Christ who has just been preaching
to multitudes of the Poor, is now sitting in
their midst, feeding these poor with actual
bread!”

Is this your answer Priest? Do you pretend
to believe in this Christ; you who preach

-- 125 --

p254-123 [figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

to the Poor, and at the same time rob them of
land, of bread, of the means of life, and of life
itself?

But look again from this summit of Girard
College.

Yonder in the lonely sick room dies the
father, gazing around with a glassy eye, while
the children and the lawyers are fighting about
his will.

Yonder in his snug room the Judge is sleeping—
and there, on your right, the Penitentiary
blackens on your sight. That great Coffin of
Stone, in which the living are buried. Judge!
how many of your victims are withering there?
The night is very clear, Judge, and the voice
of Abel's blood goes up yonder, from many a
cell of the penitentiary. Do you hear it? No?
But when you are dying, Judge, shall you not
hear it then? Jeffreys was once as brave as
you are now. Once seated on the Bench, he
talked of “good old English law,” and washed
his hands in blood. So legal and demure was
Saint Jeffreys. How did Jeffreys die? Can
you tell, Judge?

Another scene!

A maiden is kneeling at the feet of a rich
man's son. He is smoothly clad in fashionable
attire; she wears the faded garb of poverty.
She has worked so hard, she has worked so
long, for a wretched pittance per day — and
there is so much wealth, so much luxury to be
won by the mere sacrifice of her honor.
Even she the poor girl has honor. The Rich
Man's son is pleading — she is pleading at his
feet, hesitating ere she crosses the line which
divides Heaven and Hell. How eloquently he
pleads!

“No one cares for you. You work sixteen
hours for sixteen pennies. I have money.
You talk of Religion — what has the Religion
of the Church done for you? You talk of Law,
what has Law or Justice done for you? Poor,
you must give your life for a crust. But you
are young and very beautiful —”

And do you blame the White Slave, that she
listens to the voice of Sin, when it comes clad
in gold, while Virtue by the custom of the large
city, only bears injustice, starvation, and cankered
lungs?

But we will descend from the roof of Girard
College. The sights that we see, and the
words that we hear, do not amuse us very
much. Yet ere we go, let us look back through
the shadows of eighteen hundred years, and
ask whether the Gospel which shone from the
casement of a Carpenter's Hut, shall ever
walk in its divine force, along the avenues of
the Great City, feeding while it preaches, and
transforming the wilderness of despair into a
Golden City.

A Golden City! Golden with brotherly
love, golden with justice higher and deeper
than “old English law,” golden with impulses
born of God, and working for the good, not of
the greatest number, but of the whole number?

O, if this leaf which I have written should
wander down the pathway of the next century,
and encounter the eyes of 1949, how will the
readers of that era, living amidst a redeemed
civilization, wonder at the barbarous laws and
fiendish theologies of the year 1849?

CHAPTER ELEVENTH. RALPH AT HOME.

“There's a glim o' light inside, but I can't
see no one,” soliloquized Ralph, as he looked
through the window, “Fust of all, I must get
rid of this coat and these 'ere boots.”

Ralph opened the door, and entered the
room of Cattermill on the first floor. All was
still. A candle burning fast toward the socket,
shone over the comfortless place, but it was
utterly deserted.

“Where's John an' his wife an' his baby?”
exclaimed Ralph, gazing around the naked
floor and walls. “Cuss me, I'd forgot! Did'nt
I see John with the gang, when I was in the
dog-house? Stewel got hold o' him too! A
precious Stewel! Nancy's up stairs with
mother, I 'spose. Now for business.”

Ralph took off the great coat. Placing it
upon the fireless hearth, (he had in his walk
from the College emptied its pockets) he threw
off the heavv boots, and arranged them on top
of the coat.

“Here goes for a little 'lection fire,” he
said, as he applied the candle to the coat; “I
did'nt like to throw it away, a-cause I was so
cold. Howsomever it 'ill burn. Look there!
John and Nancy are poor folks,” he continued
with a grimace, “and poor folks can't do
without fire. There's a blaze to bring out the
Fairy!”

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

A heavy smoke, accompanied by a dingy
flame, began to ascend upon the hearth.

Squatting down like a beast on its haunches,
Ralph placed his face between his hands, and—
listening all the while for the sound of a
footstep — began to reflect calmly upon the
strange incidents of the night.

“Sartainly Stewel took me for somebody
else. Sich lots of fun as Fan and I will have
to-morrow, when we go out to th' College and
count them specie and bank notes! Now if
mother could only live, we'd have a nice time
of it together. Mother! 'Guess she's gone
dead about this time, but” — looking to the
stairway door — “Can't go up stairs until
Stewel's coat and boots is gone into smoke.
A precious smellin' pair o' boots them is to
be sure! B-a-u-g-h!”

At this moment, as Ralph half stifled by the
smoke, was endeavoring to arrange the fire,
the door opened behind him, and a form
entered the lonely room.

“A great deal o' fun can be got with a
thousand dollars,” cried Ralph, when a mild
voice was heard at his shoulder —

“Mister Charles Augustus Milliken, how
are you!”

Ralph looked up and beheld Stewel Pydgeon.

Stewel in all his plenitude of flesh, with his
full moon face glowing over a closely buttoned
overcoat; Stewel with a glazed cap drawn
over his forehead; Stewel with his hands in
capacious pockets, and a cigar in his extensive
mouth.

“Come, my young gentleman! Fork over
that tin box, and then we'll come to some
understandin'!”

At the same moment the stairway door
opened. The mild face of Hannah, the Millerite's
daughter, appeared beside the visage of
the Quaker woman, Martha Lott. Ralph,
however, did not see them.

He only beheld Stewel Pydgeon.

Rising slowly to his feet, his bony form clad
in its rags once more, he folded his arms, and
confronted the Police officer. His matted hair
encircled the upper part of his face, but his teeth
were set, his lower jaw fixed and rigid as iron.

That tin box,” said Stewel, drawing a
mace from one pocket, and a pistol from the
other.

At this moment, a scene of deep interest is
progressing in the third story.

The Priest with the skull-cap fitting closely
over his brow, and small eyes glimmering from
the depths of their socket — the Priest whom
Ralph called from the Church of Saint John —
is sitting by the bed of the dying woman. Her
hand, stricken by pestilence, clasps his wrist as
it has clasped it for three hours. He turns
his gaze away from that face, made fearful by
fever struggling with the damps of death, and
shuddering in his dark attire, listens to the
words which fall, low, muttered, but distinct,
from her clotted lips.

The candle is burning low, the fire has gone
out in the sheet-iron stove. The place would
be chill and damp, were it not for the fetid
atmosphere of pestilence. The Priest is very
pale; his thick lips have lost their hues of red,
and the hand which the dying woman clutches
by the wrist, quivers incessantly.

For three weary hours, he has been alone,
with the departing soul. Alone, (for Hannah
and the Quaker Woman had retired to the
room on the second floor) alone, and yet he
has not been conscious of the flight of time.
Those three hours in the death-chamber have
passed with lightning wings. Many times has
he endeavored to free his wrist from the death-clutch
of the woman's hand, but never once
has he wished to seal his ears to the accents
of her Last Confession.

Her face, with dark hair streaked with
silver, has appalled him with its unnatural
look, but her words have passed one by one,
into his soul.

For the Confession uttered by the dying
woman was wild, improbable, exceeding in
every detail the most incredible creation of
fiction, and yet it bore truth upon its every
word and tone.

“I cannot believe it,” exclaimed Father
John — at the moment when we take up the
scene, at least three hours since his entrance
into the death-room — “You are not speaking
of human beings, but of fiends.”

The dying woman repeated two names in a
clear voice, while her eyes rested vaguely upon
the pallid face of the Priest.

“Reuben Gatherwood!” she said, “Lemuel
Gardiner!”

By the agitation which pervades the frame

-- 127 --

p254-125 [figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

of the Priest, we can discover that these names
have been uttered often, and with fearful power,
in the course of her Confession.

The Confession we will now repeat, in our
way, leaving the Priest and the dying one
alone for a little while. In our own way, for
the exact words of the Confession are too
fearful in their character, to be recorded on our
page.

While Ralph confronts Stewel on the first
floor, while the clutch of that death-stricken
hand holds the Priest by the bed of despair,
let us look at a Leaf from the Past. Let us
look at Tragedy which is enacted every day,
but which has never been described in a work
of fact or fiction, for reasons that will occur to
every reader, after the perusal of the following
Revelation.

It is dangerous ground that we are about to
tread.

CHAPTER TWELFTH. THE HISTORY TOLD BY THE DYING WOMAN.

This world of ours has many beautiful sights,
but the hollest spectacle which it offers to the
eye of God, is, a husband and a wife sitting by
their own fireside, while the winter's sleet and
snow beats against the window pane. Upon
the knee of the wife sleeps a rosy boy, whose
tiny hands are folded over his breast, while the
light of Home plays over his golden curls and
over his face, which smiles in slumber as though
a dream was passing before the eyes of his soul.
There they are, shut out from all the world,
the curtains drawn across the window, the old
clock ticking in one corner, and hickory logs
blazing upon the hearth, with a cheerful glow
and an odor that tells of forest trees, green and
hearty with the vigor of the summer time.

The snow lays white and cold upon the
fields without, beneath a dull and leaden sky.
A silence reigns over the leafless woods, deep
as death, and only broken by fitful gusts of the
drear north wind. All is drear and desolate
around that grey stone house, built upon the
side of a hill, with a strip of woodland encircling
it on every side but one, and that one
side opens through the darkness of night a
glimpse of Philadelphia, with a light haze resting
upon its wilderness of roofs.

Within the two storied stone house the old
clock throbs in its walnut case, and the hickory
fire burns beneath the chimney arch.

The husband sits on one side, with an open
volume resting on his knee. His eyes are
fixed upon the face of the wife, who is seated
opposite, her hands clasped over the sleeping
boy, nestling on her knee, while her gaze rests
dreamily upon the fire.

The husband is a man of only twenty-five
years. He has thrown aside his coat and boots.
A loose dressing gown falls aside from his
chest, and his feet encased in slippers are
placed near the fire. A man of regular features,
brown hair, eyes of clear deep blue, and
a lip that gives a light like a ray from heaven
to his face whenever he smiles.

The wife is a woman, or rather a girl, of
only nineteen years. Her form is enveloped
in a loose gown of a light azure color, which,
with its flowing folds, conceals rather than discloses
the outlines of her shape. Along her
pale face stray loosened curls of golden hair,
and beneath the arch of her brows shine eyes
that are as blue as a cloudless heaven. Her
hands and feet are small; her cheek pale but
transparent as alabaster; her neck elegantly
shaped and white as a snow-flake.

Altogether, it is a beautiful picture. You
can imagine for yourselves the details of this
room. The walls covered with a plain paper,
the floor concealed by a carpet of rich warm
coloring, the mahogany stand on which the
candle is placed, and the mirror which, hung
near the old clock, reflects the face of the husband,
as he looks into the eyes of his wife.

They are listening to the beating of the
storm upon the window pane. As each gust
of wind dies away, they are looking into the
fire, and from the very coals framing some picture
dear to memory. The wife suffers her
mild eyes to rest for a moment upon her slumbering
Boy, and the Husband turns his gaze
from the cheerful fire to the glowing face of his
Wife. Altogether, this scene is very quiet;
entirely common-place in its character, such a
scene in fact as may be witnessed in ten
thousand homes by the light of a winter's fire.

At length the Husband broke the deep stillness,
which had prevailed for a quarter of an
hour, by an exclamation:

“God bless us, Alice!” he said, fixing his
eyes upon the fire with a dreamy gaze: “How

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

time flies! Here, in this quiet home, three
years ago, we were married. Three years!
And yet it seems but yesterday. Don't you
remember, Alice, that it was our intention to
have been married in the large mansion in
Arch street, but you preferred this quiet
country seat of Oakleaf?”

“It is so beautiful in summer time,” responded
Alice in a whisper, as she passed her
hand through the curls of her sleeping boy:
“and even in winter, when all is bleak and
dreary. It is so pleasant to escape from the
noise and bustle of the great city, and sit down
by our quiet Oakleaf fireside. Then, you remember
Arthur, that it was here at Oakleaf
that we first met, when we were but children.”

Arthur rose and laid his hand upon the
golden tresses of his young wife — “Here,”
he whispered, bending down so that his lips
well night touched her cheek, so pale and transparent,
“Here our first and only child was
born, and Alice —” his words were scarcely
audible, but the pale cheek of his wife was
flushed with a glow like the day-break of a
summer day in June.

As he bent over her, she raised her face and
looked up into his eyes. Very beautiful it
was to see her gaze, as her soul — the soul of
the Mother and the Wife — seemed to pass
from her clear deep eyes into the eyes of the
Husband.

“I may die,” she whispered, “Die in giving
life to my child. You will not forget me,
Arthur? O, how beautiful Oakleaf is in the
spring! And yet when the spring flowers
come they may bloom upon my grave!”

There was a holy sadness written upon the
face of the young Wife, who, on the threshold
of the joys and anguish of maternity, spoke of
Death with a tear, and yet with a smile.

“Banish these gloomy presentiments, Alice!
You will not die before me. And then, Alice,
we should always bear in mind that there is a
kind Father yonder, who guides the courses of
our life, and does all things well.”

Look upon this scene with your own eyes.
Contrast the face of the young husband, with
dark brown hair, curling over the forehead,
with the countenance of the young wife, with
flowing hair of sunny gold — a countenance
chaste and womanly, in which the maiden and
the mother seem to mingle — and last of all, le
your gaze rest upon the sleeping child, where
the beauty and the thought of each face, is reflected
as in a mirror.

Surround these three forms with the sacred
atmosphere of Home. Listen to the music of
the winter fire as it crackles and sings under
the chimney arch. Listen to the voice of the old
clock, as it throbs away in its walnut case.
Hark! The gust beats against the window,
but all within is the quiet, the unutterable peace
of Home.

What can mar the peace or wreck the
happiness of this Husband and Wife, who find
a Heaven by their winter fireside?

And after you have surveyed this scene, and
drank in its calm and unpretending sanctity,
come with me to another apartment of this
mansion of dark grey stone.

Seated beside a lamp, which breaks the
shadows of a small room, furnished after the
fashion of the Revolution, behold a young
woman of twenty-two years, whose jet-black
hair and eyes darker than midnight, give a peculiar
beauty to a pale face, with sharp coldly
chisseled features. She wears a dark dress,
which fits closely to her neck, and envelopes a
slender but symmetrical shape. Her hand
small and death-like, with long and tapering
fingers, rests upon the mahogany table, on
which the lamp is burning, and her eyes
gleaming beneath their dark lashes, are fixed
intently upon the person seated opposite.

That person is a young man who seems
prematurely old with thought and study. His
figure long and lean, and bent as with untimely
age, is clad in the Quaker garb. Upon his
great coat of shapeless drab, hang particles of
sleet and snow, for he has but a moment since
passed from the dreary night, into the warmth
and comfort of this dimly lighted room. His
face you cannot see, for it is shadowed by an
ample hat, very broad in the rim, and with fur
like yellowish snow. With large hands clasped
upon his knees, he sits there like an ungainly
statue, his head drooped, as he converses with
the young woman in low and measured tones.

“You had a stormy ride from the City?”
remarked the young woman.

“Truly so. It is a strange fancy that
induces friend Bayne to reside here in the

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

winter. I even put my horse away with my
own hands, for it seems there are no servants
at Oakleaf but thyself?”

“I am no servant,” answered the young
woman, with a proud curl of her thin lip —
“I am the friend of Alice Bayne.”

“O! Thee sews for her, and she pays thee
with food and clothing?” said the Quaker,
falling into an ungrammatical dialect, peculiar
to portions of his sect: “I had forgotten.”

He spoke without raising his head, but his
words were not without their effect on the
young woman. She colored from the neck
to the forehead — her bust small but beautifully
shaped, rose and fell with quick pulsations.

“As you please, Doctor,” she answered,
“I am only a poor relation of the rich merchant's
wife. A poor relation is something
worse than a slave. I know that.”

Silence prevailed for a few moments, when
the Quaker remarked, in his whispering way —

“Do they expect me?”

“Alice expected your father, Doctor
Gatherwood,” was the answer.

“Ah! My father is palsied, and of course
unable to attend to his patients. I have taken
his practice off his hands. Why should Alice
expect my father on a night like this? Was I
not here, in this very house, two years ago
when her first child was born?”

The speaker did not raise his head, but his
words seemed to create a singular emotion in
the mind of the listener.

Her slight frame, from the small foot to the
white neck, shook with a violent tremor. Her
features grew sharper and more compressed.
She hid her brilliant eyes with her death-like
hand.

“I remember,” she said in a low but
emphatic voice.

“Does thee?” was the answer in a lower
tone, but with an emphasis more distinct.

These words, I remember, and does thee?
unmeaning as they look on paper, acquire a
deep significance from the accent and the
emotion which accompanied their utterance.
The young woman trembled as she spoke,
while the Doctor uttered the words with a
sound very much like suppressed laughter.

“Does Alice Bayne ever speak of me?”
asked the Doctor after a pause.

“Never,” was the answer.

“Does Arthur Bayne ever speak of me.'

“Often. As the son of old Doctor Gatherwood,
the friend of his father. And as —”
she paused, still shading her eyes with her
hand. Yet beneath the shadow of that hand,
you may see the thin nether lip quiver with a
violent tremor.

“And as —” the Doctor echoed, without
raising his head.

“As the able and benevolent Physician,
who, two years ago, saved the life of a beloved
wife.”

These words appeared to give a vast deal of
satisfaction to the Quaker. He drew a long
breath, gave utterance to an emphatic sound,
which neither sigh nor chuckle, seemed a composition
of both, and —

“Ann,” said he, “thee may prepare me a
glass of Jamaica spirits and hot water, spiced
with a little lemon, and sweetened with sugar,
as it is very likely that I will have to sit up
all night, watching for the event which is soon
to add another blossom to the hearth of friend
Arthur.”

After this exceedingly long sentence, the
Quaker drew another deep breath and spread
forth his large hands upon his bony knees,
still keeping his face within the shadow of his
broad rim.

Ann did not seem to hear his words. Her
hand over her eyes, she sat like a statue, her
bosom heaving and her lip quivering.

“Does thee hear, Ann?” cried the Doctor in
a sharp tone.

Ann rose, and with a noiseless step left the
room. Turning his head over his shoulder,
the Doctor eyed her slender form until it disappeared.

He was now alone, in that quiet room, furnished
in an old-fashioned style, with a wood
stove roaring away beneath the carved mantel-piece.

Still he did not change his position, nor remove
the broad-rimmed hat from his brow.

“Well — w-e-ll!” he soliloquized — Truly
a Doctor's life is a troublesome affair! Night
and day one is the slave of every body who
chooses to summon one from the dinner table
or the comfortable bed. Arthur here is very
rich, and loves his wife with an affection that
is truly idolatrous. Indeed they are a comely
couple.”

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

At this moment Ann returned, and held before
the Doctor an antique silver bowl, carved
all over with flowers and Cupids, and steaming
with some fragrant liquid, which poetically
might be called nectar, but more familiarly is
designated “Rum Punch.”

The Doctor seemed to gaze intently into her
pale face, as she extended the bowl, in her delicate
hand.

“Take it Reuben,” she said quickly — “Oh!
such a headache as I have!” She pressed her
unoccupied hand against her forehead.

Reuben took the bowl, and seemed — beneath
the shadows of that ponderous hat — to
inhale the combined fragrance of rum, lemon,
and sugar, with all the nostrils of his soul.

At the same instant Ann glided toward the
door by which she had entered, but passed for
a single moment behind the back of the Doctor,
pressing her finger to her lip, while her dark
brows met in a frown. It was a picture. The
lean Doctor in Quaker garb, calmly inhaling
the fragrance of the steaming bowl, while behind
him stood that slender form, with a pale
face, darkened by an emotion which looked
like the intensity of hatred or of fear.

“Ann where is thee?” asked Reuben, without
turning his head.

She glided to the door, opened it with a
sudden jar, and exclaimed in a careless tone —
“Did you speak, Reuben? I was about going
up stairs to see Alice for a moment —”

“Very good. And thee may give my best
wishes to Alice and Arthur, and don't forget to
say that I am here. Thee understands?”

“Yes, Reuben,” said Ann, and with that
word she left the room.

Dr. Reuben Gatherwood was alone.

For a moment he listened to the subdued
echo of the young woman's footsteps as she
ascended the stairs. After that moment was
passed, all was breathlessly still once more.
The sleet was heard beating at intervals against
the shutters, and the wood-stove beneath the
mantel-piece sung away, with a low simmering
sound.

Reuben rose from the chair, and advancing
to the burean which stood in the shadows in
one corner, he held his hand for an instant
over a capacious silver pitcher. When he returned
to the light again, he held the punch-bowl
in his hand, but it was empty.

Bending to the lamp — his face shadowed
by the broad rim you will remember — he intently examined the interior of the silver
bowl. And at the bottom of the bowl appeared
a white sediment, very thin, and scarce perceptible,
had it not been for the strong ray of
the lamp, shining into the glittering interior of
the vessel.

Dr. Reuben Gatherwood uttered an emphatic
“humph!”

“Truly his sugar is exceedingly white,”
he murmured — “only the flavor is very peculiar.”

Reuben quietly placed the silver cup beneath
the table, and without removing his hat,
drew a book from his pocket, and began to read
by the light of the lamp. As leaning back in
his chair he peruses the pages of the volume,
the light shines upon the lower part of his face.
You can discover a wide mouth with almost
imperceptible lips, and a chin remarkable for
its massive outline. The lips move in a peculiar
smile as Dr. Reuben reads; a smile
which indicative of neither joy nor sorrow,
conveys a meaning which strikes you with an
unpleasant sensation, but which you in vain
attempt to define.

“Truly these French writers are a very
singular race,” soliloquized Reuben as he read:
“Now here is a work by an eminent French
Physician, with annotations on the margin by a
Preacher of this city. The work itself displays
considerable science, but the annotations are
exceedingly curious. For instance —” Reuben
reads aloud, but in suppressed voice, the
passage which follows —

Hark! a cry, very low but full of agony, resounds
through the Home. For the first time that sound disturbs
the stillness of a Home which Marriage has made
sacred to the eye of God. It is the wail of the young
wife, who struggling in the agonies of motherhood, is
about to give life to a first child. That sound only
strikes upon the ears of the libertine to produce a sneer
or a laugh. Brutal in his estimate of woman at all
times, he regards her sacred agonies, when she is passing
from the Wife into the Mother, with cold indifference,
or a ribald jest. At this time, however, Woman
is a spectacle for the reverence of men and angels. Her
love consecrated by marriage, is now ripening fast into
the fruit of a New Life. She is on the eve of giving
birth to a NEW SOUL. She may yield her life a holy
gift to her new born babe. She may survive, but
volumes cannot depict, after what a chaos of pain and
agony. At this epoch of the life of woman, what is the

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

course of your modern civilization? At this crisis of
life and death, too often of life out of death, how does
the custom of the world treat this woman, who a year
ago was Maiden, who has been sacred and sealed to all
but the eye of a Husband? It introduces a Stranger
into the marriage chamber. It invests that Stranger
with powers that far exceed what the most bigoted
Protestant attributes to the Roman Catholic Priest.
And to this Strange Man, society entrusts the life, and
more than life, the purity of the Wife and Mother.
And —

“Truly that is very fine!” remarked Doctor
Reuben, when he had completed this passage.
“We men of the Medical profession are fearful
people. Yet let me read further —

Why should not Woman be prepared by education
to fill the place which now is occupied by the Male
Physician? Do you say that she is not capable of receiving
such an education? The history of the world,
the very fact of woman's organization, gives you the lie.
How many thousands that are unmarried, or that are
widowed, might by a reform in the opinions of the social
world, be elevated into the position of Ministering
Angels by the couch of Maternity!

“How many!” echoed Doctor Reuben,
while his thin lips curled with a frightful sneer—
“That is the question? Truly it seems to
me, that society might find this out some day.
But until it does find it out, the world will wag
as usual. Women who are unmarried, or who
are widowed, may slave for nine pence a day,
or take up the life and the wages of prostitution.
But the idea of educating women into
Doctors — is it not absurd? The public think
so. Is not the public the best judge.
Again —”

Doctor Reuben read another passage:

How often have we seen THE Doctor, seated in his
easy chair, bottle in hand, and a few chosen boon companions
round him, telling with many a sneer and obscene
jest, the secrets of some Home into which he has
been admitted as a professional visiter! As a Student
this Physician learned his art by practicing in the huts
of the poorest of the poor. As a Doctor he gains admittance
into the households of the respectable and the
rich. Husband! you are wont to welcome the Doctor
as your best friend. Listen to him now, as he tells in
detail the agonies of your wife, and for the amusement
of his bottle companions, pollutes with every elaboration
of a libertine fancy, the dearest sanctities of your Home.
Wife! you look to the Doctor as the saviour of your
life; he aided you in the hour of life and death; he
lifted you from death into life; he saved the child of
your bosom. Behold this same Doctor as he leaves
your home, and enters the room in which the friends of
his leisure hours await him. Hark! to the laughter as
he tells his pleasant story, and turns the anguish of
your maternity into a brothel joke.

“This is bitter!” soliloquized Doctor Reuben.
“Truly these annotations flatter my
profession. Yet hold — here is another note
in pencil —”

How many homes have been poisoned forever by the
treachery of an eminent, long trusted, and even sanctimonious
Physician! Do you blame him, Husband?
Reflect. It is yourself that have tempted him. You
have placed life, honor, purity in his hands, and then
wonder that he betrays them all. If the dark history
of women's degradation were truly written, how many
cases of lost purity should we trace home to the
treachery of a confidential physician!

“Very well!” was the exclamation of Doctor
Reuben — “Worse and worse! What will
not these Physicians do?”

Doctor Reuben laughed and read on:

There is but one remedy. Respect that modesty
which is an eternal barrier between Woman and dishonor.
Let no man cross the last and most sacred retreat
of your Home. Let no libertine sneer, let no
oracular dogma uttered by a renowned Professor, shake
you from your purpose. Woman, and none but Woman,
is the proper Physician by the couch of Motherhood.

“But thee forgets, my good annotator, that
Woman is a being of inferior intellect,” was
the commentary of Doctor Reuben. “Doth
not society think so? Should we not be foolish
indeed, did we refuse to believe what society
preaches?”

Woman can be educated, and well educated in the
most difficult branches of the Medical profession. The
day is coming when the introduction of a Strange Man
into the Home, will be looked upon as an act of shameless
insult to the Wife, yes, as a crime only second to
dishonor itself.

Doctor Reuben placed the book in his pocket
again, for he heard a footstep in the entry.

In an instant Ann Clarke entered the room.
As she came near the light it might be seen that
her pale face indicated an effort to suppress a
violent agitation.

“Doctor,” she said, resting her hand on
the back of his chair, “I trust you found your
warm drink palatable?”

The Doctor did not turn his head, much
less glance toward the speaker, as he replied—
“It was indeed pleasant. I thank thee
Ann. How do our friends come on up
stairs?”

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

Ann bent her head, and whispered in his
ear.

“Ah! indeed — so soon!” he exclaimed,
and rising from the chair, left the room with a
hurried step.

And then Ann Clarke, left alone, sank into
the chair which he had occupied, and clasping
her hands, exclaimed aloud —

“God help me! That I should be in the
power of a man like this!”

It is impossible to depict the intense anguish
of her pallid face. The features were sharpened
as with the touch of death; her eyes
flashed with feverish light.

“But,” she said slowly, “his career is
almost done.”

She paced the floor with irregular steps —
now pausing as if the act of listening, now
turning a horror-stricken countenance toward
the light.

“What matter,” she murmured incoherently—
“A life like his only curses the earth. It
is no harm to destroy a noxious reptile.”

She paused, and glanced around the room,
from the table to the side-board.

“The cup, what has he done with the cup?”

Ere she had time to solve this question, the
door opened and Arthur Bayne entered the
room. His countenance was pale and troubled.

Go up stairs, Ann,” he whispered, sinking
in the chair which the Doctor and the young
woman had occupied by turns — “Quick, Ann,
for God's sake! There is no time to be
lost.”

Ann hurried to the door, and as suddenly
retraced her steps:

“Mr. Bayne,” she said with a face utterly
colorless, and a voice that trembled in every
accent: “I have an important revelation to
make to you —”

Arthur looked up with a mingled look of
impatience and wonder — “To-morrow, Ann,
to-morrow I will talk with you —” he said
with a hasty gesture.

“To-morrow will be too late —”

“Ann, Ann, would you have me sacrifice the
life of Alice, for the sake of any revelation,
however important?” cried Arthur, his face
flushing with anger — “Up stairs at once, and
for God's sake!”

At this moment Ann caught a glimpse of the
silver cup which the Doctor had concealed beneath
the table.

“He has not drank,” she exclaimed aloud,
wringing her hands, as her face was stamped
with an inexpressible dismay.

Arthur looked upon her as one would survey
a lunatic.

“Why Ann, what can be the matter with
you? Who has not drank? What mean
you?”

“Nothing, nothing,” she replied hastily
“You know I was watching very late last
night, and I am feverish for want of sleep. I
will go up stairs without delay. Poor Alice!
How could I be so thoughtless as to attempt to
converse with you, on a matter which can just
as well be told to-morrow!”

She left the room without another word.

The young Husband would have thought
strangely of her broken words, and her hesitation,
at any other than the present time, but
now the extremity of his wife absorbed every
faculty of his soul.

“Doctor Reuben is indeed a tried Physician
and a faithful friend.” He repeated these
words very often in a low tone.

Then resting his arm upon the table, and
supporting his cheek in his hand, he gazed
upon the floor witth a look of the keenest
anxiety, the most harrowing suspense. The
moisture started from his forehead; he pressed
his lip between his teeth, and — wrung by the
agitation of mind and body — even bit his nails
until the blood started from his finger-ends.

“If Alice should die!” he exclaimed repeatedly—
“If Alice should die!”

For three hours the Husband kept his weary
watch, and after a world of suspense and mental
torture, he heard a low footstep in the
entry.

Ann entered the room — her face was
deathly pale.

“Speak,” cried Arthur, in the tone of a
frenzied man — “Alice — she is not dead!”

“Alice survives,” answered Ann in a whisper—
“Come up stairs and look upon the
new-born child.”

-- 133 --

p254-131

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

CHAPTER THIRTEENTH. THE HISTORY TOLD BY THE DYING WOMAN. PART II.

Not many moments after this scene, Doctor
Reuben and the young woman entered the room
on the lower floor together. The Doctor had
assumed his overcoat and broad-rimmed hat;
he was evidently prepared for a journey.

“You do not intend to return home to-night
Doctor,” said the young woman, as she paused
near the door, while he advanced toward the
light.

“Certainly; I have many patients to attend
to, early in the morning,” was the reply —
“By-the-bye, Ann, will thee brew me another
warm drink. Yet hold — come here friend
Ann —”

As he lifted the broad rimmed hat from his
head, the young woman advanced to the light.
For the first time we can gaze freely upon Dr.
Reuben's face. The forehead is wide, but the
top of his head is perfectly flat. The eyes are
large, in color a cold glassy azure, and protruding
until they are in a line with his brows.
Add to these features, a nose bold and prominent,
a wide mouth with thin lips, a chin large
and square, and you will have a faint idea of
the peculiar expression of Dr. Reuben's face.

As the young woman came within the circle
of the light, it might be seen, that her eyes unnaturally
bright, shone from a face which was
stamped with a corpse-like pallor.

“Ann Clarke,” and as he spoke in a sweet
and even voice, the Doctor's protruding eyes
emitted a glance which penetrated the young
woman to the soul — “Ann Clarke I have a
word to say to thee. When a young woman,
unmarried, has placed herself in a Doctor's
power, by destroying a life which is the fruit
of her passions
— does thee hear?”

Ann with her eyes cast to the floor, stood
trembling from head to foot. She was silent.

“Why in that case, Ann Clarke, the young
woman aforesaid, should never think of mixing
any white dust with the punch of the Doctor
aforesaid. Does thee understand? Especially
if that white dust should look and smell like
arsenic. Do my words seem plain to thee?”

Before these words were completed Ann
fell at his feet, her eyes closed, her limbs
stiffened, as if in death.

Laughing heartily to himself, Doctor Reuben
resumed his broad brim, and left the room and
the house. In a few moments the sound of
his horse's hoofs echoed on the midnight air.

When Ann recovered her senses, she found
Arthur Bayne bending over her, his cheeks
flushed, his eyes brilliant with an unnatural
joy.

“Give me joy, my friend,” he cried, “Give
me joy. Alice survives, and her child will
also live. But you are worn out: this late
watching has been too much for you. Take
a little sleep Ann — I myself will watch while
you sleep. Dr. Reuben told me that I need
have no fear for Alice —”

Assisted by the hand of Arthur Bayne, the
young woman rose from the floor, and took
her seat by the table, by the light of the waning
lamp.

“God bless us! What ails you Ann?” and
Arthur started back at the sight of her face.
“You are terribly changed within an hour. I
scarce can recognize you —”

Ann, whose face stamped with a livid pallor,
was compressed in every line, as with the
resolution of despair, raised her lack-lustre
eyes to the face of the young Merchant, and
said in a low voice —

“Sit by me for a few moments, Mr. Bayne,
and I will tell you all.”

Her tone filled Arthur with a feeling of terror
which he could not analyze.

“All? What mean you?”

“All,” she continued, “And when all is told,
you may spurn me from your doors, or murder
me if you like, but speak I must, and
now.”

Clad as he was in a dressing gown, the
young Husband sank in a chair, his noble face
manifesting a sudden interest in every lineament.

“When you were married, Arthur Bayne,
some three years ago, your wife gave me, her
poor relation, a home —”

“Do not speak of it Ann. You have been
to Alice friend, nurse, and sister. Rather
speak of the vast debt of kindness we — Alice,
myself, our children — owe to you.”

A smile crossed the young woman's face.
Such a smile, as reminds you of sunshine
playing over the face of a corse.

“A vast debt, indeed!” she continued, with

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

an accent of singular bitterness — “Hear me
first, and then you can estimate the amount of
this debt at your leisure.”

With a voice that never faltered, and an eye
that never once changed its glassy lustre, Ann
Clarke, “the poor relation,” then uttered these
words:

“This is no time for woman's modesty;
this is not the hour for maidenly shame. You
think me a pure and innocent girl. Know
once for all that I am a lost and guilty woman.
Nay! Do not start, and gather that look of incredulity
upon your face. Hear me — I shall
be brief — and then form your own judgment.
It is not for myself that I care, but for you and
yours —”

“Ann! You are surely in a dream —”

“A little while before your marriage, I became
acquainted with a young man who
bore the name of Lemuel Gardiner. It was
before my mother died, when I lived in a narrow
court, and attempted to gain bread and
shelter by the hard slavery of the needle. This
Gardiner was a young man — not without
good looks, and yet not pre-eminent for manly
beauty. But his voice was low and smooth;
his eyes always shone with an expression of
quiet sympathy. He became — it matters not
how — a visiter to our home. He won my
love. We were then too poor to think of
marriage. He was the only friend I had in
the world. Blame me if you will, taunt me
with my shame, but the truth must be told. I
became his, and without marriage.”

An expression of wonder and compassion
stole over Arthur's face.

“Poor as I was, I had yet rich relations,
who would be horror-stricken at the story of
my shame. Poor as I was, I yet feared the
jibe and the scorn of the great world. While
my shame was a secret in my own home, I
did not care for the morrow. But at the same
moment, when I became conscious that a new
life was throbbing within my breast, I was
told by my lover that he could never redeem
my shame, with a marriage vow. He was a
Priest. Lemuel Gardiner was a name assumed
for the occasion. He was a Priest of my own
Church —”

“A Priest! It is incredible! A Priest of
the Catholic Church —”

“Spare that look and accent of horror. He
was indeed a Priest, at the time of which I
speak, but since then, he has been degraded
from the service of the Altar. He is now, if I
mistake not, a Convert to the Protestant
Church, full of hatred to `the Pope,' and overflowing
with gall at the mere mention of
`idolatrous Rome' —”

“I think I have heard of the man,” muttered
the listener.

“This lover told me that he could not marry
me. But he would spare me the anguish of
bringing into life a child, leprous from the hour
of its birth with the brand of its Mother's
shame. In a word, he brought to my humble
dwelling in the narrow court, a very dear
friend, whom he called Dr. Reuben Gatherwood—”

“Reuben Gatherwood!” ejaculated Arthur,
in a tone of unfeigned amazement.

Her voice sank low, and deeper as she went
on. Many times her livid face was overspread
by flushes of burning scarlet. More than once
she veiled her eyes, while her lips still continued
that narration of dishonour and despair.

“And thus,” she exclaimed, after the nameless
tragedy of her life had been told: “Thus
deserted by Lemuel Gardiner, the forsworn
Priest, I became the bound Slave of Dr. Reuben
Gatherwood. A word from Dr. Reuben
could at any moment blast me with the name
of MURDERESS! From the hour which Dr.
Reuben entered my home, until this moment,
I have been his slave.”

“Reuben Gatherwood! I cannot — cannot
believe it;” and the merchant looked with
vague incredulity into the face of the agitated
woman. “But Ann,” said he, kindly taking
her hand within his own, “The past is with
the past. Do not think that I have for you
any emotion that approaches to condemnation
or contempt. What need to make this revelation
of your life to me?”

“Because it concerns you, and none other,”
replied Ann, in an emphatic tone.

“I am in the dark; I cannot see the drift of
your words —”

“You will know, alas! too soon —” Ann
hid her face in her hands.

The young Merchant did not seem to hear
her words. A smile that was born at the
fountains of a generous heart, gave a new life
to his handsome face.

-- 135 --

p254-133

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

“And as to Dr. Reuben Gatherwood, he will
never breathe a whisper of this early misfortune,”
he exclaimed. “He is not the man to
abuse the confidence of any living thing.”

“Reflect for a moment,” said Ann, in a tone
of peculiar emphasis. “For two years Dr.
Reuben Gatherwood has (in the absence of his
aged father) been the confidential Physician of
your home. For two years has Ann Clarke
been an inmate of your house.”

Arthur could not understand the expression
which came over the young woman's face.
Her cheeks became more and more death-like,
while her eyes flashed with dazzling light.
Her accent was clear and distinct; every word
from her lips seemed invested with a peculiar
and hidden meaning.

“I am in the dark yet, Ann,” murmured
Arthur.

“You have doubtless often heard the enemies
of the Roman Church speak in terms of
the utmost horror concerning the influence
which the Priest exercises in every Catholic
family. And yet what is the influence, what
is the power of the Priest, compared to the
confidential Physician? Once I heard it said,
that a just Physician was the truest Minister
of God on earth. Familiar with ailments of
the body and mind, he can administer to the
wants of both, while the Priest only pretends
to care for the Soul. Can you imagine the
power of evil which rests in the hands of the
corrupt Physician?”

“You speak in enigmas,” answered Arthur,
smiling in spite of himself, at the earnestness
and gravity of the young woman: “Upon my
word, Ann, I cannot fathom your meaning.”

“Enigmas! Alas, that an evil like that
which I am about to describe, cannot be spoken
of in any other way than by hints and whispers.”

She paused, and her eyes assumed again
that vague and dreamy lustre. Bending forward,
Arthur earnestly perused each feature of
her pallid face, as if to wrench from her looks
the hidden meaning of her words.

“The woman is mad,” he muttered to himself;
“The story of her fault is only the fancy
of a bewildered brain.”

“Listen,” she said quietly, and then commenced
a narrative, which held Arthur Bayne
enchained for the space of half an hour.

Mark the sudden changes of his face, hear
the broken exclamations which escape between
his set teeth, and then as the very apathy of
horror gathers over his every lineament, guess
if you can — if you dare — the nature of the
narrative, that now falls word by word into his
soul.

At last the narrative was told.

“I do not curse you,” said Arthur in a
changed voice, “Nor do I charge this crime
upon your head.”

The young woman regarded with terror this
unnatural calmness of look and tone.

“Pity, for God's sake pity!” she cried
falling on her knees.

But he turned away, and with an uneven
step left the room. The agony of a lost soul
was gnawing at his heart, but his face was
calm as marble, and as colorless. No groan
came from his lips, as he passed along the dark
entry and ascended the stairs. He hesitated
for a moment, when he stood upon the threshold
of his wife's chamber, but gathering strength
for the effort — an effort that in his present
state of mind demanded superhuman strength—
he pushed open the door and crossed the
threshold.

A taper standing upon a side-table, flung a
faint light upon the gathered curtains of a bed.
Those curtains were like the driven snow, and
from their folds appeared a small white hand,
whose delicate outlines were distinctly drawn
upon the silken coverlet.

You cannot see his face, as he approaches
the bed and looks within. A wife and her
new born babe are slumbering there, but the
curtains hide them from our sight.

He for a moment conceals his face among
their folds, and then lifts the white hand to his
lips.

Without a word he passes from the room.
The Mother is sleeping with her new-born
child upon her breast — whither tend the footsteps
of the Husband and the Father?

Ann, frightened by the terrible calmness of
his manner, has passed from the lower room
into the entry. In the dark she is waiting —

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

listening. She does not watch very long,
before a step is heard descending the stairs.
A figure wrapped in a cloak with many capes
hurries by her, and the next instant she hears
the front door open and shut, with a stealthy
sound. The figure is gone. The young
woman would fain hurry to the door, and
arrest his steps, but she is palsied. She has
lost for the moment the power of motion and
speech.

In the dark she stands, clutching her throat,
as though in the attempt to crush the agony,
which swells in a torrent of fire, from her
heart to her brain.

Hark! The beat of hoofs upon the road,
in front of the door — for a moment the sound
is heard distinctly — and then it whirls away
and mingles with the blast.

“My God! He is gone!” ejaculates the
young woman — “Whither? For what purpose?”

The wind is howling around the quiet
Oakleaf home. The sleet is beating against
the upper window pane. In the room, where
a dim light is glimmering, sleeps the Mother and
her babe. The rosy boy, is slumbering too,
within that soundless mansion. The fire on
the hearth is burning low, but the old clock
throbs on — the only sound within those dark
grey walls.

Look yonder on the road which leads toward
the Schuylkill, and toward the haze now glimmering
over the distant city. A horseman
with closely muffled form is spurring on,
through mire and snow, with the cold blast
beating full upon his uncovered brow. He
does not once look back, though Oakleaf, and
a Mother and her babe, are slumbering there.
Toward the city, with mad haste he flies,
spurring his horse, as though he would fill the
generous animal with some portion of the
spirit now boiling in his own veins.

Change the scene for a moment to Arch
Street, where a line of lofty mansions, break
indistinctly into the leaden sky. A horseman
comes madly along the street; he flings his
steed back on his haunches, before a door,
which by the light of a neighboring lamp,
glitters with a broad silver plate.

Dr. Reuben Gatherwood — is the name
inscribed upon that plate.

The horseman dismounts. Muffled in his
heavy cloak, he ascends the marble steps, and
in an instant the bell is in his grasp. Hark!
How that sound echoes through the lofty
chambers of the mansion!

After a brief delay the door is opened, and a
servant clad in the Quaker garb appears.

“I wish to see young Dr. Gatherwood on
an errand of life and death.”

Shading his eyes from the street lamp, the
servant regards this muffled form for a few
moments with a wondering look.

“Thee cannot see him, for truly he is not
in the house.”

“Where can I find him?” was the next
question, in a quiet but impatient voice.

“Well — now — he has so many patients —
truly —” stammered the servant.

“Quick! I tell you man it is on a mission
of life and death,” cried the muffled figure.

“It is very late — truly it must be near
morning. I rather think thee can find young
Dr. Reuben at —”

He hesitated, and surveyed the stranger with
a cautious glance.

“Where?” and a vigorous hand was laid
upon the servant's shoulder. “Lose no time,
but tell me at once —”

“Thee is a very rude man, I must say.
Thee can find Dr. Reuben at his Dissecting
Room —”

“And that is —”

“In an old building, fourth story, in an alley
that runs from Second to Third, below Chesnut.”

The horseman on his steed again, urges him
with word and spur, and through the sleet and
mire, the sparks fly from the horse's hoofs.

It is an alley narrow and dark, and in the
day-time the sun-beam may scarcely struggle
down between these high and gloomy walls.
It is, at this moment of the night, as silent and
deserted as the grave itself. From yonder
window in the fourth story, a ray flickers out,
and dies in the sleety air. Let us ascend to
that window, and look within its dingy panes.

It is a long and narrow room. Furniture
there is none. The walls are high, the ceiling
black with smoke, the floor spotted with blotches,
and the solitary window, half covered with a
ragged curtain. The atmosphere is dense and

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

sickening. In the centre, stands a large table
of unpainted pine, and upon this table burns
a lamp, which emits a small flame, obscured
by a cloud of smoke.

By the table, or rather bending over it, behold
a lean figure, with a black muslin apron
bound across his narrow chest. The sleeves
of his shirt, for he has thrown his coat aside,
are spotted with blood red stains. In one
hand he holds a small instrument of steel,
glittering through the blood which drips
from its slender blade. His homely face, is
agitated by an unnatural enthusiasm; his eyes,
protruding at all times, now seem about to start
from their sockets. His lips, thin and wide,
are tightly compressed, and his hard deep
breathing, may be heard through the whole
extent of the long narrow room. His forehead
glitters with large beads of moisture. He is
entirely absorbed in the task, which has called
him to this lonely room.

Upon the table, beneath the gaze of his protruding
eyes, lies stretched the body of a human
being. Only yesterday that body was the
casement of a woman's soul: now, by the ray
of the smoky lamp, behold the casket from
which the eternal spark has fled.

Alas! Alas! Not even the grave was a
resting place for you, poor Daughter of the
Poor! Many times, in want and misery you
wished for Death, and prayed God for the
resting place of a quiet grave. There, after
hunger, cold, sin and despair, you would at
last, be at peace. They buried you only yesterday
in Potter's Field. They crushed your
limbs, into the rude coffin, and laid you to rest,
without a word or prayer, but with the music
of a rattling spade and a falling clod. But even
in the grave, rest is denied you. You died
poor — science now demands your Corpse. It
is necessary for Science and the world, that
even the unblest mould of Potter's field,
should be stripped from your unpainted coffin.
The rough lid is tore aside, and your form
grasped by the hand of wretches, who are
forced to earn a dollar in this way, is huddled
into a cart, and borne through the populous
city to the inner Temple of Science —
the Dissecting Room. It must be a comfort to
you, Poor Woman, to think that all this is
done in the cause of Science — Science that
did so much for you and yours, while life was
in your veins.

And over this corpse, like the Ghoul of eastern
legend over its loathsome meal, hung Dr.
Reuben Gatherwood, with sharpened knife
and gloating eye.

“Immortality of the soul — let me cut the
body into a thousand pieces — shall I find any
proof of it here?” Thus soliloquized Dr.
Reuben, as he bent over the corpse; “Truly
the great Frenchman, Broussais, was right!
Let me dissect these nerves, and I will show
the cause of all sensibility. A cut or two at
the viscera will reveal the cause of all passion.
As for the mind it is only a secretion of the
brain. Truly the scalpel is a great Teacher!”

Reuben belonged to that class of Physicians
who open the casket from which a diamond
has been stolen, and demonstrate from the very
structure of the casket, that it never contained
a diamond at all. In other words, after the
soul has left its casement, Reuben seeks for it,
by rending into pieces, the body from which
it has fled.

Reuben was an Atheist. With all his knowledge
of Science, the veriest Child babbling
amid its toys, could have taught him a Science
as far above his own, as the canopy of heaven
is above the kennel. The Child can believe.
Reuben was incapable of belief.

“Broussais was right,” said Reuben, passing
his knife along the brow of the dead.
“Matter is God, and God is matter —”

At this moment, the light was extinguished.
How we cannot tell, but it went out, as though
the wick had been snapt by a pistol shot.

“Truly,” cried Reuben, as he found himself
alone in the dark with the dead — “Truly
this is singular —”

Then a weapon descended upon Reuben's
skull, with all the force of an arm nerved by
frenzy. It was the stock of a pistol, or perchance
a knotted club, but it did not give Reuben
much time for thought. In the thick dark
it descended upon Reuben's head, his breast,
his shoulders. He made an attempt to grapple
with his unseen enemy. In the attempt he
fell backward upon the table, and upon the
breast of the corpse. He lay struggling there,
while the club or pistol stock, continued to
rain its blows upon him. Reuben moaned,

-- 138 --

p254-136 [figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

cursed, pleaded, but still the work went on.
Beaten to a jelly, his face streaming blood, his
limbs mangled, Reuben endeavoured to rise
from the corpse and battle with his unseen
enemy.

“Devil!” he gasped, “Does thee mean to
murder me?”

An iron instrument struck him on the skull,
with terrible, yes, fatal force.

Reuben struggled no more.

On the table, side by side with the dead
woman, he lay, while a hand was inserted beneath
his vest, next to his heart.

Does the heart still beat?

The hand is withdrawn, and a step is heard
followed by the jar of a door.

Late in the afternoon of the next day, a
brother Physician entered the Dissecting Room,
and found the mangled body of Dr. Reuben
stretched beside the woman's corpse. It was
a ghastly and repulsive spectacle.

On the morning of the next day, a riderless
horse stood covered with foam before the door
of the Oakleaf mansion.

And on a rock, beside the Schuylkill, a blue
cloak and cap were found by a fisherman who
was wandering near the shore. They were
recognized, by a letter in the cap, as the
property of Arthur Bayne.

For many days Philadelphia rung with the
details of two sad and painful events.

“Dr. Reuben Gatherwood has been assailed
by assasins while in his study, and is now lingering
at the point of death.”

“Arthur Bayne, one of our first Merchants,
was drowned in the Schuylkill by the fright of
an unmanageable horse.”

These topics supplied matter for the discussion
of the gossips of the street and the
press, for at least three days.

Three days have passed. We stand once
more in the chamber of Alice Bayne. The
curtains are drawn, the place is very still, a
faint taper is burning by the bed.

From the next room you hear the smothered
voice of mourning. No relatives are gathered
there, neither father nor mother, sister nor
friends — none watching for the last moment
of the dying Mother, save a solitary woman,
whose tears fell unseen by any human eye.

But in this chamber all is still. Once the
bridal chamber, then the chamber of motherhood,
it is now the chamber of death. She
has been dying for three days. Ever since the
word of her Husband's death reached her ears,
she has been sinking slowly into the shadow
of Eternity.

Soon the mystery of her life will be revealed.

CHAPTER FIFTEENTH. THE HISTORY TOLD BY THE DYING WOMAN. PART IV.

“Ann,” said a low voice within the curtains
of the bed, “Has he come?”

But there was no answer to the question.
For no living being was within sound of the
dying mother's voice.

“Bring Harry to me, Ann. Bring him at
once. I must see him once more before I leave
you all.”

Again the voice of Alice was unanswered.

But soon, from the door leading into the
next room, there comes with stealthy tread, a
young woman whose slender form, is enveloped
in a black dress. Her face, pale at all times,
is now furrowed with the traces of burning
tears. In her arms she carries the Boy, with
clear blue eyes, and sunny golden hair.

And the little fellow, unconscious of evil or
death, struggles in her arms, and laughs gaily
as he looks up into her pale, haggard face.

“I will go to pa's room,” he exclaims in infantile
tones, as he endeavours to release himself
from her embrace. “He is home. I
know he is. There now — don't you tell a
story, you naughty Ann.”

“Hush! Child! Your mother — your poor,
mother is very, very sick.” — whispers Ann
as she surveys his laughing face with a sigh.

“Ann, are you there?” exclaims a low
voice.

Ann slowly draws the curtains, and the light
streams dimly in upon the dying mother and
her babe. The face of the mother, half buried
in the silken pillow, is colorless, save a tint of
red on her cheek. Her eyes, large and bright,
and impassioned with a mother's love, are
turned toward the young woman, who stands
beside her bed. One hand, white as marble

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

is laid upon the coverlet; the other rests upon
her babe, whose tiny face, smiles in the light,
from the opposite side of the bed.

“Ma! Ma! Let me see my little siss,”
cries the Boy, clapping his hands, and making
an effort to spring from the arms of Ann, upon
the bed.

A tear stole down the cheek of the young
Mother.

“Hold him near to me Ann. There,” she
pressed a kiss upon the lips of her boy —
“Go to bed, now, that's a good Harry. In
the morning you shall see me — shall he not,
Ann?”

With a faint smile she uttered these words,
as her white hand wondered through the golden
locks of her boy.

Ann could not restrain a burst of tears. For
when morning comes, this young mother will
be dead. The first sunbeam that steals through
the window pane, will only light her white
lips and glassy eyes.

“When I am dead — you remember, Ann—
your promise?”

“I will — I will,” said the young woman
amid her sobs, “I will take care of Harry and
be a mother to your new-born babe.”

“What is `dead?”' asked the boy, turning
his large eyes from face to face.

“You talked with old Doctor Gatherwood,
when he was here to-day?” whispered Alice—
“He told you that I could not last till morning!”

The young woman could not answer. This
preternatural calmness of the dying mother,
affected her with an agony too deep for words.

“Don't cry, cousin,” whispered Alice — “I
shall soon be with Arthur.” And she lifted
her eyes, with an expression of rapture, which
you never see, save on a face, which has been
touched by the holy hand of Death.

Ann could no longer gaze upon the scene.
She hurried from the room, bearing the boy in
her arms. As she crossed the threshold, he
looked over her shoulder, and clapped his
hands, and said with a tone that we in vain
endeavour to depict —

“Morrow, Ma! Morrow I will see you!”

The next moment the young mother was
alone once more, with her sleeping babe.

She spoke her thoughts in words, as she
gazed vacantly upon the dim light.

“Arthur and I were orphans, when we
married. His relations live far, far away: and
mine cannot reach the city until I am dead.
Then it storms so, that our friends in the city,
cannot come in time to bid me farewell. Ann
is a good friend. She will be a mother to my
children. That takes the bitterest sting away.
Arthur! Arthur I will not be long —”

Once more Ann entered the room, and on
tip-toe approached the bedside. In a low voice,
she told the dying one, that a number of friends—
the friends of the husband and of herself —
had just arrived, and were impatient to see
her for the last time.

“Let them come up. Yet stay — has he
arrived?”

“He! Of whom do you speak!”

“When old Dr. Gatherwood was here this
afternoon, I besought him to send me a Minister.
You know, that neither Arthur nor myself
were members of any church. Had I
my life to live over again, I would more faithfully
attend to the service of God. Has he
come — speak — I would not die, without a
prayer?”

These words, spoken with great effort,
caused a singular change in the listener's countenance.
She stood with her back to the light,
and therefore the dying one could not see the
shadow which came suddenly over her brow.

“A Minister!” she exclaimed — “Did you
name the Minister of a particular Church?”

“No — I did not. Has no one arrived?”

“There is a Minister down stairs, but —”

“Why do you hesitate?” and Alice raised
her eyes with an imploring look — “Tell him
to come — do not refuse me, cousin.”

As she spoke a third voice, interrupted the
conversation:

“There is no time to be lost — ” the voice
was deep and sepulchral — “Sister I would be
alone, for a little while, with this departing
sinner.”

As though every accent of that voice, was
the poisoned sting of a loathsome reptile, Ann turned pale, shuddered, and with a quick
movement confronted the speaker.

“Lemuel Gardiner!” she ejaculated, raising
her hands.

Near the light, with hands clasped on his
breast, he stood, his huge white cravat, contrasted
with his dark attire, throwing his

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

marked features, into strong relief. His eyes
half closed and sunken in their sockets, his
wide mouth with deep red lips, his prominent
nose, and massive lower jaw, gave altogether a
decided expression to his face.

“It is I, sister,” he answered meekly.

“You, and here!” the young woman confronted
him with a flashing eye.

“It is, I,” his voice sank into a whisper,
and his eyes were dropped meekly to the floor:
“Lemuel Gardiner, once a Roman priest, in
the gall and bitterness of anti-Christ, but now
a Minister of a truly Evangelical Church. Do
you upbraid me, sister, with the sins of my
early life? Do you refuse me the privilege of
a moment's conversation with the departing
soul?”

He spoke very low, but his sunken eyes,
suddenly flamed up, with a light that conveyed
a deeper meaning, than all his measured words.

Ann trembled from head to foot.

“Pray! Converse! But I will — I must remain
in this room —”

“Must you?” Lemuel slowly raised his
finger while a smile agitated his warm red lips.
“Remember! Think again. Indeed, will
you?”

Ann without another word left the room.

Lemuel surveyed the chamber of death,
with a calm and complacent look, and then approached
the bed, on which the dying woman
rested, her decaying life soothed by a half repose,
between sleep and wakefulness.

“Sister, you are departing,” he said, as he
bent over the couch: “Shall I pray with
you?”

She unclosed her eyes with a vague yet
lustrous stare.

“I am the Minister,” Lemuel whispered.

“Thanks,” she murmured, lifting her hand
from the silken coverlet: “Pray for me, pray
that I may soon join Arthur up yonder, pray
for the children that I am about to leave alone
in this drear world.”

Lemuel knelt by the bed. He prayed.

Was it a prayer full of Love, upon whose
every accent, the dying soul might take wing,
and ascend in peace to God?

No. It was a prayer of wrath. It spoke
of a life spent in sin, of an offended God, of
an eternity of torture.

Up in the bed started the dying Alice, her
eyes flashing with terror, her breast swelling
fearfully, beneath the silken coverlet.

“Hold! Hold!” she cried, spreading forth
that hand, whose nails were already blue with
the chill of death.

But Lemuel prayed on. Low, but deep and
sonorous his voice swelled through the silence
of the death room. Tears streamed down his
cheeks: he clasped his hands: he seemed to
feel horror-stricken at the very doom, which
he was compelled by his duty to denounce
upon the dying sinner.

Sinner? Remember, Alice was by the revelation
of Ann Clarke, an innocent woman.
Remember, by that revelation, Alice was unconscious
of the treachery of young Reuben
Gatherwood.

And yet she was a sinner. A sinner lost to
hope and mercy, with nothing in prospect beyond
the grave, but an eternity of torture.
Lemuel said so in his terrible prayer; Lemuel
with sepulchral voice, and streaming eyes, and
hands knit together, uttered words like these,
to the ear of the dying Alice.

At last, starting up in the bed, her eyes
lighted with the fires of a preternatural horror,
Alice cried in a voice that was interrupted by
gasps —

“O, Sir, what shall I do to escape all this?
Tell me — I must not be parted from Arthur,
in another world. Speak! Speak!”

She sank back upon the pillow, panting,
trembling, her pale cheek flushed with unnatural
color.

At once Lemuel rose. In the pocket of his
dark coat, descended his large hand. He drew
forth a portable ink-stand, which contained a
newly-mended pen, and a small phial of ink.

“Sister, do you think you could sign your
name?”

She turned her eyes to his face, with a
look of vague wonder.

“Sign your name to a piece of paper, which
will give a small portion of your wealth, to
the sick and suffering, who are without shelter
and without bread?”

He spread forth the parchment upon the
coverlet. He placed the pen in that death-chilled
hand. It was a curious parchment,
covered with writing — writing in all kinds of
text and script — and adorned with one or

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

more seals attached to ribbons of a bright
azure.

“Sign, Sister, and all shall go well with you
up yonder.”

Placing one hand, behind her neck — among
those curls of sunny gold which escaped from
her cap — he raised her gently from the pillow,
and pointed to the parchment, as he whispered
in her ear:

`It is for the poor. It is for the suffering.
You cannot take your wealth with you.
Sign!”

A faint smile played around the lips of Alice.
She gazed upon the parchment, with a large,
a very bright, but altogether vacant eye. The
light tinted with faint warm colour, her golden
hair: she looked like death but still very fair
and beautiful.

The pen moved in her hand. Lemuel still
lifting her from the pillow, kindly guided the
pen, as it moved along the parchment. Alice
Bayne
— that name was written in a cramped,
but very bold and legible hand.

Alice Bayne!” murmured the young
Mother, gazing vacantly at her own — and her
last signature.

Gently, Lemuel suffered her to fall back
upon the pillow. Quietly and suddenly he
signed his own name opposite the name of
Alice.

“Brother Jacob, you can come in!” he said
aloud.

The door opened, and a short, portly man,
dressed in dark attire, with small features in
a very large and fleshy face, stepped over the
threshold and approached the bed.

“You acknowledge this to be your hand
and seal, act and deed?” said Lemuel, as he
turned to Alice.

Alice smiled. It was a vague and wandering
smile, that imparted a sad loveliness to her
face.

“Yes,” she exclaimed — “my hand, my
own hand. Then you know I shall see
Arthur!”

“You hear her, Brother Jacob,” said Lemuel
to his friend. “Sign your name, Brother
Jacob. Here, Brother Jacob! do you observe
what a pleasant frame of mind she is in just
now?”

Brother Jacob (otherwise Jacob Something,
Esq., Attorney at Law, and Communicant of
Rev. Lemuel Gardiner's Church.) bent over
the bed, and signed his name, beneath the name
of the Preacher, in a round and clerkly hand.

At this crisis the door opened, and Ann
Clarke, once more entered the room. She
started as if stricken by a pistol shot, when she
beheld the details of this scene — the form of
Lemuel and Jacob in the foreground, with their
gaze fixed upon the parchment, which lay upon
the coverlet; while in the dim background,
appeared the sad, happy face, of the death-stricken
Mother.

“What do you here, with pen and parchment?”
she cried suddenly, as with a single
step she reached the Preacher's side: “Lemuel,
there is some mystery here —”

“Only a bequest to my Church, Sister,”
answered Lemuel, with a kindly smile.

“That is all: a bequest to our Church,”
echoed the short and portly lawyer, as he
folded the parchment and handed it to the
Minister.

Ann surveyed each face with a deep and
anxious look:

“Lemuel, beware! There is a limit to endurance!”
she whispered.

“Ann, be careful! There is a limit to sience,”
he answered.

And his look, flashing from beneath his
compressed brow, gave a singular significance
to his words.

Ann sank back, as though some inexplicable
witchcraft had at once chilled her blood, and
deprived her of the power of utterance. The
light swam before her eyes. She extended
her hand, and grasped the curtains of the bed,
and it was a moment before her entire consciousness
returned.

She looked round, in search of the Preacher
and his friend. They had disappeared.

But over the threshold, one by one, came
the friends of the dying woman. Grave
matrons and aged men, young wives and girls
in the blush of virgin loveliness, all swarmed
into the room, anxious to take a last look at
Alice Bayne.

Alice greeted them all with an extended
hand, and a cheerful smile. For every one
she had some kindly word. And yet, as she
spoke to them, she said at the end of every
farewell — “I shall soon see Arthur.” Her
eyes were bright, O, all too bright for this dull

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

world of clay. Her voice was touched with
angelic rapture. “Soon I shall see Arthur?”
she never ceased to speak the words, amid
those whispered farewells.

The friends had gone: it was midnight:
Alice was sleeping with her babe, beneath the
pressure of her extended hand.

Ann, with her head buried in the coverlet,
was praying and weeping by the bed of death.

Midnight passed, and morning drew nigh.
She was sinking slowly—slowly, gently into
death — talking all the while of Arthur, of her
children, of heaven.

“Take care of Harry!” she said, as morning
was dawning through the window curtains.
“And, do you hear, cousin? I want my baby
called after you? Ann — Annie — you remember?”

Ann did not raise her face, but reached forth
her hand and clasped the hand of the departing
Mother. That hand was cold as ice.

“O, can you believe it?” said Alice, after a
pause, “that the words which he spoke to me
last night are true —”

Ann raised her face, and saw the countenance
of the dying woman, tinted by the first
rays of the dawn.

“What words?” she whispered, bending
over the bed.

“About a lost Soul, and a God who was
angry, and torture after death,” said Alice, in
a very low voice. “You can't tell how it
frightened me —”

A shudder pervaded the frame of the young
woman.

“Ah! Coward! Blasphemer!” she muttered,
“Hast thou been tampering with the
last hour of the dying one?”

“Do you think the good Lord will shut me
out of Heaven? I am only a poor weak
woman, that have loved my children better
than life. Do you think HE will be very angry
with me? Speak, Ann, speak — I am going—
will it be dark, dark with me, up yonder?”

It is a fearful thing to witness the departure
of a troubled soul. It is a beautiful sight —
the holiest sight in all the world — to witness
the going forth of a Soul, that goes up to God,
as to a kind father. Last night, before her interview
with Lemuel, Alice saw in the Deity,
only a parent who was calling her home.
Now — on the verge of eternity — she shrank
back, troubled and afraid. The grave which
had been all light, was now all darkness.

You may imagine the emotions which filled
the bosom of Ann Clarke, as she became conscious
of this truth.

She took the hands of Alice within her
own. She gazed long and fixedly into her
glassy eyes.

“Alice!” she whispered, “Alice! Look up
yonder! It is the Lord who now awaits you
and calls you to your home!”

Was there power in the words, or in the
faith of the speaker? It lies beyond us to answer;
but the face of the dying woman
brightened with a calm rapture, and she raised
her eyes heavenward, with a look that may
have been only a reflection from the light of a
Better World.

“I see! I see!” she cried, in a voice of
unutterable gladness, and gently pressed her
hands together.

The next instant she was dead. Her gaze
fixed and glassy. She breathed no more. The
young woman closed her eyes, and smoothed
her golden hair along her marble check, all the
while repeating in a low voice these words:

“Depart, Christian soul! out of this world,
in the Name of God the Father Almighty who
created thee: in the Name of Jesus Christ,
Son of the living God, who suffered for thee;
in the Name of the Holy Ghost, who sanctified
thee; in the name of the Angels, Archangels,
Thrones, and Dominations, Cherubim, and
Seraphim; in the Name of the Patriarchs and
Prophets, of the Holy Apostles and Evangelists,
of the Holy Martyrs and Confessors, of
the Holy Monks and Hermits, of the Holy
Virgins and of all the Saints of God; let thy
place be this day in Peace, and thy abode
in Holy Sion: Through Christ our Lord.
Amen.”

The first sunbeam came. It shone upon the
dead mother and upon her babe, which slumbered
in the arms of the young woman, who
sate upon the bed.

A glad shout burst upon the air of the death
room. The door opened with a crash, and a
little boy, with cheeks flushed with color, and
golden hair floating on his broad shoulders,
came plunging into the room.

“Ma, it's morning!” he cried as he sprang
toward the bed.

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

The Mother is buried: the yellow earth of
her grave, is seen distinctly amid the churchyard,
white with snow.

Alone in the mansion of Oakleaf, sits the
young woman with the new-born babe upon
her knee, and the boy by her side. There is
warm light upon the tiny face of the babe,
warm light upon the golden curls of Harry,
warm and rosy light upon the haggard visage
of the young woman, their protectress.

What shall be the Fortune of these children?

Wait, and we will see. After the Mother
has been buried many days, her Uncle — her
nearest and most beloved relative — arrives
from the West, and hastens to Oakleaf. The
death of Arthur is proved: and he sees the
grave of his niece.

This niece Alice Bayne, was worth, in her
own right, something like Ten Thousand
Dollars. Her husband possessed near Fifteen
Thousand Dollars. This property was in stock,
in lands, in houses and in gold.

Did Alice make a will? This question of
course is answered. No. Then, reasons the
Uncle, the property descends to the children,
to Harry the boy, and Annie the new-born
babe. Of course the Uncle is correct. He is
about to take out letters of Administration, as
Executor of the deceased, When —

Ah! That is the very point of the matter!
When there came to Oakleaf the Rev. Lemuel
Gardiner (or the Minister whose real designation
we conceal under this fictitious name) and
with the reverend Convert from Rome, came
Jacob Something Esq., Attorney at Law.

`The dear blessed young lady before her
death, deeply affected with the perilous condition
of the Heathen World, left all her own
property to the Universal South Sea Island
Missionary Association.'

This was one half of the Rev. Lemuel's
story. It may be as well to state that Lemuel
was the President, actual President if not
nominal, of the “U. S. S. I. M. A.”

`Then she by her will appointed the Rev.
Lemuel Gardiner and Jacob Something, Esq.,
Executors and Administrators of the estate.
She also appointed these gentlemen guardians
of her children, and trustees of her estate, until
these children become respectively nineteen
and twenty-one years of age.'

This was the other half of the Rev. Lemuel's
story.

These events, you will bear in mind, occured
in the course of the year 1826

You may fancy the surprise of the Uncle
when he heard the story. As for Ann Clarke,
she said nothing: the eye of Lemuel was upon
her, but she remembered well the prayers
which Lemuel uttered by the couch of the
dying Alice.

The Uncle thought deeply? Should he go
to law? Go to law with the U. S. S. I. M.
A., and fling himself into the face of the
Church over which Lemuel was Pastor? The
will was before him, properly written, signed
by the dead woman, and legally witnessed.
What could the Uncle do.

He went out West again, and never saw
Harry or Annie from the hour when he left
Oakleaf until the day of his death.

As for the Rev. Lemuel behold him installed
as the Master at the Oakleaf Mansion. He is
the Guardian of the Children; the Trustee of
the Estate. For Jacob Something, Esq., is
only a blank. And Ann Clark, protectress of
the children, is notified that her presence at
Oakleaf is no longer needed.

A month after the death of Alice, Ann is
coolly dismissed from Oakleaf by the Rev.
Lemuel Gardiner.

Two months afterwards, both children, Harry
and Annie, are stolen from Oakleaf by some
person or persons unknown.

The Rev. Lemuel fills the papers with
advertisements; he seeks for the children in
every quarter; and after the lapse of a few
more months, disappears suddenly himself.
The papers, speak at length of his mysterious
disappearance, and universal sympathy prevails,
which is materially modified, when it is
discovered, that before leaving, the Rev. Lemuel
had sold lands and houses without number,
and realized some Twenty Thousand Dollars
in gold and silver.

Meanwhile what has become of the children?

And did Dr. Reuben Gatherwood die of the
wounds inflicted by his unknown assailant?
No. He suffered much, but he lived. His
practice grew, his fees multiplied, his fame
was echoed through all the Medical Schools.
But not more than a year after the death of

-- 144 --

p254-142 [figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

Alice, he also suddenly disappeared, and like
the Rev. Lemuel Gardiner, was never again
seen nor heard of in Philadelphia.

But the children, and Ann Clarke — what
has become of them? Let us listen to the
poor wretch who is dying in the third story of
Bonus Court. Still clutching the wrist of the
Priest, she whispers the last words of her
Confession — that Confession on which we
have based the Narrative of the preceding
chapters.

CHAPTER SIXTEENTH. THE DEATH-ROOM IN BONUS COURT.

We are once more in Bonus Court. Again
we behold the face of the Priest, who is held
to the couch of death, by the clutch of the
dying woman's hand.

“I could not live apart from the children.
I knew that Lemuel Gardiner had procured
that will by fraud. I stole the children from
Oakleaf, and changed their names. For years
I worked and slaved to give them a support,
and —” she paused and gasped for breath —
“Behold the end of all!”

Her eyes wandered about the desolate room,
and the light revealed each repulsive feature of
her pestilence-smitten face.

The Priest, stricken as he was by horror,
mustered sufficient calmness to ask a question:

“Have you ever since 1826 heard of Lemuel
Gardiner?”

“Once, after his flight, I heard that he still
lived — that he was preaching against the Pope
in a distant part of the country.”

Even touched as it was by death, her face
assumed an expression of scornful laughter.

“And Reuben Gatherwood — this treacherous
Physician — have you ever heard of him
since 1826?”

“Some years ago, it was stated that he was
engaged in the African Slave Trade. The
name under which he passed was Captain
something, Brad — Bradbury, or some such
name.”

The Priest's brow became clouded.

“And the children?”

“One a white slave; and the other an outcast.
Yes, yes —” her voice rose in a
shriek of horrible laughter — “One is hastening
rapidly to the public streets — you hear
me? Her future is that of the woman who
traffics her favors for bread. The other is
hastening as rapidly to the Penitentiary. And
these are the children of Arthur and Alice
Bayne! Don't you think this Reuben will
have a rich account to settle up yonder?”
She laughed again: “And Lemuel — O, the
Apostate and three-fold Traitor! Would I
could see him now, to tell him what his crimes
will bring him to at last!”

The Priest trembled at the horrible expression
of her countenance. He endeavored to
withdraw his hand, but she only clutched his
wrist with a firmer grasp.

“Come,” he said, “I will absolve you for
all these sins. I must leave you now.”

He began to repeat a prayer from the ritual
of the Roman Church. It was the same
prayer which many years before, Ann Clarke
had uttered by the bed of the dying Alice:

“Depart, Christian soul! out of this world,
in the Name of God the Father Almighty who
created thee: in the Name of Jesus Christ,
Son of the living God, who suffered for thee:
in the Name of —”

“Death is near, and there is no longer a
mist before my soul,” cried the dying woman,
as her eyes flamed with an unnatural light —
“Do not pray for me Priest — not yet! not
yet! Not until I have told you the fate of
Reuben Gatherwood and Lemuel Gardiner!”

“Hold!” faltered the Priest, “you must not
employ your last hour in curses.”

The tone of the dying woman became
strangely calm and measured

“I do not curse,” she whispered, “I only
predict. This Reuben and this Lemuel are
linked together in crime. Reuben a Physician
false to God and man, and steeped to the lips
in pollution. Lemuel an apostate Priest, a
faithless lover, a wretch in holy robes who
guided the hand of Alice, when she signed
away the heritage of her children. Do you
behold those comrades in iniquity? Have you
listened to the history of their crimes? Now
listen, while I describe the manner of their
death.”

“No! No!” shrieked the Priest, struggling
with the hand which clutched his wrist — “I
will not hear you. Remember! you are about
to leave this world, with all its trials and its
hatreds. Do not curse.”

Up in the wretched bed, started the miserable

-- 145 --

p254-143 [figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

woman. She flung her black hair, streaked
with silver, aside from her hideous face.
Then, clutching the Priest with one hand, she
stretched forth the other — blotched by disease—
as though pointing toward a scene, which
rose before her glazing eyes:

They shall die together,” she whispered,
Reuben and Lemuel locked in the embrace
of despair, and taunting each other with
their mutual crimes. Do you not see them?
Look! Look! There
—”

Her voice was gone. With that prophecy,
uttered by lips livid and loathsome with the
pestilence, her soul passed away. The Priest
was grasped by a dead hand, whose fingers
encircled his wrist with a clutch of iron.

His harsh features, thrown into relief by his
skull-cap, were distorted by a look of fright
and terror.

“Take your hand from my wrist,” he cried,
“I will not hear your curses! Away! away!
Don't force me to battle with a dying woman.”

Bewildered by his fright, he started to his
feet, but the hand still clutched his wrist.

“Curses upon my folly! Why did I enter
this den? Why, lured by the hope of hearing
something that might bring me gold, did I
hurry to the death bed of Ann Clarke?” with
his freed hand he wiped the cold moisture
from his forehead — “Ann, you should not be
revengeful,” his voice fell into an accent of
whining entreaty — “We are all frail — not
one of us is free from sin. I am not the cause
of the degradation of these children. Indeed I
am not.”

His voice grew faint and fainter. He sank
on his knees. His eyes closed, and his head
fell forward, upon the ragged coverlet. His
black skull-cap and dark attire, were distinctly
disclosed by the light fading in its socket, while
gaunt and loathsome, the body of the dead
woman, half uncovered, was stretched upon
that bed of despair.

No one was there to close her lifeless lids.
Her jaw had fallen, and her cold eyes seemed
to glare with a defiant look, upon the Priest,
whose face was buried in the coverlet near her
side.

The light was fading low and lower, the
place was still with the stillness of death, and
the dead woman's hand still clutched the wrist
of the Priest.

Once more we return to the room on the
first floor.

CHAPTER SEVENTEENTH. RALPH AND STEWEL ONCE MORE.

“That ar' tin box,” said Stewel, puffing his
cigar.

Ralph once more clad in his outcast rags,
confronted him with folded arms, and teeth set
together.

“What does thee mean!” asked a mild
sweet voice, as Martha Lott and advanced from the
shadows. “Thou hadst better put thy pistol
and thy club into thy pocket again.”

Poor Hannah Marvin said nothing, but her
eyes expanded with a look of vague wonder.

“What do I mean?” said Stewel, as with
mace and pistol, he seemed to embody all the
plenitude of the Law, in his own corpulent
person: “Why it's enough to break a-body's
heart, so it is. Here's this young gallus been
robbin' a most respectable individual of a tin
box filled with valleyable papers. A parfic
burglar Ma'am!”

“Ralph what has thee to say to this?” said
Martha Lott laying her hand gently upon his
shoulder.

Ralph was silent. With knit brows and
compressed lips, he was endeavouring to solve
a singular problem, or rather a series of problems.
Had Stewel really taken him for a rich
man's son, whose name was Charles Augustus
Millikin?
Or, had Stewel, knowing his residence
in Bonus Court, deliberately planned
the robbery, and aided him in his escape from
Brother Caleb's House? These queries were
passing through the mind of Ralph: he was
bewildered by a torrent of suspicions and surmises
which buzzed like a nest of bees, in his
brain.

“What do you mean? S-a-y?” he exclaimed,
determined to put a bold face upon the
matter: “I know nothin' o' yer tin box. Yer
mistaken in the person — you are.”

Stewel, pistol in one hand and mace in the
other, advanced a step, and whispered a few
words, audible only to the outcast boy.

“You see young man, I know'd you had
genus, and so I put the management o' this
little affair into your hands. I seed you often
with the Fairy boys, and I ses, ses I, here's
the young man, as can make his fortin by

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

nelpin' the Constitooshun and Laws. You
take? I'm the Constitooshun and Laws; I
am. Well, my chick, when I heer'd these
covies were plannin' the robbery of Goodleigh's
house, I pitched upon you as the very
chap to settle their hash. I kidnapped you in
front of the Church, made believe that I thought
you was Charles Augustus Milliken, and put
you, in the dark, into Goodleigh's house.
Don't you take yit? Why bless your soul, I
know'd you'd git the tin box all the while —
you're so enterprizin'! And I know'd you'd
make a straight track for Bonus Court —
though I took keer not to tell you so. And
now my dear, I've killed two birds with one
stone. I've got the robbers safe in the lock-up,
and through you, I've got the tin box. D'ye
see? Jist pitch it over, and say no more
about it.”

Ralph heard this candid explanation with a
singular complication of emotions. It was
clear that Stewel himself had planned the
robbery. No less clear, that Stewel himself,
had entangled each one of the burglars, in a
plot to rob Goodleigh's house. And clearest
of all, that he, Ralph Jones, familiarly termed
“Jonesey the B'iler,” had been made the
scape-goat of Stewel's “speculation,” and the
dupe of Stewel's pleasant game of “Constitooshun
and Laws.”

Will Ralph give up the tin box, and thus put
the cap-stone to Stewel's magnificent scheme?
Let us listen.

“Go way from me,” growls Ralph squaring
his elbows: “You're gass-y man! What do
yer mean, by jawin' about a tin box? Get
out!”

Stewel cocked the pistol. Stewel brandished
the mace. “Come along,” he said mildly,
as he puffed his cigar — “We'll quit these
primises together. Moyamensin's the word.”

With one movement the Quaker woman
and the Millerite's daughter, advanced and interrupted
the scene, with their respective exclamations:

“Take care! you will shoot him!” cried
Hannah.

“Friend, thou art behaving exceedingly bad,”
said Martha Lott. “Fie! Shame on thee!
to brandish these weapons at the breast of a
defenceless child!”

“Let him come on,” growled Ralph: “If
he shoots he'll be hung. An' there 'aint been
a Polees Offisser hung for these fifty years.
Won't it be a sight? Crickey! How he'll
kick!”

And Ralph, as if inspired by the picture
drawn by his vivid fancy, burst into a hearty
fit of laughter. At the same time, eyeing Stewel
from head to foot, he added in a more
quiet tone —

“It 'll take a thunderin' rope, though!
Why you must weigh six hundred. Was you
ever 'sibited in a cattle show?”

Stewel was but human. Even the placid
current of his official temper was ruffled by
the taunts of the ruffian boy. He dashed the
cigar from his mouth.

“Now will you come, or won't you come?”
he brandished his mace before the eyes of
Ralph.

“Thee had better go with him,” said the
Quaker Woman. “Doubtless he is mistaken.
To-morrow all things can be made right.”

The mild voice, the calm face of the Quaker
woman, seemed to subdue the rugged spirit of
the young ruffian. His face changed; he
seemed to hesitate whether to make an attack
upon Stewel, or to submit quietly to his
guidance.

“Go, Ralph,” whispered Hannah: “in the
morning father will get you bail —”

“What if I give up the tin box?” said Ralph
suddenly — “That is, admittin' for argument
sake, that I've got the tin box?”

Stewel's face brightened.

“Why then my lad, I'll give you an even
ten dollars, and say no more about it.”

“An' if I won't give it up?”

“Then you snooze in Moyamensin' to-night
and come up afore Judge Choktaw at the next
Court —”

“Chocktaw?” echoed Martha Lott —
“Whom does thee call Chocktaw.”

Stewel cast upon the questioner a look of
bland condescension and replied:

“Chocktaw is an ornament to any Christ'en
community. He does things up brown, I tell
you. If you come before him, he just takes
a squint at your dress, and at a squint he
knows your character, and measures your punishment.
He's down on rags, I tell ye. Rags
always get a full does in the Pennytensherry.
Rags does when Choktaw's on the bench. But

-- 147 --

p254-145 [figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

broadcloth — Lord! How he loves it, and
smoothes over its weakness, and remembers
what a good family it comes from! Choktaw's
one of 'em.”

“I gin in,” interrupted Ralph: “Come up
stairs. The tin box is yours.”

He moved toward the stairway, but Stewel
arrested his step with a levelled pistol.

“None of your attempts to escape,” he exclaimed:
“The first move o' that kind you
make, I fire. You know? Go ahead — I'm
at your heels.”

Ralph accordingly ascended the stairs, followed
close by Stewel, with mace and pistol
in his hand.

“Well!” cried Martha Lott, as they disappeared—
“This surprises me! Ralph has
not been up stairs, and therefore I conclude
that the tin box is not there.”

“And the poor Mother is alone there,
making confession to the Priest,” added Hannah.
“She will not last until to-morrow.
Where does Fanny stay?'

And with evident impatience the twain
awaited the re-appearance of Ralph and Stewel.

CHAPTER EIGHTEENTH. “THE CONVERTED MONK. ”

As Ralph ascended the stairs, followed by
Stewel, a crowd of opposing thoughts struggled
through his busy brain.

“There's a trap door in the ceilin' and I
might get through that ar' door into the loft
and from the loft out upon the roof, and then
good mornin' to ye Mister Stewel Pydgeon!”

So Ralph determined to escape from Stewel
by the trap-door, in the ceiling of the third story.
He passed through the room on the second
floor. It was wrapped in darkness.

“Where are you feller?” cried Stewel and
Ralph heard the click of his pistol: “The
fust sign o' foul play, and I shoot —”

“'Nother story higher,” answered Ralph:
“Come on! Here's the stairs! You shall
have yer tin box, or my name's not Jonesey.”

They were ascending the stairway which led
upward into the death room. Ralph's heart
beat wildly under its ragged jacket, as he
saw the light shining through the chinks of the
door. He laid his hand upon the latch.

“Wonder how mother is?” he said, and
opened the door.

Stewel followed him into the room, closed
the door, and calmly surveyed the various details
of the scene.

The Corpse resting upon the ragged bed,
with a red gleam of light playing upon its
disfigured features. The dark figure kneeling
beside the bed, with one hand grasped by the
hand of the dead. The light flickering in its
socket, now shooting up in a vivid flash, and
suddenly dying away, until the blank walls and
the miserable bed, were wrapped in vague twilight.

Stewel beheld the scene, and uttered, in his
surprise a blasphemous oath. His hands sank
by his side; both mace and pistol were pointed
to the floor.

As for Ralph he did not seem to heed the
kneeling figure, nor remark the tattered coverlet,
which gave such a look of utter misery to
that scene of death.

The first sight, the only sight that enchained
his gaze, was the face of the dead woman, the
cold eyes fixed upon the ceiling and the black
hair, streaked with silver, floating over her
clammy forehead.

Ralph passed his hands through his hair.
He picked the buttons of his ragged coat.
And standing by the bed with large, lack-lustre
eyes, he continued to thread his matted hair,
and pull the buttons of his coat, while Stewel
remained like one spell-bound at his side.

“I guess the old woman's dead. Don't you
think she's dead?” he whispered, turning to
Stewel, with a strange grimace on his face.
“Kicked the bucket — eh?”

And then he laughed. Such a laugh! Low,
and growling through his set teeth, it even made
Stewel start aside, as though something unpleasant
had stricken him in the face.

“What a cuss!” muttered Stewel — “aint
got no nateral feelin's.”

Ralph, who in good sooth, felt in every norve
that Death was in the room, but who did not
know how to control or to express his feelings,
seated himself quietly upon the bed, and laid
his hand upon the head of the corpse.

“So you're gone, old woman,” he muttered,
with an idiotic grin upon his face: “Left us
for good — hey? No more hard work, and
slavin' and starvin' where you're gone to?”

Thus saying Ralph pulled his matted hair
over his eyes, and Stewel by the uncertain

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

light, saw a large tear glitter down the cheek
of the ruffian boy.

Stewel began to feel exceedingly uncomfortable.
He felt that the dignity of the Magistracy
was in danger.

“Come, hand us over the tin box, and we'll
say no more about it,” he said, with some
effort, for there was a thick and choking sensation
in his throat.

“Go round 'tother side o' th' bed,” answered
Ralph — “Feel under the pillow.”

Stewel without a word, passed the figure of
the kneeling Priest, and in a second stood between
the bed and the wall.

“What's the matter with that Preacher?”
he exclaimed, pointing to the unconscious man—
“Where did you say? Under the pillow?”

“Y-a-a-s,” muttered Ralph.

Stewel laid both mace and pistol upon the
bed, while his eyes began to tremble with an
expression of serene complancency. Stewel
muttered, “the tin box is here — is it?” and
placed one hand beneath the pillow, bending
very low in the action.

Ralph silently tore the hand from the wrist
of the Priest, and lifted the body of the dead
woman in his arms. When Stewel looked up
he was confronted by that half-covered form;
that face, stricken by pestilence in its most
loathsome phase, was right before his eyes.
The fixed eyeballs were glaring upon him; the
naked arms dangling by the side of the corpse,
only half concealed by the streaming hair,
touched his hands.

At this moment the light died away and
flashed up wildly, giving the raised corpse, a
look which bore a ghastly resemblance to life.

“There! Take yer tin box!” shouted
Ralph, and pushed the corpse against the
breast of the Police officer. At the same intant
he seized the mace and pistol, and started
to the door.

“Follow me, and you'll git jesse!” cried
Ralph as he opened the door, levelling the pistol
at the face of Stewel.

“How do you like it, old hoss? Come and
ask for a tin box when there's a dead woman
about?”

Stewel shrank back horror-stricken from the
cold touch of the corpse, and in his effort to
release himself from that loathsome contact,
he missed his footing and fell to the floor. The
body of the dead woman, fell heavily upon
him, its face close to his own, its hair streaming
over his shoulders.

“Good bye, old boy!” he heard the voice
of Ralph, and then felt the jar of the closing
door.

You may imagine that it was some time,
ere the Police officer could recover sufficient
presence of mind, to extricate himself from his
unpleasant situation. Shuddering, in every
fibre of his corpulent frame, he raised the
corpse, and placed it once more upon the
couch. Stewel's face was no longer red:
every vestige of color had fled from his round
fat cheeks.

He uttered an oath, and came round the bed,
with unsteady steps, passing his hand over his
eyes, as though he was the victim of some
horrible dream.

“Why cuss the thing, the boy is gone!” he
ejaculated at last: “Where's the pistols!
Hello? I'm sold — reglar'ly sold. Fire! murder!
Stop thief!”

He was hurrying to the door, when his footsteps
were arrested by the Priest, who aroused
from his swoon by the action of Ralph, now
stood silent and pale, in the centre of the room,
his arms folded over his narrow chest. He
lifted his eyes to the face of Stewel, without
raising his downcast head.

“You here? Lemuel Gardiner! That is to
say, Father John, alias Converted Priest, alias
Monk of Blarney! Why I thought you was
a firin' at the Pope — aint this your lectur'
night?”

Stewel stopped suddenly, and surveyed the
man of a dozen aliases from head to foot. In
this slender personage, with that coarsely featured
face, surmounted by a black skull cap,
Stewel recognized an old friend, whose real
name long lost to the mass of Philadelphians,
was vividly remembered by the Police Officer.

Lemuel Gardiner — whose name was uttered
with curses by the dying woman — has
returned to the Quaker City, after many years
absence, and in a new character. Once known
as a Converted Priest, then as a fugitive for
Justice — behold him now, in the character of
a Converted Monk. For Lemuel has taken
the No-Popery people by the inmost heart, and
Lemuel delivers lectures against the Pope, to
audiences composed of boys and girls, at a

-- --

[figure description] (254-147).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

quarter of a dollar per head. Sweet lectures,
too, composed of all that is foul in thought or
language, and refreshingly spiced with a fervent
hate of Rome, and all that appertains to
the very name of Rome.

And now, Lemuel Gardiner, otherwise
called Father John, and more frequently the
Converted Monk, regarded Stewel with a cautious
and searching look. His small eyes
sunk deeper in their sockets, and his lips, remarkable
for their gross expression, were agitated
by a violent grimace.

“Stewel,” he whispered, “We knew one
another in other times — many years ago.”

“We did hoss,” was the quick response of
the Police officer.

“You know me well, and I know you. To
come to the question at once, did you ever
hear of the Ship Falcon?”

His face was animated by a look of sudden
malignity; his voice grew hard and strident.

“The Ship Falcon?” responded Stewel,
“Why bless you `Monk,' that's the slave ship,
as has been seized by the 'Nited States authorities.
She was brought in from the coast
o' Brazil by an American Frigate. She's
now layin' safe and snug, over yonder, in the
bay o' New York.”

“Very well,” continued Lemuel, “Did you
ever hear of Captain Bradburne?

Stewel could not restrain an ejaculation,
which was more remarkable for its nervous
force then for its elegance or polish:

“Burn my time! Of course I have!
Don't you think I read the papers? Wonder
if he overheerd my talk with Ralph? Does
he know anythin' about the tin box!
” The
italicised words were uttered to himself, in a
tone which was unintelligible to the Converted
Monk.'

“Captain Bradburne was the commander
of the Slave vessel,” quietly remarked Lemuel.

“He escaped, just afore his ship was taken
off Brazil,” interrupted Stewel.

“The authorities have been in pursuit of
him, for at least three months. They are
very anxious to secure him, as he made himself
notorious as the Captain of a Slave
Ship —”

“Not mentionin' the half a million he's
made by that very rispectable business,” again
interrupted Stewel.

Lemuel, without heeding this interruption,
continued in a lower voice — “He has been
heard of, since the seizure, in various parts of
the Union. Under various names too, and in
all kinds of disguises. Come, Stewel, what
do you think his capture would be worth?”

He placed his hand abruptly upon Stewel's
shoulder, as his small eyes, buried in their
sockets, shone with a sudden and sinister lustre.

“Worth?” echoed Stewel, with a vacant
stare, “Does he know anythin' o' th' tin
box?” he added to himself.

“Why you know Stewel, that his capture
will be worth at least ten thousand dollars to
his captors. Suppose him once taken, and
the proofs of his guilt brought clearly home to
him?”

“He'd give ten thousand to get off — hey?”

“Or, the Government would give ten thousand,
for proof, which would convict him.
Do you understand Stewel?”

Stewel as if impressed by a new thought
uttered an ejaculation, and struck his forehead
violently with his clenched hand:

Stoopid! Captain Bradburne of the Falcon!”
he said in a low voice — “Did not I
hear that name to-night somewhere? Where?
Was it at Goodleigh's house?”

“Goodleigh?” cried Lemuel, “I think you
uttered that name?”

“Caleb Goodleigh, the man what owns a
mint or two of the dimes,” answered Stewel,
“He lives in — street and —”

“Caleb Goodleigh and Captain Bradburne
are the same person,” Lemuel's voice sank,
while his eyes lifted up with a sudden lustre:
“Do you understand me, now?”

“Ho, ho! Now I know what the tin box
contained. Valleyable papers; indeed! I
rather guess so. Why Lem, my dear, this
Captain Bradburne 'ud give thirty thousand,
yes fifty thousand to get off!”

One word in these somewhat incoherent remarks
of the Police Officer arrested the attention
of the `Converted Monk:'

“The tin box? What do you know of the
tin box?”

“It was stolen to-night from Goodleigh's

-- 152 --

p254-150 [figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

house. As we're chums now, I'll tell you the
whole story. The boy what jist escaped stole
it — I was arter him, when you started up
afore me. That box, that identical box, contained
the proofs of Goodleigh's connection
with the Slave trade? Hey? Come — there's
no time to be lost. Let's make tracks arter
him —”

“Hush!” said the `Converted Monk,' raising
his right hand with a gesture of caution: “The
tin box contained valuable papers, but the most
valuable are concealed in Goodleigh's house, in—
Street. Do you want to arrest him to-night?
Come with me. I have a key to his
front door. You can secure him in his bed,
while I search the Iron Room, where these
papers are concealed.”

He moved a step toward the door, but
Stewel grasped him by the arm:

“Wait a minnit,” he whispered, regarding
the sinister face of the “Monk” with a suspicious
glance: “You don't mean any foul
play? If you do —” he paused and muttered
in a vague manner — “The Iron Room! I
think you mentioned a place o' that name.
Where is it?”

“Come with me,” was the answer of Lemuel.
“Once in Goodleigh's house, we can
quietly arrange the plan of this important affair.
Come —”

“Had not we better sarch for the tin box
afore we leave?” suggested Stewel: “It's
somewheres in this room —”

“Pooh, pooh! When we obtain the papers
in the Iron Room, we will not need either the
tin box or its valuable papers. Come — in an
hour Goodleigh can be arrested and the proofs
of his guilt secured.”

“We go sheers, don't we?” suggested Stewel,
closing one eye.

“That rests with you. Money is not my
object. I have an old account to settle with
Captain Bradburne. That is all. When he
is arrested, you may do what you please with
the reward —”

“But suppose he makes an attempt to buy
off? You said something about that?”

`Did I?” the face of Lemuel was agitated
by an expression of doubt and wonder; “That
must not, cannot be!” He placed his hand
upon his forehead — “You must not think of
anything of this kind, Stewel. The money,
which I will place in your hands, at Goodleigh's
house, money which you can pocket
without danger, will far exceed any bribe that
he can offer you. But we lose time. Let us
be going.”

He took his broad rimmed hat from the
table, and as he turned to the door, his face was
reddened by a sudden gleam of the waning
light. Every feature was convulsed by emotion.
The Corpse also warmed by the sudden
flash, into a hideous mockery of life, lay stiff
and gaunt before him.

“Ann Clark!” he muttered, “When I first
saw you, in the home where you supported
your aged mother, by the slavery of the needle,
I little thought that we would ever part, to
meet at last, in a scene like this!”

“None o' your nonsense `monk' — move
on,” exclaimed Stewel. By the bye hoss, jist
explain the mystery o' that Iron Room as we
go along.”

CHAPTER NINTEENTH. JOHN CATTERMILL.

They left the room together, as the light
flared up for the last time. And as he closed
the door, Lemuel Gardiner, looked over his
shoulder — looked once and for a moment, but
with a shudder — at the bed, whereon was
stretched the lifeless and distorted form of Ann,
the friend of Alice Bayne.

Then the door closed, and they descended
the stairs, in one darkness. At every step Lemuel
whispered the name of Goodleigh, and
gave Stewel a hurried description of the Iron
Room in Goodleigh's House.

Presently they reached the first floor. The
Quaker woman and the Millerite's Daughter
were waiting there, but a third person had entered
upon the scene.

It was the wife of John Cattermill, who
with haggard face and dishevelled hair, poured
forth a broken train of ejaculations, as she
pressed her babe against her breast.

“O, John, John, how could he go to do it!
Jist think of it Ma'am! To turn a thief at
his years! I think I shall go crazy.”

“What does thee mean?” asked Martha
Lott, who gazed upon that troubled face with
a look of deep compassion: “Thee has been
out in the cold, with but scanty covering. Be

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

calm — and tell me the cause of all this suffering—”

“Yes, Nancy, tell her the story, and she
will do her best to relieve you,” interrupted a
mild voice, and the face of Hannah Marvin,
confronted the weeping woman: “What has
become of your husband? He left the house,
an hour ago — did he not!”

At this moment, the form of Stewel, emerged
from the stairway door, the visage of Lemuel,
scowling from the shadows, behind his broad
shoulders.

“Lay low, `Monk!”' whispered the Police
Officer: “Lay low, and hear something rich.”

And standing in the doorway of the staircase,
these respectable worthies, listened to the
story of Nancy Cattermill:

“Why you see Ma'am, a couple of hours
ago, when John had got over his fit o' delerious
tremens, and was sittin' by the fire, talkin'
of Isr'el Bonus, there comes in, a fat man with
with a green patch over his eye, and a red face,
a very red face — that is as much of it as
could be seen.”

“That's me,” whispered Stewel to his companion—
“Don't she take a pictur' with a rale
daguerreotype touch?”

“An' this fat man begins to talk with John,
and to tell him, what a shame it was that he
was so poor. An' then they talked in whispers—
I couldn't hear much — but I see'd
John's eyes light up, and after a long while
heard him say — `I'm your man. For anything
I'm your man.' An' then Ma'am they
goes out together, John and the fat man with
a green patch over one eye. I asks John
where he was goin', but he pushed me away,
and — O! Is'nt it too bad? Don't you
think it is?”

She burst into a violent fit of sobbing.

“Don't know she's a detainin' the audience,”
whispered Stewel, still waiting in the stairway
door: “I'd like to know what became o' John
arter this.”

Martha Lott and Hannah Marvin in vain
endeavored to assuage the grief of the wretched
woman. Gathering her babe in the tattered
shawl, she sank into the only chair — turning
her face toward the light, she continued:

“An' I waited for John and waited, and
waited, O! ever so long, but John did not
come back. At last, a while ago, I went out
o' the court, and went down the street, and
stood at the next corner. It was bitter cold,
but I tried to keep my baby warm as well as
I could, an' you don't know how bad I felt, as
I stood there all alone, thinkin' o' things as
they are now, an' o' things as they were last
year. O! sich a change!”

“A lick of pathos!” whispered Stewel.

“Well, thee waited?” said Martha Lott.

“Waited there, Ma'am, at the corner of the
street, with my baby in my arms, and at last I
hear'd a step, and know'd it was John's, and
I saw him comin' across the street. `John,
where have you been?' says I, springin'
toward him, when —” she dropped her babe
upon her lap, and wrung her hands — “when
two strange men, who had follered John across
the street, jumped upon him, and tied him,
and took him off in a wagon. They did —
and what's worse than all, they said he was a
thief — yes, that he'd been robbin' a house in—
street. I think they told me the name
of the man who owned the house — Goodleigh,
I think it was. And they took him off,
and he's in Moyamensin' this blessed night.
Don't you think it's hard, Ma'am?”

Before Martha could reply, the police officer
stepped from the doorway, and followed by
the converted Monk, approached the light with
a measured stride. Stewel's hands were in
his pockets, and Stewel's cap was drawn over
his eyes, but beneath the leathern frontlet of
that cap, his cheeks appeared in all the plenitude
of bulk and color.

“Folks, I jist thought I'd mention to you,
that the lady up stairs has gone out o' this
subulnary vale o' tears,” said Stewel, “In
other words, she's dead. Did you see anythin'
o' that scapegrace boy, Ma'am?” he
added, turning to Martha Lott.

At the sound of his voice, Nancy Cattermill
raised her face, and looked about her with a
vague stare.

“Did you hear that?” she exclaimed,
taking Martha Lott by the hand. “That
voice, I mean. It's his voice. The fat man,
with the green patch over his eye, who came
here, and turned my husband into a thief.”

She raised her eyes, and beheld the benevolent
face of Stewel Pydgeon.

“It's him — I know'd it!” cried Nancy,
starting from the chair, with her babe in her

-- 154 --

p254-152 [figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

arms: “Now, Mister, jist tell us — what
did you do with my husband?”

“This is a serious charge, friend,” said
Martha Lott — “Especially serious when we
reflect, that thou art a police officer.”

Stewel smiled blandly, smiled throughout
his lips and cheeks, even to his eyes, half
hidden in bulging lids.

“Lord bless you. Ma'am,” he waved his
hand with a gesture of great dignity: “It's a
way they all have. Every one o' these creturs
asks me for her husband. Just as if I carried
a pocket-full o' husbands, wherever I go.”

“You are a villian!” shrieked Nancy,
clenching her hand: “Worse than Isr'el
Bonus — that you are”

“Da-da-a, folks!” smiled Stewel, as he
moved to the door. “Come along my Reverend
friend. This society, no doubt, don't agree
with your moral wholesome.”

He took the arm of the Converted Monk,
and hurried him through the front door.

“I will see about this, to-morrow,” whispered
the Quaker woman, as she laid her hand
upon Nancy's shoulder: “Thou shalt have
justice. Thy husband shall be cared for.
To-morrow, my friend.”

Nancy heard the low musical voice. She
raised her eyes, and caught the impassioned benevolence
of the Quaker woman's countenance.

“God bless you!” cried Nancy with a burst
of tears. “If there was more Quakers like
you, there would not be many sich places as
Bonus Court.”

A few whispered words passed between
Martha Lott and the Carpenter's wife, and then
the Quaker woman took Hannah by the hand,
and led her silently up the stairs, into the
third story.

Nancy remained by the decaying fire, hushing
her babe as it moaned in its slumber, and
fixing her vacant gaze upon the walls of her
desolate home.

Meanwhile in the third story, the Quaker
woman, aided by the Millerite's daughter, performed
the last sad offices for the dead. To-gether
they straightened those cramped limbs.
They were not afraid of contagion even in its
most hideous shape. They smoothed the hair
aside from the brow, and closed the eyes, and
arranged the body of Ann Clarke, in an attitude
of calm repose.

It was not without its meaning — that sight
which the lamp revealed, as the last hours of
the night were fading into day.

The daughter of the Millerite, kneeling beside
the bed, her hands joined, her eyes uplifted
in voiceless prayer. The Quaker woman,
gazing upon the face of the dead, her
eyes moistened with tears.

“O, if men and women, would only leave
creeds and forms alone, and attend with all
their souls, to those simple words of the
Saviour, `Love thy neighbor as thyself.”'

This was the muttered ejaculation of the
Infidel Quakeress, who derided by all the
synagogues of the Orthodox, found peace and
religion, in visiting the homes of the desolate—
the haunts of the poorest of the poor.

Hannah Marvin the daughter of the despised
Millerite, said nothing for a long while, but as
she remembered the good deeds of the Quaker
woman — as she saw that noble face, lighted
up by the warmth of a divine humanity — she
could not repress an ejaculation, which bubbled
from her heart to her lips:

“I, also, am an Infidel,” she said, “That is,
I had much rather possess your Infidelity, than
the Christianity of many Churches.”

Martha Lott you will remember, was a
Rich Woman. That a Rich Woman should
have the heart to feel for the poor, a hand to
relieve their manifold miseries, a courage to
enter the veriest dens of their wretchedness —
all this excited much wonder, in the mind of
the Millerite's Daughter.

But we must leave the place of death and
follow the other persons of our history.

The poor woman lies stiff and cold in Bonus
Court. Where are the children, whom
she has loved with all a mother's love, for seventeen
years?

CHAPTER TWENTIETH. “FI-ER!”

Ralph in the streets once more!

Barefoot, cold and hungry, he was skulking
in a narrow alley, which, gloomy at all times,
was now dark as midnight. Far overhead
some gleams of moonlight fell upon the icicles
along the roofs, but around the wandering outcast
all was dark, silent and dreary. He
pulled his cap over his matted hair, folded his

-- 155 --

p254-153 [figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

arms upon his tattered jacket, stood for a moment
upon one foot, and then upon the other,
but still could not banish the cold, which sent
a chill tnrough his tired limbs.

“I should like to know where I'm to sleep
to-night — I would. If I go home, Stewel 'ill
ketch me. If I don't I'll freeze to death. It's
a toss-up between Potter's Field and Moyamensin'.”

Ralph gazed up and down the narrow
court; the shutters were closed, and not a
gleam of light, from an upper window, broke
the gloom of that desolate haunt.

“Where's Fan? I should like to see Fan.
Jimminey! Won't she start, when I tell her
to-morrow, how rich I am, and what a fortin'
I'm heir to! Cuss me, but I wish I had some
o' them bright pieces in my pocket jist now!
On'y to think of a man o' fortin' like me, not
havin' a crust to eat, nor so much as a cellar-door
to sleep on!”

Running up and down the snow-covered
pavement, Ralph endeavored to restore some
warmth to his chilled limbs, but in vain.
Stopping at last, in very despair, he sank upon
a wooden step, muttering as he clenched his
hands, this remarkable ejaculation:

“I wish the Old State House bell 'ud ring—
I do. If there was only the least touch of
a fire, the Fairy 'ud come out, and a feller 'ud
have a chance to warm hisself. But there
ain't no sich luck for me. There's lots o'
Carpenter shops a achein' to be burnt and
nobody to burn 'em.”

In the height of his chagrin, he dashed his
cap upon the pavement, at the same time uttering
an oath which it is not necessary to repeat.

“Wonder if day is ever a-goin' to come?
There's a fine pair o' feet to be froze — ain't
they? I rather expect, they'll find me in the
mornin' layin' along the pavement, froze all
over, into a perfec' chunk of ice. Then it 'ill
be put into the papers — `'Nother young vaggrant
froze hisself out o' spite
.' Won't it?”

For a moment, reader, surround yourself
with the darkness and the cold of this narrow
alley, which diverges from the broad street,
like a by-path from a highway leading through
a lonely forest. Picture the outcast, crouching
on the wooden step, his naked feet upon the
pavement, his cheeks supported by his bony
hands. Then call to mind this solitary fact:
But for the crimes of Reuben Gatherwood and
Lemuel Gardiner — Doctor and Priest — this
savage of city life, would have been surrounded
with the light of education and religion.

Something like the echo of an approaching
footstep struck his ear. Ralph started up, and
listened intently, while his heart beat violently
against his ragged jacket.

“Is it a watchman? It can't be Stewel—
hello! There she goes! Ding — dong —
boom! The old State House forever! Now
for the Fairy!”

These wild ejaculations, were produced by
a very simple circumstance.

Deep and echoing, the sound of the State
House bell, rolled over the silent city.

“F-i-e-r! F-i-e-r! F-i-e-r!” shouted Ralph
at the top of his lungs, as he ran along the
alley toward the neighboring street. “Give
way there boys! Let her drive! Wake her
up, Fairy — wake up I s-a-y!”

Before the third sound of the bell reaches
our ears, Ralph is gone.

Poor fellow! Little does he dream, what
singular events — events connected with his
own history — are now being heralded in every
tone of the State House bell!

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIRST. BROTHER CALEB'S DREAM.

It is near day break, and the moon is shining
brightly upon the broad front of Brother Caleb's
House.

The carriage no longer waits in the shadows
on the opposite side of the street. What has
become of Lester's hardy friend, who at midnight
was watching there, anxious to do the
bidding of Ellen's Brother? We cannot tell.
All is silent and deserted along the broad street.
Brother Caleb's House, with its shutters fast
closed, from the first story to the roof, glows
in the moonlight, but is silent as the grave.
Not a ray streams from a window, to tell us
that this mansion is tenanted by a waking
soul.

What deeds are those, which at the moment
are enacting within the walls of Caleb Goodleigh's
mansion?

We will enter the door, step quietly along

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

the broad entry, ascend the stairs, and pass
into Brother Caleb's room on the second floor.

A lamp, which stands upon a small mahogany
table, sheds its dim light over the curtains
of Brother Caleb's bed. Very luxurious curtains,
rich crimson in colour, velvet in texture,
and spotted with small flowers and bees, embroidered
in gold. The light falls upon one
side of the bed, but all the rest of the chamber—
you may picture its elegant furniture for
yourselves — is enveloped in vague twilight.

The curtains are parted, and the light shines
on Brother Caleb's face. His lean form wrapped
in a blue satin dressing gown, he rests upon
the coverlet, and turns him in his sleep, as
though he was the victim of some troubled
dream.

His face — whose bronzed hues and bold
features are strongly defined against the soft
satin of the pillow which supports his head—
is turned to the light, and you discover that
Brother Caleb is sleeping with his eyes wide
open and teeth set firmly together. Brother
Caleb's face, with sunken cheeks, wide mouth
and thin lips, forehead widening over the brows,
and eyes bulging from their lids, does not present
a pleasant picture at any time, but now,
agitated by the terrors of a dream, and mocked
by the very contrast of the silken pillow and
velvet curtain, it is as hideous as the phantom
of a nightmare.

And yet he is sleeping there, the owner of
the splendid mansion, like an unsightly kernel,
within a rich, luxurious shell. He is so very,
very rich. A bachelor, too, with no care of
wife or child upon his soul. For him, a thousand,
and ten thousand slaves, are waiting ever—
not slaves with black faces, and owned by
the life-time merely — but slaves of all hues
and races, whose services he may purchase
with his pieces of gold, and his slips of bank
note paper.

There is something grand in the idea. Here
sleeps a Rich Man who has no care, save that
involved in the legal enjoyment of his appetites.
His money — how gained, where acquired, is
not your business — his money, is but the
embodied toil of some ten thousand slaves;
the work of ten thousand common people,
petrified into bank notes and brick walls.

This money would make ten thousand poor
men happy. This money would give educa
tion to twenty thousand poor men's children
This money, properly applied, would deprive
the penitentiary and the gallows of many a
victim, and very likely turn every victim into
an honest man.

But away with thoughts like these. Who
talks of depriving Brother Caleb of his —
PROPERTY? Property, however won, is defended
by Law, and sanctified by Religion.
Whatever robbery Property may choose to
commit, it is your part to remain silent. But
let any ragged wretch, pilfer only one of
Property's bank notes, and you shall see,
forth with, that Property is soundly backed by
Judge and Penitentiary.

One day I saw a crowd of meanly dressed
women, holding children by their hands, go
sadly up the marble steps of a Bank. That
bank had failed, and these women and children
were by its failure, deprived of the very means
of life. There was no law for the woman and
the child; there was no Judge, bold enough to
try these robbers of the Bank.

Another day, I heard, that some thief — or
band of thieves — had stolen seventy thousand
dollars, from the President of a bank. At
once the whole community was in uproar. The
press rung out, the terrible theft, from Maine to
the Rio Grande. Judges and juries were
ready to try the thieves, and Courts sat week
after week, in patient investigation, of the
enormous crime. Fifty thousand dollars of
the people's money, were spent in recovering
seventy thousand dollars, which had been stolen
from the Bank.

Do you wonder that I compared these two
cases?

In the first case, a bank had robbed a crowd of
women and children of at least one hundred thousand
dollars. Other banks, by scores and hundreds,
had committed similar robberies. Robberies,
not of money merely, but of the very
means of subsistence, robberies of life itself.
And in these cases there was neither Judge, Jury,
nor investigation of any kind.

But in the second instance, a Bank had been
robbed — robbed of only seventy thousand
dollars — and then Judges and Courts awoke,
and Juries hungry to be just, sat up day and
night, until the Bank, once more received the
Stolen Dollars.

You need not wonder at the contrast

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

between these cases. The explanation is as clear
as a sunbeam. In one case Property was
robbed; in the other, it was only Labor.
The laws, the courts, the judges, belong to
Property. What Labor has on its side, is not
often named: it is amply provided, however,
with Factory, Almshouse, and Penitentiary.

And Brother Caleb was a Rich Man. Is
there no music in that name? Rich Man!
Rich because others have toiled by night and
day, in hot and cold. Rich at all hazards, and
in spite of every tie that binds the human
heart to God; rich, upon the harvest of the
common laborer's suffering; rich, with the
price of blood! This may be. Yet he is
Rich. That is enough. What a pity it is,
for Brother Caleb, that his path covered with
gold, must end at last at the same point which
terminates the poor man's way, which is only
paved with flints and thorns — end at last, at a
narrow pit, seven feet long, by eight feet
deep!

Why is not Brother Caleb immortal? Why
must your Rich Men come down to dust and
grave worms at last, just like your ragged common
people? This question troubles me
oftentime. Why does the New Testament
speak so terribly of Rich Men? Why does it
pronounce the awful sentence of divine wrath
upon the usurer, the money changer, and
“the Rich Man,” in all his varied shapes?
This also causes me much anxiety. Could
we not have a Rich Man's edition of the New
Testament, with all improper expressions carefully
expurgated? Think of it. A Money
Changer's Gospel, warranted not to offend any
Rich Man in the world, or any Rich Corporation,
from the last broken Bank, up to Trinity
Church. It is a fine idea; ponder upon it,
Preachers and Vestrymen of the Rich Churches.

While these thoughts pass over me, I am
often forced, against my will, to frame a
thought like this:

Suppose every poor man in the world, could
be removed to some other state of being only
for a month, leaving the globe to the care of
your Men of Money
. What a scene would
ensue — just picture it for a moment! Rich
Men dining on gold, wearing bank notes, and
sleeping upon parchment title deeds — it would
be very singular. Trinity Church would find
a hard time of it, then. How would it pay its
Preachers, and feed its Vestrymen? Could
they eat brick walls, and drink ground rents?

So, we must be forced to the conclusion:
All the comfort, wealth and luxury in the
world, is produced by the sinew of labor —
labor that is oftentime without a crust to cat
or a couch for its repose
.

And some day perchance — a thousand years
hence it may be — this ragged and hungry
Labor, may open its eyes and say to Property,
certain words, which I dare not write, but
which you can easily imagine.

But while we are preaching upon the sacred
rights of Property; our friend, Brother Caleb,
tosses uneasily upon his silken pillow, and
tarns his writhing features, from side to side.

Rich, very rich, he is still a afflicted by a hideous
dream. This dream divides itself into
four scenes, which sometimes appear to his
soul as separate pictures, and then melt confusedly
into each other, like the colors of a
kaleidescope.

First, Brother Caleb beholds a brave ship
resting upon the waters of a waveless sea,
under a burning sky. The sky is without a
cloud, the ship is distinctly mirrored in the
glassy surface of the becalmed ocean, and the
sun, from the very centre of the heavens, pours
down a flood of intense, yes, intolerable heat.

“My good ship Falcon!” muttered Brother
Caleb in his dream. “If we land the cargo
at Cuba, we will clear two hundred thousand
dollars.”

Then from the lower decks, yes from the
nooks, and caverns of this gallant Ship, the
“cargo” comes crawling into light. For it is
a living cargo. It breathes, eats and drinks,
and may be sold, for actual dollars. It is composed
of three hundred men and women and
children, who now throng the deck, and gaze
with fevered eyes, upon the fiery sky.

But lo! a boat, propelled by oars, and bearing
armed men, with the Flag of the Union
at the helm, appears on the horizon, within
sight of the telescope, and skims silently
over the waters. It is many a mile away, but
Brother Caleb sees it with his telescope and
knows it well.

“The boat of that cursed frigate, which has
pursued me for days, and which I would have
escaped but for this calm.” Thus he murmurs
in his dream.

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

The boat comes nearer — what shall Brother
Caleb do? Make resistance? The idea is
vain, for two-thirds of his men are sick with
a plague, engendered by the foul atmosphere
of the Slave Ship. Shall Brother Caleb be
taken, on board of his good ship Falcon, and
arrested as a Slaver, a sort of mercantile
Pirate, whose Capital is flesh and blood?

Look with your own eyes, and see how
Brother Caleb relieves himself from his peril.

The negroes are sent below, and then
brought forth again, one by one. To the plank
with him, to the plank with her, to the plank
with every one! Weights of iron and lead are
tied to each negro's limbs, and a walk along a
plank, followed by a sudden plunge into the
still ocean, removes the cargo, from the sight of
day. Thus Brother Caleb rids himself of his
cargo — men, women, children, all, are quietly
put out of sight, under that fervid sky, and beneath
the gloomy surface of that waveless sea.

“Ho, ho, now let them come,” laughed
Brother Caleb in his dream. “Overboard with
handcuffs and manacles — overboard with
every thing that may even hint the character
of our late cargo. Up with the Star-Spangled
Banner, and then we'll see who dares to call
our good Falcon by the name of Slaver.”

This was the first part of Brother Caleb's
dream. The light beside the bed shone full
upon his cold blue eyes, as his soul became
absorbed in the details of a new scene.

“Come, Lemuel, we are in Paris, and we
will have a quiet game of rouge et noir. This
way — up the stairs, my boy — we are in
Frascati's saloon. Stake your money, on the
red, on the red, my good fellow.”

And in his dream, he saw his friend Lemuel
Gardiner stake his money on the red, until
twenty thousand dollars — the heritage of
Annie and Harry Bayne — had passed from
Lemuel's hands.

“Poor Lem!” mutters Brother Caleb —
“So unsuspecting! Little does he dream that
ten of the twenty thousand passed into my
hands.”

In his sleep his chest heaved violently, and
he made an effort to raise his hands to his
face, but they remained cramped and stiffened
by his side.

Then came the third part of his dream.

A beautiful woman with golden hair and
eyes of summer blue. Alone in a darkened
chamber, she awaits the coming of Dr. Gatherwood.

“Alice Bayne!” mutters brother Caleb,
and then pursues this scene to its sequel.

It must have been a fearful sequel, for as he
dreamt it over, Brother Caleb's forehead was
wet with beaded moisture.

The last scene of the dream.

Brother Caleb stood at the foot of a stairway,
which led upward — far, far upward,
into the clouds. It seemed to him, that he was
forced to ascend this stairway, whose every
step of cold white alabaster, quivered to and
fro, like the folds of a curtain. He shrank
shuddering from the first step, but an invisible
influence urged him onward. In his dream he
began to ascend.

And as in his dream, he touched the first
step of the stairway, he arose from the bed,
and clad in the loose dressing gown, took the
light from the table.

He moves to the door of his chamber, while
his eyes are cold and death-like, imagining that
at every step across the velvet carpet, he is
gaining another step upon the stairway of his
dream.

He passes into the entry, still asleep, although
his limbs possess the power of motion.
He begins slowly to ascend that wide stairway
of his own mansion, up which he passed with
Charles Lester, an hour ago. And while his
body ascends the real stairway, his soul is
absorbed with the endless stairway, which
leads upward, into infinite space.

Is it not a strange spectacle? Light in hand,
the dressing gown flowing loosely around his
gaunt frame, he passes upward, with a noiseless
step, at the same time, gazing straight
forward with his fixed eyeballs.

Following the windings of the stairway, he
reaches the third floor, and his light streams in
uncertain gleams, upon the entry below.

Two figures steal from the shadows — they
approach the stairway and look upward toward
the light. You recognize the rubicund face of
Stewel Pydgeon, and the spare form and harsh
features of Lemuel Gardiner, “the Converted
Monk.”

While the lamp sheds a dim light from the
third floor, listen to the hurried conversation
of those men:

-- 159 --

p254-157

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

`Who is it Lem? Kin you see his face?”
asks Stewel.

“Yes — yes — it's Goodleigh,” whispered
Lemuel, grasping the bannister of the staircase.
“Awake too, and at this hour!”

“Then our cake is all dough,” again said
Stewel.

Lemuel presses his hand to his forehead,
and at that moment the light passes away.

“I have not gained entrance into this house,
at this hour, for nothing,” says Lemuel with
an oath: “Wait here, Stewel. I will go up
stairs, and meet him face to face. When I
call, you come — will you?”

“Yes, my dear,” responded Stewel.

“Wait,” whispers the Converted Monk and
with that word he stealthily ascends the stairs.

As he reaches the top, a sudden light flashes
upon his face. He beholds the form of Brother
Caleb, as he stands before the door of an apartment,
on the third floor.

“He goes to the Iron Room,” the thought
half escapes Lemuel's lips, and at the very
moment Brother Caleb disappears.

Cautiously along the entry, steals Lemuel
Gardiner. He listens for a moment at the
door — all is still — but the light from within
streams once more into his face.

“I will enter, and meet him face to face,”
he mutters, and pushing open the door, enters
the apartment. It is the same into which
Brother Caleb conducted Charles Lester, an
hour ago.

Brother Caleb is there. His back toward
Lemuel, he holds the light extended in his
right hand, and pauses before a narrow doorway,
which is sunken in the thickness of the
wall.

“The door of the Iron Room!” mutters
Lemuel.

Through that door, you remember, not long
ago, Charles Lester disappeared.

Lemuel does not pause, although his blood
is cold and hot by turns — although his heart
leaps to his throat. He glides on tip-toe across
the floor, he stands directly behind Brother
Caleb, as Brother Caleb is gazing upon the
panel of the narrow door.

It is a moment of feverish suspense.

Clenching his hands, Lemuel surveys the
tall form of Goodleigh, awaiting with set
teeth and hushed breath, the moment when he
shall turn and look into his face.

“It rocks, this cursed stairway, but I shall
soon gain its summit,” thus Brother Caleb, still
asleep, murmurs as he ascends the stairway of
his dream.

The sound of his voice, breaking so abruptly
upon the stillness, penetrates Lemuel at once
with the extremity of cowardice and hardihood.
He is resolved to dare the worst, although
he trembles in every nerve.

Brother Caleb turns, and looks into the face
of Lemuel, with his glassy eyes.

Here, at the entrance of the Iron Room, let
us leave them for a little while, and take up
the adventures of Charles Lester. It is an
hour since he passed that threshold. Let us
relate the history of that hour.

CHAPTER TWENTY-SECOND. THE IRON ROOM.

Charles Lester, unconscious of threatened
evil, passed through the narrow doorway, and
surveyed the place, which was disclosed in all
its details, by the light of his candle.

It was a room or closet not more than six
feet square. The walls, the ceiling and the
floor were formed by solid panels or plates of
iron. There was no window in these iron
walls; no other entrance to the closet, than the
doorway through which Charles had passed.

“It looks like a coffin,” said Charles with a
smile, as the flame of his upraised candle, well-nigh
touched the ceiling: “It was doubtless
built into the thick walls, long ago, as a place
of safety for title deeds and gold. But now,
there is nothing in the place that I can see,
neither chest nor money-bag. Not even a
window — yes! upon my word there
is an aperture near the ceiling, about a foot
square. Does it open in the neighboring closet
Goodleigh?”

He turned on his heel, surprised by the silence
of Goodleigh, and beheld — with what
emotions you may imagine — that not only
Goodleigh, but also, the secret door had disappeared.
The wall before his gaze was composed
of iron panels of equal dimensions,
reaching from the iron ceiling to the iron floor,

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

but all traces of the secret passage had been
suddenly obliterated.

Charles slowly paced the narrow space, in
which he found himself a prisoner, examining
with a careful scrutiny every point of the iron
panels, every foot of the iron floor. The only
opening in the walls — that aperture twelve
inches square, in one corner, and near the
ceiling — did not escape his observation.

“What does Goodleigh mean? To make
me a prisoner in this closet? The idea seems
incredible, and yet the man is capable of almost
anything in the form of treachery.”

He soon became conscious that the candle
which he held, began to loose the brightness of
its rays, burning dim and faint, as with the
pressure of a confined and unwholesome atmosphere.

And then his chest began to heave and
swell, and an uneasy sensation agitated the
muscles of his throat.

He cast an affrighted glance over the sombre
walls which enclosed him, above, around, and
below, as a coffin shuts in the dead.

He beat his clenched hand against the panels,
seeking with a pallid cheek and brightening
eye, the spring or lock which commanded the
secret door. Holding the light in one hand,
he thrust the other through the square aperture
near the ceiling, but it encountered nothing
but the air. All his exertions to discover a
mode of egress from this “vault above ground,”
were in vain. The air became more dense
and difficult to breathe. The light, every
instant, burned with a fainter lustre. Charles
Lester, imprisoned within these iron walls,
felt a chill creep through every vein, while his
brain swam, as in a deadly vertigo.

“Goodleigh! Goodleigh!” he shouted, but
the iron ceiling flung back his voice without an
echo. “Goodleigh! Release me, and I promise
eternal silence.”

He spoke with difficulty. There was, of
course, no answer to his frenzied exclamations.

“Death in any form but this,” he gasped,
“But here it seems I am buried alive. And
while I am dying here, the poor girl, perchance
in the next room, is listening to the voice of
Edmund Jervis — listening to the voice, which
once spoke Ellen's death-sentence, and which
never speaks, save to betray!”

Let us draw the veil over the mental agonies
of the imprisoned man.

No words can depict the horror which palsied
his soul while an hour passed away.

At the end of the hour, behold him, prostrate
on the iron floor, his eyes feverish with
despair, uplifted to the solitary aperture near
the ceiling.

Near his arm stood the candle, its pale light
illumining with but a faint glare the surface
of the iron panels.

Was it the sound of human voices, that
reached the ears of the bewildered man?
Voices, heard through the aperture, and broken
in their distinetness by walls of brick and
stone? Was it the voice of Fanny, or the
accents of the Preacher, which came faint
and murmuring to the leaden ear of Charles
Lester?

Even as he listened, his consciousness slowly
faded from him. He sank on his back, with
his hands outspread, and his face toward the
ceiling. The dim light glowed faintly upon
his pale face, and tinted with faint color the
masses of his dark brown hair. Overpowered
as much by the disease, which had for months
been slowly working at his heart-strings, as by
the confined atmosphere of the Iron Room,
Charles Lester has laid himself down to die.

That disease, solely the result of long continued
mental anguish, defies all medical analysis.
It kills its victim by slow degrees. What
Physicians call it, I cannot tell; but to me it
seems to be only the destruction of the body,
by the silent action of the soul. The soul, by
its will, desires to surrender to earth, its earth-born
organization. It wishes to be free: sick
of earth, it pants for the pure air of a Better
World.

And brave Charles Lester, whose life has
been wrecked in its youth of hope, by the
deliberate crime of a consecrated Minister, has
laid himself down to die. His lip moves, his
eyes unclose, his hand is stretched forth toward
the light, and then he is motionless as stone.

The candle sheds only a feeble and dying
ray.

Meanwhile, in the next room the Preacher
is alone with the daughter of Alice Bayne.
Not in the room through which Lester reached
the closet of Iron. But in the chamber which

-- 161 --

p254-159 [figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

lies beyond yonder the aperture in the panels.
That aperture opens into a closet, and beyond
the closet, lies the room which we are about to
enter.

While Charles Lester is dying, let us slowly
lift the curtain from one of the most glorious
scenes in the Preacher's life.

CHAPTER TWENTY-THIRD. THE STUDY OF THE PREACHER.

Tread lightly, reader, and compose your
features into a look of reverence and awe —
for we are about to enter the “Study of the
Preacher
.” In the third story of his mansion,
Brother Caleb has set this chamber apart,
as the especial haunt of Edmund Jervis. Here,
when sick of the world, and eager to escape its
crowds of flatterers, the good man may withdraw
within himself, and devote an hour to
uninterrupted meditation.

It is a small chamber, with one door, leading
into the entry on the third floor, and two
windows, looking into the wide street. Now
the windows are closed; the very panes are
covered with silken hangings. The walls
are covered with a light drapery of faint crimson,
spotted with gold and silver flowers. A
lamp, shaded by a clouded glass, sheds a rich
and softened light through the apartment.
That lamp stands upon a desk, which is
covered with volumes of sermons, with loosely
scattered letters, and with pen, inkstand, and
letter-paper. Beside the desk, an opened trunk,
packed with fashionable attire, and with disguises,
suitable for any adventure which may
chance to engage the mind of our Popular
Preacher. Amid the heap of fine apparel, a
manuscript volume peeps into light, bearing on
its first broad page, in the delicate hand-writing
of Jervis himself, this significant title — “Memoirs
of a Preacher
. To be published after
my death
.”

Near the trunk, is a marble dressing-stand,
well furnished with all the details of an exquisite's
toilette: phials of perfumes, patchoulli,
orange, cologne; cakes of scented soap; oil for
the Preacher's hair, and cosmetics for the
Preacher's skin. A half-dozen of the finest
cambric handkerchiefs, carefully laid one upon
the other, complete the picture.

Look at it as you will, the room with crim
son hangings, spotted with gold and silver
flowers, is a very comfortable place, in every
way adapted, for the more retired devotions
of the Popular Preacher.

He is sitting in a velvet cushioned chair,
near the desk. He has thrown his frock coat
aside. A gaily flowered dressing gown floats
in loose folds from his shoulders to his slippered
feet. A spotless vest, with a rolling
collar, clothes his chest, and entwines his slender
waist. Resting his elbow on the back of
the chair, crossing one leg over the other, in an
attitude of careless ease, he gazes intently, yet
with a smile, upon the face of the Poor Girl.

Opposite, also seated on a velvet cushioned
chair, with her hands placed on her knees,
and her eyes glassy with the magnetic slumber,
behold the unconscious maiden.

Does she not look very beautiful, as the
mild radiance falls over her warm cheek, and
bathes the tresses of her raven hair? Still clad
in the velvet boddice, which reaching from the
waist to the neck, discloses the outline, while
it leaves the entire loveliness of her shape to
the imagination: still enveloped in the blue
skirt, which flows in loose folds from her waist
to her feet, behold the Daughter of Alice
Bayne, as her soul is entirely subject to the
will of the Popular Preacher.

A half an hour may have elapsed, since the
good man entered this room.

In that time, he has gathered from her lips
all the mysteries of her life, which in her
waking state, she herself could not know.

No longer opposed by the antagonist Will
of Charles Lester, he has commanded her soul
to traverse every scene of her life, from the
hour when Alice her mother sank into death,
until the present moment, when she is face to
face with Edmund Jervis.

He gazes at her, with one of those smiles
which make his face look young and even
handsome. Listen to his half-spoken soliloquy:

“And soh, my pretty one, you are not altogether
the child of poverty and shame! A
rich man's child — is it so? And your father
did not drown himself in the Schuylkill,
seventeen years ago? Arthur Bayne lived —
fled to the west — took the name of Arthur
Baldwin, and became eminent as a Physician.
And Arthur Baldwin lived in that town of

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

Prairie-Home, which was also the native place
of Ellen Lester. He attended Ellen in her
last hours — and to Ellen's Brother confided
the secret of his life — of your life, and of your
brother's — for it seems you have a brother.
Soh, soh, this explains Lester's presence in
Philadelphia. He has money — money for
you — well, well. I am wearing away, and
need the comforts of a home. We will be
married Fanny, my child: married my dear.
Lester may oppose the match, but there is one
way, by which his consent may be forced.
Let me place all the strength of circumstances
on my side.”

Making one or two passes, with both hands,
the Preacher soon aroused the girl from her
magnetic slumber. Her eyes began to assume
their natural lustre. Rosy flushes of warmth
gave a new light to her cheek. Her bosom
heaved with an even and natural pulsation.
After a few moments she started in her chair
and looked around with a vague stare, like one
who has been suddenly aroused in the depth
of a dreamless slumber.

“Where am I?” cried Fanny, looking at the
hangings, the desk, the lamp, and then surveying
her own form, clad in such unusual attire.
“Where am I? It is a dream. I am not
awake.”

“You are awake, my child,” was the kind
response of the Preacher: “Awake, and in
the care of your friends.”

“My mother” — faltered Fanny, raising her
hand to her brow, in an effort to recover the
control of her memory.

“Your mother is well, that is the person
who has passed for your mother is well. But
my child, you must listen to me. I have a
singular revelation to make. A few hours ago,
while I was preparing to accompany you to
the home of your supposed mother —

“My supposed mother!” echoed Fanny.

“You fainted, yes, my child, you fainted,
whether from anxiety, or from too long exposure
to the cold, I cannot tell. I then discovered—
it matters not how — that you are
the child of a dear and valued friend of mine,
who lives out west, in the State of Illinois. I
am lately from the west, my dear. I am
charged to seek you out, and bring you back
to the arms of your father. Instead of being
the daughter of the poor woman with whom
you have resided, you are the child of the
wealthy Dr. Arthur Baldwin, of Prairie-Home,
Illinois.”

Fanny opened her beautiful dark eyes, in a
vague and dreamy stare.

“It cannot be so,” she exclaimed — “You
are making sport of me —”

“It can, and it is, my child,” said the
Preacher emphatically, as he drew his chair
nearer to the girl: “Seventeen years ago, your
father resided in this city. Your mother died,
my dear, in the act of giving you life. But
mark you, the person whom you call by the
name of mother —”

“She is my mother, Ann Jones, and my
name is Fanny Jones,” exclaimed Fanny,
clenching her small hand, as she spoke in a
tone of decided emphasis.

“This Ann Jones, having an old grudge
against your father, stole both you and your
brother —”

“Ralph,” ejaculated Fanny.

“ — From the paternal roof. Your father
sought for his children for two years, and
sought in vain. At last broken-hearted, he
went to the west, to die. But he mastered
his sorrows, became successful as a Physician,
and is at the present time, the wealthiest man
in his county. Six months ago, he was informed
by a Philadelphian, that Ann Jones
was still in existence, and that she lived in an
obscure court, with two children, whom she
called her own, but whom it was strongly surmised,
did not belong to her. I need not tell
you that this made the deepest impression on
your father. Aware that I was about coming
to Philadelphia, he entrusted the management
of this matter to me. And to-night, my child,
I left you insensible in the care of my good
friend Caleb. I hastened to your residence.
I listened to the confession of this Ann Jones—
she believed it to be her last confession, but
she will recover — and from that confession,
I derived a knowledge of the truth. You are
the child of Arthur Baldwin! To-morrow
you leave Philadelphia, on your way to the
house of your father! You and your brother,
will together journey to the west, under my
care. Now, do you understand me, my good
child!”

Smooth and persuasive were the accents of
the Preacher. Fanny heard every word,

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

looking all the time into that face, where honor and
sincerity seemed to have made their immoveable
stamp.

“No! No! I cannot believe it!” she cried,
clasping her hands, while her form was agitated
in every pulse: “It is a dream — only a
dream —”

Again the Preacher spoke. Taking her
hand he told the story over again, and confirmed
its every point, by new and overwhelming
evidence. Fanny was forced to believe in
spite of herself. She did not swoon with the
surprise; but her cheek grew death-like; she
swayed to and fro upon her chair, and would
have fallen to the floor, had not the Preacher
caught her in his arms.

“Yes, yes, you shall see your father,” he
said, gazing upon her face, which pale and
flushed by turns, was bathed in tears. “In
less than a month, you shall see him, my
child.” He kissed her kindly — perchance
warmly — on the lips: “Ralph, your brother,
shall go with you —” again he pressed his
mouth to her lips — “and this poor Ann Jones
shall be forgiven, and cared for.”

The Preacher placed her on her chair again,
twining his fingers in the waves of her loosened
hair — in an absent way of course — as he
exclaimed: “To-night you will rest in this
house, my dear — to-morrow we begin our
journey.”

Poor Fanny utterly bewildered, shaded her
eyes from the light, and remained for some
moments absorbed in thought.

Had a thought ever crossed her brain before,
that instead of being the child of poverty and
want, she was indeed the daughter of respectability
and wealth?

It is needless to tell you, reader, that the
truth of her life, had, in the mouth of the
Preacher, been interwoven with a web of
intricate falsehood.

Arthur Bayne had in reality fled to the west,
and risen into eminence as a Physician, under
the name of Arthur Baldwin. He had been
long convinced of the death of his children,
when he received intelligence from an unknown
person that Annie and Harry were
still living, under the care of Ann Clarke.
Before his decease (which took place at Prairie-Home
soon after the death of Ellen,) he en
trusted Charles Lester with his last Testament,
which bequeathed all his real estate, together
with fifteen thousand dollars in money, to his
lost children, Annie and Harry Bayne.

In his dying moments, he besought Charles
to hasten to Philadelphia and make search for
these children. In case the search proved unsuccessful,
Charles Lester would become his
heir.

The other details connected with this trust
the reader will doubtless gather from the current
of our history.

From the young girl, while in the magnetic
state, the Preacher derived a full knowledge
of these facts, which he distorted in order to
suit his own purposes.

“I will see my father!” whispered Fanny,
with an accent of inexpressible rapture as she
lifted her eyes to the light, while her face
kindled into a warm loveliness, that was hallowed
by her tears: “I shall see my father! And
Ralph will be removed from the city, from want,
from cold, from misery and temptation! O,
the news is too good to be true!”

Very beautiful was Fanny, as she bent forward
in her chair, clasping her hands and raising
her streaming eyes to Heaven.

“You can't imagine what a beautiful valley
of the prairie spreads around your father's
home!” The Preacher spoke in his blandest
whisper, and with persuasion — eloquence—
in his sparkling eyes: “There it stands — I
see it now — a white mansion, amid a grove of
oaks, with a garden on one side and a wide
sweep of lawn on the other. Through the trees
you catch a glimpse of the river, and as you wander
upon the lawn, the deer, browsing quietly,
as though impressed with the peaceful atmosphere
of the place, raise their large eyes but
do not start and tremble at your tread. And
then the flowers, my child, O, you should see
the flowers! They clothe the prospect on
every side, grouping at the feet of the old trees,
starting up from the grass, trembling over the
river, until you might imagine yourself in
Eden.”

Fanny uttered an ejaculation of delight
Beneath the dark boddice her bosom heaved
and fell, as with the very fullness of youth
and hope. The Preacher surveyed her ardently
and continued:

“A road passes near your father's house.

-- 164 --

p254-162 [figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

In a week or so, my child, we will stand at
the entrance of your father's place. With
you on one arm and Ralph on the other, I will
lift the latch of the gate, and enter the walk
which winds among the trees, up to your
father's door.”

“Yes — yes” — gasped Fanny.

“He will come forth to meet us! I see him
stand upon the porch — his venerable hairs
bathed in the morning sun. He beholds you
as you draw near. He pauses for a moment
in doubt, and then you hear his voice, as he
comes trembling to you with outspread arms—
`My Daughter! My Son!' And then, ah!
then the lost children will find a father and a
home!”

“Father! Father!” cried Fanny, starting
from the chair, as the picture drawn by the
Preacher took bodily shape before her eyes.
She spread forth her arms as if to clasp her
father's neck. Blushing, trembling, panting,
she fixed her eyes upon vacancy, as though
there, in the twilight of the room, she beheld
the mild face of her father smiling welcome to
his long lost daughter.

“But this is not all —” exclaimed the
Preacher, starting to his feet and taking her
hand within his own. “This is not all,
for —”

A slight sound, heard audibly through the
profound stillness, interrupted his words. It
was very much like the creak of a suddenly
opened door. The Preacher turned his head
over his shoulder, and as his glance pierced
the shadows, a deep ejaculation escaped his
lips:

“Curse me, why didn't I lock the door.”

Frightened at the changed expression of the
Preacher's face, Fanny turned as if to gaze
upon the cause of his alarm, and in the action
fell forward upon his breast.

“I've heer'd you talk considerable. Thought
I'd drop in and take a look for mesself. How
air you?”

CHAPTER TWENTY-FOURTH. MAGIC IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.

A tall, broad-shouldered form, advanced to
the circle of light, as these words pronounced
in a gruff bass, penetrated Fanny's ears.
Fanny supported by the Preacher's arms, her
face upon his bosom, cast a sidelong glance
upon the intruder.

She beheld a huge, almost gigantic form, attired
in a singular costume, composed of a cap
of course grey fur, a scarlet great coat ornamented
with buttons the size of a dollar, and
corduroy pantaloons inserted in the tops of
ox-hide boots.

Above a plaid neckerchief, appeared a hardy
face, tanned by wind and sun, with whiskers
white as snow, and eyes brilliant as lighted
coals.

“I'm sixty years old,” said the Giant:
“Heap of rascals I've known in my time.
Pour 'em all into a mould and run 'em out
into one com-plete scoundrel and yit that
scoundrel won't hold a candle to you!

From one pocket the Giant Peter — for it
was our old friend — drew forth something very
much like a pistol, and from the other, he produced
another something, which might have
been a gag and which might have been a gridiron.

“I've heer'd you. I know you. I say —”
his voice growing deeper and hoarser, quivered
as with rising rage — “I know'd Ellen!

The Preacher appeared to be much surprised
by this intrusion. Scarce conscious that
he held the trembling girl in his arms, he
looked towards the huge Peter, but did not
seem to see him, nor to be conscious of his
presence.

“Come g-a-l. Come 'long with me,” said
Peter, dropping the something which looked
like a gag, into his pocket, and extending his
brawny hand.

“It's a robber,” whispered the Preacher.

“No, no, I will not go with you,” cried
Fanny, scarce knowing what she said, as she
clung to the Preacher's neck.

“You won't?” Peter burst into a roar of
laughter — “Good that. Tell you he's a
scoundrel. Druv Ellen to her grave. Killed
her Father. Killed her brother. A devil in a
white cravat. Come 'long. I 'spose your
Doctor Baldwin's da'ter — Charley told me
sutthin' and I heer'd the rest.”

“No, no, I will not go with you,” faltered
Fanny, clinging yet closer to the Preacher.

“You must go with me?” cried Peter, “tell
you gal he's been lyin' too. It's his way

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

Told you Dr. Baldwin was alive. A lie gal.
Dr. Baldwin's dead. Been dead this year.”

Fanny heard these words, and turning her
head over her shoulder, looked into Peter's
face, with an expression of vague terror.

“My father dead? It cannot be!” She
turned to the Preacher, looking into his eyes,
her breath fanning his face: “He is not dead!
Speak! O, you would not deceive me!”

“Your father lives, my child,” whispered
the Preacher: “This person knows nothing
of you or your family.”

Peter seized his pistol by the barrel, as
though it were a mace or club.

“I give you two minnits to let go the gal
and come along with me,” his voice was
hoarse with anger, and his eyes shone with a
significant expression: “Jist refuse, and I'll
tip you over as I would a mad dog.”

He drew nearer, and clenched the pistol
with a determined grasp. Jervis began to recover
from the overwhelming surprise and dismay,
occasiond by the sudden intrusion of the
giant Peter. A thought flashed through his
brain. Could he but carry this thought into
action, all his plans might be accomplished
without difficulty.

“Whar's Lester?” asked Peter; “What
have you done with the boy?”

“Be seated, my child,” whispered Jervis
forcing Fanny into a chair; “Now Sir, I am
prepared to listen to you.” Thus speaking,
he confronted the giant, gazing steadily into his
face, as he inserted his thumbs into the arm-pits
of his white vest.

Fanny shuddered as she remarked the contrast
between the two.

Peter, strong and rugged, his huge form
clad in a red overcoat, which displayed the
magnitude of his burly chest. The Preacher,
slender and diminutive — at least in comparison—
his graceful form, enveloped in the folds
of a loose dressing gown. One armed not
only with a giant's strength, but with a deadly
weapon; the other, altogether inferior in
strength, and without pistol or weapon of any
kind.

“W-a-l?” said Peter, with a burst of laughter:
“You aint a-goin' to fight, air you?”

“You are armed, I am defenceless,” said
the Preacher: “You can crush me with superior
strength, yes, you can kill me with a sin
gle blow of your brawny fist. But that would
n't be a coward's deed — would it, my friend?”

Peter dropped the pistol into his pocket.

“Never use fire-arms to reptyles,” he exclaimed,
extending his open hand: “Thar!
D'ye see that?

While Fanny, clasping her hands, surveyed
the twain, with a look of terror and suspense,
the Preacher, still calm, although very pale,
devoted every faculty of his soul to the accomplishment
of his Thought.

“You are a strong man,” he whispered,
“and yet you are afraid to let me grasp your
hand.”

Peter laughed all over his sunburnt face.

“I am rather afeerd,” he chuckled, “Thar!
Don't hurt me! Please don't, that's a good
man.”

He extended his brawny hand, which the
Preacher clutched in a peculiar manner.

“Now is the moment for my thought,” he
muttered: “If it fails I am lost.”

For a moment, he grasped the brawny hand,
without speaking a word, while his eyes,
flashing with steady light, were fixed upon the
eyes of the giant. Peter regarded him with a
grimace of pretended terror —

“Don't hurt me if you please!” he said.

Fanny, half starting from the chair, watched
the issue of the scene, with quivering suspense.

“Now, Sir, you are afraid to extend your
right arm,” whispered the Preacher, still
grasping the left hand of the giant: “Afraid I
say!”

“Thar it is,” — and Peter quite jocularly,
extended his right arm, clenching his fist in
the action. “It don't look like gallopin' Consumption—
hey?”

The Preacher gave a sudden and peculiar
pressure to Peter's left hand, and then whispered:

“Now if you dare, stretch forth your other
arm!” he released the hand, and made a rapid
pass, from the giant's temples to his brawny
chest.

Peter stretched forth his left arm, and
clenched his left hand. Thus, with both arms
extended, throwing his brawny chest into light,
he resembled the figure of a colossal cross.

The Preacher stooped and touched him on
the knees. Then rising again, he rapidly

-- 166 --

p254-164 [figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

passed his hands over the arms, breast, and
mouth of our good friend Peter.

“Now, Sir,” he cried in a voice which
swelled deep and bold through the stillness:
“You cannot close your arms! You cannot
move a foot — You cannot open your mouth!
I defy you! You are in my power! Aye,
struggle, if you will — it is out of your power
to move or speak!”

Was this Magic? Starting to her feet in
wonder, Fanny beheld the huge form of the
giant, standing in the centre of the room, motionless
as a figure of stone, save that a slight
movement, agitated his closed lips and outstretched
arms.

“You are in my power! You cannot
speak — You cannot move! I defy you to do
either! Fanny, my child, look upon this palsied
wretch, and behold the power of Heaven!”

The Preacher solemnly raised his right hand
above his head.

“You would steal this child from my care?
Speak, if you can! Dr. Baldwin is dead —
is he, indeed?”

Stiffened in every nerve, palsied in every
fibre of his giant frame, Peter stood with outstretched
arms, closed lips and clutched hands—
stood like a frozen man — without the power
of speech or motion.

The Preacher, flushed and triumphant, still
raised his hand to heaven, and defied the palsied
man to speak or move.

“It is the hand of Heaven!” gasped Fanny,
as she surveyed the strange scene with a feeling
of irrepressible terror. “He came hither
with a lie on his lips, and the lie has choked
his utterance.”

The Preacher hastily took his frock-coat
from a chair, and in a moment it replaced the
dressing-gown. Then placing his hat upon
his brown hair, he passed Fanny's arm through
his own.

“Come, my child,” he whispered, “Heaven
has placed this man in our power; let us leave
him to the contemplation of his sins!”

Alas for Peter!

He saw the Preacher and the girl pass before
him, but had not the power to move or
speak. Turning his head over his shoulder,
he gazed into the shadows, and beheld the
Preacher in the act of taking the key from the
lock, while Fanny was gliding through the
opened door-way. And yet Peter stood with
arms outstretched and lips sealed, his sinews
writhing, his face distorted by his struggles.

He saw the Preacher pass through the door-way,
saw the door close after him, and the
next instant heard the sound of the key turning
in the lock.

And ere that sound had died upon his ears,
the power of speech and motion returned to
him, like the gift of a new life. At the same
moment, he closed his arms violently upon his
chest, started forward as if to test his power
over his lower limbs, and opened his mouth to
its utmost capacity.

“It's the Devil hisself!” shouted Peter,
brandishing his arms, and lifting his feet one
after the other — “The rale Devil, and no
mistake.”

He hurried to the door; it was locked; the
panels were one solid piece of time-hardened
oak, and apparently impenetrable.

Peter was a prisoner in the Preacher's
study.

At the same moment, separated from him by
thick walls, and panels of rivetted metal,
Charles was dying in the Iron Room, while
Caleb and Lemuel stood by its narrow door.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIFTH. MAGIC EXPLAINED.

You ask the secret of the Preacher's power
over the giant frame of the hardy Peter?

Was it magic, wizard-craft, or animal
magnetism? It was none of these. Magic
demands incantations, wizard-craft must work
by spells, and animal magnetism can only act
when it is favored by a compliant Will.
Magnetism thoroughly destroys, for the time,
all consciousness through the senses. It is the
operation of one Will over another, and can
never be accomplished in its important phases,
unless the subject yields his will captive to the
will of the operator.

Yet here in the case of Peter, we have a
strong man, in the full possession of his every-day
faculties, stricken suddenly into a paralysis
of speech and motion, while his Will, more
powerful even than the Will of the Preacher,
resists with all its force.

How shall I explain this?

Let us suppose for the moment, that the

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

substance or element called electricity, is the
agent by which Mind acts upon Matter, or to
speak more plainly, the instrument by which
the Brain commands the motion of the Arm
and Tongue. Comprehend this in all its
phases, and then admit a second supposition.
Suppose that you can control the electricity
of another person — control it against that person's
will — by touching a certain nerve in the
hand, the finger, or the arm? This control
once obtained, accompanied at the same time
by an impression upon the subject's mind
does it not follow that all his powers of muscular
motion, are, for the time, made prisoner
to your pleasure?

Thus, the Preacher, inferior in strength and
will to our friend Peter, obtained the mastery
over his muscular powers, against his will, by
controlling the electric force of his organization.

Advance a step farther. Admit that the
senses do not reside in the tongue, the eye, the
ear, the hand, and the nostrils, but in the brain.
That brain can only act by electric force.
Make an impression then upon the electricity
of the brain, and it follows that the subject
will see, taste, smell, touch, hear and feel, at
your pleasure.

These suppositions, which recent discoveries
have established as facts, fully explain all
the wonders of magic and witchcraft.

We have seen, more than one incredulous
person who laughed with all his soul at the
very mention of these discoveries in science,
suddenly confounded into involuntary belief.
The unbeliever has been made to taste, hear,
see, smell, and feel in accordance to the will of
another person. Thus a glass of water, has been
changed into acid, into wine, into honey —
changed not in reality, but to the taste — by an
impression produced by the operator upon the
electric force of the subject's brain. We have
seen with our eyes, and experienced in our own
person, wonders that far exceed the most improbable
legends of magic — wonders that appear
miraculous and yet cease to be wonders at all,
when the secret of their operation is explained by
a reference to the unchangeable laws of Nature.

Our limits will not permit a complete discussion
of the science. But hundreds of persons
in Philadelphia and New York, persons
of all shades of disposition, temperament and
intellect, can testify to the performance of ex
periments, in their presence and upon them
personally, which mock the powers of belief
and leave the exploits of olden time sorcery, far
in the distance. And unlike the history of
ancient magic, the cause of these experiments
is not made a mystery, nor surrounded with
all the display of scenic effect, and theatrical
pomp. The cause is known to the persons who
witnessed the experiments; and the cause, which
we but crudely describe is as simple and as scientific
in its explanation as the operations of
the law of gravity.

The fact that a man like the Preacher, exercised
such control upon the physical powers
of a giant like Peter, was known to us long
before we became acquainted with the cause.
Indeed such facts are scattered copiously over
the history of all ages. That the Preacher
abused the knowledge of the great Truth, is
no more an argument against its reality and
its benefits to mankind, than his abuse of the
Gospel, to purposes the basest, is an argument
against the truth and benefits of Revelation.

In our history, a knowledge of the great
Facts of Electricity, and its Connection with
the Brain, is used by a bad man for the accomplishment
of a bad end.

But this knowledge, properly developed, is
capable of the greatest benefit to the human
family. By it may be cured, or at least alleviated,
one half of the diseases which afflict the
human organization. Through its influence
all those diseases, especially, which spring
from the Mind, and from the operation of
Mind upon Matter, may be swept from the history
of human suffering.[1]

Not the least important of its benefits, is the
fact, that it rears a platform on which Reason
and Faith may meet in concord. It crushes
scepticism, and not by calling infidel! — but by
unrolling the curtain which has for ages concealed
those simple and awful Laws by which
God governs the Universe — not the Universe

-- 168 --

p254-166 [figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

of worlds alone, but also the Universe of Immortal
Souls.

In the Dark Ages, men of learning were
doubtless familiar with these great truths. But
they were forced by fear of priestly faggot or
mob outrage, to cloak them in a veil of scenic
mystery.

So, in the Dark Ages, Priests of the Church
either from fear of man or want of faith in God,
cloaked under a drapery of cumbrous mystery
the great facts of Religion: That all men are
brothers, and God is the Father of all. To
do good to men, is to truly worship God.
The brotherhood of mankind and the all-paternal
character of God, are the vital
truths, hidden under all forms of Religion
.

And then Priests and Learned Men, instead
of making Faith and Reason, and Science and
Religion meet in concord, took isolated paths,
and cursed the world with a barbarous Faith
and a mountebank Philosophy.

But the day comes, when the heart of the
child and the brain of the learned man, will
arrive by different paths, at the same great
centre: when Reason will be married to Faith:
and both Faith and Reason terminate their pilgrimage
at the altar of God.

Every step in scientific discovery, is also a
step gained towards this altar.

Two great truths we should gird forever to
our hearts:

— The Scientific man, whose researches
in science do not confirm and enlarge the
belief in God and Immortality, is a false Philosopher,
who gropes his way every hour far
and farther from the throne of God.

— The Priest, whose faith does not teach
him that God as the Father of all mankind,
wishes and will accomplish the salvation of all,
is a false Prophet, also groping his way from
darkness unto deeper darkness.

The false Priest and the false Philosopher,
are twin-blasphemers.

Their Faith and Reason are alike corrupt.
Their teachings are a mockery of Humanity
and a denial of God.

eaf254.n1

[1] The knowledge of this great science, has lately
been developed, in a series of lectures, delivered in
New York and Philadelphia, by Dr. John Bovee Dods
and the Rev. Theophilus Fiske. In these lectures
the science was termed — “Psychcological Electricity.”
Thousands of the first citizens of New York and Philadelphia
can attest, from their own observation and
experience, the apparently miraculous character of these
experiments.

CHAPTER TWENTY-SIXTH. PETER, FANNY, AND THE PREACHER.

“Peter, Peter! You've got yerself into a
scrape,” was the remark of the giant as he
tried the door: “Preacher and gal both gone,
and here you air.”

Peter flung himself against the door, kicked
its panels with all his might, and wrenched the
knob until the sinews started like whip-cords
on his iron wrist.

All his efforts however were fruitless. Ten
minutes elapsed while he was occupied in this
manner.

“What's become of Charley? If he should
happen to meet the Preacher a-goin' down
stairs! The reptyle! If I only had a club
I'd send them panels into splinters in a minnit.
Hello! I've an idea. You're stupid Peter,
not to think of it afore.”

Drawing a pistol from his pocket, he levelled
it deliberately at the lock of the door. His
hand was on the trigger, when the key turned
in the lock again and the door sprung open.

At the same instant the room was filled by
a thick cloud of suffocating smoke, which
blinded the sight of the giant and forced him
to pant for breath.

“Save yourself! Save yourself!” cried a
voice — “The house is on fire.”

Through the cloud Peter beheld the form of
the Preacher, with the young girl lying pale
and insensible upon his breast.

And from the entry, through the opened
doorway the smoke continued to roll, in a
thick and stifling cloud. The light was suddenly
darkened: that dense mass of smoke,
illumined by a lurid and hazy light, wrapped
the giant, the girl, and the Preacher, in its
folds.

“To the window,” cried Peter, stumbling
forward, “Let's have a breath o' fresh air.”

“The windows are nailed snut,” he heard
the voice of the Preacher in reply: “Our only
hope of escape is —” his voice was broken,
as if in the effort to get breath — “is by the
roof.”

Plunging about in the darkness, Peter encountered
the door-way, and with a sudden
bound, endeavoured to pass from the threshold
to the head of the stairs. But the smoke drove
him back. He was blinded and stifled by the
dense cloud. Struggling through its folds, he
once more found himself in the room, and his
extended hand encountered the hand of the
Preacher.

“You cuss you, don't you know that you'll

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

kill that gal, unless you git the winder open?”
he muttered, as he gave the Preacher's hand a
wrench, which made him howl with pain —
“Wait a minnit! I'll burst the winder open
if I have to ram yer head through the sash!”

He plunged forward through the gloom, and
fell over the Preacher's trunk, at the same moment
crushing the lamp with his outstretched
hand.

“Here we air,” he cried, and raising the
trunk with both arms, dashed it at random
through the darkness. It chanced to encounter
the window, and a sound of crashing glass
announced that his effort was in part successful.

“I am dying,” moaned a faint voice, which
Peter scarcely recognized for the voice of the
Preacher — “For God's sake, help! help!
help!”

Peter felt the shutters, in the darknes. Felt
the bolts and bars, which held them close and
fast. Again he raised the trunk and hurled it
forward, with all the strength of his arms. The
shutters started — another blow — they flew
open — and Peter starting forward, thrust his
head from the window, and at the same instant
caught a glimpse of the day-break sky, and inhaled
one deep breath of pure air.

A strange sight it was to see his red face
peeping from the window amid a cloud of thick
and inky smoke.

At a glance, Peter surveyed the street beneath,
and as he looked he saw the burly form
of Stewel Pydgeon passing down the marble
steps, in the act of emerging from the house,
while Stewel's hoarse voice awoke the echoes
of the night, with “Fi-er! Fi-er! Fi-er!

But no time was to be lost. Peter turned
from the window, and dragged the Preacher
from the darkness to the fresh air. In the
Preacher's arms lay Fanny, pale and beautiful
in her fantastic attire, her face resting on his
breast, while her hair streamed over his arms.

“Don't kill me — don't —” muttered the
Preacher, as in a half swooning state he projected
his face from the open window — “I
really didn't mean to hurt your feelings.”

“You're a purty magician, you are,” gruffly
responded Peter. “You can turn a live man
into a corpse, but you can't put out a house,
when it's a-fire. But let's have a-hold o' th'
gal — don't you see she's dyin'?”

Lifting the unconscious girl from the arms
of the Preacher, Peter grasped her firmly in
his stalwart hands, and held her face toward
the pure air, while the smoke streamed in
a thick cloud, through the aperture of the
window.

The Preacher meanwhile moaned pitifully—
“Why don't they fetch the engines? Don't
they know that we'll be burned alive?”

“How'd the house get a-fire?” growled
Peter, still endeavoring to recover the unconscious
girl.

“Went down stairs — into second story —
was about to light a lamp — smelt fire —
opened the door, and was stifled by the smoke—
got up stairs with the girl, and managed to
find the door of this room.”

The Preacher spoke with difficulty, his
language vague and almost incoherent, while
projecting his neck to its utmost capability, he
rested his hands upon the window frame, and
endeavored to inhale one long deep breath of
fresh air.

“Could somebody have turned on the gas
and set it a-fire?” muttered Peter, as he shook
the form of the girl, in the effort to restore her
to consciousness: “But I guess it's been
burnin' down stairs, this hour and more, for I
smelt smoke when I first came in.”

The wind without, blowing fresh and strong,
for a moment drove back the smoke into the
house. Our friends by the window experienced
a sudden relief, and Peter with great satisfaction
saw Fanny unclose her dark eyes, as
he grasped her in his arms.

“Why don't the engines come?” groaned
the Preacher, as he turned his face, pale and
distracted with affright, toward the giant.
“Hark! D'ye hear that? The State House
Bell! And that! God bless us, the engines are
coming!”

His voice fairly shrieked with the violence
of his joy. And at this moment, while Fanny
gazed around with a vacant glance, there came
a sound from the depths of the mansion, which
penetrated the Preacher's heart, like the echo
of his death-knell.

It was the low, deep roaring sound of a vast
body of flame, shut up within thick walls.

“The house is burnin' away beneath us,”
exclaimed Peter.

“What is the matter? Where are we?”

-- 170 --

p254-168 [figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

whispered Fanny, as she turned her gaze from
the frightened visage of the Preacher, to the
bluff, but imperturbable face of the giant.

“We are parficly safe my dear. Just stick
your head out o' the winder, and get as many
mouth-fulls o' the fresh air as possible.”

“They are coming, they are coming!”
shouted the Preacher, as the street below, was
suddenly illumined with a red glare of torch-light,
while the air echoed merrily with the sound
of the engine bells. “Don't you see them?
They are fixing the hose to the fire-plugs —
there! there!”

The street echoed to the tramp of busy feet.
Crowds of men, half clad, hurried to and fro,
by the torch-light glare. The brass ornaments
of an engine, flashed back the light, as it was
hurled along, by the impulse of an hundred
manly arms. The street so lately still as the
grave, was now all light, confusion and uproar.

“Quick! Quick!” shouted the Preacher, as
he stretched forth his arms from the window:
“Don't you see that we're burnin' to death:
Hall-oo! Murder!”

“I see him!” cried Fanny, as far below
among the busy crowd, she saw a half-naked
form reddened by the torch-light: “It is
Ralph!”

“Look here you cuss, is there anybody else
in the house?” and Peter shook the Preacher
roughly by the arm.

“Don't trouble me! All my books and papers,
all my clothes will be turned into cinders!
Why don't they bring a ladder?
Hall-oo!”

But Peter was not thus to be denied.
Clenching the Preacher with his vice-like
grasp, he repeated his question, with a slight
addition in the way of rhetoric:

“Anybody else in this house? Give us
an answer, or out you go from this winder,
by —!”

“There's a man in the entry,” gasped the
Preacher: “I stumbled over him as I came
along.”

“Take the gal, you cowardly vagabon',”
cried Peter, and ere the Preacher could manifest
his astonishment by an ejaculation, the
giant had disappeared.

He had plunged once more into the cloud
of smoke.

Our history now returns to Brother Caleb
and the Converted Monk. They stood at the
door of the Iron Room, at least fifteen minutes
before the Preacher was driven back to his
“Study,” by the fire and smoke.

CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVENTH. BROTHER CALEB REACHES THE TOP OF THE STAIRWAY.

Brother Caleb, holding the light above his
head, turned slowly round, and gazed upon
Lemuel with his cold fixed eyeballs.

That gaze penetrated Lemuel with the very
extremity of fright and terror. The luxurious
folds of the dressing gown, which clothed
Brother Caleb's gaunt form, only increased
by contrast, the hideousness of his unearthly
countenance.

“You can't scarce me, Gatherwood,”
whispers Lemuel through his set teeth, as his
form trembles with the desperation of cowardice:
“The time has gone by for that kind of
thing.”

“Another step, and I will reach the top of
this cursed stairway!” murmurs Brother Caleb,
still absorbed by the adventure of his
dream.

His rigid face, motionless eyeballs, and
slowly muttered words, suddenly strike the
“Converted Monk” with an impression of the
truth.

“A Somnambulist!” the thought only half
escapes his lips. “Walks in his sleep, does
he? I'll wake him up, when I have the proofs
of his guilt in my hands. Go on, my dear
Gatherwood!”

Bowing with much gravity, Lemuel uttered
these closing words, with a grimace, accompanied
by a burst of half suppressed laughter.

Brother Caleb, still asleep, was of course
unconscious of his presence.

Turning, he touched the spring of the narrow
door. It opened, and light in hand, he
crossed the threshold, imagining that he had
won another step on the stairway of his dream.

Lemuel stealthily creeping at his heels, followed
him across the threshold, into the Room.
And Lemuel, with all his soul absorbed in the
contemplation of the movements of Brother
Caleb, did not observe a prostrate form which
was stretched upon the iron floor. His own

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

shadow added to the shadow of Brother Caleb,
completely veiled the prostrate form from observation.

Nor did Lemuel, watching with an unchanging
glance, the movements of Brother Caleb,
behold the haggard face, which slowly uprose
from the shadows, gazing around with a dull
vacant gaze. It was the face of Charles Lester,
who aroused from his deathlike stupor, by
the current of fresh air, slowly raised his head,
and beheld the motionless form of Brother
Caleb, standing gaunt and erect, in the centre
of the Iron Room. And near Brother Caleb,
Charles beheld the slight figure of the “Converted
Monk,” crouching behind the gaunt
form, like some noxious reptile, about to dart
upon its unconscious prey.

Charles slowly rose to his feet. But half
conscious, and impelled by an influence which
it is in vain to analyze, he crossed the narrow
space which separated him from the door-way.

Lemuel heard the sound of his step, and
turned to him, suddenly whispering, “Go
back, Stewel!” but ere his words were uttered,
Charles had crossed the threshold, and closed
the narrow door.

Lemuel still believing that it was Stewel's
footstep that had disturbed his silent watch,
turned again, and watched with flaming eyes
the motions of his friend Gatherwood, otherwise
known as Brother Caleb.

“No! No! You will not drive me back!”
groaned Brother Caleb, in a tone of acute
agony: “Do not hurl me from this dreadful
height! Extend your hand — only for a
moment — and I will be saved!”

Brother Caleb had attained the last step of
that stairway, leading into the clouds, when
there — upon the summit, amid white folds of
waving mist — appeared the figure of Alice
Bayne. There was a smile upon her beautiful
face, and her golden hair waved freely to
her uncovered shoulders. But even as Brother
Caleb's foot touched the last step, the stairway
began to rock with a frightful motion. He
reached forth his arm, and attempted to clutch
her hand, but that hand evaded his grasp, while
the face of the beautiful woman was agitated
by a look of calm mockery. Brother Caleb
cast his eyes below — the awful height made
him dizzy. Thousands and ten of thousands
of fathoms of space, lay between him and the
solid earth. And Alice could save him — save
him by the single extension of her hand — but
Alice smiled in calm mockery, while she murmured
in a calm musical voice, these words:

“Dr. Gatherwood, my home was happy
before you passed its threshold! Give back
my home, my husband, and my children, and
then I will help you to ascend the stairway!”

And while the stairway rocked like a reed
in the blast, Alice shook her golden hair, from
the summit, and taunted the poor wretch with
the history of his crimes.

— Such was the course of Brother Caleb's
dream, as he stood in the centre of the
Iron Room, with the keen eyes of Lemuel
Gardiner fixed upon his rigid face.

“Alice! Thee must forgive me!” cried
Brother Caleb, relapsing into the dialect of his
youth: “Thee will not refuse to aid me!
Mercy, Alice, mercy upon me, or I will
fall —”

Brother Caleb strode madly forward, thinking
that he was gaining the last step of the
dream-stairway, and Brother Caleb pitched
violently against the iron wall of the Iron
Room.

With cold sweat upon his forehead, he
awoke.

You may imagine his surprise, when the
reality succeeded to his dream. The form of
Alice, and the dizzy stairway had passed
away. He found himself in the Iron Room,
with the eyes of Lemuel Gardiner gazing into
his own.

Lemuel, with his narrow figure contracted
into the smallest possible compass, crouched
in one corner of the closet, his head sunken on
his breast, his chin resting on his hands,
pressed nervously against each other. And
thus Lemuel's eyes, looking upward from the
shadow of his compressed brows, imparted a
singular, almost ghostly character to his visage,
covered by a close-fitting skull-cap.

And Lemuel did not move — not even for an
instant change in the slightest degree, his statue-like
position in the corner. Lemuel looked
for all the world like some mischievous animal,
of the lower order of the feline race, which,
while in pursuit of its victim, has been suddenly
confronted by a more aristocratic beast
of greater capacity for carnage and destruction.

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

Very much like a cat, abruptly cornered by a
tiger, looked Lemuel, the “Converted Monk.”

“What does this all mean?” said Brother
Caleb after a long pause. His projecting eyeballs
began to lose their vague and glassy aspect.
There was some trace of “Captain
Bradburne of the Falcon” in their glance.

Lemuel preserved his fixed attitude, but did
not reply.

“I have not seen you these three months,”
resumed Brother Caleb, holding the light above
his head, while he took a more attentive survey
of Lemuel's face: “Yes, it's three —
possibly four months. What are you doing
here, in my house? Is this a `Chrismas Play'
to amuse the children?”

Brother Caleb smiled with his imperceptible
lips; a sort of cadaverous smile, which only
deepened the hollows of his cheeks, while it
gave a sudden lustre to his eyes.

And Lemuel, crouching in the corner, saw
the smile — felt it too, in every pore of his
slender frame — and still had not a word in
answer.

Brother Caleb was wrapped in thought.
Placing the finger of his unoccupied hand, between
his brows, he seemed earnestly engaged
in an effort, to recollect distinctly, the events
of the past four hours.

“I have been walking in my sleep,” he exclaimed,
“and have wandered from my bed
to this room. The Iron Room! Eh! Where's
Lester? Did you see anything of Lester?”

A miracle! Lemuel so glib in speech,
when acting in the character of a “Converted
Monk,” is now silent as the President of a
Broken Bank, when questioned concerning the
causes of its failure.

“Who told you of this place?” cried
Brother Caleb folding his blue gown about his
spare limbs: “How came you into my house
at this hour? How dared you, Sir, to follow
me to the Iron Room?”

Then Lemuel speaking in a bland and whispering
voice, as he joined his hands, while his
face assumed a look of mock-gravity, uttered
this simple exclamation:

“O, Reuben!”

Now Brother Caleb had not heard that name
for many years.

Pronounced by his associate in the crimes
of seventeen years ago, it struck harshly upon
his ear, and with the memory of his late dream
still pressing heavily upon his brain, it sounded
like an accent uttered by some mocking Demon,
from the shadows of a dark and guilty Past.

The very audacity of this Lemuel — this
despised dupe and tool of former years —
penetrated Goodleigh with an impression of
involuntary fear.

“You have set yourself upon my track.
You have spied out the secret of this house.
You have even discovered the secret of this
room. Since the moment, now three months
ago, when I scorned you in the street, and
refused you the charity of a single dollar, you
have dogged me, like — like —” he paused
for a word — “like the common eaves-dropper
and vulgar busy-body that you are. And now
you have joined hands with this Lester — is it
so?”

While Brother Caleb thus poured forth this
torrent of incoherent reproach, “the Converted
Monk” maintained his fixed position in the
corner, as silent as the iron walls against
which he leaned his crouching form.

“Is it so? You have some petty plot
working in your craven brain? How much
must I pay for your silence? You have made
some discovery — eh? Have succeeded in
identifying Caleb Goodleigh, with Captain
Bradburne of the Falcon? Ho — ho! Lemuel,
you grow amusing in your old days.”

“This night,” said Lemuel, speaking very
low, his chin still resting on his clenched
hands: “This night, I witnessed the death of
Ann Clarke.”

Goodleigh started — a convulsive motion of
his features was perceptible — but in an instant
he recovered his grim composure.

“Did you?” he blandly replied: “Said she
anything of that child — the pledge of your
early loves?”

Lemuel Gardiner was a despicable coward.
All his life had been devoted to despicable and
cowardly deeds. Through seventeen years of
baseness, he had slimed his way with a devotion
to the smallest details of depravity, worthy
of one of those vulgar fiends, which make you
laugh and shudder, in the pages of some grotesque
German story. But all his baseness,
rich at first in money, had at last left him —
poor — miserably poor. He was now, at the
age of forty-seven — to a casual gazer he

-- 173 --

p254-171 [figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

seemed not more than thirty — a desolate and
blasted man. Virtue he could not understand;
it was one of the incomprehensible
words in the Dictionary to him. But Poverty
was a word that conveyed an intelligible, a
palpable idea to his dwarfed soul. Poverty
sounded in his ears, as Leprosy sounded in
the ears of the ancient Hebrews. And he was
poor — poor after seventeen years of perjury,
trick, and fraud — while Reuben Gatherwood,
his old-time associate, stood before him in
all the plenitude of Real Estate and Bank
Deposits. He was poor; forced to get his
bread by pandering a nightly stimulant to the
appetite of bigotry, in the shape of “No-Popery
Lectures,” to drag his weary way
through the tortuous details of small hypocrisies,
and pettier hatreds, while Reuben Gatherwood
the Apostate Physician and blaspheming
Slaver, was the Lord of half a million dollars.

Lemuel had been thinking of all this, for
three long months. Churning it over, while he
wandered dark streets, at dead of night, and
digesting it in his very soul, as he threaded
through the crowd of Chesnut street by day.
And Lemuel had long resolved upon revenge.
He did not hate Caleb because he was bad;
only because he was the Rich Scoundrel. Resolved
upon revenge, in what form he had not
determined, Lemuel had spied out the secret
of Goodleigh's connection with the Falcon, or
rather spied out a clue to the proof necessary
for Goodleigh's conviction, before a Court of
Justice, for the identity of Goodleigh with
Captain Bradburne had been known to Lemuel
for many years.

This was the state of affairs with him, when
Ralph summoned him from the Church of St.
John — where he had wandered under the
influence of some lingering trace of early belief—
to the bedside of the dying woman. But
his interview with Ann Clarke had altogether
changed the current of his ideas. It had left
upon him a shadow of overwhelming despair.
Perchance his brain, long fitted for the reception
of mental disease, had suddenly been seized
with that most terrible form of insanity, known
as Monomania. There is a monomania which
makes the veriest coward brave. A purpose
of revenge, nursed in the very core of the
heart for weary days and nights — nursed in
dreams and elaborated slowly in the hours of
waking hatred — may at last ripen into the two-fold
idea of Suicide and Murder.

Did this two-fold idea impart to Lemuel
Gardiner the courage to confront the man
whom he feared; feared supremely, and from
the depths of his coward nature?

Let us await the issue of the scene.

“Said she anything of your child — the
pledge of your early loves?”

“Yes,” replied Lemuel, “and something of
Alice Bayne, the victim of your cowardly outrage.”

“Do you know that I've a mind to strangle
you?” Caleb's voice was hoarse with suppressed
rage. He advanced threateningly, but
Lemuel still crouched motionless in the corner.

“Have you? Hush!” Lemuel's voice
sounded like the accent of a woman who endeavours
to still a boisterous child: “Hush!
Reuben! The Police Officers may hear you.
They wait without.”

Brother Caleb recoiled, as though a blow
from a strong man had stricken him in the
chest.

“Have you dared?” he whispered, “Cur!
Why I could beat your brains against these
walls — beat out the miserable heart which rots
in your living body — and leave you here, in
this room, which in that case, should be your
only coffin. Who would ever hear of your
death? That door once closed, and your carcass
would be shut up in darkness forever.”

Lemuel advanced from the corner. His
lean shrunken figure dilated in its every fibre.

“The door is closed,” he said in a whisper,
and with a singular smile.

Caleb turned on his heel, and at a glance,
saw that the door of the Iron Room was indeed
closed. Closed so tightly and effectually
that it was not distinguishable from the iron
walls.

And then Brother Caleb gave utterance to a
frightful oath, for — he knew not the secret of
the spring which opened the door from the
inside
.

CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHTH. THE INSIDE SPRING.

“When you bought the house, you were
informed of the existence of the Iron Room,”
said Lemuel, remarking the changed

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

countenance of Caleb with calm satisfaction: “The
original owner built it with a particular object.
He wished to secure his title deeds and his
hoarded gold. Therefore — Reuben are you
listening? He procured the services of a
celebrated Locksmith. He had the door constructed
in such a manner, that it opened and
shut with a secret spring. The burglar might
possibly discover the spring on the outside,
but once within the Iron Room, it was imposible
to discover either the door, or the spring
which opened it from the inside. You have
heard these facts before?”

Brother Caleb raised his hand to his forehead—
it was wet with beaded moisture. The
lamp quivered as he held it above his colorless
face.

“You may remember that a burglar once
stole into this Room, while the `original proprietor'
was absent from the city. He — the
proprietor — was absent for two weeks. When
he returned he visited this `patent safety chest'
and found the burglar's dead body, stretched
among piles of mortgages, and heaps of boxes,
filled with specie. Did you hear of it?”

Again he paused, but it was now Caleb's
turn to be silent.

The secret of the `inside spring' died
with the former owner of the house
,” resumed
Lemuel. “When you bought the property
(Israel Bonus was the Conveyancer I believe?)
you were duly informed of the `outside
spring
' but at the same time, told that the
secret of the `inside spring' (excuse this reptition,
Reuben) was lost forever. Do you remember?”

It seemed indeed as if the power of speech
had passed from Caleb Goodleigh, as the
sound of Lemuel's voice penetrated his ears.
Frightfully pale, and shaking as with an aguefit,
he gazed toward the place where he supposed
the door to be, with a vague yet earnest
look.

“Lemuel,” he whispered, after a long pause:
“There is no need of any quarrel between us.
Let us go down stairs, and settle our dispute
over a bottle of wine. You know the secret
of that door — eh?”

“When I came to your house to-night, it
was in company with a Police Officer,” resumed
Lemuel: “It was then my purpose to
procure proofs of your guilt, and have you
arrested in your bed. I left the Police
Officer on the first floor, while I went through
the apartments, in the wing of your mansion.
I was absent from his side only a few moments,
and when I came back, no change in
my countenance belied the nature of my occupation,
during this absence. He little dreamt,
poor fellow! that I had torn your splendid
carpet from the floor, and arrayed your furniture
in a pyramid, and then set your Painted
Chamber in a blaze!”

Goodleigh's face was agitated by a horrible
distortion.

“By —! You are mad! You could
not think of such an infernal deed!”

“No worse than setting fire to a ship filled
with three hundred negroes, when a United
States Frigate is in sight, and your boat under
the stern. Eh, Goodleigh?”

“Come — you are raving!” said Brother
Caleb, wiping the sweat from his forehead.

“I did this, not fifteen minutes ago, and then
joining the police officer, came up stairs, in
order to ascertain whether you were fast asleep.

Lemuel's eyes blazed in the sunken sockets,
while his lips parted in a grimace — a grimace
that was the very extravagance of mockery.

“This is a jest, Lemuel,” said Caleb, gnashing
his teeth — “a jest for which you will pay
dearly —”

“For which both of us will pay dearly,”
interrupted the “Converted Monk” — “But
as I reached the head of the stairs, I saw you
emerge from your room. I followed you, and
not until you reached the threshold of this
closet, did I discover that you were walking in
your sleep. Then the mere idea of burning
your house, with the chance of burning its
owner with it, was displaced by a much better
thought —”

“A much better thought?” echoed Goodleigh,
while the hand which held the lamp began
to droop slowly from its raised position.

“I thought of the `inside spring' of the Iron
Room. And from this thought arose a kindred
idea, which I put to myself in the form of a
question — `What if Dr. Reuben Gatherwood
should enter the Iron Room, enter it in his
sleep, and only awake to find himself shut up
in an Iron Coffin — an Iron Coffin enveloped
in the flames of blazing rafters?' It was a
fine question, Reuben — can you answer it?”

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

The speaker stretched forth his arms, in the
very earnestness of his mockery, while his
eyes, that seemed to burn in their sockets,
assumed a wild and singular expression.

Brother Caleb at the same instant became
conscious of two facts, which promised to have
a decided influence upon the course of his life.

He was alone with a madman. It needed
not his medical lore to tell him that. The
eyes blazing in their sockets, the lips distorted
by a grimace, and whitened by an almost
imperceptible foam, the outstretched arms
swaying vaguely in the air — conveyed a
language which Brother Caleb could not misunderstand.

And this was only the first fact of which he
became suddenly conscious.

Looking over his shoulder, Brother Caleb
saw a slight cloud of smoke, issuing from the
aperture near the ceiling.

“The house is in flames, and I am alone
with a madman!” This was the thought
which Brother Caleb deduced from the two
important truths just mentioned.

Could he tame the madman by threats, by
promises, or by the magnetic power of the
eye? That strange power which the eye of a
sane man, has over the mind of the Insane?

Brother Caleb was so Rich — so very, very
Rich — and Lemuel Gardiner so Poor — so
miserably Poor!

And Brother Caleb must die in an Iron
coffin, heated red hot by the flames of his
burning mansion, die with a madman's yell in
his ears, die a death such as had never befallen
the leprous negro, in the infernal history of the
Slave Trade!

There was no time to be lost. The thin
line of smoke, issuing through the aperture, began
to thicken rapidly into a cloud. This
coffin-like room, whose atmosphere was close
and oppressive at all times, began to grow uncomfortably
warm. The air began to heat.

“Lem, my good fellow, the joke has been
carried far enough,” as he spoke, in a tone of
good-fellowship, he raised the lamp, with a
firmer hand, and surveyed the face of the
“Converted Monk”: “You know the secret
of the inside spring. Open the door and let
us begone. Once outside and —”

“You will give me a dollar, for char-i-ty's
sake — won't ye?” said Lemuel in a subdued
voice. “Hark! These walls are thick, but
you can hear the State House bell. By this
time Reuben, the wing of your big mansion is
provided with a plumage of flames. Good
figure that? Hark! Do you hear a sound,
like the tread of a large crowd? Hundreds
of people are in front of your doors, Reuben,
but not one of them — not one among ten
thousand — can release you from this room.”

Caleb cast an uneasy glance toward the
aperture. The cloud of smoke was increasing
rapidly. The atmosphere of the Iron Room,
grew warmer every moment. And a deep
roaring sound, like the echo of a vast furnace,
throbbed at intervals, upon the ear of the affrighted
man.

“Let us go!” shrieked Caleb, now fairly
wild with terror, as the big drops of moisture
coursed down his hollow cheeks: “I swear to
you that I will forget the past. You shall be
rich, rich I say! I will divide my wealth — I
swear it!”

“He talks of riches and of wealth, who in
less than an hour, will be nothing but a heap
of cindered bones!” said Lemuel in a low
voice, as though communing with himself.

“Madman I defy you!” cried Brother Caleb,
fixing his gaze, with sudden intensity upon the
visage of Lemuel: “Why need I beseech,
when with a look I can disarm your madness!
My eye is upon you. You know it. You
cannot move but at my bidding. Ha, ha, have
I mastered you?”

Indeed Lemuel shrank from that fixed gaze,
which was imbued with peculiar magnetic
power. He shrank, and turned his body away,
but his eyes he could not remove from Brother
Caleb's face.

Was the mind of Goodleigh about to triumph
over the will of the Madman?

Lemuel seemed to have become in a moment,
the victim of an intolerable physical
and mental agony. He trembled violently,
and the foam grew thicker and whiter, over
his lips. Turning his body from side to side,
at pleasure, he could not remove his eyes from
the burning fascination of Caleb's gaze.

“Come! Open that door — I command
you!” exclaimed Brother Caleb, while his
projecting eyeballs, emitted flames of magnetic
light: “You are in my power. I command
you.”

-- 176 --

p254-174 CHAPTER TWENTY-NINTH. “A LITTLE PRIVATE CONVERSATION. ”

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

Lemuel began to move along the iron floor,
slowly, almost imperceptibly, and without raising
his feet. Not for an instant did he remove
his gaze from Caleb's face. He was chained
to Caleb's eyes, as by the power of an irresistible
magnetism.

“To the door! Discover the secret spring!
I command you!”

Brother Caleb dared not turn away his eyes
from Lemuel's face. That steady gaze, one
instant changed, and all was lost. But he felt
the air was growing warmer every moment,
and the smoke issuing from the aperture, now
began to flow like a misty veil before his face.

Gliding, shuffling over the floor, Lemuel approached
the wall, where it was supposed the
secret door was concealed.

His features were terribly agitated; he was
gathering all the force of his Will, in order to
combat the fascination of Goodleigh's gaze.
Halting abruptly, he flung his body backward,
while his feet moved as if in opposition to his
will. And as he struggled with that gaze, as
a man would wrestle with an enemy, arm to
arm and breast to breast, Brother Caleb drew
nearer, until the lamp which he held came
within the reach of Lemuel's uplifted arm.

The face of Caleb was bathed in moisture.
His eyes flashed with a sinister, malignant lustre.

“You dare not disobey!” he said, and —

Lemuel's struggling arm, dashed the lamp
from his hand. They were alone in the Iron
Room, alone in the darkness, enveloped in the
stifling atmosphere, as in a shroud of heat and
smoke. The power of Caleb's gaze was
gone; and a burst of mocking laughter
which seemed to resound from the very heart
of Lemuel, told Caleb that the hour of the
madman's vengeance was at hand.

“Ha! Ha! This atmosphere grows comfortably
warm. How do you like it Reuben?”

“Devil!” gasped Caleb through his grating
teeth.

“You can hear the State House bell?
Hark! to the sound of the firemen's tread
as they are hurrying along the street. But
they cannot save you Caleb. No! No!
N-o-o!”

Caleb uttered a howl of despair and plunged
in the direction of his enemy's voice, but Lemuel
slid like a snake from his outstretched
arms.

“When I stood upon the threshold, I thought
to myself, that it would be better for me to obtain
the proofs of your guilt before I had you
arrested. But I changed my mind, Reuben,
changed my mind — d' ye hear? I will not
arrest you; I want no proofs of your guilt. I
only want” — another burst of laughter —
“the opportunity of a little private conversation
with you.”

“This place stifles me,” groaned Caleb —
“I can scarcely breathe. By Satan it is only
a horrible nightmare. Lemuel! Lemuel!
Relieve me from this place, and name your
price. I am rich — rich” —

“And you must die the death of a leprous
negro in a burning ship,” whispered Lemuel
in his ear.

“I have riches scattered over all the world.
Release me, and I will share with you! You
have heard of my plantation in the West Indies?
A beautiful place that stretches from
the sea-shore, adorned with everything that
can please a man of pleasure. Beautiful slaves—
they are mine — cellars filled all with old
wine — a voluptuous atmosphere — days and
nights of sensual pleasure. These — these I
offer you as the price of my life! Quick,
Lemuel, quick, I say! There is no time to
be lost!”

“You grow poetical, Reuben,” was the
only reply that resounded from the darkness:
“Strike a more practical vein. Somehow I
like the sound of your voice.”

“Do you desire money? Long condemned
to poverty, you shall taste the enjoyment of
money for money's sake. You shall become
a Capitalist. You shall have the control of
half my fortune. Think of it Lemuel! As a
man of money, you can revenge the insults received
in a lifetime of poverty, you can command” —

“The twenty thousand dollars of which you
robbed me, at rouge et noir in the good city
of Paris. Eh, Reuben?”

That roaring sound, which throbbed through
the burning mansion, was now heard with appalling
distinctness. Faster and thicker poured
the smoke through the aperture in the iron

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

walls. The heat became intolerable. Caleb
groaned in anguish: he heard the sound of
bells and trampling feet, and shouting voices,
all subdued and deadened by thick walls, and
every sound penetrated his heart like his funeral
knell.

“Will no one save me!” he shrieked —
“Must I die in this cursed place?”

“I burn! I burn!” answered the voice of
Lemuel — “These iron plates are heating.
Reuben, Reuben I say” —

“You relent — you will discover the secret
spring?”

There was silence, only interrupted by that
dull, roaring sound.

Lemuel roused from his monomania by the
near prospect of an appalling death, had indeed
relented. The madness which had seized
him, after his entrance into the iron room, now
suddenly passed away. He started from his
frenzy, like a man roused abruptly from a horrible
dream.

“Search for the spring, Reuben,” he cried
in a changed voice — “Years ago, the secret
of that spring was communicated to me by
the lock-smith, on his death-bed. In his last
hour, he repented that he had made the lock,
for the death of the burglar weighed heavy on
his soul” —

“The spring!” shrieked Caleb, “Where is
it? Do you not feel that we are burning
alive?”

“A small iron knob projects from the iron
panel. It is about half-way between the ceiling
and the floor.”

In the darkness, they began to search for
the iron knob. While the atmosphere grew
more dense, Caleb and Lemuel placed their
hands upon the iron panels, already warming
under the influence of the fire, and with the
eagerness of despair sought for the inside
spring.'

They passed around the narrow room, in
opposite directions, and met again, their hands
pressed upon the iron panel, touching in the
darkness.

“I cannot find it,” groaned Lemuel — “We
shall be burned alive —”

“Dog! This is your work?” hissed Caleb
through his set teeth: “You will share my
fate. We shall die together. Ho, ho, friend
Lemuel are you caught in your own trap —”

“But I am not rich,” whispered Lemuel.

Goodleigh mad with rage, sprung toward
him in the darkness. Lemuel avoided his grasp,
and Goodleigh stumbled and fell upon the iron
floor. A sensation of intolerable heat, pervaded
his frame, as he came in contact with the
heated panels.

“I would give ten years of my life, to have
you in my grasp,” he shrieked, as he staggered
to his feet.

“You had better think of your misdeeds,
Reuben,” answered Lemuel — “Think of
Ann Clarke who was innocent, until you
crossed my path, and made her the Murderess
of her own child” —

“And you, now that you are about to die,
shut up in flames, you my good Lemuel, think
of the Church whose rites you have blasphemed,
whose vows you have broken. Think of that
life of forty years, which is marked in its every
moment, by the tricks of a craven and a
swindler —”

“Think of Alice Bayne! You are silent —
have I touched you? Ah, cowardly knave!
Did not your heart fail you, when you stole
into that peaceful home, and under the cloak
of your profession, damned the purity of a
mother, drove the father to suicide, and sent
the children adrift upon the world? Did you
ever feel remorse good Reuben?”

“I did not creep to the bed of a dying woman,
and under the cloak of a Preacher's
frock, extort from her fears a will that made
her children beggars. Indeed I did not. That
was reserved for a `Converted Monk.”'

“But you robbed this Preacher of the inheritance
of the children — robbed him at the
gambling table — at the very moment, when
he was about to return to America, and surrender
his ill-gotten wealth. Do you remember
Frascati's?

“Is there no way of escape?” groaned Caleb
in a changed voice. “Ah! This is a horrible
death!”

He gasped for breath, and staggered over the
floor, while his temples throbbed with an intolerable
torture. The roaring sound grew
more distinct. It drowned the tramp of the
thousands who hurried along the street, and
enveloped the iron room on every side.

Panting for breath, his lungs oppressed by
the stifling air, the sinews of his throat

-- 178 --

p254-176 [figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

writhing under a sense of suffocation, his brain fevered
and his temples throbbing with acute
agony, Brother Caleb felt that his consciousness
was rapidly passing away, that he was
sinking fast into that stupor which terminates
only in Eternity.

He began to utter incoherent oaths and imprecations
of despair, as he staggered over the
hearted floor.

“Alice! I defy you! You shall not drag
me down! A ship in sight, did you say?
Ho, ho, we'll foil them! Into the sea with
our living cargo — overboard with them all!
Wash the stain of blood from the decks, and
let hand-cuff and manacle follow the negroes,
into the sea. For the sea is silent — it tells
no tales! How much did you say I was
worth? Half a million? A great deal of
money! Change it into gold, gold, d'ye hear?
Let me see it all in gold. Let me bathe in it,
let me swim in it, for with gold a man can
move the world. Curses upon the knaves!
This gold is heated — it withers the flesh from
my fingers as I grasp it!”

Staggering to and fro, Brother Caleb at last,
encountered the form of Lemuel.

Lemuel was on his knees, muttering as he
gasped for breath, a prayer of the Catholic
Church.

They grappled together, and fought in the
darkness, Caleb endeavoring to dash the head
of Lemuel against the heated wall, while Lemuel
clinging to him, with maniac strength,
sunk his teeth into Caleb's shoulder.

Their curses died half-uttered on their lips.
Suffocating with the intolerable heat, they lost
the power and coherence of audible speech.

It was a fearful struggle which they maintained
in the darkness, in that Iron Room,
enveloped in a whirlpool of flame.

CHAPTER THIRTIETH. THE BRAVERY OF THE PREACHER.

Our narrative once more retraces its steps,
and resumes the adventures of the other characters
of this history.

“They're bringin' a ladder! Look! Look!
They're bringin a ladder! Don't you see
'em!”

Wild with fright, the Preacher bent from the
window. Reaching forth his arms he surveyed
the thousand faces which were upraised in the
glare of the blazing house.

Fanny by his side, in her gay attire, with
her hands joined and her black hair floating
over his shoulders, fixed her gaze upon a single
form in the crowd, whom her eye singled out
among a thousand.

Poor Ralph! While the engines worked
by sturdy arms were playing upon the roof,
while the smoke and flame rolling into the sky
together, alternately illumined and darkened
the scene, he stood on the edge of the pavement
half naked and barefoot, with his eyes
raised to the window in the third story.

He had secured a plug for the Fairy, and
now leaving the Fairy Boys to work the
engine, he leaned against a tree-box and made
his voice heard above the clamor of the crowd:

“Durn my riggin! There's a gal up yander!
A live gal! Why don't you fetch a ladder!
And a man too! Moses! — how he shakes
his neck and wriggles his hands!”

Presently a ladder was brought, and after
much hoarse shouting and rugged motion, it
was raised and placed against the window in
the third story.

“Save the gal!” shouted twenty rough
voices, and twenty fellows in scarlet shirts
leaped to the ladder with one bound.

But Ralph was before them. No sooner
had the top of the ladder touched the window
sill than his naked feet were upon its rounds,
and his hardy visage lifted upward, and reddened
by the glare, gazed with its large grey
eyes, upon the face of the woman far above,
as he ascended with the agility of a monkey
in search of cocoa-nuts.

“Go it Jonesey!” shouted a score of voices—
“Save the gal or bust yer b'iler!”

Fanny gazing from the window beheld her
brother's face as he rapidly ascended. Peter
when he left the room, had closed the door —
whether by design or accident we cannot tell—
and for a while, the place was free from
smoke, although the flames from the wing of
the mansion, were every instant rolling nearer
to the main building. She breathed freely,
but the uproar, the sky reddened with flame,
the echo of falling timber, and the shouts from
the thronged street, filled her with a terror
that can be readily imagined.

But Ralph was coming — he was half way

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

up the ladder — he would save her. Fanny
uttered a loud shriek of joy.

The Preacher darting into the shadows,
secured some articles which he took from his
trunk within his white vest, and placed the
MSS. of his life, entitled “Memoirs of a
Preacher
,” in the pocket of his dressing
gown. Darting to the light again, insane with
terror and incapable of thinking of anything
but the safety of his precious life, he began to
creep from the window. His feet touched the
rounds of the ladder. Turning his face, distorted
by his panic, over his shoulder he began
to descend.

“You are not going to leave me?” cried
Fanny.

He did not seem to hear her; but a thousand
eyes uplifted from the street, beheld this illustration
of his gallantry and courage. Beheld
the Preacher descending, while the face of the
girl looked from the window.

But Ralph was rapidly ascending. In a
moment after the Preacher left the window
Ralph's hand encountered his right foot.

“Go back you cuss,” he shouted, pinching
the Preacher in the calf of his leg — “Into the
winder again, or I'll chuck you overboard.”

“Don't! Don't!” cried Jervis — “Let me
go. The house is on fire —”

“O' cou'se it is” answered Ralph, converting
his head into a battering ram, and urging
the Preacher upward again — “Keep movin'
my superfine feller! My name's Jonesey and
I al'ays goes in for burnin' a chap like you,
into small pieces. Will you get into the winder
or shall I chuck you over?”

The Preacher looked below — his fears increased
the distance between himself and the
pavement — he began to grow dizzy.

But Ralph, conscious that the eyes of the
Fairy Boys were upon him, propelled the
Preacher gently upward, by using his head as
a battering ram, and the Preacher's delicate
person as the object of attack. Comprehending
this manoeuvre, you will not be surpised to
learn, that the Preacher soon reached the window,
and entered it again by a movement which
would have gained him great applause in any
respectable Circus. To be brief, he plunged
head under heels into the window.

“Hello! What's this!” cried Ralph as he
reached the top of the ladder and found himself
face to face with his sister — “May I be
turned into a Snapper if you don't look like
our Fan!”

“It is Fan, yes it is Ralph,” answered the
girl flinging her arms about her brother's neck—
“O, I am so glad you're come!”

“Don't doubt it! But what do you mean
dressin' yerself like a play-actor?” cried
Ralph gazing with big eyes at the changed attire
of his sister — “Have you found any rich
relations, an' did they set their house a-fire,
for joy, at seein' you?”

But Fanny with a firm hand and courageous
heart, had already ascended upon the window
sill, and placed one foot upon the ladder. She
was a brave girl. Her life of neglect and
want had given her presence of mind and firmness
of nerve.

“Go down, Ralph,” she said, “when we
are safe I'll tell you all. Go down — I can
take care of myself — only do you keep my
frock from blowing in the wind.”

“You look like a rale super at the theater,”
cried Ralph, beginning his descent, as with
one hand placed upon his sister's dress, he
steadied her movements: “Don't look below,
Fan, and we're safe!”

The wind lifted the masses of her dark hair,
and the glare of the flame, showed her form,
in distinct relief, as assisted by her vagabond
brother, she slowly descended the ladder.

“Take kear Jonesey!” shouted a Fairy
Boy from below.

And the spectators of the conflagration, held
their breath with suspense, as they beheld the
form of the girl, descending the ladder, her
rich attire contrasted strongly with the ragged
apparel of the outcast Ralph.

Fanny was half way down the ladder before
the Preacher recovered from his acrobatic
movement through the window. Gathering
himself up again, he placed his hands upon
the sill, and beheld the face of Fanny uplifted,
with the reflection of the fire, giving a wilder
beauty to every feature.

“I must not loose the girl,” he murmured,
and crawled out upon the window sill, when
a strong arm, dragged him back again.

-- 180 --

p254-178 CHAPTER THIRTY-FIRST. STEWEL HAS HOPES OF THE TIN BOX.

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

Peter stood before him, holding the form of
an insensible man in his arms. Peter rushing
from the smoke and flames of the entry, had
closed the door again, and dragged his burden
toward the window.

“It's Lester,” faltered the Preacher, as he beheld
the pallid face of the insensible man.

“To be sure it is, an' I found him thar in
the smoke! An' when I found him he wanted
to jump down the stairs into the fire, and so I
had to knock him, jist to bring him to reason.
Arter us is manners!”

Throwing the form of the insensible Lester
over his shoulders, he emerged from the window,
and began to descend the ladder.

“You are not going to leave me?” shrieked
the Preacher, “I tell you I can't get down myself,
I'm sick — I haven't strength. The fire
has reached the entry — I'll be burned alive —”

“What's the odds!” shouted Peter, lifting
his ruddy visage toward the affrighted man,
who projected his head from the window—
“If you can't use your hands an' feet you'll
have to burn.”

The Preacher, whose terrors, long agitated
by glimpses of hope, now left him trembling
and powerless, leaned against the window, his
teeth chattering and his hands shaking as they
grasped the sill.

“I can't get down, I tell you I c-a-n-t!” he
shrieked.

Peter with his insensible burden on his
shoulders, was now on a level with the second
story.

At the same moment, Fanny and Ralph had
reached the pavement, amid the cheers of the
spectators.

“Wait a minnit and I'll come up for you!”
cried Peter, “You deserve a good burnin' but
I'll let that be postponed to a futur' occasion!”

“Quick! Quick! I hear the fire in the
entry!” and as his voice was borne away by
the wind, the spectators beheld his pallid face
and outstretched arms.

For two or three minutes the wretched man
endured all the tortures of a thousand deaths.
He heard the roaring of the flame, as it swept
from the wing to the main edifice of the man
sion — he felt the heat which despite the open
window, was fast becoming insupportable —
and it seemed to his craven soul, that his heart
as it knocked against his ribs, was only the
sound of a death-watch, announcing his approaching
hour.

“He's nearly down the ladder! Why don't
he hurry? It's horrible — burned alive, burned
alive and at my age! He means to leave me
here — I know it, I know it! Curse me,
why have not I strength to descend the ladder
myself? Hah! He's down, he's down!
He's giving Lester into the arms of those
men, and there's the girl, too — all safe, all
safe! And I'm up here, burning alive” —

The eyes of the wretched man fairly started
from their sockets. Grasping the window,
with both hands, he bent forward, and traversed
the extent of the ladder with a madman's
gaze.

“He's coming, he's coming?” screamed
the Preacher, as he caught a glimpse of the
scarlet coat — “Quick! Quick! If I once
get out o' this I'll be a better man, indeed I
will!”

Peter is indeed upon the ladder once more —
Peter is ascending rapidly — and Peter reaches
the window, at the same moment that the fire
bursts from the roof above, in one vivid and
dazzling sheet of flame.

“Come!” and the Preacher reached forth
both arms.

Peter seized him, as though he had been a
bundle of goods.

“Be quiet and don't kick or I'll drap you —”
he whispered, as he slowly descended.

At this moment, the pipe of the Fairy directed
towards the roof, poured in one steady
column full upon the head of the Preacher.
In an instant he was saturated from head to
foot.

“Murder!” he shouted, scarce knowing
what to make of this last calamity — “Fire!”

“Be quiet, can't you,” whispered Peter,
and as he spoke the flames rushed in a torrent
from the third story window. “Look thar!

Raising his dripping face, the Preacher beheld
the sheeted mass, and was blinded even
as he gazed, by a sudden cloud of smoke,
which whirled along the front of this mansion,
burying himself and Peter in its folds.

“Hold me tight,” he gasped in agony —

-- --

[figure description] (254-179).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

“Don't let me drop! If I'm safe out o' this,
I'll be a better man!”

“O, you will?” growled Peter —“I reckon
so! Till you run off with somebody's wife
or murder somebody's darter? Hey?”

In a few moments, half dead with affright,
wet to the skin, and shivering in every nerve,
the Preacher was placed upon his feet, at the
foot of the ladder. The instant that his feet
touched the ground, he seemed to recover his
presence of mind. Gazing around the crowd,
he beheld the ragged Ralph standing beside
his sister, near the foot of the ladder, while
Lester was in the arms of a stout citizen who
was endeavoring to restore him to consciousness
by dashing water into his face. And as
he looked around, Fanny rushed eagerly toward
him, holding Ralph by the hand, while
the giant Peter turned to the insensible Lester,
and assisted the stout citizen in the effort to
restore him from his death-like swoon.

“This is Ralph — this is my brother,” said
Fanny.

A deep bass voice resounding from the very
foot of the ladder, for a moment drew the
attention of the spectators from the face of the
beautiful girl.

“Gentlemen! This is a free country,” said
the deep bass voice, and the portly form of
Stewel Pydgeon was revealed by the torch
light — “An' I don't hold it to be the correct
thing, to let a man burn to death in a free
country.”

“Where's any body burnin' to death?”
cried a Fireman, who was busy at a fire-plug
which stood in front of the burning mansion—
“Where is he? Say? Don't you see we're
gettin' the fire under, old hoss? There's more
chance o' yer friend bein' drowned than burnt
by a long chalk.”

“He's in that house, an' he's my friend,”
cried Stewel, in great excitement — “An' I've
got a warrant for him in my pocket! I should
like to know if the ends o' justice are to be
evaded in this way? A man goin' and burnin'
hisself to death when I've got a warrant in my
pocket for him?”

Singular to relate, these words of Stewel,
pronounced with much eloquence of gesture
and an emphasis of the deepest bass, only
elicited a roar of laughter from the surrounding
crowd.

“I say Stewel, I'd get a habe's corpus on
him,” suggested the fireman at the plug —
“That'll fetch him sure!”

But a new object of interest had attracted
Stewel's gaze. He beheld the Preacher in his
dressing gown, with Fanny on one side, and
the half-naked Outcast on the other.

“Goodleigh's gone — but the tin box is
sure!” cried Stewel, grasping Ralph by the
collar. “Come along Jonesey — that tin box
my dear!”

And Ralph who had been listening to the
whispered words of the Preacher, started as if
he had been aroused in the midst of a dream,
and found himself in the hands of Stewel
Pydgeon.

“What has my brother done to you?”
cried Fanny.

“Why do you seize the young man by the
throat?” exclaimed the Preacher laying his
hand on Stewel's arm.

“What's that your business? I say my
buck you'll have to come along. The tin box
is safe if Goodleigh has gone and burnt hisself
to death.”

He tightened his grasp upon the collar of
the young man, and began to drag him roughly
along the pavement.

Ralph at first thunderstricken by the apparition
of Stewel, now regarded him steadily,
surveying his rubicund face with flashing
eyes.

“Jist let go a-me,” he said — “Or I'll be
apt to raise the Fairy on you.”

As he said this, Lester stretched in the arms
of Peter, at the foot of the tree-box, unclosed
his eyes. He beheld with the first glance of
consciousness, the face of Fanny and the visage
of the Preacher. At the sight, the blood
coursed through his veins once more. He
sprang from the arms of Caleb and rushed toward
the Preacher.

“Fairy boys to yer work, to yer work I
say!” — cried Ralph, and Stewel under the influence
of a clenched fist, which Ralph had
planted between his eyes, fell back upon Lester,
and Lester unprepared for this shock, fell
once more into the arms of Peter.

“You're a fugitive from justice!” shouted
Stewel, as soon as he recovered himself
“Gentlemen I call upon you to assist me in
arrestin' this desperate villain!”

-- 184 --

p254-182

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

He looked around for Ralph, but Ralph had
disappeared.

“It is Jervis,” whispered Lester as he released
himself from the arms of Peter, “Jervis
and the daughter of Alice Bayne.”

Rushing by the portly form of Stewel, Lester
looked eagerly around in search of the
Preacher and the girl, but Jervis and Fanny
had also disappeared.

Lester and Stewel formed the centre of a
compact group, who regarded their movements
with a burst of laughter.

“He shall not escape me!” shouted Lester,
as the light streamed on his uncovered
head and colorless visage, “I will pursue him
to the end of the earth” —

He attempted to force his way through the
crowd, but the crowd presenting a compact
front, forced him back upon the portly form of
the Police Officer:

“This is an attempt to resist the Law!”
shouted Stewel in a rage — “I know you
gentlemen! I've got all your names! You
may laugh, but to-morrow, Judge Choktaw
'ill hear o' this” —

The crowd seemed to be impressed with
he idea that Lester and Stewel were alike
functionaries of the law, and therefore they resisted
all their attempts to pursue the fugitives.

Peter came quietly to Lester's side —
out at this moment, a scene took place, which
entirely changed the surface of affairs.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SECOND. A FIREMAN'S FIGHT.

“A fight! A fight!” resounded from the opposite
side of the street, and in a moment the
engines ceased to play, while the glare of the
burning house revealed the faces of a dense
crowd, tossed to and fro, in inextricable confusion.

It was a Fireman's fight.

Before we gaze upon the features of this
exciting scene, let us lightly sketch a few
prominent characteristics of the Philadelphia
Fireman.

A mysterious character is the Fireman of
the Quaker City. At the sound of the Bell,
he starts from his slumber, and hurries forth
but half clad, eager to battle with the flames,
and save the property of the rich man from
destruction. He calls no hour of the twentyfour
his own. He has no hearing but for the
sound of the fire-bell. His only idea of motion
is an engine or hose carriage, hurled along
the streets, by the impulse of vigorous arms.
Music to him is only found in the brass horn,
through which the voice of the engineer rings in
hoarse emphasis, exclaiming “Give way!”
“Let her drive!” or “Wake up Snappers!”
or “Here we are Hornets!” or some expression
of similar eloquence and rough Saxon
energy. Happy is the Fireman who “carries
the horn!” The Horn is the climax of your
incipient fireman's idea of glory. “To carry
the Horn” in the thought of the Fireman, is
as important and as glorious, as twenty-five
per cent in good paper, is to the Third Street
Broker.

The Engine or Hose Carriage is the centre
of all the fireman's thoughts. He lives in the
life of “the machine” — a new-fangled term
lately introduced from New York, and not recognized
by Orthodox Firemen. Her frontis-piece,
the amount of polish of which her brass is
capable, the height which she plays, and the
speed with which she runs — these are the
only topics which occupy the attention of the
true Fireman.

The soldier goes to battle in a gay uniform,
and faces death for pay or for glory. The
Fireman battles with flames, with falling
rafters, with the chances of disease, and very
often the certainty of an untimely death, and
battles always without pay, very often without
a word of thanks. His only glory is in action;
he seems to be possessed with a monomania
that forces him to devote time, health, strength—
very often life — to the good of other people,
who too often call him a ruffian and
a blackguard, by way of recompense.

The Knights of old were divided into
classes, ranks, and orders. So are the Modern
Knights: the Firemen of the Quaker City.

There is the Fireman Dandy who sports
white kids on Chesnut street, and yet is always
ready to tear them off at the first tap of the
State House Bell. This Fireman belongs to
an aristocratic company, composed of staid
citizens and gentlemen of the counting-house.
They have a great supper once a year, and
rather pride themselves upon their elegant

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

equipments, the long established name of their
company, the respectable standing of their
members, to say nothing of the neat little back
room in their Engine House, where no cigar
is smoked that does not breathe Havana in
every puff.

Then there is the Fireman Hero who delights
in the poetry of epithet, and always has
a feud on hand, with some rival company.
The very manner in which he dresses has
something formidable to the unsuspecting.
Hair very short behind the ears, and very long
and shiny before them; hat with wide round
rim, pitched significantly on one side of the
head, and brought down very sharply upon
one eyebrow; shirt of red flannel, adorned
with a broach of the size of a dollar, representing
some event in the Fireman's life, or
perchance the figure of a horn done in silver,
or yet again merely the initials of his company's
name.

Like the Knights of old, the Fireman Hero
affects the poetry of epithet. True he does
not call himself the Knight of the Burning
Brand, or the Knight of the Silver Fountain,
nor even the Knight of the Golden Horn.
His titles have a vigorous old-fashioned Saxon
significancy. He is a Snapper, or a Hornet,
or a Tartar — or in his more dangerous moods—
a Fairy. A Fairy six feet high, in a white
overcoat trimmed with horn buttons, and with
corduroy pantaloons inserted into the tops of
unpolished boots, would be something of a
novelty to the minds of those ignorant persons,
who have derived their ideas of Fairies, and
Fairy life, from books. There are also the
Rancheroes of the great Firemen army, who
skulking on the outskirts of the camp, take to
themselves such fearful names as Bouncers,
Rats, Killers, Screw-Drivers and Blue Injins.
These do not belong to the army of Firemen
any more than the camp followers belong to
an army of disciplined soldiers. They are
the real guerrilereroes of the Fire Department.
Terrible are they with brick-bats on a Sunday
afternoon: formidable are they, with paving
stones, on a dark night, when the number of
the enemy, is as one to twenty. Fearful are
they in noises — noises of all kinds — very
hoarse always — and sometimes very drunken.
They practice the Indian war-whoop in their
leisure hours. They prepare themselves for
the arduous work of battle, by a severe training
around piles of brick, and heaps of paving
stones. They are eloquent swearers. The
number of times, when they confirm their
statement, by invoking fierce condemnation,
upon their eyes and livers, cannot be estimated
by any known Arithmetic.

The true Firemen looks upon these Rancheroes
with especial disfavour. As the Newfoundland
Dog endures much from an ill-grained
Cur, with defective eyes and scanty tail, so
the real Firemen suffers much and suffers in
silence, from the annoyances of the Ranchero
But as the Newfoundland dog sometimes drops
his senerity, and seizes the cur by the neck,
and shakes him at first gently, and then with
justifiable violence, so the real Firemen, at
times, is tempted to tap the Ranchero with his
closed hand, and even to adorn the Ranchero's
eyes with touches of a rich mezzotinto shadow.

To do the real Firemen the most scanty
justice, we must record the fact, that he does
more work for less pay, braves death oftener
for less glory, than any other member of the
the community. Your shrewd money-making
citizen, who never does a favor without a
direct return in the shape of coin, looks upon
the Fireman with an overflowing fullness of
contempt. Very often he rewards the Fireman
by insinuating in conversation or in the papers,
that he only extinguishes flames which he
himself has created. He rewards the Fireman
for his thankless sacrifice of self by calling him
an Incendiary. A just man and a grateful, is
your sagacious citizen.

Battles have often been described, that is
battles fought with cannon and bayonet, but
what pen shall dare attempt the description of
a Fireman's Fight?

The time midnight, or very often the small
hours, near the break of day. The combatants
some six hundred men, blocked up amid a mass
of spectators, whose faces are reddened by the
light of a blazing house. The weapons, fists,
horns, spanners, bricks, clubs, and paving
stones. The cause — a hose has been discourteously
trodden upon, or a plug has been
taken away, or a Snapper in the heat of debate
has spoken irreverently of a Hornet.
Then the war-cry resounds along the crowded
street. Then, over dripping paving stones,
and around glittering engines, and along

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

side-walks slippery with mire, swells the tide of
war. You see a mass of heads, arms, fists,
horns, feet and bodies, wind into a knot, and
unwind again, to the sound of “Go it Snappers!”
and “Ha-a! Ha-a! Tartars!” The
air, by turns, darkened with cinders and red
with the glare of blazing roofs, grows thick
with brick-bats and paving stones, all on the
wing, and doing fierce work, on eyes and
crowns. The wounded fall, only to rise in
more savage wrath. The fight grows miscellaneous:
anybody can procure a broken head,
without the least trouble. All along the curbstones,
droop weary warriors with bended heads
and bleeding noses. The uninitiated who desire
a definite idea of a scene like this, have
only to remember that fine old Legend of the
Cats of Kilkenny, or to imagine the Halls
of Congress on the last night of the session.
A faint idea may be obtained in this way.

A battle like this, was now in progress, in
front of the burning mansion. How this fight,
originated, after a careful search into the most
recondite branches of history, we are unable
distinctly to relate. But certain it is, that just
as the fire was beginning to yield to the combined
attacks of half a dozen engines, in front
of the mansion, and four in the rear, that the
war-cry rose, and the combat began. In a
moment hose and engine pipes were dropped.
The crowd began to roll and toss, in a huge
wave of heads and arms. Little knots of firemen
were fighting along the curbstone, while in
the centre of the street, swelled the concentrated
fury of the war. Then through the uproar
might be heard the war-shouts of the rival
clans. Wake her up Snappers! was answered
by Hey! Hornets! hey! Go it Fairies!
was mingled with Now's your time Tartars!
and Let 'em have it Injins! was greeted by
the stern response, To your duty Rats!

Horns were freely used. Brick-bats began
to hurtle through the stormy air. Along the
extent of an entire square, rolled the tide of
battle, mingling the combatants and spectators,
into one inextricable mass of heads and fists,
over which distinctly rose the figures of the
engines, glittering in the flame, like islands in
a stormy sea.

Stewel Pydgeon, Charles Lester and the
giant Peter, collected in a group, in front of
the burning house, surveyed the field of battle,
with various emotions.

“Gen'elmen respect the law,” cried Stewel
in a voice of thunder — but alas! a blow from
some unknown fist, which shot suddenly
around the corner of the tree-box, brought
Stewel to his knees. And a second blow, administered
freely on the back of the neck,
made Stewel kiss the bricks. Thus was the
Law, brought to shame, in the person of
one of its most respectable Ministers.

Peter, in his red coat, surveyed the scene,
not precisely with eyes like saucers, but
with eyes very large, and very full of vague
astonishment.

“What air they fightin' about? How they
rap one another! They're they go! Why
don't they stand up two by two and fight it
out like men, instead o' mixin' 'emselves up
like a basket o' black cats?”

“Come — let us make our way through
the crowd,” cried Lester seizing Peter's arm:
“The Preacher disappeared in this direction.
Come, I say. Unless we pursue him now,
he will escape us altogether.”

Peter did not remark the pallid cheek and
flashing eye of his young friend.

Peter, gazing into the centre of the combat,
beheld a solitary man, fighting alone,
against a crowd of twenty. Dressed in a red
shirt, with the blood flowing freely from his
battered face, this lonely warrior, was attempting
to defend his engine, from the assault of
twenty foes. His brothers in arms were fighting
in another part of the contest. By the
chance of war, he was left alone, near the Engine
of his company, which the twenty had
resolved to deface if not destroyed. But he kept
up the fight right heartily.

“Tell yer I'm one of de Fairy boys,” he
shouted as he fought through his foes — “Yer
don't smash dis engine. No yer don't. I
keeps a graveyard of my own, jist to bury
my dead. I keeps two Coroners and a depitty
busy all the year round. Go it Fairy! You
never know'd I was brought up to the business—
did yer?”

Tossing into the crowd of his enemies, the
Fairy distributed his blows with a high-toned
impartiality, that soon littered the paving stones,
with wounded and bleeding warriors. Five of
the enemy measured their length upon the

-- 187 --

p254-185 [figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

ground. But others rallied. Adding new fire
to their fury, by frequent shouts, they rushed
upon the solitary Fairy, and bore him upon
his knees. He, fighting as he fell, continued
to converse with his tongue and fists.

“I'm a Fairy — I am!” he shouted gallantly
as a hail-storm of fists, descended upon his unprotected
head.

At this crisis Peter beheld the scene. And
Peter, with a bound reached the centre of the
fray, and interposed his giant form, arrayed in
the scarlet overcoat, between the Fairy and his
ensanguined foes.

“You mus'nt crowd. It ain't perlite. Besides
I never like to see twenty wolves upon
one dog.”

CHAPTER THIRTY-THIRD. PETER BECOMES A FAIRY.

With these words expressed without the
least appearance of heat, Peter raised his
right arm, and showed his right hand, high
over the heads of the combatants.

“Jist strike this man agin,” he cried, “and
you'll find me thar!

Surprised for a moment by this apparition,
the combatants presently recovered their presence
of mind.

“Go way old man, this is a private fight —”

“Sarve him out! Give a horn over his top-knot—”

“Hey! Hey! Down with him, down with
'em both —”

“He's a Fairy — let him have it —”

And accordingly one of the combatants,
struck Peter in the breast, just as the solitary
Fairy, protected for a moment by his intervention,
was rising from his knees.

`Come, children you better go home and
let your mammies spank you and put you to
bed.”

With these paternal remarks, Peter described
a circle with his right hand, followed
by a circle with his left, at the same time projecting
his right foot with sudden and rapid
force.

“Lord! how the old hoss mows 'em down!”
ejaculated the admiring Fairy.

It was indeed true. Peter in sober verity
had “mowed 'em down.” He went through
them, with great composure, using his hands
and feet at the same instant, and littering
the ground with the forms of the Fairy's
enemies. Two alone resisted his progress,
making desperate battle, over the heaps of
their wounded comrades, but Peter seized
them by the neck, and knocked their heads
together, until they dropt like ripe apples to the
ground.

“Where did you larn it, hoss?” cried the
admiring Fairy, seizing Peter's hand — “Jist
larn me how to mow — do.”

But there was not much time for conversation.
The battle which had been raging in the
middle of the street, now rolled toward the
sidewalk, and entangled Peter and “the Fairy
boy” in its vortex. Fifty other Fairies were
battling with as many of Crocodiles. They
fought around the Engine, and Peter much
against his will, was forced to strike right and
left, in order to save himself from being trampled
under foot. Soon the Rats, the Bouncers,
the Blue Injins, and the Snappers, joined the
fray, and the Hornets came hurrying to the
ranks of war. It was no longer a fight of
feuds, a war of clans, but a promiscuous battle,
in which every one struck his neighbor without
regard “to party or creed.” Peter mingled
in the broil, and fought like a buffalo at bay.

Charles Lester, gazing from the sidewalk
beheld the scene, as an hundred faces streaming
blood were illuminated by the glare of the
burning house. Soon he lost sight of Peter.
He then made his way as best he might in
the direction taken by the Preacher and the
girl.

The day was breaking, and the fight was
raging, when a sound like the thunder of an
hundred cannon, drowned the yells of the
combatants, and made every one start, as
though a magazine of gunpowder had exploded
near his feet.

The cause of this sound merits an explanation.

While the fight was in progress, the fire,
which had been slowly yielding to the force
of the engines, blazed up with increased vigor.
One by one, the windows of the mansion, from
the second story to the roof gave out a torrent
of flame. The roof itself was one mass of
fire — fire that shot up into the canopy of
smoke in long and tremulous flames. The
western wing of the mansion was on fire from

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

foundation to roof, and the wind swept the
flames to the main building with the force and
thunder of a tropical hurricane.

Far over the city flashed the light of the
barning mansion, far over the wilderness of
roofs and the waters of the Delaware, spread
that vast volume of smoke, reddened in every
fold, until it resembled an immense pall tinged
with blood.

And the State House Bell never ceased to
strike. Toll, toll, toll — it rung as though it
was pealing a funeral knell.

The battle in the street, and the flames of
Brother Caleb's house, raged together. The
startled denizens of Drab Row, alarmed for
their safety, were projecting their heads from
every window,
and from the houses immediately
adjoining Goodleigh's, crowds of half
clad men and women, and heaps of costly furniture,
began to stream in an unceasing torrent.

And the fire burning fiercely on, had long
enveloped the Iron Room in a shroud of flame.

At last the timbers beneath the Iron Room
gave way, and the huge mass plunged with a
horrible crash into the depths of the fiery whirlpool.
As it fell, crashing from floor to floor,
the fire was suddenly darkened. A volume of
inky smoke rose from the depths of the mansion,
and then the sky was strown with countless
sparks, glittering through the darkness
like a meteoric shower.

It was the fall of the Iron Room, which had
produced the sound resembling the combined
thunder of an hundred cannon. It was the
darkness which followed this awful sound, that
brought the combatants to a pause, and sent a
thrill through the nerves of a thousand infuriated
men.

The Iron Room had fallen.

Where now is Goodleigh and the Converted
Monk?

The darkness did not last long. The flames
rushed once more into the sky, as though the
fall of the Iron Room had only deadened their
fury for a moment. The street was once
more bright as noonday. It was no longer
Goodleigh's house that was threatened, but the
mansions of the entire square.

A voice was heard through the death-like
stillness, which had descended upon the
crowded street.

Giant Peter mounted upon the “Fairy”
engine, with the marks of the late combat on
his face, seized a trumpet and made himself
heard along the entire square:

“Put out the fire, boys,” he shouted, “An'
let's fight arterwards.”

The suggestion was received with cheers.
In a moment engines and firemen were at their
work again. Separate columns of water were
playing upon the roofs of Drab Row. Mounting
to the roofs, nine sturdy firemen, with hose
pipes in their hands, poured as many torrents
into the abyss of Goodleigh's house. Snappers,
Hornets, Crocodiles, Bouncers, Blue
Injins and Tartars, buried their feuds for awhile,
and with all might of fire-plugs and engines,
went to work sturdily to accomplish the salvation
of Drab Row.

And Peter, high on the Fairy Engine, was
working with the Fairies, his giant form rising
and bending, as he continued to encourage them
with the oft-repeated remark —

“Put out the fire boys, an' arterwards we
can lick one another like blazes”

When the sun arose, Drab Row was saved.
But Goodleigh's house was a mass of blackened
ruins. The walls alone remained, begrimed
with smoke and dripping with water. Floors,
windows, doors, everything but the brick walls
had been consumed by the flames.

And buried beneath masses of smouldering
timber, the Iron Room, rested in the depths of
the cellar, its panels still joined together, but
heated red hot by the surrounding fire.

Descending from the “Fairy” as the sun
shone over his scarred and blackened face,
Peter cast his eyes over the crowd, who
thronged the sidewalk, blackened with cinders,
and piled with heaps of damaged and broken
furniture:

“Where's Lester?” he ejaculated aloud.

“Where's Goodleigh?” cried a stout gentleman
near his side: “That's the question.”

It was Stewel Pydgeon, who stood on the
curbstone, gazing toward the walls of the house,
whose desolate windows, still gave passage to
clouds of inky smoke.

“What do I know of Goodleigh?” answered
Peter, surveying the Police officer, with a
vague stare.

-- 189 --

p254-187

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

`Don't be affronted Sir,” replied Stewel
with a saddened air — “I had a warrant for
him, but he's gone and burnt hisself to death,
in that cussed house. That's all. But I have
some feelin's and a thing like this never happened
to me afore.”

It was not until the close of the day, that
the fire which smouldered in the depths of the
ruined mansion, yielded to the combined force
of a half a dozen engines.

Stewel, anxious to discover some trace of
Goodleigh, hovered all day, near the blackened
walls. More than once he determined to descend
into the cellar, and search among the
smouldering timbers for the body of Goodleigh.
Of course no idea of Goodleigh's wealth
buried in the ruins ever entered Stewel's
brain.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FOURTH. “A BLUE PARTY. ”

Peter sought for Lester, and found him
in his room No. 92 of the — Hotel.
Stretched upon his bed, he raved with a madman's
look and voice, about the Preacher, the
daughter of Alice Bayne, and his dead sister—
Ellen Lester.

For two weeks Peter watched by his bedside.
Everyday came the Millerite Preacher,
eager to watch and pray with the sick man.
Charles at length began to recover from the
delirium and fever. Very pale and weak, he
besought William Marvin to watch by his bed,
while Peter hurried forth to gain some intelligence
of the Preacher. Peter searched the
city through, tried every means within the
reach of mortal man, yet still no word of the
Preacher reached his ears. He had disappeared.
He had not been seen since the
night of the fire. Had the daughter of Alice
Bayne, gone with him? Was she in his
“charge?”

The second day after the fire there was a
funeral in Bonus Court. A rude hearse, containing
a pine coffin, moved slowly through
the city, followed by the Millerite Preacher
and his daughter. It paused on a bleak common,
near the Eastern Penitentiary, and in
front of an unpainted fence, which separated a
space of barren earth some two acres in extent,
from the surrounding waste.

The hearse passed through a gate, and
entered the space surrounded by the rough
fence, and halted again beside a new made
grave. Then William Marvin and the driver
lifted the pine coffin and lowered it into the
grave. The driver shoveled the earth upon it,
while the Millerite on his knees, with Hannah
by his side, uttered a prayer.

That was the manner of the funeral of Ann
Clarke, who was buried in Potter's field.

The second day after the fire, Stewel Pydgeon
was lounging near the Railroad Depot,
at the corner of Eleventh and Market streets.
He was anxious to gain some intelligence of
Goodleigh. Thinking that he had escaped the
fire, and might make an attempt to leave the
city, Stewel watched for him at the Railroad
Depot.

While his eyes were fixed upon the aperture
where tickets are sold, an aged man with
long white hair approached, and bought tickets
for himself and two boys, who, attired in blue
cloth round-a-bouts, walked by his side. These
boys were somewhat contrasted, in the details
of their personal appearance. One was slight
and slender; the other bony and rugged.

Both were attired in round-jackets and pantaloons
of blue cloth, and both wore cloth caps,
of the same color. The aged man, attired
neatly in a blue overcoat, carried a bundle
under his arm; a bundle, which, resembling a
large book, was covered with a scarlet handkerchief.

Stewel watched the three, as they left the
ticket office and entered the cars. The place
where he stood was dark, even in daytime,
and he could not see their faces with much
distinctness, but their attire seemed to please
him exceedingly —

“A blue party!” he exclaimed — and
laughed at his own joke — after the manner of
police officers — “They look as if they been
dipped in indigo.”

With this joke — or apology for a joke —
the incident passed from Stewel's mind. He
suffered the old man and his two boys to enter
the cars, and go on their journey to Baltimore,
without a word.

-- 190 --

p254-188

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

And yet the old man was our friend, the
Popular Preacher.

And the tallest of the boys was Ralph Jones,
otherwise called “Jonesey the B'iler.”

The other boy was Fanny, the sister of
Ralph.

And the bundle, which looked like a large
book, was the TIN BOX, which Ralph had concealed
beneath the roof of Girard College.

And yet Stewel, standing near the ticket
office, watching for Goodleigh, looked upon
these three figures, dressed in blue, without a
suspicious thought.

Alas! for Stewel! While he watched for
Goodleigh, the TIN BOX slipped by him, and
passed on to Baltimore without an opposing
word.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FIFTH. THE LAST OF ISRAEL BONUS.

And while two days wore on, much wonder
was felt and expressed in Bonus Court. Rent
Day had come and gone, and Israel Bonus had
not appeared to collect his rents!

Had the sun risen in the west and set in the
east, doubtless the inhabitants of Bonus Court
would have expressed some surprise, in common
with the other citizens of the Quaker
City, but that Rent Day should come and go
without Israel Bonus, this was a thing which
made every heart in Bonus Court dilate with
a feeling akin to awe.

Never for thirty years had Israel been
known to miss a Rent Day.

“Hannah,” said the Millerite Preacher,
taking his broad rimmed hat, on the third
morning after the fire: “This absence of
Israel Bonus fills me with wonder. I will
call at his house — something may have happened
to him. The day draws near, Hannah,
when the Lord will come in the clouds of
Heaven, we must meet him with clean hands
and pure hearts. I would not wrong Israel out
of his rent, though he is hard upon the poor.
And while I am gone my child, do you take
some wood and some bread to poor Nancy
over the way. Her husband is in jail, you
know, on a charge of theft. The poor woman
must not be forgotten.”

“I will not forget her father,” was the response
of Hannah, as she pressed her father's
hand, while her face warmed with the same
looks of calm enthusiasm, which animated the
countenance of the Millerite Preacher.

“You have heard nothing of Fanny — or
Ralph?”

“Not a word. Their disappearance is
mysterious. And what is still more remarkable,
Mr. Jervis, the popular preacher, has not
been heard of since the night of the fire.”

The Millerite left his home, and made the
best of his way to the residence of Israel Bonus.
The sun was shining brightly upon the
face of the mansion, as the Millerite paused at
the foot of its marble steps. But there was
an air of unusual desertion about the residence
of Bonus, which the bright sunshine only
made more apparent.

It was an old house, three stories high, and
presenting the appearance of age and wear, in
every faded brick. It stood in a wide street,
not far from the heart of the city, and yet removed
from its noise and bustle, as effectually
as though it had been built in the very heart of
Bonus Court. It was one of those mansions,
which are not so much remarkable for the
prime neatness of their exterior — characteristic
of the great mass of buildings in the Quaker
City — as for a look of battered antiquity,
which spreads like a great spider web, over
the surface of dingy brick, from the garret to
the cellar.

Marvin when passing this way, had often
noticed the windows on the lower floor, which
were adorned by curtains of faded green reaching
half way up the uncleanly window-panes.
And who among the thousands of passers-by
had not noticed the tin sign, which affixed to
a shutter, bore in faded letters this significant
inscription:—

ISRAEL BONUS,
CONVEYANCER.

N. B. Real Estate bought and sold.

But to the great surprise of Marvin, the
shutters on the lower floor were closed, hiding
green curtains, dirty windows, and the very
name of Bonus, from the public gaze. The
upper windows had no shutters, and therefore
it may be reasonably imagined, that their dusty
panes were opened to the light of the winter's

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

day. The house, faded at all times, and
always reminding the spectator of an old
parchment deed, now looked as though it had
not been tenanted for years.

Marvin ascended the marble steps covered
with snow and ice, and rung the bell, whose
nandle was coated with a rich layer of verdigris,
and waited with some impatience for the
sound of Bonus' footstep. Bonus, when destitute
of a housekeeper, or a housekeeper's
pretty daughter, was wont to answer the bell
himself, and dart upon his visiter in all the
magnitude of ruffled shirt, fair-top boots, and
bone-headed cane.

Marvin rang and waited in vain. A half an
hour elapsed, and still no Bonus appeared.
Casting his eye along the door, he for the first
time beheld a small piece of paper, pasted
upon the panel, and containing the following
important information:

“OUT OF TOWN:
&hand; Back in a few days.”

“Gone to see some of his relations who live
in the country,” soliloquized Marvin, as he
returned slowly homeward. “He has no
relatives in this city, I believe. An old bachelor,
without a soul on earth to care for him,
or bear his name.”

Two days passed, and yet Israel Bonus did
not appear in Bonus Court.

The wonder of the tenants increased beyond
all power of expression.

Five days had now elapsed since Bonus had
been seen on Third street. The Men of
Money began to wonder at his absence. His
fair-top boots were sadly missed along the
Coast of Barbary, and the Algerines began to
ask of one another: “What has become of
Bonus?”

To top the climax, and develope simple
wonder into the very intensity of astonishment,
on the fifth day a note of Bonus' for five
hundred dollars, due at the Shaver's Bank, was
handed over to the Notary Public.

Bonus protested! Third street began to
shake in its shoes, and the Board of Brokers
was affected to its inmost soul.

On the morning of the fifth day, Marvin
once more ascended the marble steps — after a
due survey of the closed shutters — and once
more pulled the bell, with a verdigris handle.
The notice of Bonus' absence was still pasted
to the door — and Marvin pulled and pulled
for an half an hour, without awaking the most
remote sign of life in the silent mansion.

At length he tried the handle of the door.
It yielded to his touch, and the door sprung
open.

“Strange indeed! Israel out of town and
the door not locked!” ejaculated Marvin, as
he surveyed the broad entry by the light of the
morning sun: “The old man may be sick.
At least it will do no harm to enter and test the
matter for myself.”

He entered the house of Israel Bonus, and
passing along the entry — whose chill atmosphere
pierced his very marrow — he soon
stood at the foot of the stairs, which lighted by
a circular window, wound upward into the
second and third stories.

He listened for a moment: all was breathlessly
still. He began to ascend the stairs,
and discovered with some surprise, that every
step was littered with small pieces of parchment,
looking like the fragments of old title
deeds. He reached the entry of the second
story, and beheld the sun shining through the
door at its farther end. Along the entry and
through the door lie passed, and in a moment
found himself in a large room, furnished with
but four articles of use or adornment.

A huge pine desk, painted red; an old
stool with three legs; a chair with a broke;
back; and a map of “building lots” pinned broken
the smoky wall.

This was the Confessional Box of Bonus,
where Bonus lent money, and listened to the
pleas of money borrowers, and wrote their
names in his big book, with a red morocco
back.

“He is certainly out of town,” murmured
Marvin — “But bless me, what does this
mean?”

Under the red desk, a mass of papers was
rudely scattered, which to the eyes of Marvin
looked like the wrecks of an hundred title
deeds. The floor was littered with bits of
parchment. The cover of the great book with
a morocco back lay near the fireless grate, and
on the bars of the grate itself, were piled the
leaves of the great book, evidently in readiness
for the application of a lighted match. In a
word, the sanctuary of Bonus had been violate

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

by unholy hands. The great book, in which
was inscribed the damnation of a thousand
souls, was now only a mass of fragments. The
title deeds, and mortgages of Bonus, severed
into innumerable little pieces, now only served
to relieve the nakedness of the uncarpeted
floor.

“There have been robbers in this house!”
ejaculated Marvin.

Was it a fancy! The sound of a human
voice, seemed echoing faintly, in the next
room. A very low voice, murmuring in a
monotonous tone, reached the ears of the Millerite
Preacher. He left the sanctuary of Bonus,
passed into the entry, and halted before
the door of the back room.

He now heard the voice again, but could
not distinguish the words. Hush! Pressing
his head against the door he listens — there are
two voices! He hears them distinctly and
can gather the meaning of their words.

Those words leave Marvin no time for
thought. Silently unclosing the door, he
gazes through the aperture, and beholds a bed
resting under the light of two windows, opening
toward the yard of Bonus' house.

And on that bed is stretched Israel Bonus,
in full dress — wide skirted coat, ruffled shirt
and fair-top boots. His broad rim and bone
headed cane, lay on a chair, near the bedside.
Bonus in full uniform, Bonus in bed with his
clothes on, but alas! no longer the gay, jocund
Bonus of other days!

For, holding the door slightly open — gazing
through the aperture as he pauses on the
threshold — William Marvin, beholds the face
of Israel Bonus, as it is turned upwards towards
the light.

That face is hideous with the same pestilence
which destroyed the life of Ann Clarke.
Blotched from the double-chin to the eyes,
buried in wrinkles — blotched in every line
and feature — the face of Israel Bonus presents
a loathsome spectacle. His very eyes are
sealed by the pestilence. His hands, still encircled
by ruffles, are covered with the marks
of the appalling disease.

And stretched upon the coverlet, in his every
day attire, the wretched man turns his head
from side to side, lifts his blinded eyeballs to
the light, and moves his clotted lips —

“Thee must pay the mortgage by twelve
o'clock, this day, or verily I will foreclose.”

These words escape from his lips, as he
tosses about, in the delirium engendered by
the pestilence.

Marvin listened no longer, but opening wide
the door entered the room. Entered, and
stood thunderstricken by a new surprise.

There, perched upon a chair at the foot of
the bed, was the figure of a half-naked man,
who resting his elbows on his knees, and his
cheeks in his hands, gazed steadily upon the
face of Israel Bonus. A pair of coarse trowsers
and a check shirt, constituted the apparel
of this man who watched by the bed of pestilence.
His hair, tangled and disordered, fell
over his forehead to the very brows, but could
not veil the intense glare of his eyes.

“Do you think I must pay the mortgage
Isr'el?” exclaimed the half-naked man, in a
jesting tone — “Couldn't you let me have a
leetle time?”

“Thee must pay or I will foreclose! Thee
must pay or I will foreclose!” was the response
of the delirious Bonus.

Marvin advanced, and at once the truth burst
upon him, as he took a nearer view of the
features of the man at the foot of the bed.

It was John Cattermill, watching by the
death-bed of Israel Bonus.

“John! John!” ejaculated Marvin: “What
does this mean?”

Without starting the man raised his face
from his hands, and surveyed Marvin with a
steady but half-vacant look.

“Mornin' Sir. Sit down and take a cheer.
We're rayther bad off for wood, and so I had
to make a fire as well as I could out o' them
old books and papers.”

Marvin, glancing over his shoulder, beheld
the grate packed to its topmost bar, with huge
account books and parchment deeds. A slight
flame, half choked in a cloud of smoke,
ascended from the mass.

“John! John! What have you been doing?”

John very quietly replied:

“You know I was put in M'yamensin' last
Sunday night?”

“Yes — very sorry I was to hear of it.”

“Well, on Tuesday mornin' I was brought
up for a hearin' afore Alderman Rumjug. But
I giv' the officer the slip, and came here to

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

have a talk with old Bonus. I got in the back
way, over the fence, and by that winder.”

“What was your intention, John? Surely
you did not mean —”

“Fact is Mr. Marvin, I meant to settle an
old account with the man. I was sure of goin'
to jail for an offence which I never committed,
so I thought I'd giv' 'em a reason for lockin'
me up. You may have heer'd that I was
rayther a quiet, sober sort of man, afore I met
old Bonus?”

“Yes, John. You never drank until you
encountered him —”

“And arter I met him, I became a drunkard—
a loafer — and was in a fair way to become
a thief. So, I thought all this over, and last
Tuesday mornin' I crawled into that winder,
afore Bonus was up, and to be candid with
you, did think of givin' him a rap or two with
some stick or poker, over his head. But —”

“Yes, John. But you relented —”

“I found him in bed, sick with a fever. I
took pity on him.”

The face of John, haggard and pale, with an
inexplicable light in the large vacant eyes, was
agitated by a slight grimace as he uttered these
words.

“I took pity on him. Found a notice on
his table — `Out of Town: won't be back
'till next week
” — and put it on the front door.
Didn't want anybody to disturb him, you
know? That was on Tuesday — this is
Saturday. Ain't I a good Christian? Ever
since Tuesday I've watched by the old man's
bed.”

“But John, why have you destroyed these
books and papers —”

“There wasn't no wood. Do you think I
was a-goin' to let the old critter suffer for
fire?”

“You attended to his wants, then? How
did you procure food?”

“There was a cold b'iled ham in the cellar.
That I've lived upon myself. As for Bonus”—
he looked into Marvin's face with a broad
grin — “Don't you think a severe course o'
dietin' is good for a disease like that?

He pointed with his lean and skinny hand
toward the bed.

“John, John, how could you behold the old
man suffer, without extending a hand for his
relief?”

“Did you think I was a-goin' to give him
bread, when it 'ud only heighten his fever?
As for water — Lord bless you! He cried for
it often enough, but knew more o' th' natur' o'
his disease than to give it to him. Not a drop!
Not a drop!”

“This is too horrible for belief!” ejaculated
Marvin, gazing first upon the half naked man,
and then upon the wretched occupant of the
bed.

“Horrible? How green you talk! Don't
you know that unless all of old Bonus's had
blood comes out in the shape of cruptions, that
the dear old man 'ill kick the bucket? Jist
look at him! You think them's small pox on
his face? Bless your soul — no! It's only
the mortgages and ground rents a-comin' out.
That's all.”

And at these words, he placed his elbows on
his knees, his cheeks between his hands, and
turned his eyes to the bed once more.

“Isr'el, I raly can't pay up to-day —” he
exclaimed, assuming the tone of a pleading
debtor — “You won't turn me out into the
street — will you?”

“If thee cannot pay thee must go!” said
the delirious Bonus — “Hair and hide, bag
and baggage, thee must go! What? Does
thee think I am to be defrauded of my rent in
this manner? Tut-tut!”

“Rulin' passion strong in death,” cried
John, turning his face to Marvin, with a grotesque
leer — “Don't you think when he goes
down there, he'll be apt to get a mortgage on
the Devil hisself, and turn the imps out o' perdition,
for not payin' ground rent? Hey?”

“John, how can you desert your wife?” exclaimed
Marvin, wishing to touch the heart of
this monomaniac — “Poor Nancy! She is
destitute of bread and wood —”

“One's duty to the public al'ays take the
precedence of private affairs,” answered John;
“I've watched by Bonus since last Tuesday,
and I'll sit here till he gets well. You little
know how I love that ar' old crittur!”

Marvin approached the bed. His face was
clouded by an expression of unfeigned horror,
when he saw that Israel Bonus, dying as much
of starvation as of disease — was near his last
hour. Tossing on the pillow, rolling his
blinded eyeballs from side to side, the dying
man still murmured in his delirium —

-- 194 --

p254-192

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

“Can thee pay? If thee can't pay, thee
must go! So, thee has a pretty daughter?
Eh? Then thee shall come and keep house
for me, and I'll take care of thee daughter's
education. Not less than two per cent a month.
Could'nt think of it. How did thee say
Pennsylvania Fives were yesterday? Can
thee pay? Don't talk to me. If thee can't pay
thee must go.”

“Jist hear him,” whispered John — “ain't
it a treat? What's that the poet says about
the good man's death?”

The eyes of Cattermill began to assume an
expression, which impressed the mind of Marvin
with a sensation of terror, which he in
vain endeavoured to repress.

“He is mad,” the thought crept over him—
“and if I attempt to leave the room, he will
prevent me with a madman's strength.”

“Well, John, I must go home,” he said
aloud, moving to the door — “call and see us
when Bonus recovers.”

To his utter surprise, John calmly replied —

“Good mornin', sir. The next time you
walk this way, drop in and see us.”

Marvin left the room and hurried from the
house, and in five minutes again returned with
a crowd of neighbours, whom he had summoned
to his assistance.

Once more he opened the door, and followed
by the wondering crowd, entered the death-room.

Israel Bonus was there, not stretched upon
the bed, but seated in an arm chair, near a
window, with his broad rim on his head, and
his cane in his hand.

Israel Bonus was alone; seated in the arm
chair which had so long been the throne of
Mortgage, Ground Rent, and Title Deed; with
half his face in shadow, and the lower portion
blotched by pestilence, bathed in the cheerful
light of the morning sun.

It did not need a second glance to tell the
spectators that Israel Bonus was no longer
numbered among the living.

John Cattermill had disappeared — no one
could tell how — and the spectators, gathering
silently around the dead man, with wonder
and awe upon every face, stood for many
minutes, rooted to the floor, their eyes centred
upon the dead face of Israel Bonus.

John Cattermill was never seen again in
the Quaker City.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SIXTH. “THE END OF THE WORLD DRAWS NIGH. ”

Charles Lester, recovering from his fever,
began to walk abroad again.

The spring was upon the earth once more,
and despite the gloom which overshadowed
him, he began to feel the blood bounding freely
in his veins again. Peter pursued his search
after the Preacher; and of course his search
was vain.

Charles was much in company with the
Millerite Preacher. His mind, depressed by
an ever present sorrow, was prepared for the
reception of the Millerite's doctrine. They
talked long and earnestly together —together
they read the Bible, and attempted to follow
the finger of God, in the book of Daniel and
the book of Revelations.

“Is Charley a-goin' to jine these Millerites?”
Peter soliloquized one day; “Should like to
know. Wish I could get him out of this town,
into the prairies once more. Bad, very bad,
the atmosphere of the Quaker City.”

A month passed in this manner. Still no
intelligence reached the ears of Charles Lester
concerning the Preacher or the daughter of
Alice Bayne. Wandering through the city,
day after day, in company with Marvin the
Millerite, Charles sought incessantly for the
Preacher and for Fanny, and his search was
fruitless.

And the Millerite many times concluded his
long and earnest conversations, with these singular
words:

“Never mind, Charles. These matters will
soon cease to trouble you. The twenty-third
of April draws nigh.”

Charles' eyes, vacant at other times with the
abstraction of a settled melancholy, would light
up at these words, and impart a look of sudden
rapture to his haggard face.

For at the moment when the birds were
singing, and the leaves were budding — when
the world recovering from the death of winter
was springing into life again — Charles had
given up all the prospects and hopes of existence.

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

He was the last of his race. The graves of
all his people were in the churchyard of the
western land.

Fanny, the daughter of Alice, whom he had
hoped to save, was now lost to him, and lost
to purity forever. The last victim of the
Popular Preacher, she was following the path
which led to an untimely death and an unblest
grave.

“The twenty-third of April!” these words
often passed the lips of Charles after a long-continued
reverie.

On the Twenty-third of April the world was
to come to an End.

The Saviour would appear in the clouds of
heaven; the earth and all the elements would
melt with fervent heat. The awful images of
the Revelations would start into actual life.
From the chaos of an expiring universe, a new
heaven and a new earth would struggle into
being.

How many thousands, and tens of thousands
in the year 1843, throughout the extent of the
Union, held this belief, and daily watched for
the coming of the Lord?

How many hearts throbbed with unutterable
awe, at the mention of the day, when all these
things should come to pass — the twenty-third
of April, 1843?

The Twenty Third of April came at last.

In the morning, Peter who had wandered
into the — Hotel in Chesnut Street, (where
seated in the reading room he awaited the appearance
of Charles,) was much interested in
the following paragraph which met his eye in
the columns of the Daily Copper:

The Rev. Edmund Jervis.—This eloquent gentleman
was in Adamston, State of Illinois, in the latter
part of March. We are pleased to learn that an extensive
and interesting revival of religion, was in progress
in Adamstown during the presence of this pious
and eminent Minister. Thousands were affected to tears
by his preaching, and hundreds, impelled to a better
life by his irresistible appeals, have become members
of his Church. Indeed wherever this gentleman goes,
the blessings of Providence attends his efforts, in a
manner too remarkable not to be mentioned.”

This paragraph, its grammar, piety and
praise, was evidently from the pen of Slinkum
Scissleby, Sub-Editor of the Daily Copper.

“Adamston is not five miles from Prairie
Home,” ejaculated Peter, “Charley must
know this afore I'm a-second older. The vil
lian! Holdin' one of his revivals not five
miles from Ellen's grave!”

Peter hurried without delay to the room of
Charles, but Charles was not to be found.

“He is in Bonus Court with that Millerite!”
exclaimed Peter, and without delay he hurried
to Bonus Court.

The place, drear and gloomy at all times,
now looked the very abode of desolation.

The house where Ann Clarke had died, was
tenantless. The doors and windows were
open, and the dust had accumulated on the
floors. At least one-half of the houses of Bonus
Court were in a similar condition.

Peter hurried to the residence of the Rev.
William Marvin. Doors and shutters closed,
it presented a blank and deserted appearance.

“This is queer,” soliloquized Peter —
“Everybody out o' town and Charley not to
be found.”

As he spoke, his attention was attracted by
a paper pasted upon the shutter, and bearing
the following inscription, traced in a round
and legible hand:

The owner of this house
has gone to wait the coming of the Lord.

Wm. Marvin.

April 23, 1843.

“Well he might a-told me whar he's gone
to, and whar he expects to find the Lord!”

Thus soliloquizing, Peter once more departed
on his search. All day long he sought
for Charles — sought in every haunt of business
or pleasure — in the Hotels, the Stores,
and along the crowded streets — and toward
night, was forced to give up the search in very
despair.

As night fell, he went to the Post Office, as
was his custom and enquired for a letter for
“Charles Lester.”

To his surprise, the clerk placed a letter in
his hand, directed to “Charles Lester,
Philadelphia,” and bearing the following
post-mark “Prairie-Home, Ill., April 5.”

This letter completed the wonder and deepened
the anxiety of our good friend Peter.

“Prairie Home! Did'nt know that anybody
thar know'd anything about Charley's comin'
to 'Fildelfy. What's this letter about? That
Preacher and the gal! I'll stake my head upon
it.”

-- 196 --

p254-194

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

Much perplexed, Peter returned to the —
Hotel, and took his seat in the reading room,
inspecting the face of every new-comer, in his
anxiety to behold the countenance of Charles
Lester once more. Attired still in the scarlet
coat, he placed his huge boots upon a neighboring
chair, drew a cigar from his pocket, and
soon encircled himself in a cloud of tobacco
smoke. His eyes fixed upon the letter he resigned
himself to his meditations, and murmured
every now and then, between the puffs
of smoke, some broken sentence like this —

“Know'd her when she was a baby. Know'd
her when she was a gal. Know'd her when
she was a corpse.”

The honest backwoodsman, thus quietly
meditating, little knew the contents of the
letter, which he held in his brawny hand.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVENTH. “THE CAMP OF THE LORD. ”

Leave Philadelphia, reader, and cross the
Schuylkill by the Market Street Bridge.

Follow the road that leads into the open
country, and do not pause, until you stand beside
a black and barren field which slopes from
the turnpike to a distant wood.

The sky is obscured by driving clouds.
A misty rain is falling, and the wind howls
in gusts.

Gaze over the bleak expanse of this field,
and tell me, what is it that intervenes between
your gaze, and the dull leaden sky?

A white tent, rising distinctly from the brown
field, and with gleams of light escaping from
its parted curtains.

From that tent, a low murmuring sound
escapes. Approach its curtains; do not heed
the leaden sky and driving blast; cross the
field, and stand within the gleam of those
wandering rays. Listen!

That sound, lately so low and murmuring,
now becomes distinct and intelligible.

It is the voice of praise and prayer. The
voices of men, women, and children, melting
together, in one incessant hymn and supplication.

This white tent, echoing with praise and
prayer, the storm beating on its roof, and the
bleak waste and the dark night, all around it,
strikes you with an impression of curiosity
modified by awe.

You pause on the drenched sod; you place
your hand upon the curtain; while the gust
howls over the field, you part the curtains and
look within:

Dim lights are burning there. Rude tallow
candles, inserted into rough boards, shed their
uncertain light over a thousand faces. The
faces of aged men — of fair and delicate
women — of children, who had scarcely passed
the dawn of life — all uplifted, and all imbued
with the same look of rapture and fear.

They are singing now — listen to their
hymn!

Its burden steals into your soul, you know
not why. 'Tis but an unpretending hymn, deficient
in rhyme and rugged in its words, and
yet the voices of these kneeling worshippers
mingling in one sound, as if their hearts were
inspired by one soul, impart to it a music and
a passion that may well be deemed supernatural.

“The Lord is coming” — this is the burden
of the hymn — “ere the midnight hour has
struck, Jesus will come in the clouds of
Heaven, and call his wandering children home.
The unbelievers will expire in the agonies of
an expiring world. The children of the Lord,
those who have loved his name and watched
for him long, will pass into Eternity without
the change of death. Gathered from a burning
world, by the Divine Redeemer, they will
arise at once — without a sigh or pang to the
Mansions of their God.”

In a word, reader, we are in the Camp of
the Millerites. These men and women, these
rich and poor, these people gathered from all
classes of the social world, have pitched their
tent in the barren field, away from the sin and
life of the Great City, and here they have determined
to await the coming of the Lord.

Do not call them fanatics. Grave Divines,
for hundreds of years, have been writing great
books, concerning the Prophecies of Daniel and
the Book of Revelations. These people of
the tent, these despised Millerites have merely
carried the speculations of the learned Divines
into practice. They have summed up the
opinions of the sagacious theologians, concerning
the Millenium, and the amount of their researches,
is comprised in this line —

-- --

[figure description] (254-195).[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

“On the Twenty-third of April, 1843, the
world will come to an end, and the Millenium
begin.”

Do not treat with idle scorn this fanaticism
of the Millerites. It is true, that the only
Millenium preached by the Bible of Revelation,
and the Bible of Nature, is embraced in
a single brief sentence:

When every man in the world looks to
the welfare of his brother, then the Lord
Christ will appear on the earth, not in bodily
shape, but in the happiness of the whole family
of man
.”

The truth contained in this sentence, has
been too simple for your Theologians. They
prefer to amuse themselves with speculations
on the moods and tenses of dead languages, or
the Prophecies of Daniel, or the Mysteries
of Revelations — and blunder deeper into
learned darkness, until they have left the plain
facts of the Gospel of Nazareth, altogether out
of sight. Do you blame the poor that they
have at last believed the theologians, and
turned their theological riddle into an every-day
fact?

A solitary man stands up in the centre of
the kneeling throng. It is William Marvin,
whose plain features are now imbued with a
calm — almost — god-like rapture. Clasping
his knees, a little child with hazel eyes and
nut-brown hair looks lovingly into his face.

And behind Marvin, in the shadows of the
rude pillar which supports the roof of the tent,
behold a young man who stands alone, with
folded arms and head bent upon his breast.
His eyes are well-nigh buried under his compressed
brows: there are the traces of a violent
mental struggle — a struggle of doubt and hope—
visible in every line of his countenance.

It is Charles Lester, listening in silence to
the words of the Millerite Preacher.

“Brothers! Sisters! The time approaches.
The end of all things is at hand.” The voice
of Marvin scarcely rising above a whisper, is
heard distinctly in every part of the tent; heard
in every heart, and answered by sobs of prayer.
“The hour of twelve is near. When the clock
strikes twelve, the Lord will come.”

These words doubtless seem altogether plain
and unmeaning. But there was the power of
a singular magnetism in the Preacher's eye,
and every heart within the shelter of that
tabernacle, beat with that divine magnetism
which men call FAITH.

Charles Lester drew forth his watch: it was
within five minutes of the hour of twelve.
Impressed by the long conversation of the
Millerite, and yet unable to believe in his
doctrine, Charles had come to this tent as a
mere spectator. He had watched there all
day long. And now against his will he
felt the magnetic tide which flowed from heart
to heart — pervading the crowd as with the
pulsation of a supernatural power — glide into
his own soul, and storm the last entrenchment
of his unbelief.

His eyes caught the fire which shone from
a thousand eyes. He clasped his hands, and
raised his voice in prayer.

Beside the form of the Millerite, rose the
figure of a woman clad in white, who lifted
her hands above the crowd, and spoke to their
hearts a rhapsody such as might have fallen
from a Prophetess of the far gone olden time.

A young woman, whose plain features,
shaded by light brown hair, warmed suddenly
into a hallowed beauty — whose eyes of dark
grey, suddenly shone with the clear deep
lustre of enthusiasm or prophecy — whose
voice, at first faint and tremulous, rose gradually
into accents of melody, which swept into
every heart like music from a Better World.

It was Hannah Marvin, the Millerite's
Daughter.

Alone she stood, lifted above the crowd, her
whole dress standing out palpably from the
background of deep shadow.

It was now within three minutes of the
hour of twelve.

“He comes! The Lord who walked the
sands of Palestine, and watered the earth with
tears. He comes! The Lord who made his
resting place with the Poor, and went day
after day, among their homes, raising their
sick, feeding their suffering and telling every
one — even the basest child of want — `in
my Father's house are many mansions —' ”

At this moment, Charles who stood near
the pillar, entranced as much by the tone as by
the words of the Woman, felt an unknown
hand pressed within his own. He turned and
beheld the rugged visage of our friend Peter

-- 200 --

p254-198

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

“Read!” he whispered forcing a letter into
the hand of Lester.

Charles broke the seal, and by the dim light
read the letter, and without pausing for a moment
after he had devoured its contents, he descended
from the platform and hurried through
the kneeling crowd, with Peter following at
his heels.

“Whither go you!” cried Marvin, his eye
vacant and absent, with the light of enthusiam.

Charles did not pause to answer, but hurried
on.

“He goes to mingle once more with the
cares and sins of earth,” the voice of the
Millerite Prophetess reached the ears of the
fugitive — “Woe! woe! to the disciple who
turns his back upon the Lord!”

And the words were echoed by a thousand
voices, but Charles hurried on. The contents
of the letter, eagerly traced by the dim light,
had once more aroused the fires of Revenge
within his breast. His teeth set together, his
face corrugated with the dark lines of hatred,
he rushed from the tent into the dark night,
exclaiming as he pointed to the distant city:

“There lies our way! We will track this
fiend in human shape to the end of the earth!
Before morning light, we must be on our way
to the west — aye — on our way to Prairie
Home.”

And they went forth together, the hardy
backwoodsman and the Brother of Ellen.

Meanwhile within the tent of the Millerites,
a thousand hearts were beating in expectation
of the Coming Lord. While the Prophetess
spoke, her every word answered by bursts of
praise and prayer, the last three minutes passed
away.

The hour of twelve came at last.

And a thousand hearts were hushed in awe
while the voice of the Woman were in the
accents of triumph that was almost divine —

“Arise! Arise! I hear the footsteps of the
Lord — I feel the rustling of the angels' wings—
I feel the presence of our God! Arise!
Arise! And greet the first day of the new-born
world!”

And for three days and nights they waited
there in rain and storm, in hunger and cold,
looking to Heaven with a faith that grew
stronger with every hour.

And returning at last, sad and dispirited to
their deserted homes — mocked at every step
by scoffs and jeers — derided by the very
Theologians whose speculations they had so
blindly followed — these believers in the
Millenium, sat once more amid the cares and
and pains of life.

Many of them who had looked for the Lord
in the clouds of Heaven, found him in the quite
of their Homes and in the peace of their
Hearts.

Shall we read the letter, which postmarked
“Prairie Home,” aroused once more the love
of life and the passion of vengeance within the
breast of Charles Lester? A single paragraph
may throw some light upon the progress of
this history:

Prairie Home, Ill., April 4, 1843.

Jervis has been preaching in this county. He is accompanied
by a man who calls himself Dr. Arthur
Baldwin
, and who has two young persons with him,
whom he calls his children. Do you know anything
of this “Popular Preacher?” May he not be the same
person who, under an assumed name * * * *
* * * * * * * *

And thus it appeared that Fanny and Ralph
had discovered their Father at last.'

CHAPTER THIRTY-EIGHTH. CHOKTIPAW.

Do you see yonder mansion which stands
upon the hill, above the town of Choktipaw?

The night is dark; the sky is obscured by
one dense mass of leaden clouds, fringed with
lightning gleams upon the horizon, and the
town of Choktipaw sleeps quiet and snug
between the hillside and the broad river. But
this mansion, tall and stately, and built half-way
up the hill, is illuminated from garret to
cellar. The lofty trees which rise on either
hand, with trunks like sculptured columns,
and foliage thick and branching like the canopy
of a tent, are reddened on every leaf by
the gleams of light which stream from the
mansion windows.

That house to-night may be seen from a
great distance. Illuminated for a festival, and
crowded with guests from far and near, it
shines through the darkness, and looks glad

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

and joyous in the midst of the black and
desolate night.

And where is this town of Choktipaw? In
Arkansas, good friend, near a commanding hill
and upon the shore of a broad river. More
we dare not tell.

For a week the town of Choktipaw has
been the scene of great excitement. The
Celebrated Preacher — the Popular Preacher—
the eloquent and pious Edmund Jervis,
appeared last week in Choktipaw, and has
preached in the — Church of Choktipaw,
and fired all Choktipaw with the
enthusiasm of his own saintly soul. For a
week a revival has been in progress; one of
the Popular Preacher's revivals, which spread
like fire in a drought, and bring mourners by
hundreds to the altar.

Everybody is occupied with Jervis. His
looks, his tones, the whiteness of his cravat,
the elegant fit of his black frock coat, the
pathos of his uplifted eyes, the alabaster delicacy
of his hands, the sweetness of his manner—
such have been the topics of Choktipaw for
a week, and Choktipaw still talks them over
and over again.

And to-night the Great Preacher is to be
married. To whom? Do not be impatient.
Look through the windows of this elegant
mansion on the hillside, and survey the brilliant
assemblage of wedding guests. Beautiful
girls, grave matrons, sober farmers, and dashing
gentlemen of much leisure and many
slaves, are gathered there in a spacious parlor,
by the light of waxen candles, awaiting impatiently
the appearance of three persons —
the Minister, the Bridegroom, and the Bride.
For the whole country, at least the religion
and gentility of the country for twenty miles,
have been gathered to-night to the mansion of
Col. Thorberry, where the Popular Prcacher
is to wed his young and beautiful Bride.

While the guests are waiting on the ground-floor,
while the rich steams of the marriage
supper steal out into the open air, and charm
the nostrils of the negroes, who are grouped
near the brilliantly illuminated windows — let
us ascend into a chamber on the second floor,
and listen to an important conversation.

A grave sedate man, with a round face,
short and portly figure, black dress and white
cravat, is seated in an arm chair, beside a
table, on which a lamp is burning. He rests
his elbow on the table, and supports his round
cheek in the hollow of his hand, and gazes
with a calm sweet look, into the face of a
young girl, who attired in spotless white, kneels
at his feet, and places her clasped hands upon
his knees.

Her dark hair is covered by a veil of transparent
lace, which relieves the colorless pallour
of her face, and imparts a new loveliness
to her calm white forehead, and delicately pencilled
brows. Beautiful in her white bridal
dress, she looks upward, into her Father's
face, her large eyes swimming in tears.

For it is Fanny and her Father that we behold.
In other words, Dr. Arthur Baldwin
and his long lost Daughter. But Dr. Baldwin
has been dead for a year past — Has he?
Tell that story to the gossips of Choktipaw
and they will laugh in your face. Do they
not know the whole story? How the eloquent
Preacher discovered the long lost daughter
of the wealthy Dr. Baldwin, in the suburbs of
Philadelphia, and how the beautiful girl fell
in love with the Preacher, and obtained her
father's consent for the marriage? Not a child
in all Choktipaw but has the story by heart.

And now, while the marriage supper is preparing
and while the marriage guests are waiting,
here in this quiet chamber, the Father and
the Daughter have met for an interesting conversation.

“Did not Edmund discover you in Philadelphia?”

“Yes, Father” —

“Did he not rescue you and Harry from the
dangers of a city life? Answer me, Annie?”

Annie and Harry you must bear in mind,
have taken the place of Fanny and Ralph?

“Yes, father — ”

“Did not Edmund send me word that he
had found you — found my long lost children— ”
the Dr. passed a finger over each eye:
“And did he not bring you to meet me, without
delay?”

“I remember it well, father. We met
near Prairie Home in Illinois. And then we
resumed our journey, and came to this town
a week ago. I remember it all, and thank Edmund
for his kindness, and speak of him every
hour, in my prayers, but — ”

But Annie!” answered Dr. Baldwin, gently

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

raising his right hand, while an expression of
deep sorrow came over his face — “But you
don't wish to marry him. Can it be, my child!
Edmund who has restored you to my arms —
Edmund who has been the means of your conversion—
Edmund who walks the earth, like
a Disciple of the Apostolic era — Edmund,
gifted, pious, eloquent and popular! And
you do not wish to marry a man like this!
My child, my child!”

Covering his face with his hands, he seemed
much affected by the conduct of his beloved
child. Poor Fanny — for we must call her
by her old name — beheld his unfeigned emotion,
and burst into tears.

“Father! Father! Do not I beseech you,
think me ungrateful or unkind! You have
only to speak and I will obey — ”

He raised his eyes, and smiled and patted
her cheek with his hand.

“That's a good child. You will obey your
poor, weak, affectionate father, who loves you,
all too fondly? You will chase these tears
away, and forget these words of disobedience,
and give your hand, willingly to our dear, dear
Edmund?”

“But Father — ”

“That's enough, my dear. Go, child. Your
bridesmaids are waiting for you in the next
room. Go — compose your thoughts — whisper
a prayer or two that the old Adam may
be conquered in your heart — and prepare to
meet your dear Edmund, with a loving heart,
and countenance adorned with peace.”

He raised Fanny from her knees. Hushing
her words by a gentle pressure of his hand
upon her lips, he urged her to the door, and
kissed her on the forehead, whispering —

“Bless you my child! Don't break its poor
old father's heart — that's a blessed child.”

And thus Fanny left her father, and went to
join her bridal maidens. Dr. Baldwin was
alone. Walking along the carpet, from the
window to the light, and back again, he seemed
absorbed in a pleasing reverie. He drew forth
his watch, after a silence of some fifteen minutes
and exclaimed —

“Half-past eight! Eh? The time moves
slowly. At nine they are married.”

When he raised his gaze from the watch,
the Popular Preacher stood before him.

You may have often heard the bold figure,
“he looks as if he had just stepped from a
band box” — but bold and imaginative as it
seems, it was realized by the Popular Preacher
on this occasion.

His dress coat was of the sleekest and glossiest
black cloth. His cravat was of cambric,
elaborately starched; his pantaloons, fitting
closely to his limbs, were as black and as
glossy as his faultless coat. Boots of polished
leather, very neat and tight, pinched his feet
into the smallest possible compass. And then
his face — blooming on the cheek, white upon
the forehead, smiling on the lips and flashing
in the eyes — his face seemed to have suddenly
cast aside the burden of twenty years, as a
ripe silk-worm casts aside its caterpillar skin,
and in an instant, starts into a rainbow butterfly.
From the cocoon of forty-five years
growth — to grasp a bold figure — the silk-worm
of a new youth, had emerged into life.

The top-knot on his forehead, was softened
down, into a mild and wavy curl. There was
an odor of cologne and patchoulli about the
man, from head to foot. The delicate hand —
we mean his left hand — sparkled with a diamond
ring upon the marriage finger.

No sooner did the Dr. behold him, than he
laid his finger significantly upon his lips:

“Well, Doctor? How is it now?” whispers
the Preacher.

“All right. She yields to her fond old
father.”

“You will marry us Dr.? You are an
Elder of our church you know, and have a
right to celebrate the rites of marriage? Besides
it will be a fine spectacle — the father
not only giving away his beloved child, but
performing the marriage ceremony for her. It
will have a good effect.”

“Well, Edmund if you insist. I suppose I
must comply. By the bye Jervis we leave in
the morning” —

“On our way to New Orleans. There —
you understand — we will sail for Europe” —

“That is, you and I?”

“Yes — of course. Leaving these children
in New Orleans, while we make the European
tour in company.”

“Yes. The funds are all right — eh?
What have you done with Ralph? Harry

-- 203 --

p254-201 [figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

I should have said, but one forgets the name
of a child, whom one has lost for nineteen
years.”

“He is all right, Dr. He has long since
entrusted the tin box to my charge. And
then I have had many opportunities to win
his confidence, during our journey to the west.
You know the boy is uncouth — but grateful—”

“Where is he now?”

“I was afraid his rude demeanor might give
our friends an unfavorable opinion of him, so
when he told me an hour ago that he wished
to join a hunting party to-night, I cheerfully
acquiesced. And he will not be back until
morning.”

“Go my dear Edmund. It is near the time.
Compose your mind for this affecting ceremony.
Go — I will join you down stairs in
a few moments.”

And with these words the Father parted
from the Bridegroom.

Their conversation which we have just
recorded, may not seem important to the
reader. But had you witnessed the smiles,
the winks and gestures, which accompanied
its every word, you would have been in no
doubt concerning the prospects and intentions
of this worthy pair.

The Marriage Ceremony!

Pale and beautiful in her white robes, Fanny
stood in the centre of the crowd of wedding
guests, and took the Preacher by the hand,
while her father pronounced the marriage
vows.

And many a beautiful damsel there, envied
the lot of the daughter of Alice Bayne, and
many a wealthy father, desired with all his
soul, a Bridegroom like the Preacher for every
one of his children.

When the marriage words were spoken,
Jervis pressed the marriage kiss on the lips
of his young wife. Fanny blushed and trembled,
and seemed to shrink from his touch, but
that was only maidenly modesty.

Close upon the heels of the marriage ceremony,
followed the marriage supper. Why
chronicle minutely the events of that bountiful
feast? How Fanny in all her blushes, sat at
the head of the table, beside the portly owner
of the mansion, Col. Thorberry; with her
Husband on one hand, and her Father not far
away? How the feast began with a voluminous
grace and continued for two busy hours,
until midnight drew near?

The negroes are dancing on the lawn without,
and the sound of banjo and fiddle, rings
merrily on the air.

A happy marriage, a beautiful bride, a pious,
learned, eloquent and handsome bridegroom!

CHAPTER THIRTY-NINTH. THE BRIDAL BED.

Soon after midnight, the Bridesmaids led
the Young Wife to the Bridal Chamber.

And after a prayer, which long and full of
unction, seemed to consecrate the harmless
mirth of the marriage festival, the Bridegroom
slipped quietly away, and went up the stair
way toward the Bridal Chamber.

At the threshold he paused, even as his
hand was laid upon the door. He listened —
all was gaiety and uproar below, but where he
stood a silence like death prevailed.

Gently opening the door, he entered the
Bridal Chamber.

It was the largest chamber in Col. Thorberry's
elegant mansion. Rich curtains along
the windows, which opened upon the balcony,
rich carpet upon the floor, and pictures in
glittering frames upon the walls.

Upon a small table, near the centre of the
carpet, stood a lamp, which shed a faint, and
yet voluptuous light around the place.

And in the rays of the light, appeared the
snowy canopy of the Marriage Couch, with
curtains as white and stainless, falling to the
carpet, in long and sweeping folds.

As he beheld the bed, the Bridegroom paused
and pressed his finger to his lips, while his
small eyes, enlarging in their sockets, shone
with a fiery lustre.

There, sheltered within the white curtains—
like a budding flower, within its leaves —
his Bride awaited him.

“Fanny!” he whispered, in an impassioned
tone, calling her by the name which she had
borne from childhood.

She did not answer.

Was she sleeping?

The Preacher stole on tip-toe to the bed,
and laid his hand upon the curtains. They

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

were closed, and the Bride was concealed
within their tightly gathered folds.

“Fanny!” he breathed her name once more
and listened. His face kindled with a warmth
that gave a singular look of youth and passion
to every feature. His eyes emitted a stream
of magnetic light.

Still no answer was heard from within the
curtains of the marriage bed.

“She has sunk to slumber,” whispered the
Preacher-Bridegroom — “I will gaze upon
her as she sleeps. I will wake her with a
kiss.”

He drew the curtains and looked within.
He did not behold his young wife's face,
for in her slumber she had drawn the coverlet
over her head, but the outlines of her
form were dimly perceptible by the faint
light

“Poor child! Scared by an unpleasant
dream, she has buried herself in the coverlet.
Let me wake her gently. Yes, let me wake
her with a kiss.”

He slowly raised the coverlet.

And the next instant his face became livid,
he stood paralyzed by the bed, unable to speak
or stir, his lips apart and his eyes projecting
from their sockets.

What was the sight which caused this sudden
and fearful change?

Fanny in her sleep, with her dark hair,
waving in glossy blackness, over her stainless
bosom? No.

Fanny dead — her eyes fixed — her bosom
pulseless — her stiffened hands, folded over
her lifeless yet beautiful form? No.

Let us explain the mystery in a few words.

When the Preacher slowly lifted the coverlet,
a voice very deep and hoarse, and altogether
unlike the mild accents of Fanny, greeted him,
with these remarkable words:

“How air you?”

And the Preacher, in the place of the young
and blooming form of his Bride, beheld a red
face, adorned with white whiskers, and surrounded
by a fur cap. And beneath this red
face, appeared a huge form, clad in a scarlet
over-coat, corduroy trowsers, and boots with
soles half an inch thick.

It needed no second glance to inform the
Bridegroom, that where his Bride should have
been, his old acquaintance, even the giart
Peter was snugly reposing.

It was indeed our old friend, Peter.

There was an affectionate smile upon his
lips, and a jovial twinkle in his eyes.

“How air you?” he repeated, turning his
face toward the Preacher: “How air you,
honey?” and lovingly he spread forth his
brawny arms.

You cannot fail to perceive, that the Preacher
had good reason for his surprise. Braver men
than Jervis, would have been astonished by an
occurrence like this.

“Why don't you speak to me?” cried
Peter, extending his brawny hand, and clenching
the paralyzed wretch by the collar —
“Don't you love me?” Peter displayed his teeth
from ear to ear — “Come to bed honey. It's
late and we'll have to be stirrin' airly in the
mornin'.”

He dragged the Preacher upon the bed,
and impressed upon him, the sad necessity of
silence with these words:

“Jist speak above your breath dear, and —”
and the cold muzzle of a pistol touched the
Preacher's forehead.

And then Peter, drawing from the fathomless
depths of his pockets, a piece of cord,
and certain silken handkerchiefs of various
colours, proceeded to bind the limbs of the
bridegroom, even as he lay upon his marriage
bed.

“Where is my wife?” gasped Jervis.

“Ellen? She was in her grave when I
last heer'd from her. You may have a chance
to meet her soon.”

“You don't mean to kill me?” the poor
wretch shuddered, as he lay upon the bridal
bed.

“Not so loud. Low, very low you must
speak, if you don't want to raise my temper
Hark now! The folks down stairs are about
retirin' to their beds. The niggers have gone
away from the front of the house. Now if
you'll do me the kindness, jist obey a few directions,
and it 'ill be mighty good for your
wholesome. You hear —”

“I am listening —” murmured Jervis.

“I'm jist a goin' to carry you out o' the
winder and along the balcony. Thar at the
end of the balcony, a ladder is ready, and

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

near the ladded a half dozen good fellows, on
stout horses. You'll jist have the kindness,
to let yourself be carried off quietly. That's
all. If you make the least noise, I'll be
obliged to —” once more the muzzle of the
pistol touched the forehead of the Preacher.

“I consent,” faltered the Preacher, “only
spare my life.”

Peter bound a black kerchief over his eyes.
Then creeping from the bed, he raised the
blindfolded man in his arms and bore him
through the opened window, out upon the
balcony.

The Preacher felt a strange sinking of the
heart, as he passed the confines of his Bridal
Chamber.

Peter passing along the balcony, descended
a ladder which stood at one extremity, and by
this ladder reached the ground. He found
himself in the centre of a crowd of horsemen,
whose faces were not distinguishable in the
darkness.

“All right?” said a voice — the Preacher
knew it, and muttered to himself the solitary
word: “Lester!”

“Yes — right and snug,” exclaimed Peter,
answering the voice.

“Mount then, and let's be moving,” the
voice was heard again.

“Aye, aye,” said Peter, as holding the
Preacher in his arms, he sprang into the
saddle.

“Forward!” cried the voice again, and
twenty horses thundered over the lawn,
toward the public road.

The Preacher, clasped in the firm embrace
of Peter, could not realize the scene. He
believed himself entangled in the wonders of
a nightmare.

For an hour the horsemen pursued their
way in silence. Every time that the Preacher
attempted to speak, his mouth was closed by
Peter's brawny hand.

“You see, my dear,” Peter whispered,
growing communicative as they dashed along:
“You ought to feel grateful to Charles and me.
We came all the way from Fildelfy arter you.
We arriv' jist afore dark to-night at Choktipaw,
and met Ralph in the woods a little west
of the town. He spoke of a huntin' party did
he not?”

The Preacher uttered a deep groan.

“That child looks green, but he ain't.
Bless your soul not a bit of it. Do you know
that he had overheer'd some conversation
between you and that Dr. Baldwin whom you
raised from the dead
, and consequently he
begin to have some suspicions about you.
But he did not know what to do, or whom to
talk to. He was resolved, howsomdever, to
watch you and the Doctor purty close, and to
keep an especial eye to that tin box. You
take? So jist afore dusk he meets us in the
woods a little west of Choktipaw, and we
soon come to an understandin'. You don't
know who “we” means? Listen, my gospel
brother, and I'll give you a hint. Suppose a
dozen stout boys from Illinois get on your
track, and suppose a dozen boys from Choktipaw
j'ine 'em. What then? The Choktipaw
folks (in the secret) go to your weddin'
while the suckers from Illinois lay their plans
around the house, and make their reckonin' to
steal your wife away fust — and then her
father — and then you!

Again the Preacher groaned.

“You see Charley wanted to take Fanny
away from the house without raisin' a fuss.
So he waited until the weddin' was over, and
the bride safe in bed, when — d'ye hear, my
friend? When Ralph gits into her room
through the balcony, and has a talk, and a very
important talk it was, with his sister. Arter
that talk, it was all up with you, my dear.
When poor Fan was told by her brother, that
her father wasn't her father, an' that the
minister who married her wasn't a minister
at all — Lord! The poor girl fairly jumped
for joy!”

The Preacher uttered a sound between his
teeth, which very much resembled an oath.

“One reason why Lester didn't seize you
at the weddin' party, was this, my friend.
The Choktipaw folks, whom he acquainted
with your villany, just wished to see for their
own satisfaction, whether or no you would
really go on with your mock marriage. They
saw you married, sat aside o' you at the supper,
and then were convinced, that you was—
exactly what you air!

“But where are you taking me?” groaned
Jervis, as he was borne rapidly over a road,
which led through a dark forest.

-- 206 --

p254-204

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

“Wait a little while, and you'll see. Fanny
and Ralph and your Dr. Baldwin, have gone
ahead. They're expectin' us now.”

“But Col. Thorberry will avenge this outrage!”
muttered the Preacher.

“I'll give you a hundred dollars if you'll
go back to Thorberry's arter we're done
with you: that is supposen' you can walk or
ride, arter we're fixed you. Bless your soul,
Thorberry, and all about Choktipaw will
know all about you, to-morrow mornin'. It's
only to spare you the pain o' layin' some
years in jail, that we take you off in this
way, and give you a touch of Justice in the
rough.”

CHAPTER FORTY. THE END OF THE PREACHER.

And the horsemen dashed on. Thus another
hour passed away. At length the company
came to a halt, and the bandage was removed
from the Preacher's eyes. Placed on his feet
once more, he gazed around, and found himself
in the centre of a novel scene.

It was a nook in the forest bounded by the
the trunks of colossal trees, and shaded by
their closely matted branches.

Torches, held in the hands of brawny
men, dressed in great coats and armed to the
teeth, gave a red glare to the leaves, to the
massive trees, the forms of the horses, and
the faces of the spectators.

Jervis surveyed these spectators, who encircled
him on every hand. His heart leaped
to his throat, as he recognized many of the
planters, who had graced his marriage supper,
not more than three hours before. And there
too, were sturdy men, from Illinois, whom he
had known during the life of Ellen Lester.

“It's all up with us,” said a voice at his
back — turning suddenly, Jervis beheld a
half naked figure, very short and somewhat
corpulent, whose uncovered back bore the red
marks of a hickory rod. “I could'nt stand
it, Jervis — they struck so awful hard — and
so I owned up. You'd better follow suit.”

The voice and the half naked figure belonged
to the pretended Dr. Baldwin.

“Aint you a purty pair!” the Preacher
knew the voice, and turning, beheld the form
of Ralph, clad in blue jacket and trowsers,
with the tin box in his hand: “To go and
run off with a couple o' orphans in this style!
What do you expect will become o' you, arter
the devil gits you?”

At this point of the scene, another form
advanced. The Preacher knew the face at a
glance, and a fear, such as he had never felt
before, thrilled him in every vein.

It was Charles Lester. Pale, haggard, his
head uncovered, and eyes deep sunken in
their sockets, he advanced from the crowd,
with weaponless hands, and looked into the
Preacher's face without a word.

The Preacher shrank back from that steady
gaze. He could not meet the eye of Lester.

“Friends, you have heard the story of this
man's crimes,” said Lester in a voice unnaturally
calm. “I have followed him for many
an hour, and over many a weary mile —
Edmund Jervis! we have met at last!”

He made a sign to Peter, and Peter came
from the throng of silent spectators, holding a
knotted rope in his hand.

“Mercy! Do not hang me!” cried Jervis,
as his limbs gave way, and he sank to the
ground: “This would be a murder! You
dare not attempt it —”

Peter without a word, tore the white cravat
away, and arranged one end of the cord around
the Preacher's neck. The other end he flung
over the oaken branch which extended above
the kneeling wretch.

“Say the word, and he'll swing,” exclaimed
Peter.

“You dare not murder me!” shrieked the
Popular Preacher, as he felt the rope about
his neck: “Brother Markham, Brother Edmunds,
Brother Finchley, you know me —
you have heard me preach — you will not
permit this outrage!” He turned toward the
persons whom he addressed by name, and
who had sat near him at the marriage festival.

There was no response. The torch light
only revealed a circle of stern and unpitying
faces.

“Mount my friends,” cried Charles Lester.
Before an instant passed every horseman was
mounted again — every one save Peter who
stood beside the criminal. “We rest to-night
at your house, friend Williams, which if I
mistake not, is but a quarter of a mile distant

-- 207 --

p254-205 [figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

from this place? The young lady whom we
rescued from the clutches of these villians, is
already there? Is she not?”

The horseman whom he addressed, murmured
assent, and the Preacher heard him
declare that Fanny was sleeping in the mansion,
not more than a quarter of a mile from
the spot where he was kneeling.

“If she was here, she at least would save
me!” he gasped, turning his livid face from
the light.

As for the pretended Dr. Baldwin, he was
borne in the arms of a sturdy horseman, who
had determined — in accordance with the
judgment of the company — to convey him
some miles from the scene, and then set him
free with the convict's stripes upon his naked
back.

“Are you ready?” cried Charles: “Extinguish
the torches, and let us begone!”

With one movement the torches were
dashed to the ground, and the scene was
wrapped in darkness. The sound of hoofs
suddenly broke upon the stillness of the
woods.

“Spare me,” groaned Jervis, when he found
himself alone with Peter — the rope about his
neck and the oaken bough above his head.

Peter did not reply in words, but drew the
limb down toward his breast and tied the rope
firmly around its rugged bark.

When he released his hold the limb sprang
back to its place, and the body of the Preacher
dangled in the air.

“I know'd Ellen,” ejaculated Peter, as he
left the scene, and walked along the path by
which the horseman had disappeared.

Epilogue

Wiskonsan!

Among the latest-born of the great family
of American Nations, this young state by her
code of humanity, shames the barbarous
laws which yet prevail in the Atlantic States.

Reader let us leave the Quaker City, and go
forth together, into the free forests of Wiskonsan,
where the blessing of God is written
in every flower — where the breeze, that
comes over river and prairie, is not tainted
with the breath of the Great City's crimes.

It is a summer evening, in the year 1848.

Let us stand upon the brow of the rock,
which overlooks the broad river, and drink in
the wild beauty of the prospect, the calm fragrance
of the evening air. The sky is clear,
and the setting sun, bathes the woods and
rocks which rise yonder, on the opposite shore
of the river.

Look around you — and tell us — what is
it that meets your gaze. Gaze through the
interval, which breaks the compact mass of
foliage, on the heights of the opposite shore.

It is a beautiful prospect. At the end of a
green field, stands a massive house built of
substantial logs, two stories in height and with
a line of blue smoke rising from one of its
many chimneys, into the sky. Behind the
log-house, spreads a prospect of tremulous
gold — a field of wheat, extending as far as
you can see, until your gaze is lost, in the blue
haze of the distant woods. Skirting this
golden prospect, a field of emerald green, also
extends behind the log-house, and loses its
verdure, only in the shadows of the distant
woods.

It is a beautiful prospect. A log-house
built in the wilderness, not far from the river-shore,
and rising in the very lap of fruitful
fields — fields rich with harvests of emerald
and gold. And on the distant hills, herds of
cattle were grazing, their shadows lengthened
by the setting sun.

Let us cross the river. Let us enter one of
those nooks of shadows and flowers, which
are sunken amid the foliage of the opposite
shores.

There, seated on the sward, behold the
owner of the house, a young and hardy man,
whose rustic attire cannot divert your attention
from the traces of thought and education,
visible in every lineament of his face.

Beside him, leaning on his arm, behold a
young woman, whose beautiful face is
shadowed by raven hair. Very plainly clad,
and yet very beautiful, she is seated on the
sward, with a child not more than two years
old, upon her knee.

This you will confess, is a picture full of
interest and meaning.

A young husband, a young wife, sitting in
the shadows by the river shore, their faces
turned to the western sky, and their hearts

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

swelling with that peculiar joy and sorrow,
which is produced by the sight of a calm sky,
a broad river and lonely woods, all bathed in
the glow of departing day.

“Thank God for the free woods!” exclaims
the Husband, after a long pause.

The wife does not speak, but she takes her
husband by the hand while her eyes fill with
tears. As she compares the Present with the
Past, so dark and troubled, her heart swells
with a sensation of unutterable thankfulness.

And while they are sitting there alone, the
sound of footsteps resound among the bushes,
and presently two new figures appear upon
the scene.

An old but hardy man of almost giant
stature, and a young man whose lithe and
active figure, does not indicate more than
twenty-two years of life. They are dressed
in huntsman's gear: with game-bag, powder-horn,
and shot-pouch, and each one carries a
rifle on his shoulder. As they come into
sight, the old man — whose sunburnt face
with white whiskers, beams with the good
nature of a rough but honest heart — is telling
to the young man, some story of adventure in
the wild woods, which brings the fire to his
large grey eyes.

“It is Peter and Ralph!” cries the young
wife in a glad accent.

And in a moment the new-comers are seated
beside the husband and wife, while the old
man brings forth from the game-bags the fruits
of their ramble in the woods.

“We stopped at Marvin Farm in the course
o' th' arternoon,” said Peter: “All well. Old
Marvin, Hannah, her husband and the leetle
boys.”

“We were also at Cattermill's a little
while,” exclaimed Ralph. “I wonder if
Israel Bonus was alive again, whether he'd
know John?” Ralph laughed at the idea.
“Couldn't help thinking of Bonus Court, as
I saw Naney and her children sitting under a
cherry tree, while John was busy with the
men in the harvest field. Something of a
change — isn't it?”

Lester Farm, Cattermill Farm and Marvin
Farm, are the names of three adjoining plantations—
if we may use that word, in regard
to free land, worked by free labour — and the
owners of these farms, were respectively
Charles Lester, William Marvin and John
Cattermill. After his marriage with Fanny,
Charles had purchased a traet of land in Wiskonsan,
and divided it into three farms. One
he presented to William Marvin, the other to
John Cattermill, and the last he reserved for
himself.

“That Cattermill ain't the same man,” exclaimed
Peter, “Don't you remember.
Charley, when we first met him — but three
years ago — livin' in Cincinnati, a poor, miserable
sot, who depended on the labour of his
wife for his support? You told him to pack
up and come with you. He did that. You
giv' him an object to live for. I wish old
Bonus could rise from his grave and see John
Cattermill as he is — not as he was. I do.”

“And Marvin,” said Ralph — “He told me
to-day, as we walked in the fields, that he had
looked for God in the clouds long enough.
`Now, my child,' says he, `I find him here,
in these free woods.”

And this change had been accomplished
by the agency of Charles Lester. Aroused
from the lethargy of mental disease, by his
love for the daughter of Alice Bayne, Charles
had found developement for his energies, in
cultivating this tract of forest land, and in
gathering the wandering children of civilized
misery and landless toil, to a Home in the
wilds of Wiskonsan. Marvin, Cattermill and
Ralph, were by no means the only monuments
of the redemption, accomplished by his kindly
heart and active brain.

And then as the evening begins to gather,
the conversation turns upon the events of
other days.

Peter and the young husband begin to converse
in low tones, while Ralph and the young
wife look significantly into each other's faces.

Ralph, completely transformed since we
last beheld him, presses his sister's hand,
while his chest heaves and his eyes brighten
with emotion.

Fanny, very pale and trembling, listens to
the conversation of Peter and her husband,
and silently returns the pressure of her
brother's hand.

“You heard that he was living?” whispers
Lester, gazing into Peter's face, as it is
warmed by the last rays of the setting sun.

“Livin' and preachin'!” answered Peter

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

“The feller that we left hanging in the woods,
has been a preachin', not two months since,
in Fildelfy and New York. Thousands of
souls—so the papers say — have been soundly
converted under his ministry.”

“He is alive!” ejaculated Lester: “I am
glad of it! Base as he is, I would not have
his blood upon my conscience. The worst
punishment that you can inflict upon a man
like him, is to bid him live!”

“How did he get off the rope? That
puzzles me. It's a reg'lar sockdologer.”

“Shall I tell the story, Fan?” whispered
Ralph to his sister.

“Yes,” assented Fanny, blushing and
trembling, as she felt conscious that she had
kept a secret from her husband.

“Well, Peter,” began Ralph, “Do you
really want to know how the Preacher escaped?”

Peter looked at him, in much surprise.

“Of course,” he answered — “What do you
know about it?”

“I cut him down,” quietly exclaimed Ralph.

“You cut him down!” was the simultaneous
ejaculation of Charles and Peter.

“Forgive me, Charles, it was my fault,”
interrupted Fanny, laying her hand upon her
husband's arm: “You remember that night,
when I rested at the stone house in the
forest —”

“While us folks was a-hangin' the Preacher?
Yes. Go on gal,” cried Peter.

“Ralph came into my room, after I had gone
to bed, and told me the whole story. He told
me that not five minutes before, he had left the
miserable man, struggling with death, alone in
the dark woods. I besought Ralph to hurry
back and set him free. After much entreaty,
he consented —”

“You had a hard time to persuade me, Fan.
But I did hurry back and cut him down, just
as he was kicking his last. And I brought
him to, and gave him some money, and sent
the poor devil on his way. Couldn't help it,
Charley: Fan begged so hard, and then it was
a shame to send him to the devil, before he
had done all the devil's work.”

“You are an angel,” whispered Charles to
his wife, quietly pressing her hand: “You
know not how many hours of painful thought
you have spared me by this deed. Ralph!
Your hand! It was a good deed, and I like
you the better for it.”

“Not quite sartin about its goodness,” said
Peter, as if thinking aloud: “I've know'd
many a rattlesnake of much better heart than
that same Preacher. Hallo, Charley! I'd
almost forgotten it. We stopped at the Post
Office on our way home. Here's a letter for
you.”

Charles took the letter, and glancing at me
superscription, beheld the post-mark of Philadelphia.
He opened it, and held it toward the
light of the setting sun, and thus managed to
peruse its contents.

“It is from a good-hearted but eccentric
friend of mine,” said Charles — “A singular
man, indeed, for he is a lawyer in tolerably
good practice, and withal an honest man.”

Philadelphia, June 16, 1848.

My Dear Friend: — In answer to your enquiries, I
hasten to state the following facts which I have gained,
after some trouble, and not a little research.

Goodliegh died without heirs. His property (that is
what there is left of it) has been absorbed by lawyers,
administrators, and police officers. The State took a,
slice; another slice was swallowed by the United States
as some compensation for Goodleigh's ownership of the
Slaver, Falcon. In the course of legal investigations,
made into this little affair of Goodleigh's connection
with the Slave Trade, it appears that the foundation of
his wealth was laid in a robbery of the Rev. Lemuel
Gardiner, at a Parisian Gambling table. Lemuel you
well know had no money of his own. All that he took
with him to Paris, was stolen from the orphan children
of Arthur Bayne. You may, therefore, come to the
same conclusion with myself, in relation to “THE TIN
BOX.” It belongs to the aforesaid children of Arthur
Bayne. Tell Ralph to hold on to it.

Goodleigh's mansion in Drab Row has remained in
ruins ever since the fire. You have doubtless seen in
the papers some account of the manner in which an
iron chest, or rather an Iron Room, was discovered, in
the cellar, buried beneath a heap of rubbish. The door
was forced open, and two bodies, or wrecks of bodies,
were found clasped in a close embrace. They were
recognized as the bodies of Caleb Goodleigh, and Lemuel
Gardiner. Odd kind of death for two such worthies—
don't you think so?

You make enquiries with regard to certain other
persons whom you met, during your visit to Philadelphia,
in 1843. Let me be at once succinct and graphic.

1. Dicky Bung — failed in business, cheated his
creditors, and may be seen every afternoon in Chesnut
street, dressed in the last agony of fashion. Mem:
Lives by the “bones.”

2. The Squashahogany Copper Mining Company.

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

Died with Goodleigh. Its members gone into
other speculations.

3. Slinkum Scissleby, Esq. Still edits the
Daily Copper. Copper still terrible in regard to French
Novels, and prolific in obscene advertisements. You're
familiar with the natural history of the Ostrich!

4. Stewel Pydgeon, Esq. Alas for the vanity
of human glory! Three years ago, Stewel was at the
head of a virtuous fraternity, composed of Police Officers,
lawyers and thieves. Now! Stewel's glory has
departed. Read the Public Trials in the daily papers.
Stewel is barely outside of the Penitentiary.

Hoping that all this, will meet with your cordial approbation,
I am yours, &c.

“So Ralph, the tin box is yours at last!”
cried Charles: “You entrusted it to me,
some three years ago. I will now give it back
to you. What do you intend to do with it?
It is of course, a separate matter altogether,
from the property which you inherit in common
with Fanny.”

Ralph was silent. He grasped the hand of
Charles, and with that silent grasp, spoke the
full volume of his gratitude.

By the light of the rising moon, the party
ascended to the hill, and returned to the log-house,
Fanny leaning on her husband's arm,
while Ralph and Peter brought up the rear,
with young Arthur in their charge. Once
within the walls of their forest home, Ralph
drew Charles aside, and whispered “The tin
box — I'd like to speak with you about it.”

Charles took a light and led him into a
small room, which fitted up with some neatness,
served as the library. Placing the light
on a desk, which supported a small book case,
Charles opened a drawer, and Ralph presently
beheld the tin box — for the first time in five
years.

Charles watched him closely. Ralph's
visage, entirely changed from its old-time look
of precocious suffering and stolid defiance, was
agitated in every lineament. He regarded the
Tin Box for some moments in silence, his lip
quivering slightly, and his grey eyes dilating
with an intense light.

“Open it Charley,” he said at last.

It was opened. The bright surface of
golden coin, packed snugly in that narrow
space, glittered in the light.

“Take it Ralph. It is yours. You can
leave us, and go into business for yourself.
Either here, or in some large city.”

Ralph took the box and placed it under his
arm. Fifteen thousand dollars in gold and
bank notes, were now altogether his own.
He left the room abruptly and passed from the
house, followed by Charles, who did not know
what to make of his movements.

Once more in the moonlight, Ralph seized
a spade, and hurried down the path which led
to the river. When Charles next saw him,
he discovered him engaged in digging a cavity,
at the foot of a massive oak, whose wide arms
overhung the waters.

Charles watched his movements in silence.

The cavity once dug, he dropped the Tin
Box into its depths, replaced the earth and
smoothed the sod, until it looked even and
green as ever.

“There Charley,” he exclaimed — “When
I want to leave you, and go into business for
myself, in some large city, I'll dig up that
Tin Box again. Not before.”

And as they clasped hands over the grave
of the Tin Box it was resolved by Charles
and Ralph to leave it rest there, until the
year 1849, when (in case Ralph changed his
mind, and desired to leave the free forest for
the enslaved city,) it should be brought forth
to light once more.

-- 211 --

A WORD BEFORE WE PART.

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

You have now perused this Revelation of the Church
and Home. It is to the Home, that we turn for consolation
and repose, when our feet are weary, and our
hearts are suffering. For the Home is the holiest altar
which God has reared upon the face of the earth. Better
that all the Churches in the world were levelled to
the dust, than that the peace of one Home should be
destroyed.

But there are two persons who continually threaten
the peace and too often destroy the sanctity of Home.

The False Preacher and the False Physician.

Entrusted with the confidence of every member of
the Home, these men, every day abuse that confidence,
and reward a blind faith, with treachery and outrage.

Certain victims of the treachery of the False
Preacher and the False Physician, delineated in the
preceding pages, after many trials, survive this treachery
and foil these traitors.

But what says the experience of every-day life?

Who shall count the families that have been sundered,
the children that have been cast, helpless and
stigmatized, upon the mercy of the world, the husbands
and wives that have been torn from each other, the
Homes that have been transformed into Hells, through
the influence of these Criminals of Society — The
False Preacher and the False Physician?

In these pages you have seen one member of each
class of criminals, delineated with the sincerity and the
power, that always attends an earnestly spoken Truth
The previous work lacking the unity and compactness
of a mere Novel, has claims to be considered as a History
of Real Life.

But there are other False Preachers, there are other
False Physicians, whose crimes upon society and the
home — crimes striking at the very heart of woman's
purity and man's honor — demand a volume much
larger than the present, a pen much more powerful
than mine.

In another, and a larger work than this, the task will
be attempted.

The reader who has traced the characters of Reuben
Gatherwood and Edmund Jervis — these Iscariots who
betray the Home, as Judas sold his God — will find
other members of the same family delineated in the
pages of a larger work, more extended in its plan, more
exciting in its incidents, more comprehensive in its plot
than the “Memoirs,” and entitled “THE EMPIRE
CITY, OR NEW YORK BY NIGHT AND DAY.”

THE END. Back matter

-- --

T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS' PUBLICATIONS.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

The Books on this page will be found to be the very Best and Latest Publications in the world,
and are published and for Sale by T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS, Philadelphia.

E. L. BULWER'S NOVELS.

The Roue,, 25
Falkand, 25
The Courtier, 25
The Oxonians, 25

BY THE BEST AUTHORS.

The Life, Campaigns, Reports, and Public Services of General McClellan. Cloth 75 cents or paper, 50
The Life, Speechees Proclamations and Public Ser vices, of Pre-$$Word$$ $$Word$$. Cloth 75 cts. or paper 50
Webster and $$Word$$ speeches in Reply to Col. Foote, 75
Banditti of Pealrie, 50
Greatest $$Word$$ 50
Tom Raequet, 75
Red Indians of New-foundland, 50
Salathiel by $$Word$$, 75
Corinne, or Italy, by Madame De Stael, 75
Aristocracy, 50
Inquisition in Spain, 50
Flirtations in America, 50
The Coquette, 75
Life in the South, 50
Thackeray's Irish Sketch Book, 75
Whitehall, 75
Life of Jack Sheppard, 50
The Jesuit's Daughter, 50
Train's Union Speeches, 50
Miser's $$Word$$, paper do, cloth, 50
do. cloth, 75
Mysteries Three Cities 75
Clifford & the Actress, 50
Genevra, 50
Two Lovers, 50
Ryan's Mysteries of Marriage, 50
Fortune Hunter, 50
The Apache Chief, 50
The Orphan Sisters, 50
Nothing to Say, 50
Romish Confessional, 50
Father Clement, paper, 50
do. cloth, 75
Victims Amusements, 50
Gen. Scott's Portrait, 1 00
Henry Clay's Portrait, 1 00
Violet, 50
Montague, or Almacks, 50
Tangarua, a Poem, 1 00
New Hope; or Rescue 75
Allieford, 50
Petersons' Complete Coin Book, containing facsimiles of all the Coins in the World. 1 00
The Cabin and Parlor; or Slaves and their Masters. By J. Thoraton Randolph, one vol., paper, price $1.50, or one vol., cloth, $2.00

NEW AND GOOD BOOKS.

Life of Bishop Hughes, 25
Life of General Grant, 25
Life of General Butler, 25
Life of General Meade, 25
The Deformed, 25
Two Prima Doanas, 25
The Haunted House, 25
Tom Tiddler's Ground, 25
Mysterious Marriage, 25
Jack Downing's Letters 25
Mysteries of a Convent 25
Bell Brandon, 25
Rose Warrington, 25
The Iron Cross, 25
Charles Ransford, 25
Sybil Grey, 50
Female Life in N. York 25
Agnes Grey, 25
Legends of Mexico, 50
Eva St. Ciair, 50
Diary of a Physician 25
The Emigrant Squire, 25
Monk, by Lewis, 25
Beautiful French Girl, 25
Mysteries of Bedlam, 25
Nobleman's Daughter, 25
Book of Ghost Stories, 25
Madison's Exposition of Odd Fellowship, 25
A House to Let, 25
The Two Apprentices, 25
Jenny Ambrose, 25
Admiral's Daughter, 25
Wreck Golden Mary, 25
$$Word$$ English Prisoners, 25
Somebody's Luggage, 25
American Joe Miller, 50
The Ladies' Science of Etiquette, 25
The Gentleman's Science of Etiquette, 25
Grace Dudley; or Arnold at Saratoga. 25
The Valley Farm, 25
Ella Stratford, 50
Edgar $$Word$$ or the Mysterious Penitent. 50
Abbey of Innismoyle 25
Gliddon's Ancient Egypt, 25
Josephine, 50
Philip in Search of Wife, 25
Father Tom and Pope, 25
The Oxonians, 25
The Roue; or, the Hazards of Women, 25
Hollick's Family Physician, 25
Robert Oaklands; or, the Outcast Orphan, 50
Abednego, Money Lender 50
Falkland, 25
The Skillful Housewife, 25
Christmas Carols, 25
Southern Chivalry, 25
Rifle Shots, 25

CHRISTY & WHITE'S SONG BOOKS.

Christy and Wood's Complete Song Book, 13
Melodeon Song Book, 13
Plantation Melodies, 13
Ethiopian Song Book. 13
Serenader's Song Book, 13
Budworth's Songs, 13
Christy and White's Complete Ethiopian Melodies. Cloth, 1 00

STAMP DUTY CARDS.

New Card of Stamp Duties, approved by the last Acts of Congress of 1864, on a large card, 15

DICKEN'S AND OTHER BOOKS.

Odd Fellowship Exposed, 13
Mormonism Exposed, 13
The Duties of Woman, by Lucretia Mott, 13
The Sleeping Sentinel, 13
Life of Rev. John $$Word$$, 13
Euchre and its Laws, 13
Throne of Iniquity, 13
Dr. Berg on Jesuits, 13
Dr. Berg's Answer to Archbishop Hughes, 13
Sons of Malta Exposed, 13
Magic Cards, 13
Stamp Duty Cards, 15
Train and Hughes, 10
Train on Slavery, 10

WADSWORTH'S SERMONS.

America's Mission, 25
Thankfulness & Character, 25
Thanksgiving: a Thanksgiving Sermon, 15
Politics in Religion, 12
Henry Ward Beecher on War and Emancipation, 15
Rev. William T. Brantley's Union Sermon, 15

THE “MURRELL,” “HARE,” AND
“TURPIN” SERIES.

Life of John A. Murrel, 25
Life of Joseph T. Hare, 25
Life of Monroe Edwards 50
Life of Helen Jewett, 25
Lives of the Felons, 25
Life of Henry Thomas, 25
The Life of Mrs. Whipple and Jesse Strang, 25
Life of Dick $$Word$$, 50
Life of the Desperadoes of the New World, 25
Obi; or, Three-Fingered Jack, 25
The Robber's Wife, 25
Wau-Nan-Gee: or, the Massacre of Chicago, 25
Life of Arthur Spring, 25
Life of Captain Blood, the Highwayman, 25
Captain Blood and the Beagles; or, Highwayman's Leap for Life 25
Highwayman's Avenger, or, the Escape of Sixteen Stringed Jack, 25
Sixteen-Stringed Jack's Fight for Life, 25
The Mysteries and Miseries of New Orleans, 50
Life and Adventures of Rody the Rover, 25
Life and Adventures of Jonathan Wild, 25

THE “NAT BLAKE” SERIES.

Nat Blake; or, the Doomed Highwayman 25
Tom Waters the Haunted Highwayman, 25
Ned Hastings; or the Terror of the Road, 25
Life of Dick Parker, 25
Life of Jack Ketch, 25
Life of Mother Brownrigg 25
Life of Galloping Dick, 25
Life of Mary Bateman, 25
Life of Raoul De Surville 25
Bill Horton; or the Mysterious Highwayman, 25

THE “HARRY HAZEL” SERIES.

The Brigand; or, the Mountain Chief, 25
Gallant Tom; or the Perils of the Ocean, 25
The Flying Artillerist, 25
Yankee Jack; or, Perils of a Privateersman, 25
The Three Pirates; or, Cruise of the Tornado, 50
The Flying Yankee, 25
Red King; or, the Corsair Chieftain, 25
The King's Cruisers; or, the Rebel & Rover, 25
Sylvia Seabury; or, the Yankees in Japan, 25
The Doomed Ship 25
Jack Junk, 25
Harry Helm. 25
Rebel and the Rover, 25
Harry Tempest, 25
The Flying Dutchman, 25
Sweeny Todd. 25
The Gold Seekers, 25
Galloping Gus; or, the Purse and the Pistol, 25
Ralph Runnion; or, the Outlaw's Doom. 50
Old Put; or, the Days of Seventy-Six, 25
The Yankee Middy, 25
Valdez, the Pirate, 25
The Rebel Bride, 25
The Pirate's Son, 25

THE “JACK RANN” SERIES.

Life of Jack Rann, alias Sixteen-Stringed Jack 25
Kit Clayton. 25
Life of Morgan the Buccaneer, 25
Davis the Pirate; or Freebooters of Pacific. 25
Life of Alexander Tardy, 25
The Seven Brothers of Wyoming, 25
Silver and Pewter, 25
Life and Adventures of Ninon De L'Enclos, 25
The River Pirates, 25
Dark Shades City Life, 25
Female Life in New York City, 25
Mysteries of Bedlam, 25
Charles Ransford; or Love on Board Cruiser, 25
American Joe Miller, 50
The Rats of the Seine, 25
Eveleen Wilson, 25
The Iron Cross, 25
Diary of a Pawnbroker, 50
Biddy Woodhull, the Beautiful Haymaker, 25
Red Wing, 25
The Female Bluebeard, 25
Mysteries of a Convent, 25
Mysterious Marraige, 25
The Monk, 25
The Man-o'-War's-Man, 25
The Corsair, 50
Woman's Love, 25
First Love, 25

“JACK SHEPPARD” SERIES.

Life and Adventures of Jack Sheppard, 50
Life and Adventures of Guy Fawkes, 75
Life and Adventures of Davy Crockett, 50
Life and Adventures of Grace O'Malley, 50
Pictoral Old St. Paul's, 75
The Star Chamber, 75
Mysteries of the Court of Queen Anne, 50
Mysteries of the Court of the Stuarts, 75
Windsor Castle, 75
Life and Adventures of Paul Periwinkle, 50
Life and Adventures of Jack Adams, 75
Life and Adventures of Ben Brace, 50
Life and Adventures of Jack Ariel, 50
Life and Adventures of Tom Bowling 75
Cruising in Last War, 50
Life of Percy Effingham, 75
The Petrel, 50
Percival Keene, 50
The Sea King, 50
Peter Simple, 50
Poor Jack, 50
Mysteries of Three Cities, 75

MILITARY NOVELS.

With Illuminated Military Covers, in Colors.

Charles O'Malley 75
Jack Hinton, the Guardsman, 75
The Knight of Gwynne, 75
Harry Lorrequer, 75
Tom Burke of Ours, 75
Arthur O'Leary, 75
Con Cregan, 75
Kate O'Donoghue, 75
Horace Templeton, 75
Davennort Dunn, 75
Following the Drum, 50
Valentine Vox, 75
Jack Adam's Advent's, 75
Twin Lieutenants, 75
Stories of Waterico, 75
The Soldier's Wife, 75
Guerilla Chief, 75
Three Guardsmen, 75
Twenty Years After, 75
Bragelonne, Son of Athos 75
Wallace, Hero Scotland, 75
Forty-five $$Word$$, 75
Tom Bowling's Advent's, 75
The Quaker Soldier, 1 50
The Conscript; a Tale of War. Complete, 1 50

&hand; Copies of any of the above Works will be sent by Mail, free of Postage, to any part of the United
States, on receipt of the retail price, by T. B. Peterson & Brothers, Philadelphia.

-- --

T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS' PUBLICATIONS.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

The Books on this page will be found to be the very Best and Latest Publications in the world,
and are Published and for Sale by T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS, Philadelphia.

CAPT. MARRYATT'S WORKS

Jacob Faithful, 50
Japhet Search of Father, 50
Phantom Ship, 50
Midshipman Easy, 50
Pacha of Many Tales, 50
Naval Officer, 50
Suarleyow, 50
Newton Foster, 50
King's Own, 50
Pirate & Three Cutters, 50
Peter Simple, 50
Percival Keene, 50
Poor Jack, 50
Sea King, 50

LIVES OF HIGHWAYMEN.

Life of John A. Murrel, 25
Life of Joseph T. Hare, 25
Life of Monroe Edwards, 50
Life of Helen Jewett, 25
Life of Jack Rann, 25
Life of Jonathan Wild, 25
Life of Henry Thomas, 25
Life of Dick Turpin, 50
Life of Arthur Spring. 25
Life of Jack Ketch, 25
Ninon De L'Enclos, 25
Desparadoes New World, 25
Mysteries of N. Orleans, 50
The Robber's Wife, 25
Obi, or 3 Fingered Jack, 25
Kit Clayton, 25
Lives of the Felons, 25
Tom Waters, 25
Life of Mrs. Whipple & Jesse Strang, 25
Nat Blake, 25
Bill Horton, 25
Galloping Gus, 25
Ned Hastings, 25
Biddy Woodhull, 25
Eveleen Wilson, 25
Diary of a Pawnbroker, 50
Silver and Pewter, 25
Sweeney Todd, 25
Life of Mother Brownrig, 25
Dick Parker, the Pirate, 25
Life of Mary Bateman, 25
Life of Captain Blood, 25
Life of Galloping Dick, 25
Sixteen-Stringed Jack's Fight for Life, 25
High wayman's Avenger, 25
Life of Raoul De Surville 25
Life of Sybil Grey, 50
Life of Rody the Rover, 25
Captain Blood and the Beagles 25
Life of Grace O'Malley, 50
Life of Jack Sheppard, 50
Life of Davy Crockett, 50
Life of Guy Fawkes, 75
Memoirs of Vidocq, 1 50

SEA TALES.

Adventures Ben Brace, 50
Jack Adams, Mutineer, 75
Jack Ariel's Adventures, 50
Petrel, or Life on Ocean, 50
Cruising in Last War, 50
Life of Paul Perl winkle, 50
Percy Effingham, 75
Life of Tom Bowling, 75
The Pirate's Son, 25
The Doomed Ship, 25
The Three Pirates, 50
The Flying Dutchman, 25
Life of Alexander Tardy, 25
The Flying Yankee, 25
The Yankee Middy, 25
The Gold Seekers, 25
The River Pirates, 25
The King's Cruisers, 25
Man-of-Wars-Man, 25
Dark Shades City Life, 25
The Rats of the Seine, 25
Yankees in Japan, 25
Red King, 25
The Corsair, 50
Charles Ransford, 25
Morgan, the Buccaneer, 25
Jack Junk, 25
Davis, the Pirate, 25
Valdez, the Pirate, 25
The Iron Cross, 25
Gallant Tom, 25
Yankee Jack, 25
Harry Helm, 25
Harry Tempest, 25
Red Wing, 25
Rebel and Rover, 25
Jacob Faithful, 50
Phantom Ship, 50
Midshipman Easy, 50
Pacha of Many Tales, 50
Naval Officer, 50
Snarleyow, 50
Newton Foster, 50
King's Own, 50
Japhet, 50
Pirate & Three Cutters 50
Peter Simple, 50
Percival Keene, 50
Poor Jack, 50
Sea King, 50

AINSWORTH'S GREAT WORKS.

Life of Jack Sheppard, 50
Life of Davy Crockett, 50
Guy Fawkes, 75
The Star Chamber, 75
Old St. Paul's, 75
Mysteries of the Court of Queen Anne, 50
Mysteries Court Stuarts, 75
Windsor Castle, 75
Dick Turpin, 50
Life of Henry Thomas, 25
Life of Mrs. Whipple 25
Desperadoes New World, 25
Ninon De L'Enclos, 25
Life of Arthur Spring, 25
Life of Grace O'Malley, 50
Tower of London, 2 vls. 1 00
Miser's Daughter, do. 1 00

GEORGE SAND'S WORKS.

Consuelo, 75
Countess of Rudolstadt, 75
First and True Love, 75
The Corsair, 50
Indiana, 2 vols., paper, 1 50
or in 1 vol., cloth 2 00

Consuelo and Countess of Rudolstadt, 1 vol, cloth, $2.00

HARRY COCKTON'S WORKS.

Sylvester Sound, 75
Valentine Vox, the Ventriloquist, 75
The Sisters, 75
The Steward, 75
Percy Effingham, 75

MAXWELL'S WORKS.

Wild Sports of the West, 75
Stories of Waterloo, 75
Brian O'Lynn, 75

MILITARY AND ARMY BOOKS.

Ellsworth's Zouave Drill, 25
U.S. Light Infantry Drill, 25
U. S. Government Infantry & Rifle Tactics, 25
The Soldier's Companion, 25
Volunteer's Text Book, 50
The Soldier's Guide, 25

DR. HOLLICK'S WORKS.

Dr. Hollick's great work on Anatomy and Physiology of the Human Figure, with plates, 1 50
Dr. Hollick's Family Physician, 25

EUGENE SUE'S WORKS.

Wandering Jew, 1 50
Mysteries of Paris, 1 50
Martin, the Foundling, 1 50
First Love, 25
Woman's Love, 25
Man-of-War's-Man, 25
Female Bluebeard, 25
Life and Adventures of Raoul De Surville, 25

SMITH'S WORKS.

The Usurer's Victim; or Thomas Balscombe, 50
Adelaide Waldgrave, or Trials of a Governess, 50

REVOLUTIONARY TALES.

Seven Bros. of Wyoming, 25
The Brigand, 25
The Rebel Bride, 25
Ralph Runnion, 50
The Flying Artillerist, 25
Old Put, 25
Wau-nan-gee, 25
Legends of Mexico, 50
Grace Dudley; or Arnold at Saratoga, 25
The Guerilla Chief, 75
The Quaker Soldier, 1 50

EMERSON BENNETT'S WORKS.

The Border Rover, 1 50
Clara Moreland, 1 50
Viola; or Adventures in Far South-West, 1 50
Bride of Wilderness, 1 50
Ellen Norbury, 1 50
Forged Will, 1 50
Kate Clarendon, 1 50

Above are each in paper cover. Each book is also published
in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 each.

Heiress of Bellefonte, and Walde-Warren, 50
Pioneer's Daughter and Unknown Countess, 50

T. S. ARTHUR'S WORKS.

The Two Brides, 25
Love in a Cottage, 25
Love in High Life, 25
Year after Marriage, 25
The Lady at Home, 25
Cecelia Howard, 25
Orphan Children, 25
Debtor's Daughter, 25
Mary Moreton, 25
The Divorced Wife, 25
Pride and Prudence, 25
Agnes, or the Possessed, 25
Lucy Sandford, 25
The Banker's Wife, 25
The Two Merchants, 25
Insubordination, 25
Trial and Triumph, 25
The Iron Rule, 25
Lizzie Glenn; or, The Trials of a Seamstress. Cloth, 2 00
1 vol., paper, 1 50

MRS. GREY'S WORKS.

Cousin Harry, 1 50
The Little Beauty, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover.
Each book is also in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 each.

Gipsey's Daughter, 25
Lena Cameron, 50
Belle of the Family, 25
Sybil Lennard, 50
Duke and Cousin, 25
The Little Wife, 25
Man\s?\uvring Mother, 50
Baronet's Daughter's, 50
Young Prima Donna, 50
Old Dower House, 25
Hyacinthe, 25
Alice Seymour, 25
Mary Seaham, 75
Passion and Principle, 75
The Flirt, 75
Good Society, 75
Lion-Hearted, 50

SIR WALTER SCOTT'S NOVELS.

Ivanhoe, 50
Rob Roy, 50
Guy Mannering, 50
The Antiquary, 50
Old Mortality, 50
Heart of Mid Lothian, 50
Bride of Lammermoor, 50
Waverly, 50
Kenilworth, 50
The Pirate, 50
The Monastery, 50
The Abbot, 50
The Fortunes of Nigel, 50
Peveril of the Peak, 50
Quentin Durward, 50
Tales of a Grandfather, 50
St. Ronan's Well, 50
Red Gauntlet, 50
The Betrothed, 50
The Talisman, 50
Woodstock, 50
Highland Widow, etc., 50
The Fair Maid of Perth, 50
Anne of Geierstein, 50
Count Robert of Paris, 50
The Black Dwarf and Legend of Montrose, 50
Castle Dangerous, and Surgeon's Daughter, 50
Moredun. A Tale of 1210, 50
Life of Scott, cloth, 2 00

A complete set of the novels of Walter Scott will be sent
to any one, to any place, free of postage, for Ten Dollars;
or another edition of Waverly Novels, in five volumes,
in cloth, for $12.00; or the Complete Prose and Poetical
Works of Sir Walter Scott, in ten vols, cloth, for $24.00.

GEORGE LIPPARD'S WORKS.

The Empire City, 75
Memoirs of a Preacher, 75
The Quaker City, 1 50
Paul Ardenhelm, 1 50
Blanche Brandywine, 1 50
Mysteries of Florence, 1 00
The Nazarene, 75
Washington and his Men 75
The Entranced, 25
Washington and his Generals, or Legends of the American Revolution. 1 50
Legends of Mexico, 50
Bank Director's Son, 25
The Robbers, 25

LIEBIG'S WORKS ON CHEMISTRY.

Agricultural Chemistry, 25
Animal Chemistry, 25
Liebig's celebrated Letters on Potato Disease, 25

Liebig's Complete Works on Chemistry. Containing
everything written by Professor Liebig, is also issued in
one large volume, bound in cloth. Price $2.00.

&hand; Copies of any of the above Works will be sent by Mail, free of Postage, to any part of the United
States, on receipt of the retail price, by T. B. Peterson & Brothers, Philadelphia.

-- --

CHEAPEST BOOK HOUSE IN THE WORLD.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

T. B. PETERSON AND BROTHERS,
306 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, Penna.

Publish the most Saleable Books in the World, and supply all Books at the Lowest Rates.

The cheapest place in the world to buy all kinds of Books, suitable for all persons whatever, for the Family, Arm
or Railroad Reading, is at the Publishing House of T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS, Philadelphia, Penna.

Any person wanting any books at all, in any quantity, from a single book to a dozen, a hundred, thousand, or large
quantity of books, had better send on their orders at once to the “CHEAP BOOKSELLING AND PUBLISHING
HOUSE” of T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS,” No. 306 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, who publish over One Thousand
Books, and have the largest stock in the country, and will supply them and sell them cheaper than any other house in the
world. We have just issued a new and complete catalogue, which we send gratuitously to any one on application.

Enclose one, two, five, ten, twenty, fifty or a hundred dollars, or more, to us in a letter, and write what kind of books you
wish, and they will be packed and sent to you at once, per first express or mail, or in any other way you may direct, just as
well assorted, and the same as if you were on the spot, with circulars, show bills, &c., gratis.

Booksellers, News Agents, Sutlers, and all others, will please address all orders for any books they maywant, to the
“PHILADELPHIA CHEAP PUBLISHING AND BOOKSELLING HOUSE” of

T. B. PETERSON & BROTHERS, 306 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia.

Publishers of “Petersons' Detector.” A Business Journal. Price $1.50 a year.

And the Books will be sent to you at once, per first express after receipt of order, or in any other way you may direct.

CHARLES DICKENS' WORKS.

Great Expectations, 75
Lamplighter's Story, 75
David Copperfield, 75
Dombey and Son, 75
Nicholas Nickleby, 75
Pickwick Papers, 75
Christmas Stories, 75
Martin Chuzzlewit, 75
Barnaby Rudge, 75
Dickens' New Stories, 75
Bleak House, 75
Somebody's Luggage, 25
Old Curiosity Shop, 75
Sketches by “Boz,” 75
Oliver Twist, 75
Little Dorrit, 75
Tale of Two Cities, 75
New Years' Stories, 75
Dickens' Short Stories, 75
Message from the Sea, 75
Holiday Stories, 75
American Notes, 75
Pic Nic Papers, 75
Christmas Carols, 25

Above are each in one large octavo volume, paper cover.

We also publish twenty-eight other editions of Dickens'
Works, comprising the Library, the People's and the Illustrated
editions, in both octavo and duodecimo form, at
prices varying from $15.00 to $100.00 a set, according to the
edition and style of binding.

G. W. M. REYNOLDS' WORKS.

Mysteries of the Court of London, 1 00
Rose Foster, 1 50
Caroline of Brunswick, 1 00
Venetia Trelawney, 1 00
Lord Saxondale, 1 00
Count Christoval, 1 00
Rosa Lambert, 1 00
Mary Price, 1 00
Eustace Quentin, 1 00
Joseph Wilmot, 1 00
Banker's Daughter, 1 00
Kenneth, 1 00
The Rye-House Plot, 1 00
The Necromancer, 1 00

Above are each in paper cover. Each one of a finer
edition, is also bound in cloth, for $2.00 each.

The Opera Dancer, 50
The Ruined Gamester, 50
Child of Waterloo, 50
Ciprina, or Secrets of a Picture Gallery, 50
Robert Bruce, 75
Discarded Queen, 50
The Gipsey Chief, 75
Mary Stuart, Queen of Scots, 75
Wallace, Hero Scotland, 75
isabella Vincent, 75
Vivian Bertram, 75
Countess of Lascelles, 75
Duke of Marchmont, 75
The Soldier's Wife, 75
May Middleton, 75
Massacre of Glencoe, 75
Queen Joanna, or the Court of Naples, 75
Loves of the Harem, 50
Ellen Percy, 75
Agnes Evelyn, 50
Pickwick Abroad, 75
Parricide, 50
Life in Paris, 50
Countess and the Page, 50
Edgar Montrose, 50

CHARLES LEVER'S WORKS.

Charles O'Malley, 75
Harry Lorrequer, 75
Jack Hinton, 75
Tom Burke of Ours, 75
Knight of Gwynne, 75
Arthur O'Leary, 75
Con Cregan, 75
Davenport Dunn, 75
Horace Templeton, 75
Kate O'Donoghue, 75

We also publish a Military Edition of Lever's Novels,
with Illuminated covers in colors, price 75 cents each.

A finer edition of the above are also published, each one
complete in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 a volume.

Ten Thousand a Year, one vol., paper, 1 50
The Diary of a Medical Student, 75

ALEXANDER DUMAS' WORKS.

Count of Monte Cristo, 1 50
The Iron Mask, 1 00
Louise La Valliere, 1 00
Memoirs of a Marquis, 1 00
Diana of Meridor, 1 00
The Three Guardsmen, 75
Twenty Years After, 75
Bragelonne, 75
Memoirs of a Physician, 1 00
Queen's Necklace, 1 00
Six Years Later, 1 00
Countess of Charny, 1 00
Andree de Taverney, 1 00
Forty-five Guardsmen, 75
The Iron Hand, 75
The Chevalier, 1 00

A finer edition of each of the above are also published,
bound in one volume, cloth, price $2.00 each.

The Conscript, 1 50
Camille, 1 50

Above are each in one volume paper cover. Each
book is also published in one vol., cloth. Price $2.00.

The Fallen Angel, 50
Edmond Dantes, 75
George, 50
Felina de Chambure, 75
The $$Word$$ of Paris, 50
Annette, Lady of Pearls, 50
Sketches in France, 50
Isabel of Bavaria, 75
Mohicans of Paris, 50
Man with Five Wives, 75
Twin Lieutenants, 75

MRS. SOUTHWORTH'S WORKS.

The Bridal Eve, 1 50
The Fatal Marriage, 1 50
Love's Labor Won, 1 50
Deserted Wife, 1 50
The Gipsy's Propheny, 1 50
The Mother-in-Law, 1 50
Haunted Homestead, 1 50
The Lost Heiress, 1 50
Lady of the Isle, 1 50
The Two Sisters, 1 50
The Three Beauties, 1 50
Vivia: Secret Power, 1 50
The Missing Bride, 1 50
Wife's Victory, 1 50
Retribution, 1 50
India. Pearl River, 1 50
Curse of Clifton, 1 50
Discarded Daughter, 1 50
The Initials, 1 50
The Jealous Husband, 1 50
Self-Sacrifice, 1 50
Belle of Washington, 1 50
Kate Aylesford, 1 50
Courtship & Matrimony 1 50
Family Pride, 1 50
The Woman in Black, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
book is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

Hickory Hall, 50
Broken Engagement, 25

CAROLINE LEE HENTZ'S WORKS.

The Lost Daughter, 1 50
The Planter's Northern Bride, 1 50
Linda, 1 50
Robert Graham, 1 50
Courtship & Marriage, 1 50
Ernest Linwood, 1 50
Rana; or Snow-bird, 1 50
Marcus Warland, 1 50
Love after Marriage, 1 50
Eoline, 1 50
The Banished Son, 1 50
Helen and Arthur, 1 50
Planter's Daughter, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
book is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

FREDRIKA BREMER'S WORKS.

Father and Daughter, 1 50
The Four Sisters, 1 50
The Neighbors, 1 50
The Home, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

Life in the Old World; or Two Years in Switzerland
and Italy, by Miss Bremer; in 2 vols., cloth, price $4.00.

MRS. ANN S. STEPHENS' WORKS.

The Wife's Secret, 1 50
The Rejected Wife, 1 50
Mary Derwent, 1 50
Fashion and Famine, 1 50
The Old Homestead, 1 50
The Heiress, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

CATHARINE SINCLAIR'S, Etc.

Flirtations in Fashionable Life, 1 50
The Rival Belles, 1 50
The Lost Love, 1 50
Family Secrets, 1 50
The Pride of Life, 1 50
The Devoted Bride, 1 50
Love and Duty, 1 50
Bohemians in London, 1 50
The Woman in Red, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
book is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

DOESTICKS' WORKS.

Doesticks' Letters, 1 50
Plu-Ri-Bus-Tah, 1 50
The Elephant Club, 1 50
Witches of New York, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
one is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

NOVELS ON THE WAR.

The Coward, 1 50
Shoulder-Straps, 1 50
Days of Shoddy, 1 50

The above are each in one volume, paper cover. Each
book is also published in one volume, cloth, price $2.00.

BEST COOK BOOKS PUBLISHED.

Petersons' New Cook Book, never before issued, 2 00
Miss Leslie's New Cookery Book, 2 00
Mrs. Hale's New Cook Book, 2 00
Mrs. Hale's Receipts for the Million, 2 00
Miss Leslie's New Receipts for Cooking, 2 00
Mrs. Hale's New Cook Book, 2 00
Francatelli's Celebrated Cook Book. The Modern Cook, with 62 illustrations, 600 large octavopages, 5 00

GREEN'S WORKS ON GAMBLING.

Gambling Exposed, 1 50
The Gambler's Life, 1 50
The Reformed Gambler 1 50
Secret Band Brothers, 1 50

Above are in paper cover, or in cloth at $2 00 each.

&hand; Copies of any of the above works will be sent by Mail, free of Postage, to any part of the United
States, on receipt of the retail price, by T. B. Peterson & Brothers, Philadelphia.

Previous section


Lippard, George, 1822-1854 [1849], Memoirs of a preacher: a revelation of the church and the home ["second edition" on front cover] (Jos. Severns and Company, Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf254].
Powered by PhiloLogic